(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Graduate catalog"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1975univ 



College 

Park 

Campus 




University 


College 


Graduate 


of 


Park 


Catalog 


Maryland 


Campus 


1975-76 




College Park 
Publications Office 



Contents 



THE UNIVERSITY 

Plan of Academic Organization / 1 

Academic Calendar / 2 

University Officers f 3 

Graduate School Officers and Staff / 4 

Graduate Council and Committees / 4 

University of fvlaryland Campuses ' 6 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

introduction / 7 

Special Researcti Resources / 7 

Special Opportunities for Artists / 7 

Consortia / 8 

Graduate Degree Programs / 8 

ADMISSION TO 

GRADUATE SCHOOL 

General / 9 
Financial Aid / 9 
Categories of Admission / 1 
Admission Time Limits / 1 
Cfiange of Objective, Termination of 

Admission / 10 
Application for Admission / 1 
Records' Maintenance and 

Disposition / 11 
Offer of Admission / 1 1 
Graduate Credit / 1 1 
Undergraduate Credit / 1 1 

ADVISING AND REGISTRATION 

Course Numbering System / 1 2 
Full and Part-time Students / 1 2 
Minimum Registration Requirements / 1 2 
Grades / 1 2 

Credit-by-Examination / 1 3 
Transfer of Credit / 1 3 
Graduate Fees / 1 3 
In -State Status / 13 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

Master's Degree / 1 3 
Doctor's Degree / 1 4 

STUDENT SERVICES 

Housing / 1 5 

Food / 1 6 

Healtti Service / 1 6 

Career Development Center / 1 6 

Counseling Center / 1 6 

Publications / 1 6 

ACCESS TO STUDENT DATA/ 
INFORMATION/ 16 

UNIVERSITY POLICY 
STATEMENT / 1 8 



LATE INFORMATION ON 
FEES / 1 8 

THE GRADUATE FACULTY / 1 9 

GRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Administration, Supervision and 

Curriculum Program / 34 
Aerospace Engineering Program / 35 
Agricultural and Extension Education 

Program / 37 
Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Program / 38 
Agricultural Engineering Program / 39 
Agricultural Courses / 40 
Agronomy Program / 40 
American Studies Program / 41 
Animal Science Program / 43 
Interdisciplinary Applied Mattiematics 

Curriculum / 45 
Anthropology Courses / 45 
Architecture Courses / 46 
Art Program / 47 
Astronomy Program / 48 
Botany Program / 49 
College of Business and 

Management / 51 
Chemical Engineering Program / 56 
Chemistry Program / 58 
Civil Engineering Program / 60 
Classical Language and 

Literature Courses / 63 
Comparative Literature Program / 63 
Computer Science Program / 64 
Cooperative Education Engineering 

Courses / 66 
Counseling and Personnel Services 

Program / 67 
Criminal Justice and Criminology 

Program / 68 
Dairy Science Program / 69 
Early Childhood-Elementary 

Education Program / 70 
Economics Program / 72 
Electrical Engineering Program / 75 
Engineering Materials Program / 79 
English Language and Literature 

Program / 80 
Entomology Program / 81 
Family and Community Development 

Program / 82 
Fire Protection Engineering 

Courses / 1 83 
Food, Nutrition, and Institution 

Administration Program / 84 
Food Science Program / 85 
French and Italian Language and 

Literature Program / 86 



Geography Program / 87 
Geology Courses / 90 
Germanic Language and Literature 

Program / 91 
Government and Politics Program / 92 
Health Education Program / 95 
Hearing and Speech Sciences 

Program / 96 
History Program / 97 
Horticulture Program / 101 
Housing and Applied Design 

Courses / 1 02 
Human Development Education Program 

(Institute for Child Study) / 1 02 
Industrial Education Program / 104 
Information Systems Management 

Courses/ 106 
Journalism Program / 106 
Library and Information Services 

Program / 107 
Linguistics Courses / 109 
Mathematics Program / 1 09 
Measurement and Statistics 

Program / 1 1 4 
Mechanical Engineering Program / 1 15 
Meteorology Program / 1 1 8 
Microbiology Program / 1 20 
Music Program / 1 21 
Nuclear Engineering Program / 1 24 
Nutritional Sciences Program / 1 25 
Oriental and Semitic Language and 

Literature Courses / 1 26 
Philosophy Program / 127 
Physical Education Program / 1 28 
Physics Program / 1 29 
Poultry Science Program / 1 32 
Psychology Program / 1 32 
Recreation Program / 1 36 
Secondary Education Program / 136 
Social Foundations of Education 

Program / 1 39 
Sociology Program / 1 40 
Spanish and Portuguese Language and 

Literature Program / 1 42 
Special Education Program / 1 44 
Speech and Dramatic Art Program / 1 46 
Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Program / 1 48 
Institute for Urban Studies 

Program / 1 49 
Zoology Program / 1 50 

ACADEMIC RESOURCES 
MAP / 1 54 

INDEX/ 155 



The University 



Plan of Academic 
Organization 

Division of Agricultural and Life 
Sciences: 

College of Agriculture 

Agricultural and Extension Education 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agronomy 

Animal Science 

Dairy Science 

Horticulture 

Institute of Applied Agriculture 

Poultry Science 

Veterinary Science 
Ottier Units within the Division: 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Entomology 

Geology 

(Microbiology 

Zoology 

Division of Arts and Humanities: 

School of Architecture 

College of Journalism 

Other Units within the Division: 
Amencan Studies Program 
Art 

Classics 
Dance 
English 

French and Italian 
Germanic and Slavic 
History 
Music 



Oriental and Hebrew Program 

Philosophy 

Spanish and Portuguese 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

Division of Behavioral and 
Social Sciences: 

College of Business and Management 

Other Units within the Division: 
Afro-American Studies 
Anthropology 

Bureau of Business and Economic Re- 
search 
Bureau of Governmental Research 
Economics 
Geography 

Government and Politics 
Heahng and Speech Sciences 
Information Systems Management 
Institute for Urban Studies 
Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 
Linguistics Program 
Psychology 
Sociology 



Division of Human and Community 
Resources: 

College of Education: 

Administration Supervision and Curriculum 
Counseling and Personnel Services 

Early Childhood Elementary Education 

Industrial Education 

Institute for Child Study 

Measurement & Statistics 

Secondary Education 

Special Education 



College of Human Ecology 

Family and Community Development 
Foods. Nutrition and Institution Ad- 
ministration 
Housing and Applied Design 
Textiles and Consumer Economics 

College of Library and Information Services 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health 

Health Education 

Physical Education 

Recreation 



Division of Mathematical and 
Physical Sciences 
and Engineering: 

College of Engineering: 
Aero-Space Engineering 
Chemical Engineering 
Civil Engineering 
Electhcal Engineering 
Fire Protection Curriculum 
Mechanical Engineering 

Other Units within the Division 
Applied Mathematics Program 
Center for Materials Research 
Computer Science 
Institute for Fluid Dynamics & Applied 

Mathematics 
Meteorology Program 
Institute for Molecular Physics 
Mathematics 
Physics and Astronomy 



The University / 1 



Academic Calendar 



Fall Semester 1975 

August 25. 26 
Monday. Tuesday 
Registration for Fall Semester 

August 27 

Wednesday 

First day of instruction 

September 1 

Monday 

Labor Day Holiday 

September 2-10 
Tuesday-Wednesday 
Late Registration 

September 16 

Tuesday 

Last day to submit applications for December 

1 975 diplomas 

October 18 

Friday 

Master's approved program forms due In the 

Graduate Sctiool office for December master's 

graduates 

November 21 

Friday 

Final date for submission of forms certifying 

completion of master's ttieses and doctoral 

dissertations In ttie Graduate Sctiool office 

November 26-28 
Wednesday-Friday 
Ttianksgiving Holiday recess 

December 10 

Wednesday 

Last day of Instruction 

December 1 1 

Ttiursday 

Grades due in Registrations Office for 

graduating students 

Exam study day 

December 21 

Sunday 

Commencement, 2:00 p m. 



Spring Semester 1976 

January 12. 13 

Monday, Tuesday 

Registration for Spring Semester 

January 14 
Wednesday 
First day of Instruction 

February 3 

Tuesday 

Last day to submit applications for May 1 976 

diplomas 

March 5 

Friday 

Master's approved program forms due in the 

Graduate School office for May master's 

graduates 

March 6-March 1 4 
Saturday, Sunday 
Spring Recess 

April 15 
Thursday 

Final date for submission of forms certifying 
completion of master's theses and doctoral 
dissertations In the Graduate School office 
April 30 
Friday 

Oral examination reports, theses and disser- 
tations, forms certifying non-thesis option due 
In the Graduate School office 

May 5 

Wednesday 

Last day of instruction 

May 6 

Thursday 

Grades due in Registrations Office for 

graduating students 

Exam study day 

May 7-May 14 

Friday-Friday 

Spring Semester examination period 

May 15 

Saturday 

Commencement. 10:00 a.m. 



2 / The University 



University Officers 
Board of Regents 

Chairman 

B. Herbert Brown 

Vice Chairman 

Hugh A McMuiien. Esq 

Secretary 

Dr. Samuel H Hoover. D D S 

Treasurer 

L Mercer Smith 

Assistant Secretary 
WHIiam G Connelly 

Assistant Treasurer 

N. Thomas Whittington, Jr. 

Members: 

Mrs Mary H Broadwater 

The Honorable Young D Hance. ex olticio 

Edward V Hurley 

Dr Louis L Kaplan 

Peter F OMalley, Esq 

Miss Judith Sachwald 

John C Scarbath 

Joseph D. Tydings, Esq. 

(one vacancy) 

Central Administration 
of the University 

President 
Wilson H Elkins 

Vice President for General Administration 
Donald W O'Connell 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 
R. Lee Hornbake 

Vice President for Graduate Studies and 

Research 

Michael J Pelczar, Jr. 

Vice President for Agricultural Affairs and 
Legislative Relations 
Frank L. Bentz, Jr. 



College Park Campus 
Administration 

Chancellor 

Robert L Gluckstern 

Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 
George H Callcott 

Vice Chancellor for Academic Planning and 

Policy 

Thomas B Day 

Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs 
John W Dorsey 

Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 
William L Thomas. Jr 



Provosts at College Park 

Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences 
Francis C Stark 

Division of Arts and Humanities 
Robert A. Corrigan 

Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences 
Mary F Berry 

Division of Human and Community Resources 
George J. Funaro 

Division of Mathematical and Physical 
Sciences and Engineering 
Joseph M Marchello 



Deans at College Park 

School of Architecture 
John W Hill 

College of Agriculture 
Gordon M Cairns 

College of Business and Management 
Rudolph P Lamone 

College of Education 
Robert L. Emans 
College of Engineering 
Robert B Beckmann 

College of Human Ecology 
John R Beaton 

College of Journalism 
Ray E Hiebert 

College of Library and Information 

Services 

Acting Dean: Henry J Dubester 

College of Physical Education. Recreation 
and Health 
Marvin H. Eyier 

Administrative Dean for Graduate Studies 

David S Sparks 

Administrative Dean for Summer Programs 

Melvin N. Bernstein 

Administrative Dean for Undergraduate Studies 

Robert E Shoenberg 

Administrative Dean of Academic 
Services and Facilities 
Vacant 



The University / 3 



Graduate School 
Officers and Staff 

Dean for Graduate Studies 

David S. Sparks, A.B , Grinnell College 1944; 
M.A.. University of Chicago, 1945, PhD, 
1951 

Associate Dean for Graduate 
Studies 

Robert E. Menzer, B S.. University of Penn- 
sylvania, 1 960; M S , University of Maryland, 
1 962; Ph D , University of Wisconsin, 1 964. 



Prof Howard Wright, College of Business 

and Management 
Prof Edward Dager, Sociology 
Ms, Maureen McCall, Psychology 
Prof. Beatrice Fink, French and Italian 
Prof Carl Bode, English 
Prof. Roger Meersman, Speech and 

Dramatic Art 
Mr Ken Baskin, English 
Prof David Williams, Early Childhood — 

Elementary Education 
Prof. Betty Smith, Textiles and 

Consumer Economics 
Prof. George Marx, Counseling and 

Personnel Services 
Mr Gregory Nenstiel, Social Foundations 

of Education 



Committee on Fellowships 

Prof. Andrew DeRocco, Chairman 

Institute tor Molecular Physics 
Prof Stephen G Brush, History and IFDAM 
Prof. Marilyn Church, Elementary Education 
Mr. Dewey Covington, Government and 

Politics 
Prof Edward Z Dager, Sociology 
Prof Albert Gomezplata, Chemical Engineering 
Prof Lawrence Krisher, Molecular Physics 
Prof. David C. Lay, Mathematics 
Mr Hugh Mose, Civil Engineering 
Prof. Philip Rovner, Spanish and Portuguese 
Prof Joseph Scares, Poultry 
Prof. Dalmas Taylor, Psychology 
Dean David Goldberg, ex officio 



Assistant Dean for Graduate 
Studies 

David A Goldberg, B Eng Phys , Cornell 
University, 1958; M.S., 1960; PhD, Johns 
Hopkins University, 1967 

Director of Graduate Records 

Carl L. Seidel, B.S , University of Maryland, 
1963 



Assistant to tfie Dean 

Alice M Piper, B.A , University of Pittsburgh, 
1941. 



Assistant Director 



Lois M Lyon, B A, University of Michigan, 
1952 



Graduate Council 



Ex-officio Councillors 

Chancellor, Robert L. Gluckstern 
Vice Chancellor, George H Callcott 
Dean, David S Sparks 
Associate Dean, Robert E Menzer 



Appointed Councillors 

Prof John Corliss, Zoology 

Prof Clifford Sayre, Mechanical Engineering 

Prof Peter P Lejins, Institute for Criminal Justice 

and Criminology 
Prof Marie Davidson, Institute for Child Study 



Elected Councillors 

Prof. Allen Steinhauer, Entomology 

Prof. Mark Keeney, Biochemistry 

Prof Francis Stark, Horticulture 

Ms. Jenette M. Esser, Zoology 

Prof Manoj Banerjee, Physics 

Prof. Andrew DeRocco, Molecular Physics 

Prof Paul J. Smith, Mathematics 

Mr. Terence A. Murphy 

Prof Walter Deshler, Geography 



Committees of the 
Graduate Council 

Committee on Academic Standards 

Prof Edward P Karlander, Chairman 

Botany 
Mr Ken Baskin, English 
Prof Hans Dachler, Psychology 
Prof. Howard J. DeVoe, Chemistry 
Prof. Beatrice Fink, French 
Prof. James B. Lynch, Art 
Prof. Ralph D. Myers, Physics 
Mr. Gregory Nenstiel, Social Foundations 

of Education 
Prof. Mancur Olson, Economics 
Prof. William D. Schafer, Measurement 

and Statistics 
Prof Francis Stark, Horticulture 
Prof Leonard Taylor, Electrical Engineering 
Dean Henry H. Walbesser, 

Mathematics— Education 
Dean Robert E. Menzer, ex officio 

Committee on Admissions 

Prof. Billy V. Lessley, Chairman 
Agric and Resource Economics 

Ms. Kathleen Alligood, Mathematics 

Dean Margaret Chisholm, Library Science 

Prof. Burns Husman, Physical Education 

Prof Richard Jaquith, Chemistry 

Mr. Gerald Lordan, Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education 

Prof Morris McClure, Administration, 
Supervision and Curriculum 

Prof Irwin Goldstein, Psychology 

Prof. James Miller, Agronomy 

Prof WE. Schlaretzki, Philosophy 

Prof Elske Smith, Astronomy 

Prof Paul Smith, Mathematics 

Mr Carl L Seidel, ex officio 



Committee on Elections 

Prof Roger Meersman, Chairman 

Speech and Drama 
Prof. Kenneth Fulton, Agricultural Engineering 
Prof. Janet G. Hunt, Sociology 
Prof David G. Kyle, Institute for Child 

Study 
Prof. Leda Wilson, Family and Community 

Development 
Ms Alice M Piper, ex officio 



Committee on Program Review 

Prof James Dudley, Chairman 

Administration, Supervision and Curriculum 
Prof Nancy Anderson, Psychology 
Prof Robert Bennett, Economics 
Prof Sidney Ishee, Agricultural Economics 
Prof Jacob Goldhaber, Mathematics 
Prof Donald C Gordon, History 
Prof Wesley L. Harris, Agricultural Engineering 
Prof Robert Munn, Chemistry 
Mr Michael Padbury, Business and 

Management 
Prof. Clifford Sayre, Mechanical Engineering 
Prof Betty Smith, Textiles and Consumer 

Economics 
Ms Nancy Strunah, Physical Education 
Dean Robert E Menzer, ex officio 



Committee on Graduate Faculty 

Prof Howard Wright, Chairman 

Business and Management 
Prof James Anderson, Physics 
Prof William Bickley, Entomology 
Ms Burdelle Boyd, Spanish and Portuguese 
Prof Gertrude Fish, Housing and Applied Design 
Prof James Grunig, Journalism 
Prof Chester Holmlund, Chemistry 
Prof Anne Ingram, Physical Education 
Prof. William MacBain, French and Italian 
Prof James Miller, Agronomy 
Prof Hayes Newby, Hearing and Speech 

Science 
Prof David Rodenhuis, Meteorology 
Ms Barbara Baker, Music 
Prof. Gladys Wiggin, Education 
Dean Robert E Menzer, ex officio 



Committee on Programs and Cour- 
ses 

Prof Rachel Dardis, Chairwoman 

Textiles and Consumer Economics 
Prof Richard Austing, Computer Science Center 
Prof Howard Brinkley, Zoology 
Sr. Elena Colicelli, Chemistry 
Prof. Robert Harper, Geography 
Prof. James W Longest, Agricultural 

and Extension Education 
Prof John Kurtz, Institute for Child Study 
Prof. George Marx, Counseling and Personnel 

Services 
Prof. Charies Murphy, English 
Mr. Eugene Owen, Agricultural and 

Extension Education 
Prof. Elizabeth Pemberton, Art 



4 / The University 



Prof Robert Ragan, Civil Engineering 

Prof George Snow Physics 

Prof Robert Stephens, Administration 

Supervision and Curnculum 
Dean Robert E Menzer. ex officio 



Committee on Publications 

Prof, Donald Maley. Chairman 

Industnal Education 
Prof. Allen Bandel. Agronomy 
Prof. John Brown. Philosophy 
Mr. Gerald Day. Industrial Education 
Ms. Halaine Gary, Library Sciences 
Prof Frank Hetrick, Microbiology 
Prof George Levitine. Art 
Prof Marjorie Perloff, English 
Ms Alice M Piper, ex officio 



Committee on Research 

Prof John Corliss, chairman 

Zoology 
Prof Richard Ahrens, Food. Nutrition, and 

Institution Administration 
Prof Roger Bell, Astronomy 
Prof Leonard Bull. Dairy Science 
Prof James Dally. Mechanical Engineering 
Prof Dudley Dillard. Economics 
Prof ReginaGoff. Elementary Education 
Prof Wilhelmina Jashemski. History 
Prof Peter Lejins. Institute of Criminal Justice 

and Criminology 
Ms Maureen McCall. Psychology 
Prof Henry Mendeloff. Spanish and Portuguese 
Prof Martin Reiser. Electrical Engineering 
Prof Bruce Rogers. Measurement and 

Statistics 
Prof Robert Steinman. Psychology 
Mr Russell Tobias. Physics 



Prof Richard Vitzthum, English 
Dean Robert E Menzer. ex officio 



Committee on Student Life 

Prof John M. Curtis, Chairman 

Agricultural Economics 
Prof Cari Bode, English 
Prof Robert R Dies, Psychology 
Ms Jennette Esser. Zoology 
Prof Mark Hardwick. Counseling and 

Personnel Services 
Prof Agnes Hatfield, Institute for Child Study 
Prof Richard Highton, Zoology 
Prof Robert Hirzel, Sociology 
Prof Henry Lepper, Civil Engineenng 
Prof Stephen Loeb, Business and Management 
Prof Charies L Mulchi, Agronomy 
Mr Terence Murphy. Molecular Physics 
Dean David A Goldberg, ex officio 



The University / 5 



University of Maryland 

Campuses- 
Information concerning graduate programs of- 
fered on University of t^aryland campuses 
other ttian College Park may be obtained by 
writing directly to or calling ttie appropriate of- 
ficers for graduate study. 



Baltimore City 

Programs available: 

School of Dentistry: 
Anatomy 
Biochemistry 

Histology and Embryology 
Microbiology 
Oral Pathology 
Oral Surgery 
Physiology 

School of t^edicine: 
Anatomy 

Biological Chemistry 
Biophysics 

Cell Biology and Pharmacology 
Legal l^/ledicine 
lylicrobiology 
Pathology 
Physiology 

School of Nursing 



School of Pharmacy: 
lyledicinal Chemistry 
Pharmacology and Toxicology 
Pharmacy— Pharmaceutics and 

Institutional Pharmacy 
Pharmacognosy 

School of Social Work and Community 
Planning 

Contact: 

Dr William J. Kinnard, Jr . Acting Dean 
for Graduate Studies and Research 
University of (vlaryland, Baltimore City 
Baltimore, Ivlaryland 21201 
(301) 528-7131 



Baltimore County 

Programs offered: 

Applied IVlathematics 
Biological and Medicinal Chemistry 
Community-Clinical Psychology 
Experimental Biology-Health Sciences 
Policy Sciences 

Contact: 

Dr. Joseph F. Mulligan, Director 

of Graduate Studies and Research 
University of Maryland, Baltimore County 
Catonsville, Maryland 21228 
(301) 455-2538 



Eastern Shore 

Currently, there are no graduate level courses 
offered at the Eastern Shore campus. 

Contact: 

Dr Joseph Wutoh, Vice Chancellor 

for Academic Affairs 
University of Maryland, Eastern Shore 
Princess Anne, Maryland 21853 
(301) 651-2200 



University College 

Although University College, the adult 
education evening division of the University of 
Maryland, is primarily an undergraduate 
college, there are some courses offered 
through this division vifhich are eligible for 
graduate credit. 

Contact: 

Dr Mason G Daly, Dean 
University College 
Center for Adult Education 
University of Maryland 
College Park, t^aryland 20742 
(301! 454-5756 



6 /The University 



General Information 



Introduction 



History 

The Graduate School was established In 1919 
for the purpose of developing and administer- 
ing programs of advanced study and research 
tor graduate students throughout the university. 
At that time the Graduate School vi/as placed 
under the lurtsdiction of a Graduate Council act- 
ing for the Graduate Faculty with a Graduate 
Dean who chaired both bodies and served as 
the administrative officer of the Graduate School 

In 1 956 the Graduate Faculty adopted a 
formal Constitution to "provide a means for 
the Graduate Faculty to discharge its functions 
with respect to educational policies and proce- 
dures of the Graduate School on this campus" 
That Constitution, as amended in 1 968 and 
1 974, continues to govern the policies and pro- 
cedures of the Graduate School on the College 
Park Campus The names of the current mem- 
bers of the Graduate Faculty. Graduate Council 
and its Committees, and the staff of the Gradu- 
ate School will be found in appropriate places 
elsewhere in this catalog. 

Objectives 

The common goal of every graduate program, 
whether in the arts, the sciences, the humani- 
ties, or the professions, is to provide opportuni- 
ties for intensive and individual study under 
outstanding members of the faculty The Grad- 
uate School is not simply an extension or contin- 
uation of the colleges, schools or divisions, but 
is designed to prepare those who will dedicate 
themselves to individual inquiry and service. 
To achieve this goal it promotes an atmosphere 
of research and scholarship at the highest levels 
for both students and faculty, and it particularly 
stimulates the harmonious relationship between 
the two which leads to the advancement and 
transmission of knowledge. 

Organization 

The Graduate Faculty, working through the 
Assembly and the Graduate Council, establishes 
policies governing admission to graduate study 
and minimum requirements to be met by all stu- 
dents seeking advanced degrees in more than 
sixty-five graduate departments and programs 
leading to degrees awarded by the Graduate 
Faculty on the College Park Campus The facul- 
ties of the individual academic departments and 
interdisciplinary graduate programs may estab- 
lish additional requirements for admission or for 
degrees above the minima established by the 
Graduate Council, 

The Assembly of the Graduate Faculty con- 
sists of all full and associate members of the 
Graduate Faculty who through their participation 
in research and graduate instruction have dis- 
played a capacity for individual research or cre- 
ative and scholarly work at the highest levels 

The Graduate Council consists of members 
of the Graduate Faculty elected by the Assem- 
bly, as well as appointed and ex officio members. 
It is charged with the formulation of the policies 
and procedures for the Graduate School at 
College Park including admission standards, 
the review of individual student programs, the 
review of all new programs and courses sub- 
mitted by members of the Graduate Faculty, 
graduate student theses and dissertations, and 
the penodic review of all graduate degree pro- 
grams. It meets approximately eight times a year 



to conduct its regular business and may be 
called into special session as the need arises. 

In Its work the Graduate Council is aided and 
advised by ten standing committees. Included 
are committees on: Academic Standards. Admis- 
sions, Elections, Fellowships, Program Review, 
Graduate Faculty, Programs and Courses, 
Publications, Research, and Student Life fvlem- 
bership on these committees is limited to mem- 
bers of the Graduate Faculty and graduate stu- 
dents fvlembers are appointed by the Dean for 
Graduate Studies for terms of three years. 

Enrollment 

In the fall of 1 974 there were slightly more than 
7,500 graduate students enrolled on the College 
Park Campus, Of that number approximately 
3,000 were full-time students Fifty-six percent 
of the total were enrolled in master's degree pro- 
grams, and forty percent had been admitted to 
doctoral programs The average age of the stu- 
dent body was nearly 29 years of age 

During 1 974-75 the Graduate Faculty rec- 
ommended the awarding of 385 doctoral de- 
grees and 1,416 master's degrees 

Location 

Located on 1 ,300 acres in Phnce Georges 
County, eight miles from the National Capital in 
Washington, DC, and thirty miles from Balti- 
more, the College Park Campus is in the midst 
of one of the greatest concentrations of re- 
search facilities and intellectual talent in the na- 
tion, if not in the world Libraries and laborator- 
ies serving virtually every academic discipline 
are within easy commuting distance There is a 
steady and growing interchange of ideas, infor- 
mation, technical skills, and scholars between 
the university and these centers The libraries 
and facilities of many of these centers are open 
to qualified graduate students at the university 
The resources of many more are available by 
special arrangement 

Libraries 

The University library system includes major re- 
search libraries on both the College Park and 
Baltimore Campuses. 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the 
graduate library of the College Park Campus, 
containing reference works, periodicals, circu- 
lating books, and other materials in all fields of 
research and instruction. Other libraries include 
the Engineering and Physical Sciences Library, 
the Architecture Library, and the Chemistry 
Library A new Undergraduate Library opened 
in 1972 

The libraries on the College Park Campus 
contain approximately 1 ,800,000 volumes, and 
they subscribe to more than 1 4,000 pe, ,dicals 
and newspapers Additional collections of re- 
search materials are available on microfilm, 
microfiche, phonorecords, tapes, and films. 

Special collections include those of Richard 
von Mises in mathematics and applied mechan- 
ics: f^/lax Born in the physical sciences: Thomas 
I. Cook in political science: Romeo fvtansueti in 
the biological sciences: Katherine Anne Porter; 
Maryland; US, government publications (for 
which the university is a regional depository); 
documents of the United Nations, the League of 
Nations and other international organizations, 
agricultural experiment station and extension 
service publications; maps from the US Army 
IVIap Service; the files of the Industrial Union of 
f^arine and Shipbuilding Workers of America; 
the Wallenstein collection of musical scores: and 
research collections of the American Bandmas- 



ters Association, the National Association of 
Wind and Percussion Instructors and the Music 
Educators National Conference in addition, the 
collections include microfilm productions of 
government documents, rare books, early jour- 
nals, and newspapers 

But it is the combined resources of the Li- 
brary of Congress, the Folger Library, Dumbar- 
ton Oaks, the National Archives, the Smithsonian 
Institution, the World Bank, the National Library 
of Medicine, thcNational Agricultural Library, 
and the libraries of the Federal Departments 
of Labor: Commerce: Intenor; Health, Educa- 
tion and Welfare: Housing and Urban Develop- 
ment: and Transportation, and approximately 
500 other specialized libraries in the area, all 
within a few minutes drive of the College Park 
Campus, that make the University of Maryland 
one of the most attractive in the nation for schol- 
ars of all disciplines. 

Special Research Resources 

Exceptional research facilities are available in 
almost all disciplines at the university The prox- 
imity of the Agricultural Research Center and the 
Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the 
United States Department of Agriculture has 
stimulated the development of both laboratories 
and opportunities for field research in the agri- 
cultural and life sciences Opportunities are also 
available for collaborative graduate study pro- 
grams with other major government laboratones, 
such as the National Bureau of Standards and 
the Naval Research Laboratory 

The long-standing interest of the State of 
Maryland in the commercial and recreational re- 
sources of the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in 
the development of outstanding research facil- 
ities for the study of marine biology at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland Center for Environmental and 
Estuahne Studies with research facilities at Horn 
Point near Cambridge, Crisfield and at Solomons 
Island, Maryland 

Work in the behavioral sciences, particularly 
in learning, is centered in laboratories equipped 
for fully automated research on rats, pigeons and 
monkeys. 

Exceptional research facilities in the physical 
sciences include a 1 60 MeV cyclotron: two 
small Van de Graaft accelerators; an assortment 
of computers, including a PDP 1 1 /45, a Univac 
1 1 06 and a Univac 1 1 08 which is comple- 
mented by remote access units on a time- 
sharing basis; (the Univac 1 1 06 and the 1 1 08 
each have 262 K of memory): a 1 KW training 
nuclear reactor: a full scale low velocity wind 
tunnel: several small hypersonic helium wind 
tunnels; specialized facilities in both the Insti- 
tute for Molecular Physics and the Center for 
Materials Research; a psychopharmacology lab- 
oratory: shock tubes; a quiescent plasma de- 
vice (Q machine) for plasma research: and ro- 
tating tanks for laboratory studies of meteoro- 
logical phenomena. The university also owns 
and operates one of the world's largest and 
most sophisticated long-wavelength radio tele- 
scopes located in Clark Lake, California and a 
cosmic ray laboratory located in New Mexico, 

Special Opportunities for Artists 

Advanced work in the creative and performing 
arts at College Park centers in the Tawes Fine 
Arts Building and is greatly stimulated by the 
close interaction that has developed between 
the students and faculty of the university and the 
artists and scholars at the National Gallery, the 
Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshorn Museum, the 
Phillips Gallery, the Museum of Modern Art, the 



General Information / 7 



Smithsonian Institution, as well as ttie musicians 
of ttie National Symptiony Orchestra and smaller 
musical groups The Kennedy Center for the 
Performing Arts and the Filene Center (Wolf 
Trap Farm Park) have further enhanced the cli- 
mate for creative artists attending the university. 

Outstanding work on campus in theater, 
dance, radio, and television is aided by the prox- 
imity of the campus to the National Theater, the 
Arena Stage, the Morris f\/lechanic Theater, and 
numerous little theater groups in the Washing- 
ton and Baltimore area There is a frequent and 
steady interchange of ideas and talent between 
students and faculty at the university and both 
educational and commercial radio and televi- 
sion media as a consequence of the large pro- 
fessional staffs which are maintained in the 
V^ashington area. 

Consortia 

The University of (Maryland is a member of a 
number of national and local consortia con- 
cerned with advanced education and research. 
They offer a vanety of opportunities for senior 
scholar and graduate student research 

OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED 

UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU) 

Oak Ridge Associated Universities. Inc . is a 
nonprofit educational and research corporation 
formed in order to broaden the opportunities for 
member institutions collectively to participate 
in many fields of education and research in the 
natural sciences related to nuclear energy 
Educational programs range from short term 
courses or institutes, conducted with ORAU fa- 
cilities and staff to fellowship programs adminis- 
tered by ORAU for the Atomic Energy 
Commission 

UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR 
ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH (UCAR) 
The National Center for Atmospheric Research 
(NCAR). in Boulder, Colorado, was created in 
1 960 to serve as a focal point for a vigorous and 
expanding national research effort in the at- 
mospheric sciences. NCAR is operated under 
the sponsorship of the National Science Founda- 
tion Research (UCAR), made up of 27 U.S. uni- 
versities with graduate programs in the atmos- 
pheric sciences or related fields The scientific 
staff includes meteorologists, astronomers, 
chemists, physicists, mathematicians, and repre- 
sentatives of other disciplines. 

UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH 
ASSOCIATION (URA) 

Universities Research Association, a group of 
52 universities engaged in high energy re- 
search, is the sponsoring organization for the 
National Accelerator Laboratory, funded by the 
US Atomic Energy Commission. The accelera- 
tor, located near Batavia, Illinois, is the worlds 
highest energy machine 

INTER-UNIVERSITY 
COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL 
(EDUCOM) 

This Council provides a forum for the appraisal 
of the current state of the art in communications 
science and technology and their relation to the 
planning and programs of colleges and univer- 
sities The council particularly fosters inter-uni- 
versity cooperation in the area of communica- 
tions science 



CHESAPEAKE BAY CENTER FOR 
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (CBES) 

This 900-acre waterfront research center is 
dedicated to preserving and enhancing the qual- 
ity of man's environment through programs of 
ecological study and education. Located on the 
western shore of the Chesapeake Bay, just 
south of Annapolis, it presents a wide selection 
of local ecosystems. Scientific programs of the 
center, a major component of the Smithsonian 
Institution, are guided by the consortium in 
which the University of l^aryland and The Johns 
Hopkins University participate The unique eco- 
logical environment provided by the center fur- 
nishes an attractive site for graduate student re- 
search programs 

UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH 
ASSOCIATION (USRA) 
The USRA was designed to promote coopera- 
tion between universities, research organiza- 
tions, and the government in the development of 
space science and technology, and in the opera- 
tion of laboratories and facilities for research, 
development and education in these fields 



INTER-UNIVERSITY CONSORTIUM 
FOR POLITICAL SCIENCE 
RESEARCH 

The University of Maryland Is a member of the 
Inter-University Consortium for Political Science 
Research, One purpose of the Consortium is to 
facilitate collection and distribution of useful data 
for social science research. The data includes 
survey data from the University of tvlichigan Sur- 
vey Research Center and from studies con- 
ducted by other organizations or by individuals, 
census data for the United States, election 
data, legislative roll calls, judicial decision re- 
sults, and biographical data 

CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH 
CONSORTIUM, INC. 

The University of f^aryland participates in this 
wide scale environmental research program with 
The Johns Hopkins University, the Virginia In- 
stitute of (\/larine Science and the Smithsonian 
Institution, The Consortium coordinates and in- 
tegrates research on the Chesapeake Bay re- 
gion and is compiling a vast amount of scienti- 
fic data to assist in the management and control 
of the area. 



Graduate Degree Programs 

Programs Degrees Offered 

Administration, Supervision and 

Curriculum^ IVi.Ed., MA.. A.G S., Ed.D., Ph D 

Aerospace Engineering MS, Ph D 

Agricultural Engineehng M.S., Ph.D 

Agricultural and Extension 

Education' M.S., A.G.S.. Ph.D. 

Agricultural and Resource 

Economics M.S., Ph.D. 

Agronomy M.S., Ph.D. 

American Studies" MA, Ph.D. 

Animal Science M.S., Ph.D. 

Applied Mathematics M.A., Ph.D. 

Art M.A.. M.F.A., Ph.D. 

Astronomy' MS, PhD 

Botany MS, Ph.D. 

Business Administration' MB. A.. DBA. 

Chemical Engineering M.S., Ph.D. 



Chemistry M.S.. Ph.D. 

Civil Engineering MS.. PhD 

Comparative Literature MA. PhD 

Computer Science* MS. Ph.D. 

Counseling and Personnel 

Services' . . MEd.. M.A.. A.G.S.. Ed.D., PhD, 
Criminal Justice and Criminology* . . MA, Ph.D. 

Dairy Science M.S.. PhD, 

Early Childhood-Elementary 

Education^ M Ed.. M.A., AGS., Ed.D , PhD 

Economics* M.A., PhD, 

Electrical Engineehng M.S., PhD 

Engineering Materials M.S., PhD, 

English Language and Literature MA.. PhD, 

Entomology MS., PhD, 

Family and Community 

Development* M.S. 

Food. Nutrition and Institutional 

Administration* M.S. 

Food Science M.S.. PhD, 

Foundations of 

Education" MEd,. MA,. AGS., Ed.D., PhD 
French Language and 

Literature^ M.A.. Ph.D. 

Geography* M.A., PhD, 

Germanic Language and 

Literature M.A., Ph.D. 

Government and Politics^ M.A., Ph D 

Heanng and Speech 

Sciences* M.A., Ph.D. 

Health Education M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

History* M.A.. Ph.D. 

Horticulture M.S., Ph.D. 

Human Development 

Education' . M.Ed , MA.. A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D. 
Industhal 

Education" . M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Journalism* MA. 

Library and Information 

Services* M.L.S., PhD 

Mathematics IVl.A., Ph.D. 

Measurement and 

Statistics' . . MEd, MA, AGS, Ed.D, Ph.D. 
Mechanical Engineering' M.S., Ph.D. 

Meteorology M.S., Ph.D. 

Microbiology' M.S., Ph.D. 

Nuclear Engineering MS., Ph.D. 

Music" M.M., DMA., Ph D 

Nutntional Sciences M.S., Ph D 

Philosophy* M.A., PhD 

Physical Education M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Physics' M.S., Ph.D. 

Poultry Science M.S., Ph.D. 

Psychology* M.A., M.S., Ph.D. 

Recreation* M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Secondary 

Education' MEd, MA, AGS, Ed.D, Ph.D. 

Sociology* M.A., Ph.D. 

Spanish and Portuguese Languages and 

Literature M.A., Ph.D. 

Special 

Education' . M Ed., M.A., AGS., Ed.D., Ph.D. 

Speech and Dramatic Art* M.A. 

Textiles and Consumer 

Economics* M.S. 

Urban Studies* MA. 

Zoology MS., Ph.D. 

'ATGS8 required (Advanced Test for Graduate Studies in 

Business) 

'Miller Analogies Test required for admtssion 

■Miller Analogies Test required only at doctoral level 

'Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test required 

'Graduate Record Examination Advanced Test required, 

•Both Aptitude and Advanced Graduate Record Examinations 

required 

For further details on entrance examinations 
see Admission to Graduate School below 



8 / General Information 



Admission to Graduate 
School 

General 

Admission to graduate study at ttie College Park 
Campus IS the responsibility of the Dean for 
Graduate Studies In making decisions upon the 
admissibility of applicants, the dean and his staff 
regularly seek the advice of the chairmen of the 
academic departments and departmental grad- 
uate admissions committees In the case of 
foreign student applicants, the University's Di- 
rector of International Education Services is also 
consulted Standards for admission to doctoral 
programs are frequently higher than those for 
admission to master's programs 

In some programs applications for admission 
to graduate study by qualified students regularly 
exceed the number of students who can be ac- 
commodated. As a consequence every appli- 
cation is carefully reviewed and the number of 
students admitted to each program is balanced 
against the faculty and other available resources 

There are. moreover, standards which apply 
to all applicants regardless of program They 
have been established on the basis of long ex- 
perience with those who have succeeded, as 
well as with those who have failed, in graduate 
study They are similar to those standards gov- 
erning admission to nearly all major graduate 
schools The purpose of these standards is. 
quite simply, to identify those individuals who 
have a reasonable expectation of successfully 
completing a graduate program 

The decision on admission of an applicant is 
based pnmarily on some of the following critieria. 
depending on the specific program or depart- 
ment: 

1 . Quality of previous undergraduate and 
graduate work. As a matter of general policy 
within the Graduate School at College Park, the 
minimum standard as to quality of undergraduate 
work is a B average, or 3.0 on a 4 scale, in a 
program of study resulting in the award of a bac- 
calaureate degree from a regionally accredited 
college or university. In addition, the student's 
undergraduate program should include com- 
pletion of the prerequisites for graduate study in 
his or her chosen field. In individual programs, 
where resources are available, a few applicants 
who do not meet this minimum standard as to 
work done at the undergraduate level may be 
provisionally admitted if there is compelling evi- 
dence on the basis of other criteria of a reason- 
able likelihood of success in the program the 
person desires to enter In the case of an appli- 
cant who has done some graduate work else- 
where, less weight may be. but is not neces- 
sarily, placed on the quality of the undergraduate 
academic record 

2. Strength of letters of recommendation 
from persons competent to judge ttte applicant's 
probable success in graduate school. Usually 
these letters are from the applicant's former pro- 
fessors who are able to give an in-depth evalua- 
tion of the applicant's strengths and weaknesses 
with respect to academic work Additional rec- 
ommendations may come from employers or 
supervisors who are familiar with the applicant's 
work experience Applicants should instruct 
their references to send all letters of recom- 
mendation directly to the program in which they 
desire entrance. Some departments do not re- 
quire letters of recommendation. (See applica- 
tion form.) 

Some programs require other evidence of 
graduate potential such as portfolios and sam- 



ples of creative work, completion of specialized 
examinations or personal interviews 

3 Scores on a nationally standardized ex- 
amination such as the Graduate Record Examin- 
ations. Admissions Test for Graduate Study in 
Business, f/iller Analogies Test, and similar 
tests. For additional information about standard- 
ized tests see instructions accompanying ap- 
plication forms Because the predictive utility of 
these scores may vary from one group of appli- 
cants to another, a discriminating use of all rele- 
vant materials will be made in each applicant's 
case 

GRADUATE RECORD 
EXAMINATIONS (GRE) 

Although many graduate programs do not re- 
quire the GRE, almost all will use such test 
scores as an additional measurement of an ap- 
plicant's qualifications. The GRE may be taken in 
either or both of two forms. 1 1 The Aptitude Test 
and 2) The Advanced Test. Applicants can take 
this test in their senior year or when filing for ad- 
mission. For details, applicants should write di- 
rectly to Graduate Record Examinations, Educa- 
tional Testing Service, Box 955, Pnnceton, New 
Jersey 08540. 

THE ADMISSIONS TEST FOR 
GRADUATE STUDY IN 
BUSINESS (ATGSB) 

Details about this test, required when applying to 
a program in Business Administration, can be ob- 
tained by writing to the Educational Testing 
Service, P.O. Box 966, Princeton. N.J 08540. 

THE MILLER ANALOGIES 
TEST (MAT) 

Details about the graduate form of this test can 
be obtained by writing to the Director. Counsel- 
ing Center. University of Maryland. College Park. 
Md 20742 

4. Statement by the applicant of his aca- 
demic and career objectives and how these are 
related to the program of study proposed at this 
university. It is important that the department or 
program of proposed study identify students 
whose objectives are consonant with the ob- 
jectives of the program 

In addition to the above criteria, special 
consideration will be given to: 

(1 ) Residence of the applicant. While the uni- 
versity desires to maintain a geographically di- 
verse graduate student population, it also recog- 
nizes its responsibility to legal residents of the 
state. Every effort will be made to accommodate 
qualified Maryland residents. 

(2) Sex and minority group membership. The 
University of Maryland, its Graduate School and 
each of its academic components have strong 
affirmative action programs for increasing the 
participation of minority groups (Black Ameri- 
cans, American Indians, Oriental Americans. 
Spanish-Americans) and women among its stu- 
dents, staff and faculty 

Financial Aid 

Many departments are able to provide financial 
assistance in the form of teaching or research 
assistantships and fellowships to graduate stu- 
dent accepted into the department's program 
Inquiries concerning the availability of such as- 
sistance should be directed to the department 
to which the applicant expects to be admitted 
or to the Fellowship and Grants Office of the 



Graduate School All applicants for fellowships 
must be admitted to the Graduate School on a 
full-time basis to be eligible 

FELLOWSHIPS 

The Maryland Fellowship Program, established 
by the State Legislature and administered by the 
Graduate School, provides a limited number of 
fellowships to qualified applicants who are en- 
rolled in either a PhD or Ed D, program, and who 
agree to teach in a public institution of higher 
learning in the State of Maryland for a period of 
three years following receipt of their doctoral 
degree if a suitable position is offered The sti- 
pend is $2500 for the academic year with remis- 
sion of tuition Although renewable annually, 
these fellowships normally carry a three year 
non-renewable tenure. Applications for this Pro- 
gram may be obtained from the Fellowship Of- 
fice of the Graduate School 

The Graduate School Fellowships are 
awarded annually on a competitive basis The sti- 
pend is S 1 .000 for the academic year, with re- 
mission of tuition. The standard application for 
financial aid will serve as an application for this 
Fellowship Program. 

The primary basis on which fellowships are 
awarded is academic merit and promise Finan- 
cial need may be taken into consideration in 
deciding among comparably qualified students. 

A fellowship IS traditionally regarded as an 
award bestowed on a promising scholar which 
will provide him or her with sufficient income that 
he or she may be able to devote himself or her- 
self essentially full time to scholarly pursuits. 
Hence it is generally expected that fellowship 
holders will not hold outside employment Ex- 
ceptions to this policy can be authorize d by the 
Dean for Graduate Studies in cases of special 
need 



ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are also avail- 
able to qualified graduate students. In addition to 
remission of tuition, these carry ten-month sti- 
pends ranging from $3,100 to $4,400 In cer- 
tain departments. Graduate Research Assistant- 
ships, with roughly comparable stipends, are 
available on a ten or twelve month basis. Appli- 
cations for assistantships should be made di- 
rectly to the Department in which the applicant 
will study. 

A few Resident Graduate Assistantships in 
the undergraduate residence halls are avail- 
able. The stipend is $3,1 00 per year, plus remis- 
sion of tuition, in exchange for half-time work as 
Residence Halls Staff members These Resident 
Assistantships are open to both men and 
women. Applications for a Resident Graduate 
Assistantship should be made to the Director 
of Resident Life. University of Maryland, College 
Park. Maryland 20742. 

Offers of assistantships are made contin- 
gent upon acceptance as a graduate student by 
the Graduate School. 



STUDENT LOANS 

National Direct Student Loan Funds are avail- 
able to graduate students of the University of 
Maryland. The student may request up to 
$2,500 per year. Loans average $1 .500 per 
year. Applications should be directed to the Di- 
rector .Office of Student Aid, North Administra- 
tion Building. University of Maryland. College 
Park. Maryland 20742 



General Information / 9 



Categories of Admission 

Applicants may be offered admission to the 
Graduate Sctiool in any of tfie following three 
categories: 



FULL GRADUATE STATUS 

For admission in this category an applicant 
must have received a baccalaureate degree 
from an institution accredited by a regional ac- 
crediting association and be otherwise fully 
qualified in every respect. 



PROVISIONAL 
GRADUATE STATUS 

This designation may be used when (1) the 
previous academic record at a regionally ac- 
credited institution is borderline or when there 
is a lack of adequate prerequisite course work 
in the chosen field: (2) when the applicant has 
majored in another area with a creditable 
record but there is some doubt about his ability 
to pursue the program in question or (3) when 
the student has not yet completed his bac- 
calaureate and so is not able to furnish a final 
transcnpt indicating the completion of all 
requirements and the award of the degree A 
program to correct any deficiencies will be 
outlined by the department and the student is 
expected to become fully qualified within a 
specified time limit When all conditions have 
been met, the department may recommend ad- 
mission of the student to "full status." Students 
who are unable to qualify for full admission un- 
der the conditions specified may have their ad- 
missions terminated. 



NON-DEGREE 
GRADUATE STATUS 

Applicants who qualify for full graduate status, 
but who are not applicants for a degree at the 
University of fvlaryland, may be admitted in a 
non-degree status for a limited time The in- 
dividual who already has an advanced degree 
and who wants to pursue a limited course 
program to gain more background in his 
original area or in another area of specialization 
would be included in this category. 

Such a person is admitted on a "course- 
work-only" basis. Other examples: (1) a stu- 
dent in Education with an MA or M.Ed who 
wants to work toward the Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Certificate (AGS): (2) the Visiting 
Graduate Student who is in good standing as a 
graduate student at another institution (See 
also Visiting Graduate Student Application) and 
(3) the student who wishes to attend an ap- 
proved National Science Foundation Institute 
but does not want to apply for regular ad- 
mission (See also Applications for National 
Science Foundation Institutes) 

Non-Degree Graduate Status is not intended 
to be used as a qualifying program for full 
degree status. While consideration may be 
given at a later date to the application of 
credits earned toward a degree program while 
in this status, there is no assurance that such 
requests will be granted 

"Course-work-only ' and AGS Certificate 
students are admitted for a pehod of five 
years Other non-degree students are admitted 
for the shorter periods specified in their offers 
of admission 



SPECIAL STUDENT STATUS- 
UNDERGRADUATE 

This is an undergraduate classification and may 
be assigned by the Director, Admissions and 
Registrations (Undergraduate Division) to those 
applicants who have received the bac- 
calaureate or other advanced degrees from an 
institution accredited by a regional accrediting 
association, but who do not desire or who do 
not qualify for graduate admission. Some 
graduate degree programs, notably those in 
the College of Education, have developed 
qualifying courses of study for those applicants 
who fall slightly below minimum standards for 
provisional admission. Successful completion 
of such program normally provides the basis 
for recommendation for admission to The 
Graduate School 

The student is warned, however, that no 
credit earned while in a Special Student Status 
may be applied at a later date to a degree 
program. 

Special students may enroll for courses 
through the 500 numbered sehes for which 
they possess the necessary prerequisites. Per- 
mission from the deans of the various schools 
and colleges of the university is often needed 
to enroll as a Special Student. Courses num- 
bered 600 or above are restricted to admitted 
graduate students only 

NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION 
INSTITUTES 

During summer sessions and the regular 
academic year, special training programs or in- 
stitutes funded by NSF are offered for the 
benefit of teachers and other groups with 
specialized short-term objectives. 

Ordinahly these institutes involve only 
courses in the 400 sehes and below: hence 
admission as a special student, undergraduate, 
is all that is required If the institute requires 
courses in the 600 series or higher, admission 
to the Graduate School is required. This ad- 
mission IS ordinarily on an "NSF-lnstitute only" 
basis 



Admission Time Limits 

For master's and non-degree students, the ad- 
mission terminates five years from the entrance 
date unless a shorter period is specified in the 
offer of admission; eg.. Visiting Graduate 
Students, NSF Institute students and some 
"course-work-only" students 

A doctoral student must be admitted to can- 
didacy within five years after entrance, and 
must complete all remaining requirements 
within four years after admission to candidacy. 
The admission to the doctoral program ter- 
minates if these conditions are not met. 



Change of Objective, 
Termination of Admission 

Students are admitted only to a specified 
program, and within that program only for the 
specified objective; e.g., course work only, 
master's degree, doctoral degree If the 
student wishes to change either the program 
or the objective within that program, he or she 
must submit a new application and fee for admis- 
sion. Admission in the new status is not granted 
automatically. Admission in the new status ter- 
minates the admission for the original objective. 



The student's admission also terminates 
when the ohginal objective has been attained: 
for example, the admission terminates when a 
student who is admitted for the master's 
degree completes the requirements for that 
degree. If the student wishes to continue for 
the doctorate, a new application for admission 
to the doctoral program must be submitted; ad- 
mission to the doctoral program is not 
automatic but is subject to the same review 
process applied to others seeking admission to 
that program. 

A student can be admitted to only one 
graduate program at any one time. Application 
for and acceptance of an offer of admission in 
a second graduate program automatically ter- 
minates the student's admission to the first 
program. 

The student's admission also terminates 
when time limits have been exceeded or when 
other conditions for the continuation of the ad- 
mission have not been met 

The admission of all students, both degree 
and non-degree, is continued at the discretion 
of the major professor, the department or 
program director, and Dean for Graduate 
Studies Students must maintain an average 
grade of B or better in all graduate courses 
taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional 
departmental and Graduate School program 
requirements. 



Application for Admission 

HOW TO APPLY 

Initial correspondence concerning application 
for admission and financial aid to the Graduate 
School should be addressed to 

The Graduate School. 

University of Maryland 

College Park. f/d. 20742 
An application fee of $1 5.00 must ac- 
company the application for admission. This 
fee is not refundable under any circumstances. 
Payment must be made by check or money or- 
der payable to the University of Maryland. Do 
not send cash or stamps. 

SUBMISSION OF TRANSCRIPTS 

Two copies of the application for admission 
and two official copies of transcripts from each 
college or university attended must be 
received at the Graduate School by May 1 for 
the Summer and Fall Semesters and by 
November 1 for the Spring Semester In some 
departments the available openings are filled 
well in advance of these deadlines so that 
earlier application is often desirable. Applicants 
who require financial support and want to be 
among those first considered must submit their 
applications by February 1 for the Fall 
Semester A foreign student applicant must 
apply at least seven months prior to the 
semester in which the student plans to begin 
his or her studies. 

Applicants for admission should instruct 
their institutions to send their transchpts direct- 
ly to the Graduate School and not to the 
Registrar's Office or graduate department. Ap- 
plicants who have attended any branch of the 
University of Maryland must also request the 
Registrar of the University of Maryland at that 
campus to send two copies of their transcript 
to the Graduate School. College Park Campus 
All transcripts must be received at the 



10 / General Information 



Graduate School on or before the deadlines 
specified above The applicant is solely 
responsible for seeing that all the matenals 
have been submitted by the appropriate 
deadline date No follow-up procedures are un- 
dertaken by the Graduate School in this 
respect 

APPLICATION IN THE SENIOR YEAR 

Seniors in their final semester of work toward a 
bachelors degree may be offered provisional 
admission pending the filing of a sup- 
plementary transcript recording the satisfactory 
completion of the remaining course work and 
ttie award of the degree. Applicants engaged 
in graduate study at another institution are also 
subject to this policy A student faces can- 
cellation of his or her admission if a complete 
official record of all previous work is not 
received within three months following the 
completion of such study and the award of the 
degree 

VISITING GRADUATE STUDENT 
APPLICATIONS 

A graduate student matriculated in another 
graduate school, who wishes to enroll for a 
single summer session or a single semester in 
the Graduate School of the University of 
Maryland, and who intends thereafter to return 
to the graduate school in which he or she is 
matriculated, may be admitted in a Non-Degree 
Graduate Status as a visiting student 

To enroll as a visitor, the student must have 
been officially admitted to another recognized 
graduate school and must be in good standing. 
Full transcripts of credits need not be sub- 
imitted. but he or she must apply for admission 
to the Graduate School of the University of 
Maryland, and pay the application fee. In lieu of 
transcripts, he or she must have his graduate 
dean certify, in writing, to the Graduate School 
that he or she is in good standing and that the 
credits will be accepted toward his or her 
graduate degree Unless otherwise specified, 
admission will be offered for one semester 
only 

APPLICATIONS FOR NATIONAL 
SCIENCE FOUNDATION INSTITUTES 
Application for admission to an NSF Institute 
should be made directly to the director of the 
NSF Institute If admission to the Graduate 
School is required, the director will apply the 
same criteria and standards required for ad- 
mission on a regular basis in selecting qualified 
participants and recommending their admission 
to the Graduate School Admission to a non- 
degree "NSF Institute only" status carries with 
it no implication that the individual will be 
automatically considered for admission in any 
other status at a later date The "NSF only" 
status terminates upon completion of the NSF 
Institute in which the student was enrolled A 
new application must be submitted for sub- 
sequent programs of a similar nature. 

Students already admitted to a regular 
graduate program may also qualify for par- 
ticipation in an NSF Institute. 

FOREIGN STUDENT APPLICATIONS 
No foreign student seeking admission 
to the University of Maryland should 
plan to leave his country before ob- 
taining an official offer of admission from 



the Director of Graduate Records of the 
Graduate School. 

Academic Credentials 

The complete application and official academic 
credentials— beginning with secondary school 
records— should be received by the Graduate 
Admissions Office at least seven months prior 
to the semester in which he or she plans to 
begin his studies Applications may be rejected 
pnor to this deadline when foreign student 
quotas have been exceeded 

English Proficiency 

In addition to meeting academic requirements, 
the foreign student applicant must demonstrate 
proficiency in English by taking the Test of 
English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) 
Because TOEFL is given only four times a year 
throughout various parts of the worid. it is 
necessary for the applicant to make 
arrangements with the Educational Testing Ser- 
vice. Box 899. Princeton. N J. 08540. to take 
the test as soon as he or she contemplates 
study at the University of Maryland When the 
applicant is ready to begin his or her studies, 
he or she will be expected to read, speak, and 
write English fluently, to understand lectures 
and to take pertinent notes. 

Financial Resources 

A statement regarding the applicants financial 
status is required by the Office of International 
Education Services. Approximately S525 00 a 
month, or S6300 00 a year, is required for 
educational and living expenses of two 
academic semesters and a summer session. 

A foreign student applicant must be 
prepared, in most cases, to meet his or her 
financial obligations from his or her own 
resources or from those provided by a sponsor 
for at least the first year of study, and perhaps 
beyond 

Immigration Documents 
It IS necessary for students eligible for ad- 
mission to secure from the university's Director 
of International Education Services, the im- 
migration form required for obtaining the ap- 
propriate visa Students already studying in the 
United States who wish to transfer to the 
University of Maryland must also secure proper 
immigration documents to request the Im- 
migration and Naturalization Service to grant 
permission for transfer. 

Reporting Upon Arrival 
Every foreign student is expected to report to 
the Office of International Education Services 
as soon as possible after arriving at the univer- 
sity. This office will be able to assist not only 
with various problems regarding immigration, 
housing and fees, but also with more general 
problems of orientation to university and com- 
munity life 

Questions concerning criteria and 
requirements for foreign applicants should be 
addressed to the Director. International 
Education Services. University of Maryland. 
College Part^. Md 20742. 

Records' Maintenance 
and Disposition 

All records, including academic records from 
other institutions, become part of the official 



file and can neither be returned nor duplicated 
for any purpose A student should obtain an 
additional copy of his or her official credentials 
to keep in his or her possession for advisory 
purposes and for other personal requirements 

The admission credentials and the ap- 
plication data of the applicants who do not 
register for courses at the time for which they 
have been admitted or whose application has 
been disapproved or who do not respond to 
the deparmental requests for additional in- 
formation or whose application is not complete 
with respect to the receipt of all transcripts or 
test results are retained for one year only and 
then destroyed. 



Offer of Admission 

A wntten offer of admission is made to an ap- 
plicant who meets all admission requirements. 
The offer specifies the date of entrance which 
will normally coincide with the date requested 
in the application The offer of admission must 
be accepted or declined by the date specified 
in the offer If the Graduate School is not 
notified by the date specified, the offer of ad- 
mission lapses and the space is reassigned to 
another applicant An individual whose offer of 
admission has lapsed must submit a new ap- 
plication and fee. if he or she wants to be 
reconsidered for admission at a later date. 

The offer of admission is a permit-to-register 
for courses, and must be presented by the 
student at the time of his or her first 
registration. Identification as a graduate 
student, to be used thereafter, will be issued at 
the time of first registration. 



Graduate Credit for 
Senior Undergraduates 

A senior at the University of Maryland who is 
within seven credit hours of completing the 
requirements for an undergraduate degree 
may. with the approval of the undergraduate 
dean, the provost of his or her division, the 
department or program offering the course, 
and the Graduate School, register for graduate 
courses, which may later be counted for 
graduate credit toward an advanced degree at 
the university if he or she has been approved 
for admission to the Graduate School The total 
of undergraduate and graduate courses must 
not exceed 1 5 credits for the semester Ex- 
cess credits in the senior year cannot be used 
for graduate credit unless proper pre- 
arrangement is made Seniors who wish to 
register for graduate credit should inquire at the 
Graduate School about the procedure. 



Undergraduate Credit For 
Graduate Level Courses 

Subject to requirements determined by the 
graduate faculty members of the department or 
program offering the course, undergraduate 
students may register for graduate level cour- 
ses, i.e . those numbered from 600 through 
898 with the exception of 799. for un- 
dergraduate credit 

A student seeking to utilize this option will 
normally have earned an accumulated grade 
point average of 3.0. be in his or her senior 
year, have successfully completed, with a 



General Information / 11 



grade of B or better, the prerequisite and 
correlative courses, and be a major In the ap- 
propriate or a closely related department The 
student will be required to obtain prior ap- 
proval of the department offering the course 

Enrollment in a graduate level course does 
not in any way imply subsequent departmental 
or Graduate School approval for admission into 
a graduate program, nor may the course be 
used as credit for a graduate degree at the 
University of Maryland 



Advising and 
Registration 



Progress in an approved graduate 
degree program is a shared respon- 
sibility of the student and his or her 
faculty advisor The student is respon- 
sible for compliance with the rules and 
procedures of the Graduate School and 
all applicable department or graduate 
program requirements which govern the 
individual program of study In fulfilling 
this responsibility the student should 
seek the advice of his or her faculty ad- 
visor and the administrative officer of 
the department or program in which he 
or she is studying, as well as that of the 
staff of the Graduate School. 



Registration for the newly admitted graduate 
student begins with a visit to the student's 
academic advisor in the graduate department 
or program to which the student has been ad- 
mitted. There the student will obtain information 
about specific degree requirements which sup- 
plement those of the Graduate School ?nd will 
develop, in consultation with a graduate faculty 
advisor, an individual program of study and 
research. (See statement of student respon- 
sibility.) 

In developing that program the student will 
need to consult the Schedule of Classes, 
published just prior to each registration period 
by the Office of Registration, to obtain in- 
formation about the times and places classes 
will be offered, the names of the professors or 
instructors who will be teaching a particular 
course or section, procedures for the payment 
of tuition and fees, dropping or adding a 
course, or making other changes in 
registration It also contains the names, 
telephone numbers and office locations of per- 
sons who can supply additional information 

While most questions normally raised by 
graduate students, and most problems they 
meet, will be answered or resolved by the 
faculty advisor or a departmental committee, 
the student should remember that he or she is 
a student in the Graduate School, and its staff 
is specifically charged with the responsibility 
for assisting graduate students who need ad- 
ditional information, guidance or assistance 
Further, the Dean for Graduate Studies is the 
individual to whom requests or petitions for ex- 
ceptions or waivers of regulations or graduate 
degree requirements should be addressed and 
to whom appeals from decisions of depart- 
mental or program faculty or administrators 
should be directed 



Course Numbering 


System 




Courses are designated as follows: 


000-099 


Non-credit courses. 


100-199 


Primarily freshman 




courses 


200-299 


Primarily sophomore 




courses. 


300-399 


Junior and senior 




courses not acceptable 




for credit toward 




graduate degrees. 


400-499 


Junior and senior 




courses acceptable for 




credit toward some 




graduate degrees. 


500-599 


Professional school 




courses (Dentistry, Law, 




Ivledicine) and post- 




baccalaureate courses 




not for graduate degree 




credit. 


600-898 


Courses restricted to 




graduate students. 


799 


Master's thesis credit. 


899 


Doctoral dissertation 




credit. 



The first character of the numeric 
position determines the level of the 
course and the last two digits are used 
for course identification. Courses ending 
with an 8 or 9 (third position) are cour- 
ses that are repeatable for credit. All 
non-repeatable courses must end in 
through 7. 

Graduate credit will not be given 
ur}less the student has been admitted to 
the Graduate School. 



Designation of Full 
and Part-Time 
Graduate Students 

In order to accurately reflect the involvement 
of graduate students in their programs of study 
and research and the use of university re- 
sources in those programs, the Graduate 
Council uses the graduate unit in making 
calculations to determine full or part-time 
student status in the administration of the 
minimum registration requirements described 
below and in responding to student requests 
for certification of full-time studenfstatus. The 
number of graduate units per semester credit 
hour is calculated in the following manner: 



Courses in the senes: 


000-399 carry 2 


units-'credit hour. 




Courses in the sehes: 


400-499 carry 4 


units -credit hour. 




Courses in the series: 


500-599 carry 5 


units credit hour 




Courses in the series: 


600-898 carry 6 


units/credit hour 




Research course: 799 


carries 1 2 


units/credit hour. 




Research course: 899 


carries 1 8 


units/credit hour 





To be certified as a full-time student a graduate 
student must be officially registered for a com- 
bination of courses equivalent to 48 units per 
semester. A graduate assistant holding a 
regular appointment is a full-time student if 
registered for 24 units in addition to the ser- 
vice appointment. 

Minimum Registration 
Requirements 

All graduate students making any demand upon 
the academic or support services of the 
university, whether taking courses, using 
university librahes, laboratories, computer 
facilities, office space, housing, or consulting 
with faculty advisors, taking comprehensive or 
final oral examinations, must register for the 
number of graduate units which will, in the 
judgment of the faculty advisor, accurately 
reflect the student's involvement in graduate 
study and use of university resources. In no 
case will registration be for less than 4 units 

Minimum Registration 
Requirements for 
Doctoral Candidates 

Doctoral students who have been advanced to 
candidacy must register each semester, ex- 
cluding summer sessions, until the degree is 
awarded. Those who have not completed the 
required 1 2 semester credit hours of Disser- 
tation Research (899), or its equivalent, must 
register for a minimum of 1 8 graduate units 
each semester. Doctoral candidates whose 
demands upon the university are greater than 
that represented by this minimum registration 
will, of course, be expected to register for the 
number of units which will reflect their use of 
university resources. 

Doctoral candidates who have completed 
the required minimum of 1 2 credit hours of 
Dissertation Research (899). or its equivalent, 
and who are making no use of university 
resources, must meet a Continuous 
Registration requirement in each semester, ex- 
cept for summer sessions, until the degree is 
awarded. This requirement is met by paying 
the $10 Continuous Registration fee. The fee 
may be paid in person or by mail directly to the 
Graduate School. It must be paid before the 
end of the eighth week of classes during the 
fall and spring semesters. 

Failure to comply with the requirement for 
maintaining Continuous Registration will be 
taken as evidence that the student has ter- 
minated his or her doctoral program and ad- 
mitted status to the Graduate School will be 
terminated, A new application for admission, 
with the consequent re-evaluation of the 
student's performance, will be required of a 
student wishing to resume a graduate program 
terminated under this regulation. 

Grades for 
Graduate Students 

The following grades are used in the evaluation 
of graduate student performance at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland, College Park: 

The conventional A through F grading 
system is used in graduate level courses The 
A is calculated at 4 quality points, the B at 3 
quality points, the C at 2 quality points, and the 
grades of D. F. and I receive no qualify points 
A student may repeat any course in an effort 
to earn a better grade. The later grade, 



12 / General Information 



whether higher or lower, will be used in com- 
puting the grade point average A minimum 
grade point average of 3 is required for 
graduation with a graduate degree All courses 
taken after matriculation as a graduate student 
numbered 400 and above, except those num- 
bered 799 or 899 and those graded with an S 
will be used m the calculation of the grade 
point average No course taken after August 
23. 1974. will be marked "not applicable" for 
the purpose of computing the grade point 
average of a graduate student No graduate 
credit transferred from another institution will 
be included in the calculation of the grade 
point average 

A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading 
system may be used, at the discretion of the 
department or program, for certain types of 
graduate study These include courses which 
require independent field work, special pro- 
jects, or Independent Study Departmental 
seminars, workshops, and departmental 
courses in instructional methods may- also be 
appropriate for the S-F grading system 

The "Pass-Fail" grade option, which may be 
elected by undergraduate students, is not 
available to students at the graduate level 

Thesis and dissertation research, and 
courses labelled "Independent Study" or 
"Special Problems" may use either the A-F or 
the S-F grading system. However, only one 
grading system will be used for a single course 
in a particular semester. The grading system 
will be designated by the department or 
program offering the course. 

Credit-by-Examination 

A graduate student may obtain graduate credit 
by examination in courses at the 400 level 
previously identified by the approphate depart- 
ment or program. As a general rule credit-by- 
examination is not available for courses at the 
600. 700. or 800 levels for. in the judgment of 
the Graduate Council, courses at these levels 
require a continuing interaction between 
faculty and students to achieve the educational 
goals of advanced study 

A student may receive credit-by-examination 
only for a course for which he or she is other- 
wise eligible to receive graduate credit The 
department or program in which he or she is 
enrolled may establish a limit on the number of 
credits which may be earned through credit- 
by-examination A graduate student seeking 
credit-by-examination must obtain the consent 
of his or her advisor 

The Graduate School maintains a list of 
courses for which examinations are available or 
will be prepared. The fee for credit-by- 
examination for full-time graduate students is 
$30.00 per course regardless of the number 
of credits or units to be earned. Part-time 
graduate students will be charged the same 
fee per credit hour they would pay if taking the 
course in the usual manner. 



Transfer of Credit 

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate 
level course credits earned at regionally ac- 
credited institutions prior to. or after, 
matriculation in the Graduate School may be 
applied toward master's degrees at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland, Proportionately larger 
amounts of credit may be applied toward 
doctoral degrees. 



All graduate study credits offered as trans- 
fer credit must meet the following criteria: 

1 They must have received graduate 
credit at the institution where earned 

2. They must not have been used to meet 
the requirements for any degree 
previously earned. 

3 They must have been taken within the 
time limits applicable to degrees award- 
ed by the Graduate School 

4. The department or program to which the 
student has been admitted at Maryland 
must certify that the courses are ap- 
propriate to the degree program the 
student is pursuing at Maryland 

5. The student earned a B or better in the 
courses offered for transfer credit, 

A student seeking acceptance of transfer 
credit is advised to submit the necessary tran- 
scripts and certification of department or 
program approval to the Graduate School as 
promptly as possible for its review and 
decision 



The Inter-Campus Student 

A student admitted to the Graduate School on 
any campus of the university is eligible to take 
courses on any other campus of the university 
with the approval of his or her academic ad- 
visor and the graduate deans on the home and 
host campuses Credits earned on a host cam- 
pus are resident credit at the home campus 
and meet all degree requirements. Transcripts 
of work taken at another campus will be main- 
tained on the home campus and fees will be 
paid to the home campus. Forms for effecting 
registration as an inter-campus student may be 
obtained from the Graduate School offices on 
any campus of the university 



Graduate Fees* 

Application fee 

This fee IS not refundable , , , , SI 5,00 
Tuition Per Credit Hour: 

Resident Student $47,00 

Non-Resident Student $77,00 

Students admitted to the Graduate 
School must pay graduate tuition fees 
whether or not the credit will be used to 
satisfy program requirements A 
graduate student who wishes to audit a 
course must pay the usual graduate 
tuition. 

Continuous Registration Fee . $10,00 

Registration Fee S 5,00 

Recreation Fee 

(Summer School Only) $4,00 

Vehicle Registration Fee ... $1 2.00 

Graduation Fee. 

Master's Degree $1 5.00 

Graduation Fee. 

Doctor's Degree $60.00 

Health Fee (Per Semester) ... $ 5.00 
(Part Time Student) 

Health Fee (Per Semester). . . $10.00 
(Full Time Student) 



* TTie fees listed here are tfiose charged at the time thrs 
Catalog went to press and are ottered as a general guide 
They are subject to change Fees charged in a particular 
semester are published in the Schedule of C/asses for ttiat 
semester 



Determination of In-State Status 
for Admission, Tuition and Charge- 
Differential Purposes 

The Board of Regents of the University of Mary- 
land approved new regulations for the deter- 
mination of in-state status for admission, tuition 
and charge-differential purposes at its meet- 
ing on September 21. 1973. The new regula- 
tions become effective with the January 1 974 
term. 

An initial determination of in-state status for 
admission, tuition and charge-differential pur- 
poses will be made by the University at the time 
a student's application for admission is under 
consideration The determination made at that 
time, and any determination made thereafter 
shall prevail in each semester until the deter- 
mination is successfully challenged The dead- 
line for meeting all requirements for an in-state 
status and for submitting all documents for re- 
classification is the last day of late registra- 
tion for the semester the student wishes to be 
classified as an in -state student. 

The implementation of this policy to those 
eligible for redetermination will require an ex- 
tended period of time. It is hoped that a decision 
in each case will be made within ninety (90) 
days of a request for determination. During this 
period of time, or any further period of time re- 
quired by the University, fees and charges 
based on the previous determination must be 
paid. If the determination is changed, any ex- 
cess fees and charges will be refunded. 

Persons who are interested in obtaining a 
copy of the regulations or who wish assistance 
with their classification should contact: The 
Graduate School, South Administration Build- 
ing. University of Maryland, College Park. Mary- 
land 20742— phone (301 ) 454-5428. 



Degree Requirements 

Graduate School 
Requirements Applicable 
to all Master's Degrees 

In addition to the following requirements 
special departmental or collegiate requirements 
may be imposed especially in the case of 
those degrees which are offered only in one 
department, college or division For these 
special requirements consult the descriptions 
which appear under the departmental or 
collegiate listing in this catalog or the special 
publications which can be obtained from the 
department or college. 

The entire course of study undertaken for 
any master's degree must constitute a unified, 
coherent program which is approved by the 
student's advisor and by the Graduate School 

A minimum of thirty semester hours in cour- 
ses acceptable for credit towards a graduate 
degree are required; in certain cases six of the 
thirty semester hours must be thesis research 
credits. The graduate program must include at 
least 1 2 hours of course work in the major 
subject and at least 1 2 hours of course work 
at the 600 level or higher If the student is 
inadequately prepared for the required 
graduate courses, additional courses may be 
required These courses may not be con- 
sidered as part of his or her graduate program. 

To graduate the student must have an 
average grade of B over all graduate courses 
taken. 

General Information / 13 



All requirements for the master's degree 
must be completed wittiin a five year period A 
minimum residence of one year of full-time 
study at ttiis university (or its equivalent) is 
required. 

Ttie particular requirements for ttie degrees 
of toaster of Arts, Master of Science, and 
Master of Education are given directly below 
Ttiose for ttie degrees of Master of Business 
Administration, Master of Library Science, and 
Master of Music are given under "Graduate 
Programs " 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 
REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE DEGREES OF 
MASTER OF ARTS AND 
MASTER OF SCIENCE 
Thesis Option 

Course Requirements 

A minimum of 30 semester hours including six 
hours of thesis research credit (799) is 
required for the degrees of Master of Arts and 
Master of Science Of the 24 hours required in 
graduate courses, not less than 1 2 must be 
earned in the major subject Not less than one- 
half of the total required course credits for the 
degree, or a minimum of twelve, must be 
selected from courses numbered 600 or 
above 

Thesis Requirement 

A thesis IS required for the Master of Arts and 
Master of Science degrees except for those 
programs in which a non-thesis option has 
been approved by the Dean for Graduate 
Studies in conformity with the policy of the 
Graduate Council Approval of the thesis is the 
responsibility of an examining committee ap- 
pointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies. The 
student's advisor is the chairman of the com- 
mittee and the remaining members of the com- 
mittee are members of the graduate faculty 
who are familiar with the student's program of 
study The chairman and the candidate are in- 
formed of the membership of the examining 
committee by the Dean 

A final oral examination on the thesis shall 
be held when the student has completed his or 
her thesis to the satisfaction of his or her ad- 
visor, providing he or she has completed all 
other requirements for the degree and has 
earned a 3 grade point average computed in 
accordance with the regulations described 
above The examining committee, with a mini- 
mum of three members, conducts the oral exam- 
ination (an additional comprehensive written 
examination may be required at the option of the 
department or program ) The chairman of the 
examining committee selects the time and place 
for the examination and notifies other members 
of the committee and the candidate. Members 
of the committee must be given a minimum of 7 
school days in which to read the thesis. 

The duration of the examination is normally 
about an hour but it may be longer if 
necessary to insure an adequate examination 
The report of the committee, signed by each 
member, must be submitted to the Dean for 
Graduate Studies no later than the appropriate 
date listed in the "Important Dates for Advisor 
and Students" if the student is to receive a 
diploma at the Commencement in the semester 
in which the examination is held 



Directions for the preparation and sub- 
mission of theses will be found in the Graduate 
Student Academic Handbook which may be 
purchased at the university book store. 

Non-Thesis Option 
The requirements for Master of Arts and 
Master of Science degrees without thesis vary 
slightly among departments and programs in 
which this option is available. Standards for ad- 
mission are, however, identical with those for 
admission to any other master's program. The 
quality of the work expected of the student is 
also identical to that expected in the thesis 
programs 

The general requirements for those on the 
non-thesis program are: a minimum of 30 
semester credit hours in courses approved for 
graduate credit with a minimum average grade 
of B in all course work taken: a minimum of 1 8 
semester credit hours in courses numbered 
600 or above: the submission of one or more 
scholarly papers: and passing a written com- 
prehensive final examination, 

A student following a non-thesis master's 
program will be expected to meet the same 
deadlines for application for a diploma and for 
final examination reports established for all 
other degree programs. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION 

Nearly all departments in Education offer the 
Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree with the 
following requirements: 

1 A minimum of 30 semester hours in 
coursework with a grade average of B. 
Grades for courses not a part of the 
program but taken in graduate status 
will be computed in the average 

2 A minimum of 15 hours in courses num- 
bered 600-800 with the remainder at 
least in the 400 series. Some depart- 
ments require courses in departments 
outside of those in Education 

3. A comprehensive written examination 
taken at the end of coursework A part 
of the examination may be oral, 

4 EDMS646orEDMU690andone 
seminar paper: or two seminar papers 

5 EDMS446orEDMS451 

6 Test battery. 

For further details, see ""Statement of 
Policies and Procedures: Master"s Degrees in 
Education," issued by the College of 
Education, and descriptions of departmental 
programs. 

Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Program 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist program is 
designed to promote high professional com- 
petence in an area of specialization The can- 
didate must be able to show that he or she 
can operate as an effective counselor, ad- 
ministrator, teacher, or skilled person in his or 
her major field of professional endeavor The 
program is offered through most of the depart- 
ments of the College of Education. The ap- 
plicant must be admissible to The Graduate 
School but the certificate is awarded by the 
College of Education 



Requirements are as follows: 

1 Admission based on a master's degree 
or its equivalent in course hours earned 
either at the University of Maryland or at 
another institution accredited by a 
regional accrediting association Ap- 
plicant to be admitted in non-degree 
status in the Graduate School 

2. Program developed with advisor and 
filed with Graduate Studies office in 
Education 

3 Test battery required of all Education 
graduate students 

4 Coursework totaling not more than 30 
hours (grades of B or A) from an in- 
stitution accredited for graduate work, 
may be transferred 

5 Minimum of 60 semester hours of 
graduate work with not less than 30 
from the University of Maryland. 

6 Half of the coursework from other in- 
stitutions or this University to be in 
courses comparable to the 600-800 
series. 

7 May be required to take a substantial 
portion of work in departments other 
than in Education. 

8 Baverage with no D'sor F"son the 
record. 

9 A written examination of not less than 
six hours in length. 

1 Registration in some kind of field study, 
field experience, apprenticeship or in- 
ternship 
For further details see "Statement of 
Policies and Procedures: Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Program in Education," issued by 
the College of Education and descriptions of 
departmental programs. 

Graduate School 

Requirements 

Applicable to 

All Doctoral Degrees 

GENERAL 

In addition to the following requirements 
special departmental or collegiate requirements 
may be imposed especially in the case of 
those degrees which are offered in only one 
department, college or division. For these 
special requirements consult the descriptions 
which appear under the departmental or 
collegiate listing in this catalog or the special 
publications which can be obtained from the 
department, college or division. 

Program 

The number of credit hours required in the 
program varies with the degree in question. 

Residence 

The equivalent of three years of full-time 
graduate study and research is the minimum 
required Of the three years the equivalent of 
at least one year must be spent at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland. On a part-time basis the time 
needed will be increased correspondingly All 
work at other institutions offered in partial 
fulfillment of the requirements for any doctoral 
degree must be submitted with the recom- 
mendation of the Department or Program con- 
cerned to the Graduate School for approval at 



14 / General Information 



the time of application for admission candidacy 
Official transcripts of tfie work must be on file 
in the Graduate School 

Admission to Candidacy 

Preliminary examinations or such other sub- 
stantial tests as the departments may elect are 
frequently prerequisite for admission to can- 
didacy A student must be admitted to can- 
didacy within five years after admission to the 
doctoral program 

A student must be admitted to candidacy 
for the doctorate at least one academic year 
before the date on which the degree will be 
conferred 

Applications for admission to candidacy for 
the doctorate are made in duplicate by the 
student and submitted to his or her maior 
department for further action and transmission 
to the Graduate School. Application forms may 
be obtained at the office of the Graduate 
School 

The student must complete all of his or her 
program for the degree, including the disser- 
tation and final examination, during a four year 
period after admission to candidacy Ex- 
tensions of time are granted only under the 
most unusual circumstances Failure to com- 
plete all requirements within the time allotted 
requires another application for admission to 
candidacy with the usual preliminary 
examination, or other prerequisites as deter- 
mined by the department or program com- 
mittee. 

It is the responsibility of the student to sub- 
mit his or her application for admission to can- 
didacy when all the requirements for candidacy 
have been fulfilled. 

Disseilation 

A dissertation or its equivalent is required ot all 
candidates for a doctoral degree The topic of 
the dissertation must be approved by the 
department or program committee 

Directions for the preparation and sub- 
mission of dissertations will be found in the- 
Graduate Student Academic Handbook which 
may be purchased at the university book store. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, 
all candidates for any doctoral degree must 
register for the prescribed number of semester 
hours of Doctoral Dissertation Research, num- 
bered 899. at the University of f^^aryland. 

Publication of all or a portion of the disser- 
tation prior to its defense and approval by the 
Graduate Faculty examining committee 
requires prior approval of the Dean tor 
Graduate Studies This approval is sought 
through a letter to the dean, endorsed by the 
dissertation advisor, containing an explanation 
of the need for early publication 

Final Examination 

The final oral defense of the dissertation is 
conducted by a Committee of the Graduate 
Faculty appointed by the Dean tor Graduate 
Studies The committee will consist of a 
minimum of five voting members, all of whom 
hold the doctoral degree At least one of the 
five must hold appointment m a department or 
Graduate Program external to the one in which 
the student is seeking the degree A minimum 
of three members of the committee must be 
regular members of the Graduate Faculty of 
the University of Maryland- 
One member of the committee is 
designated by the dean as his Representative 



In addition to having the normal responsibility 
of a faculty examiner, the dean's representative 
has the responsibility of assuring that the 
examination is conducted according to 
established procedures Any disagreement 
over the examination procedures is referred to 
the deans representative for decision 

One or more members of the committee 
may be persons from other institutions who 
hold the doctorate and who are distinguished 
scholars in the field of the dissertation 

Nominations for membership on the com- 
mittee are submitted by the student s maior 
professor on the form certifying that the disser- 
tation has been completed and is ready for 
distribution to the Committee Complete copies 
of the dissertation must be distributed to the 
committee at least ten days before the 
examination The time and place of the 
examination are established by the major 
professor who serves as chairman ot the com- 
mittee 

All final oral examinations are open to all 
members of the Graduate Faculty After the 
examination the committee deliberates and 
votes in private Two or more negative votes 
constitute a failure. 

The candidate may only present himself or 
herself for the final oral examination twice 

Pailicuiar Requirements 

The particular requirements for the Doctor of 
Philosophy and Doctor ot Education degrees 
are given immediately below The particular 
requirements for the degrees. Doctor of 
Business Administration, and Doctor of IVIusical 
Arts are given under the corresponding 
program descriptions. 

GRADUATE SCHOOL 
REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE DEGREE OF 
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted 
only upon sufticient evidence of high at- 
tainment in scholarship and the ability to 
engage in independent research It is not 
awarded for the completion of course and 
seminar requirements no matter how suc- 
cessfully completed. 

Residence 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Foreign Language 
Requirement 

The Graduate School no longer has a language 
requirement for the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. However, a number of departments 
have retained a foreign language requirement. 
The student should inquire in the department 
regarding this requirement. The student must 
satisfy the departmental or program 
requirement before he or she can be admitted 
to candidacy for the doctorate 

Program 

There is no Graduate School requirement for a 
specific number of course credits in either a 
major or a minor subject It is the policy of the 
Graduate School to encourage the develop- 
ment of individual programs for each student 
who seeks the Ph D To that end the academic 
departments and interdisciplinary programs 
have been directed to determine major and 



minor requirements, levels or sequences of 
required courses, and similar requirements for 
submission to the Graduate Council for ap- 
proval 

Admission to Candidacy 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees 

Dissertation 

The ability to do independent research must be 
demonstrated by an original dissertation on a 
topic approved by the department or program 
During the preparation of the dissertation, 
all candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy 
Degree must register for a minimum of 12 
semester hours of doctoral research, num- 
bered 899, at the University of Maryland 

Final Examination 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees 

REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE DEGREE OF 
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION 

The requirements for the Doctor of Education 
(Ed D ) degree are for the most part the same 
as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree 
in Education, departments in the Graduate 
School The only difference lies in the amount 
of credit for the Ed D project (6-9 hours) as 
compared to that required for the Ph D. disser- 
tation (12-16 hours) For details see 
Statement of Policy and Procedures Doctoral 
Degrees in Education," issued by the College 
of Education as well as requirements tor the 
Ph D ; see above, and departmental 
regulations. 



Commencement 

Applications for the diploma must be filed with 
the Office of Admissions and Registrations 
within the first three weeks of the semester in 
which the candidate expects to obtain a 
degree except during summer session During 
the summer session, the application must be 
tiled during the first week of the second sum- 
mer session. 

If. for any reason, a student does not 
graduate at the end of the semester in which 
he or she applies for the diploma, he or she 
must re-apply for it in the semester in which he 
or she expects to graduate 

Academic costume is required of all can- 
didates at commencement exercises Those 
who so desire may purchase or rent caps and 
gowns at the University of Maryland student 
supply store Orders must be filed eight weeks 
before the date of commencement but may be 
cancelled later if the student finds himself or 
herself unable to complete his or her work for 
the degree. 



Student Services 

Housing 

There is no on-campus housing provided for 
unmarried graduate students. The Off-Campus 
Housing Office (Room 121 1H. Student Union, 
454-3645), in cooperation with many of the local 
landlords and apartment managers, maintains 
an extensive and up-to-date list of vacancies 



General Information / IS 



under several headings (Rooms, Unfurnished 
Apartments, Houses to Share, etc.). This office 
can also provide students with convenient maps 
of the College Park area, and with lists of local 
motels, trailer and mobile home parks, real 
estate agents, and furniture rental companies 

The lowest known rates for housing in the 
area are about $60 /month for a room in a 
house, $135'month for an unfurnished apart- 
ment, $150/month for a furnished apartment, 
and $250/month tor a two-bedroom house 

The university itself maintains two apartment 
complexes for married graduate students and 
for a limited number of single graduate stu- 
dents Both Lord Calvert Apartments and 
University Hills Apartments are within walking 
distance of campus, which means that there is 
usually a waiting list, especially dunng the 
period immediately preceding the fall semester 
Priority for housing in these complexes is 
currently given to married full-time graduate 
assistants, then marned full-time graduate non- 
assistants. 

Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is about 
$125/month. with two-bedroom apartments 
costing about fifteen dollars more: a limited 
number of efficiencies are available to single 
students for a slightly lower monthly rent. 
Students must sign a one year lease and pay a 
security deposit of $50 (payable when the ap- 
plicant's name is added to the waiting list) Af- 
ter the initial lease expires, residence in the 
apartments is on a monthly basis Graduate 
students who maintain full-time status are per- 
mitted to live in the apartments for a maximum 
of five years. 

Information and applications for university- 
owned housing can be obtained from the Ren- 
tal Office 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville, 
Maryland 20783 (422-7445) 

University 
Food Services 

The University Food Service offers three dining 
contract options which are available to 
graduate students One plan offers the diner 
20 meals per week, the second offers 3 
meals/day for five days/week, and the third 
offers the choice of any 10 meals/wsek. The 
1974-1975 cost of contract dining plans 
ranged from $297 to $347 per semester 
University affiliated people can obtain guest 
meal tickets for individual meals in contract 
dining halls for fairly reasonable prices 
(unlimited quantities for $1 .65 at breakfast, 
$2 00 at lunch, and $2 50 at dinner) More in- 
formation about contract dining can be ob- 
tained from Mr. John Goecker (454-2901) 

In addition to the services offered by the 
contract dining halls, graduate students may 
wish to take advantage of the cash line ser- 
vices available at the Hill Dining Hall or the 
various restaurants and snack bars at the 
Student Union. 

Hillel Kosher Dining Club, housed in Hillel 
House, 7505 Yale Avenue, College Park (277- 
8961), provides Kosher meals on either a 
regular or occasional basis. 



Health Service 

The University Health Center provides routine 
medical treatment, emergency care, laboratory 
and x-ray services for all graduate and un- 
dergraduate students The Women's Health 
Care Unit provides gynecological services and 



family planning. In addition Mental Health ser- 
vices are available at the Health Center both 
by appointment and on an emergency basis 
Specialty clinics are available in Dermatology 
and Orthopedics by referral from Health Center 
physicians Health Education materials and 
resources are available through the Health 
Educator 

The Health Center is open throughout the 
year, Monday through Fnday, 8:00 a.m. to 
9:00 p.m. for routine services. Saturday and 
Sunday hours are 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m The 
center is staffed 24 hours a day for emergen- 
cies with nurses on duty and a physician is on 
call at all times During extended school 
vacation periods and semester breaks when 
the center is closed, a physician Is available 
through the campus operator. There is no 
charge for routine medical care or professional 
services but charges are made for certain 
laboratory tests, all x-rays and allergy in- 
jections 

Career 
Development Center 

The Career Development Center offers a wide 
variety of services to graduate students. The 
goal of the center is to assist students in ex- 
ploring career opportunities and planning their 
careers Services include career advising, the 
Career Library, the credentials service, and the 
on-campus interview program. 

The career advising program includes both 
individual and group advising sessions The 
Career Library contains occupational in- 
formation, full-time job listings, employer direc- 
tories, and other reference sources 

Graduate students are eligible to participate 
in the on-campus interview program, which in- 
volves campus visits by representatives from 
business, government, and education Students 
interested in employment in the fields of 
education and library science will find the 
Credentials Service especially valuable. 

Counseling Center 

The Counseling Center offers consultation on 
educational/psychological concerns: an open 
educational-vocational information library: 
recorded interviews with department heads on 
the characteristics of graduate majors offered 
on the campus: and a weekly R&D series of 
presentations on current educational/ 
psychological topics. 

Available services include the following: the 
Counseling Service, which offers initial con- 
sultation on any problems and provides further 
counseling services or referral services to ap- 
propriate individuals or agencies in the area: 
the Reading and Study Skills Laboratory, for 
those interested in improving any of their 
educational skills: the Parent Consultation and 
Child Evaluation Service, providing a variety of 
services to the parents of young children with 
learning or behavior problems: and the Testing, 
Research and Data Processing Division, which 
serves as the testing and census taking arm 
of the campus 

Additional 
Graduate School 
Publications 

The following is a list of publications available 
to students who have been admitted to the 
Graduate School. 



GUIDE TO 
GRADUATE LIFE 

A handbook designed to provide the new 
graduate student with an introduction to the 
campus and the College Park area, the Guide 
is available from the Office of the Dean for 
Graduate Studies 

IMPORTANT DATES 
FOR ADVISORS 
AND STUDENTS 

This calendar card of dates for submission of 
final documents is available from the various 
departmental graduate offices, as well as from 
the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies. 

GRADUATE STUDENT 
ACADEMIC HANDBOOK 

This manual contains the instructions for 
preparation of dissertations and is available at a 
nominal cost from the university book store. 



Policy of the 
University of IVIaryland 
on Access to and 
Release of Student 
Data/Information 

General Statement 

The University of Maryland has the respon- 
sibility for effectively supervising any access to 
and/or release of official data/ information 
about its students. Certain items of information 
about individual students are fundamental to 
the educational process and must be recorded. 
This recorded information concerning students 
must be used only for clearly-defined pur- 
poses, must be safeguarded and controlled to 
avoid violations of personal privacy, and must 
be appropriately disposed of when the 
justification for its collection and retention no 
longer exists. 

In this regard, the university is committed to 
protecting to the maximum extent possible the 
right of privacy of all individuals about whom it 
holds information, records and files. Access to 
and release of such records is restricted to the 
student concerned, to others with the 
student's written consent, to officials within the 
university, to a court of competent jurisdiction 
and otherwise pursuant to law. 

Access 

All official information collected and maintained 
in the university identifiable with an individual 
student will be made available for inspection 
and review at the written request of that 
student subject to certain exceptions. 

For purposes of access to records at the 
University of Maryland, a student enrolled (or 
formerly enrolled) for academic credit or audit 
at any campus of the university shall have ac- 
cess to official records concerning him on any 
campus on which he is or has been enrolled. 

The personal files of members of the faculty 
and staff which concern students, including 
private correspondence, and notes which refer 
to students, are not regarded as official records 



16 / General Information 



of the university Ttiis includes notes 
intended for the personal use of the faculty 
and never intended to be official records of 
the university 

A request tor general access to all official 
records, files and data maintained by a cam- 
pus, must be made in writing to the coordinator 
of records or to other person(s) as designated 
by the chancellor at that particular campus A 
request for access to official data maintained in 
a particular office may be made to the ad- 
ministrative head of that office 

When a student (or former student) appears 
at a given office and requests access to the 
university records about himself. 

1 . The student must provide proper iden- 
tification verifying that he is the person 
whose record is being accessed 

2. The designated staff person(s) must super- 
vise the review of the contents of the 
record with the student. 

3. Inspection and review shall be permitted 
within a period not to exceed 45 days from 
the date of the student's request. 

4. The student will be free to make notes con- 
cerning the contents but no material will be 
removed from the record at the time. 
Under normal circumstances, the student is 

entitled to receive a copy only of his per- 
manent academic record. A reasonable ad- 
ministrative fee may be charged for providing 
copies of this or other items. 

Record keeping personnel and members of 
the faculty and staff with administrative assign- 
ment may have access to records and files for 
internal educational purposes as well as for 
routinely necessary clerical, administrative and 
statistical purposes as required by the duties 
of thier jobs The name and position of the of- 
ficial responsible for the maintenance of each 
type of educational record may be obtained 
from the coordinator of records or other per- 
son appointed by the chancellor on each cam- 
pus 

Any other access allowed by law must be 
recorded showing the legitimate educational or 
other purpose and the signature of the person 
gaining access. The student concerned shall 
be entitled to review this information. 

Release of Information 

Except with the prior written consent of the 
student (or former student) concerned, or as 
required by federal and state law. no in- 
formation in any student file may be released 
to any individual (including parents, spouse, or 
other students) or organization with the ex- 
ception of information defined as "Public In- 
formation." 

When disclosure of any personally iden- 
tifiable data/information from university records 
about a student is demanded pursuant to court 
order or lawfully Issued subpoena, the staff 
member receiving such order shall immediately 
notify the student concerned in writing prior to 
compliance with such order or subpoena. 

Data/information from university records 
about students will be released for approved 
research purposes only if the identity of the 
student involved is fully protected. 

A record will be kept of all sucii releases 

Information from university records may be 
released to appropriate persons in connection 
with an emergency if the knowledge of such 
information is necessary to protect the health 
or safety of a student or other persons 



Public Information 

The following items are considered public 
data information and may be disclosed by the 
university in response to inquiries concerning 
individual students, whether the inquines are in 
person, in writing or over the telephone 

1 Name 

2 Affirmation of whether currently enrolled 

3 Campus location 

Unless the student has officially filed a 
request with the campus registrar that 
disclosure not be made without his written per- 
mission, the following items in addition to those 
above are considered public information and 
may be included in appropriate univer- 
sity campus directories and publications and 
may be disclosed by designated staff members 
in each campus in response to inquiries con- 
cerning individual students, whether the 
inquiries are in person, in wnting. or over the 
telephone 

1 School, college, department, major or 
division 

2 Dates of enrollment 

3 Degrees received 

4 Honors received 

5. Local address and phone number 
6 Home address (permanent) 
7. Participation in officially recognized ac- 
tivities and sports 
8 Weight and height of members of athletic 
teams 

The release of public information as 
described above may be limited by an in- 
dividual campus policy 

Letters of Appraisal 

Candid appraisals and evaluations of per- 
formance and potential are an essential part of 
the educational process Clearly, the provision 
of such information to prospective employers, 
to other educational institutions, or to other 
legitimately concerned outside individuals and 
agencies is necessary and in the interest of 
the particular student 

Data .-'information which was part of univer- 
sity records prior to January 1. 1975 and 
which was collected and maintained as con- 
fidential information, will not be disclosed to 
students. Should a student desire access to a 
confidential letter of appraisal received prior to 
January 1, 1975, the student shall be advised 
to have the writer of that appraisal notify, in 
writing, the concerned records custodian of 
the decision as to whether or not the writer is 
willing to have the appraisal made available for 
the student's review Unless a wntten response 
IS received approving a change of status in 
the letter, the treatment of the letter as a con- 
fidential document shall continue. 

Documents of appraisal relating to students 
collected by the university or any department 
or office of the university on or after January 1 . 
1975. will be maintained confidentially only if a 
waiver of the right of access has been 
executed by the student. In the absence of 
such a waiver, all such documents will be 
available for student inspection and review 

All references, recommendations, 
evaluations and other wntten notations or com- 
ments, originated prior to January 1, 1975, 
where the author by reason of custom, com- 
mon practice, or specific assurance thought or 
had good reason to believe that such 



documents and materials would be confidential 
will be maintained as confidential, unless the 
author consents ;n writing to waive such con- 
fidentiality 

If a student files a written waiver with the 
department or office concerned, letters of ap- 
praisal received pursuant to that waiver will be 
maintained confidentially Forms will be 
available for this purpose 

Challenges to the Record 

Every student shall have the opportunity to 
challenge any item in his file which he con- 
siders to be inaccurate, misleading or other- 
wise inappropriate data A student shall initiate 
a challenge by submitting a request in writing 
for the deletion or correction of the particular 
Item The request shall be made to the 
custodian of the particular record in question 

If the custodian and the student involved 
are unable to resolve the matter to the 
satisfaction of both parties, the wntten request 
for deletion or correction shall be submitted by 
the student to the coordinator of records, or 
other such person as designated by the chan- 
cellor, who shall serve as the heahng officer 
The student shall be given the opportunity for 
a hearing, at which the student may present 
oral or wntten lustification for the request for 
deletion or correction The hearing officer may 
obtain such other information as he deems ap- 
propriate for use in the heanng and shall give 
the student a written decision on the matter 
within thirty (30) days from the conclusion of 
the hearing If the decision of the hearing of- 
ficer is to deny the deletion or correction of an 
Item in the students file, the student shall be 
entitled to submit a wntten statement to the 
heanng officer presenting his position with 
regard to the item Both the written decision of 
the heanng officer and the statement admitted 
by the student shall be inserted in the 
student's file The decision of the heanng of- 
ficer shall be final 

Grades may be challenged under this 
procedure only on the basis of the accuracy of 
their transcription 

Exceptions to the Policy 

It IS the position of the university that certain 
data information maintained in vanous offices 
of the university is not subject to the 
provisions of this policy with regard to in- 
spection, review, challenge, correction or 
deletion, 

(a) Statements submitted by parent guardian 
or spouse in support of financial aid or 
residency determinations are considered to 
be confidential between those persons and 
the university, and are not subject to the 
provisions of this policy except with the 
written consent of the persons involved 
Such documents are not regarded as part 

of the student's official record 

(b) University employment records of students 
are not included in this policy, except as 
provided under Article 76A of the An- 
notated Code of l\/!aryland, 

(c) With regard to general health data, only that 
data 'information which is used by the 
university in making a decision regarding 
the student's status is subject to review by 
the student under this policy Wntten 
psychiatnc or psychological case notes 
which form the basis for diagnoses, recom- 
mendations, or treatment plans remain 

General Information / 17 



privileged information not accessible to the 
student Such case notes are not con- 
sidered to be part of official university 
records. To ensure the availability of 
correct and helpful interpretations of any 
psychological test scores, notes or other 
evaluative or medical materials, the con- 
tents of these files for an individual student 
may be revievi^ed by that student only in 
consultation vi/ith a professional staff mem- 
ber of the specific department involved 

(d) Records relating to a continuing or active 
investigation by the campus security office, 
or records of said office not relating to the 
student's status with the University are not 
subject to this policy. 

(e) No student is entitled to see information or 
records that pertain to another student, to 
parents, or to other third parties A student 
is entitled to review/ only that portion of an 
official record or file that pertains to him or 
her 

Notice 

Notice of these policies and procedures m\\ be 
published by the university. 

The foregoing statement of university policy 
becomes effective immediately, but should be 
regarded as tentative pending the issuance of 
federal regulations and guidelines or amend- 
ments in the applicable laws 

The masculine gender of personal pronouns 
in this document includes the feminine gender. 



University Policy Statement 

The provisions of this publication are not to be 
regarded as an irrevocable contract between 
the student and the University of Maryland 
Changes are effected from time to time in the 
general regulations and in the academic 
requirements. There are established 
procedures for making changes, procedures 
which protect the intitution's integrity and the 
individual students interest and welfare A 
curriculum or graduation requirement, when 
altered, is not made retroactive unless the 
alteration is to the student's advantage and can 
be accommodated within the span of years 
normally required for graduation When the ac- 
tions of a student are judged by competent 
authority, using established procedure, to be 
detrimental to the interests of the university 
community, that person may be required to 
withdraw from the university. 

The University of (i/laryland, in all its bran- 
ches and divisions, subscribes to a policy of 
equal educational and employment opportunity 
for people of every race, creed, ethnic origin, 
and sex 

It is university policy that smoking in 
classrooms is prohibited unless all participants 
agree to the contrary. Any student has the 
right to remind the instructor of this policy 
throughout the duration of the class. 



Important Late Information 

on 

Fees and Expenses 

All Students Who Pre-Register Incur a 
Financial Obligation to the University. Those 
students who pre-register and subsequently 
decide not to attend must notify the Registration 
Office, Room 1 1 30A, North Administration 
Building, in writing, prior to the first day of 
classes If this office has not received a request 
for cancellation by 4:30 p.m. of the last day 
before classes begin, the University will assume 
the student plans to attend and accepts his 
financial obligation. 

After classes begin, students who wish to 
terminate their registration must follow the with- 
drawal procedures and are liable for charges 
applicable at the time of withdrawal 
State of Maryland legislation has established 
a State Central Collections Unit and in accord- 
ance with State law the University is required to 
turn over all delinquent accounts to them for 
collection and legal follow-up These are auto- 
matically done on a monthly basis by computer 
read-out. 



Approved by the President's Administrative 
Council, 2/3/75. 



18 / General information 



The Graduate Faculty 



Aaron. Henry J.. Associate Professor o1 Economics 

8 A University of CaJrfomia. Los Angeles. 1958. MA . Harvard 

University 1960 PnD 1963 

Abrahamsen. Martin A.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource 

Econoniics 

BE River Falls Teachers CoHege. 1930; M A, University of 

Wisconsin Madison 1933 Ph D 1940 

Adams. John Q.. Ill, Associate Prolessor of Economics 

AB Otjerlin College 1960 Ph D University of Texas. 1965 

Adams. William W.. Professor of Mathematics 

B A University of California. Los Angeles. 1959 Ph D , 

Columbia University 1 964 

Adelman. Irma. Professor of Economcs 

B S Univefsity of California 1950 MA1951,PhD 1955 

Adkins. Arthur J.. Associate Professor of Secondary Education 

BS Saint Cloud Slate College 1942 MA University of 

M«inesota 1947 PhD 1958 

Adier, Isidofe, Professor of Chemistry 

BA Brooklyn College 1942 BS New York University 1943. 

MS Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 1947. PhD, 1952 

Agrawala. A. K., Assistant Professor of Computer Science 

PhD Harvard University 1970 

Agre, Gene P. . Associate Professor of Education 

BA Macalesler College 195 IBS, University of Minnesota 

1953, MA Ph D University of Illinois , 1964 

A'Hearn, Michael F., Associate Prolessor of Astronomy 
B S , Boston College 1 961 : Ph D , University of Wsconsin 
1966 

Ahnen. Frank O., Prolessor ol Geography 
Ph D , University ol Heidelberg. 1953. 
Ahrens, Richard A., Associate Professor of Food and Nutn- 
tion 

B S , University of Wisconsin, 1 958, Ph D , University of 
California Davis 1963 

Albert, Thomas F., Associate Professor ol Veterinary Science 
BS Pennsyfvania State University 1958, VMD, University of 
Pennsylvania. 1962 Ph D . Georgetown University. 1972 
Albrechl, Pedro A., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineenng 
Dipl Ing , Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland 1962, 
Ph D , Lehigh University 1972 

Alexander, James C. Associate Professor of Mathematics and 
Statistics 

B A The Johns Hopkins University 1964 PhD 1968 
Alexander. M. H.. Assistant Professor. Chemistry 
BA Hap.ard College 1964 Ph D , University of Pans 1967 
Allan. J. David. Assistant Professor of Zoology 
B Sc , University of Bntish Columbia, 1 966 M S . University of 
Michigan 1968, PhD 1&71 

Allan. Thomas, Associate Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services 

BS, Northwestern University 1950 MA University of Mary- 
land. 1 964 Ph D 1 966 

Allen, Redfleld W., Professor of Mechanical Engineenng 
B S . University of Maryland. 1 943: MSI 949 Ph D Umver 
sily of Minnesota. 1959 
Alley, Carroll O., Jr., Prolessor of Physics 
B S , University of Richmond, 1 948 M A , Pnnceton Univer- 
sity, 1951 PhD 1962 

Almenas, Kazys K. . Associate Prolessor of Nuclear Engineer- 
ing 

B S . University of Nebraska. 1957 Ph . University and Poly- 
technic of Warsaw 1968 
Almon. Clopper, Jr. , Prolessor ol Economics 
A B , Vanderbilt University, 1956; M A , Harvard University 
1961 PhD 1962 

Althcff , Sally A.. Assistant Prolessor ol Health Education 
B S , Bowling Green State University. 1966 M Ed , Universify 
of Toledo 1968. PnO 1971 

Amershek. Kathleen G., Associate Professor of Early Cfiild- 
hoos and Elementary Education 

B S State Teachers College 1951 M Ed Pennsylvania State 
University. 1 957 . Ph D . University of Minnesota, 1 965 
Ammon, Hennan L., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
Sc B , Brown University, 1 958 Ph D , University of Washing- 
Ion 1962 

Anand. Oavinder K., Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
B S . George Washington University 1959; MS. 1961 DSc 
1965 

Anastos, George, Professor of Zoology 

8 S , University of Akron, 1942 M A , Harvard University 1947 
Ph D . 1 949 

Anderson, Carl R. , Assistant Professor ol Business and Man- 
agement 

B S The Pennsylvania State University. 1969;MB A, 1971 
PhD 1974 

Anderson, Charles R., Prolessor of Secondary Education 
BS University of Maryland, 1957, M Ed , 1959; Ed D 1969 
Anderson. Henry, Professor of Business Administration 
8 A University of London, 1 939. MBA. Columbia University 
1948 PhD 1959 



Anderson, J. Paul, Professor of Education, Administration 
Supervision, and Cumculum 

BS University of Minnesota 1942 M A . 1948, PhD 1 960 
Anderson, J. Robert, Associate Professor of Physics 
B S State University of Iowa 1 956 : Ph D , 1 963 
Anderson. John D., Jr., Prolessor in Aerospace Engineenng 
B S University of Florida. 1 959 Ph D Ohio State University 
1966 

Anderson, Lowell D., Associate Professor of tndustnal Edu- 
cation 

B S , Saint Cloud State College, 1 961 , M S , 1 965, Ph D , 
Northern Illinois University 1966 
Anderson, Nancys, Professor of Psychotogy 
B A University of Colorado. 1 952; MA . Ohio State Univer- 
sity, 1953 PhD 1956 

Anderson, Ronnie N., Assistant Professor of Business Ad- 
ministration 

e S , University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1 962. PhD , 
1972 

Anderson, Thornton H., Professor of Government and Poli- 
tics 

A B , University of KenUjcky, 1937 MA 1938 PhD Umver 
sity of Wisconsin, 1948 

Anderson. William N., Jr., Associate Professor of Mathema- 
tics 

B S , Camegie-Mellon University. 1 960; MS,. 1967. Ph D 
1968 

Andry, Albert N. , Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing 

B S . University of Notre Dame. 1 969; Ph D Northwestern 
University, 1973 

Angell. Frederick F., Associate Professor of Horticulture 
8 S , Southern Illinois University, 1960; MS. 1961 ; Ph D , 
University of Wisconsin, 1965 

Ansello, Edward F., Assistant Professor institute for Child 
Study 

A B , Boston College 1 966; M Ed , University of Missouri, 
1967 PnD 1970 

Antman, Stuart S., Professor of Mathematics 
B S Rensselaer Polytechmcal Institute 1 961 ; M S , University 
of Minnesota 1963 PhD 1963 

Armstrong, Ronald W., Prolessor of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing 

B E S The Johns Hopkins University, 1 955; M Sc. Camegie- 
Mellon University, 1 957 , Ph D 1 958 
Arsenault, Richard J., Prolessor of Chemical Engineering 
B S Michigan Technological University. 1957; PhD . North- 
western University, 1962 

Ashlock. Robert B.. Prolessor of Eariy Childhood and Elemen- 
tary Education 

8 S . Butter University, 1 957 M S 1 959 Ed D , Indiana Uni- 
versity 1965 

Ashmen, Roy. Associate Professor of Marketing 
BS Drexel Institute ol Technology 1935 MS Columbia 
University 1 936, Ph D Northwestern University 1 950 
Asimow. Robert M., Professor of Mechanical Engineenng 
B S University ol California, Los Angeles, 1 953, MS,. 1 955; 
PhD 1958 

Atchison. William F., Prolessor of Computer Science 
A B Georgetown College |Ky ). 1 936 M A . University of Ken- 
lucky, 1 940; Ph D , University of Illinois, 1 943 
Auslander, Joseph , Prolessor ol Mathematics 
B S , Massachusetts Institute ol Technology 1 952 , M S , Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania. 1 953, Ph D , 1 957 
Austin, Gilbert. Lecturer m Secondary Education 
8 S , Central Connecticut State College 1 953, M A L S . 
Wesleyan University, 1956, C A G S , University ol Harttord, 
1 959 Ph D , University of Connecticut. 1 965 
Austing, Richard H., Associate Prolessor of Computer Science 
B S Xavier University. 1953, M S , Saint Louis University. 
1 955 Ph D Catholic University of America 1 963 
Avery, William T. . Prolessor and Chairman of Classical Lan- 
guages and Literatures 

B A , Western Reserve University. 1934; MA,, 1935; PhD , 
1937 

Axley. John H., Professor of Agronomy 
B A University of Wisconsin, 1 937 Ph D 1 945 
Aycock. Marvin K., Jr., Associate Professor of Agronomy 
S S North Carolina State University, 1 959; M S . 1 963. 
Ph D Iowa State University, 1 966 

Aylward. Thomas J., Prolessor and Chairman of Speech and 
Dramatic Art, B S, University of Wisconsin, 1947; MS. 1949 
Ph D , 1 960 

Babuska, Ivo, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics 
and Applied Mathematics 

Dipt Ing, Technical University of Prague. 1949; PhD. 1960 
Ph D , Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, 1 955; PhD , 1 960 
Bagchi, Amitabha, Assistant Professor of Physk^s 
B Sc Calcutta University, 1 964. MS,. University ol California, 
San Diego 1 967 , Ph D , 1 970 
Bailey. Martin J., Professor of Economics 
B A , University of Calitoma. Los Angeles, 1 951 MA. The 
Johns Hopkins University 1 953. Ph D 1 956 



Bailey, William J.. Research Professor of Chemistry 

B Chem University ol Minnesota. 1 943; PhD , University ol 

Illinois, 1946 

Baird, Janet R., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education 

BS University of Kansas. 1966; MA.. 1971; PhD. 1973, 

Baker, Donald J. , Associate Professor of Hearing and Speech 

Sciences 

BSEd Ohio State University, 1954,M A, 1956. PhD. 1962 

Baker. Robert L.. Associate Professor of Horticulture 

B A , Swarlhmore College, 1 959; M S , University ol Maryland. 

1962. PhD, 1965 

Bandel, Vernon A.. Associate Professor ol Agronomy 

B S University ol Maryland 1 959. MSI 962; Ph . 1 965 

Banerjee. Manoj K . . Prolessor ol Physics 

BS Palna University 1949 MS Calcutta University. 1951 ; 

PhD 1956 

Bankson. Nicholas W., Assistant Professor of Hearing and 

Speech Sciences 

BS University of Kansas 1960; MA , 1961 PhD 1970 

Baras, John S. , Assistant Prolessor of Electncal Engineering 

Diploma, National Technical University ol Athens. 1 970 S M,. 

Harvard University, 1971 PhD, 1973 

Barber, Willard F. , Lecturer in Government and Politics 

AB Slanlord University 1928; M A . 1929. Diptoma the War 

College 1948 

Bardasis. Angelo, Associate Professor of Physics 

A 8 , Cornell University, 1957, M S . University ol Illinois 1959; 

PhD 1962 

Barlow. Jewel B. Assistant Professor of Aerospace Engineering 

8 S Auburn University. 1963MS.1964;Ph0, University of 

Toronto 1970 

Barnes. Jack C, Associate Professor of English 

B A Duke University. 1 939; MA. 1 947. Ph D,. University ol 

Maryland 1954 

Barnett. Audrey J. , Associate Professor of Zoology 

8 A Wilson College, 1 955; M A . Indiana University, 1 957 , 
PhD 1962 

Barnett. Neal M., Assistant Prolessor ol Botany 
BS Purdue University 1959; Ph D . Duke University, 1966 
Barrett James E., Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B A , University ol Maryland, 1 966. Ph D,. Pennsylvana State 
University, 1971 

Barry, Jackson G., Associate Professor of English 
8 A . Yale College, 1 950; M A , Columbia University. 1 951 : 
MF A , Western Reserve University, 1962; PhD,. 1963 
Bartlett, Claude J., Professor and Chairman of Psychology 
BS Denison University. 1954, MA , Ohio Slate University, 
1956, PhD, 1958 

Basham, Ray S., Associate Professor of Electncal Engineer- 
ing 

B S , U S Military Academy, 1 945 , M S . University of lllnois, 
1952 PhD, 1962 

Basili . Victor R. , Assistant Prolessor of Computer Science 
8 S , Fordham College, 1 96 1 , M S . Syracuse University. 1 963; 
Ph D University ol Texas. 1 970 

Bates. Marcia J., Assistant Professor of Library and fntonria- 
tion Services 

B A , Pomona College. 1 963; MLS. University of Calilomia, 
1967 PhD 1972 

Bay. Ernest C. , Professor and Chairman of Entomology 
A A S , Long Island Agncultural and Technology Institute, 1 949; 
8 S Cornell University. 1 953; Ph O . 1 960 
Beat, George M., Professor ol Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B S Utah Slate College. 1 934; University of Wisconsin 1 938. 
PhD 1942 

Beall, Edgar F., Associate Prolessor of Physics 
B A University of California at Berkeley. 1 958; Ph D , 1 962 
Beall. OthoT., Jr., Professor and Director of American Studies 
B A Williams College, 1 930; M A , University ol Minnesota. 
1 932, Ph D , University ol Pennsylvania. 1 952 
Bean. George A., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology 
B S , Cornell University, 1 958, M S University ol Minnesota. 
1960, PhD, 1963 
Beard, Larry H. , Assistant Professor of Business and Manage- 

A B J University of Georgia. 1 964. M A . 1 965; Ph D . 1 974 
Beatty. Charles J., Associate Professor of Industrtal Educa- 
tion 

B S , Northern Michigan University, 1959; MA . Michigan State 
University 1963. Ph D . Ohio State Unwersity. 1966 
Bechtold, Peter K., Assistant Prolessor ol Government and 
Politics 

8 A Portland State College, 1 961 , MA . Pnncelon University. 
1964; PhD 1968 

Beckmann. Robert B., Dean of the College of Engineenng 
8 S , University of Illinois, 1 940. Ph.D.. University ol Wisconsin. 
1944 

Bedingtield, James P., Assistant Prolessor ol Business and 
Management 
8 S University of Maryland, 1 966, M BA , 1 968; D B A . 1 97 1 



Graduate Faculty / 1 9 



Belcher. Ralph L. , Lecturer and Reactor Director. Nuclear 
Engineering 

B S , Marshall University 1 94 1 . M S University of Kentucky 
1 947; Pn D , University of Maryland, 1 966 
Bett, Roger A.. Associate Professor of Astronomy 
BS , University of Melbourne. 1957: Ph D, Australian National 
University, 1962 

Bellama, Jon M., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
A B , Allegheny College. 1 960. Ph D . University of Pennsylvania 
1966 

Bellows. William, Assistant Professor of Agncultural and 
Resource Economics 

A.B.. Harvard College, 1 959 . M S University ot Massachusetts 
1968. PhD, 1971 

6elt2, Herman J., Associate Professor of History 
B A . Princeton University, 1 959; M A . University of Washing- 
ton 1963 PhD. 1966 

Bender, Filmore E.. Professor of Agncultural and Resource 
Economics 

B S , University of California, Berkeley, 1 96 1 , M S North 
Carolina State University at Raleigh, 1 965: Ph D , 1 966 
Benedetto. John J.. Professor of Mathematics 
B A , Boston College 1 960 M A Harvard University, 1 962 
PhD. University of Toronto 1964 

Benedict, William S., Professor, Institute for Molecular Physics 
BA , Cornell University 1928, MA, 1929; Ph D . Massa- 
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1 933 
Benesch. William. Professor. Institute for Molecular Physics 
B-A.. Lehigh University, 1942, M A , The Johns Hopkins Univer- 
sity. B A , Lehigh University 1 942 MA, The Johns Hopkins 
University, 1950 Ph , 1952 

Bennett, Lawrence H., Associate Professor of Physics 
B A, Brooklyn College, 1951, MS . University of Maryland, 
1955, Ph D , Rutgers University, 1958 
Bennett, Robert L. . Associate Professor of Economics 
8 A. University of Texas, 1951, MA, 1955: Ph.D.. 1963 
Bennett, Roger V., Assistant Professor of Education Adminis- 
tration, Supervision and Curriculum 

B 8 , University of Wisconsin, 1 956, M S , 1 960; Ph D 1 970 
Bennett, Stanley W., Assistant Professor, Institute for Child 
Study 

B S , Iowa State University, 1 959, M A , State University of Iowa 
1 961 , Ph D , University of Michigan, 1 970 
Berdanier, Carolyn D. . Assistant Professor of Nuthtion 
B S , Pennsylvania State University, 1 958; MS. Rutgers Uni- 
versity, 1963, PhD 1966 

Berenstein, Carlos A., Assistant Professor ot Mathematics 
Licendiado en Matematicas, University of Buenos Aires 1 966 
M S , New York University 1 969, Ph D , 1 970 
Berg. Kenneth R., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B S , University of Minnesota, 1 960, Ph D 1 967 
Berger, Bruce S.. Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
BS, University of Pennsylvania, 1954 MS, 1958, PhD 1962 
Bergmann, Barbara R.. Professor of Economics 
B A , Cornell University, 1 948, M A , Harvard University, 1 955 
PhD, 1959 

Berman, Joel H., Professor of Music 
BS , Juilliard School of Music, 1 95 1 , M A . Columbia University. 

1 953. DMA, University of Michigan, 1 96 ■ 

Berman, Louise M., Professor of Education and Director of 

Nursery Kindergarten School 

A B.Wheaton College. 1950, MA , Columbia University 1953 

Ed D , Columbia University, 1 960 

Bernstein, Allen R., Professor of Mathematics 

BA , CaJitomia Institute of Technology, 1 962 : MA , University 

of California at Los Angeles, 1 964: Ph D , 1 965 

Bernstein, Melvin. Administrative Dean for Summer Programs 
and Professor of Music 

A, B , Southwestern at Memphis. 1947; B. Music. 1 948; M Music, 
University of Michigan, 1949; MA, University of North Carolina, 

1954, PhD, 1964 

Bernthal, John E., Assistant Professor of Hearing and Speech 

Sciences 

B F A , Wayne State College, 1 962 MA, Kansas University. 

1 964, Ph D , University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1 971 

Berry. Mary F.. Provost, Division of Behavioral and Social 
Sciences, Associate Professor of History 
B A .Howard University. 1961. MA . 1962; PhD , University 
of Michigan, 1966, J D , 1970 

Best, Otio F., Professor of Germanic and Slavic Languages 
Abttur. Realgymnasium, 1 948: Certificate. Universite de 
Toulouse. 1 951 ; Doctor of Philosophy. University of Munich. 
1963 

Beste, Charles Edward, Assistant Professor of Horticulture 
B S , Purdue University 1961 MS. 1969, PhD. 1971 

Betancoun, Roger H., Associate Professor of Economics 
B A . Georgetown University. 1965; Ph D . University of 
Wisconsin. 1969 

Bhagat.SatindarM., Professor of Phystcs 

B A . Jammu and Kashmir University of India, 1 950: M A Um 

versify of Delhi. 1 953: Ph D . 1 956 



Bickley, William E. . Professor of Entomology 
BSUniversityof Tennessee, 1934 MS 1936 PhD Uni- 
versity of Maryland 1940 

Bigbee, Daniel E., Associate Professor of Poultry Science 
BS Oklahoma Stale University 1956, MS, 1958: PhD 
Michigan Stale University 1962 
Billig, Frederick S.. Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering 
B E . The Johns Hopkins University, 1 955: M S , University of 
Maryland, 1 958 Ph D , 1 964 

Bingham. Alfred J. , Professor of French and Italian 
BA Yale University 1933 Ph D, Columbia University 1939 
Birdsall. Esther K.. Associate Professor of English 
B A Central Michigan College 1 947 . M A University of 
Anzona 1 950: Ph D University of Maryland 1 959 
Birk. Janice M-. Associate Professor of Counseling and Per 
sonnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center 
BA Sacred Heart College 1963, M A Loyola College 1966 
PhD Universityof Missouri. 1970 

Birkner. Francis B. . Associate Professor of Civil Engineehng 
B S Newark College of Engineering 1 961 ; M S E , University 
of Florida, 1962, PhD 1965 

Blair, Donald James. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineer- 
ing 

B S . Bradley University 1957, MS University of Flonda 
Gainesville 1962. PhD University of Maryland, 1969 
Blevins. Dale Glenn. Assistant Professor of Botany 
B S , Southwest Missouri State University, 1 965. M S , Missouri 
University, 1 967 Ph D University of Kentucky, 1 972 
Block, Ira, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Consumer 
Economics 

B S , University of Maryland. 1 963: Ph D , 1971 
Bloom, Paul N., Assistant Professor of Business and Manage- 
ment 

B S , Lehigh University. 1 968; MBA. University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1970, PhD Northwestern University 1974 
Blum. Beula E.. Associate Professor of Music 
B A Queens College 1 949 M A , Columbia University. 1 954 
Ed D . University of Michigan, 1 968 

Bobrow, Davis B., Professor and Chairman of Government and 
Politics 

B A University of Chicago. 1955: B A . 1956; B A. Oxford 
University, 1 958: PhD . Massachusetts Institute of Technology 
1961 

Bode, Carl. Professor of English 

Ph B , University of Chicago, 1 933: M A , Northwestern Univer- 
sity 1938. PhD , 1941 

Bolsartis, Peter P. . Professor ot Chemical Engineenng 
BS California Institute of Technology, I960, MS, 1961, PhD 
Delaware State College. 1 964 

Boston, J. Robert, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineer- 
ing 

B S E E , Standord University, 1 964. M S.E E . 1 966: Ph D 
Northwestern University 1971 
Bottino. Paul J. , Assistant Professor of Botany 
B S Utah State University. 1 964, MS. 1 965; Ph D . Washing- 
ton Stale University, 1969 

Bouwkamp. John C, Associate Professor of Horticulture 
B S Michigan State University, 1 964; M S.. 1 966: Ph D , 1 969 

Boyd. Alfred C, Jr.. Associate Professor of Chemistry 

BS Camsius College. 1951 : MS , Purdue University, 1953, 

PhD , 1957 

Brabble. Elizabeth W., Acting Dean. College of Human Ecology 

and Associate Professor in Family Studies 

B S Virginia State College 1 960. M S , Pennsylvania State 

University, 1966, Ed D, 1969. 

Brace, John W., Professor of Mathematics 

B A , Swarlhmore College. 1 949. A M Cornell University 1 95 1 

PhD 1953 

Bradbury, Mites L., Assistant Professor of History 

A B Harvard University 1 960 A M 1 961 . Ph D , 1 967 

Braddock, Jomills H., II. Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B A , Jacksonville University, 1969. M S , Flonda State Univer 

sily, 1972:PhD, 1973 

Brandt, John C, Professor of Astronomy 

A B , Washington University. 1 956: Ph D., University of Chicago 

1960 

Brayshaw, David. Assistant Professor of Physics and Astron- 

B S , Lafayette College, 1 964, Ph D The Rockefeller Univer- 
sity, 1968 

Breger, Irving A., Professor of Chemistry 
B S , Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1 941 S M , Massa 
chusetts Institute of Technology 1 947, Ph D , 1 950 
Breslow. Marvin A.. Associate Professor of History 
B A , University of Nebraska, 1 957: M A , Harvard University 
1958, PhD, 1963 

Brlgham, Bruce W.. Associate Professor of Secondary Educa 
tion 

B S State University of New York, 1 949: M S., Temple Uni- 
versity, 1967: PhD , 1967 
Brill, Dieter R.. Professor of Physics 
B A , Princeton University. 1954;M A, 1956; PhD, 1959 



Brinkley. Howard J., Professor of Zoology 
B S West Virginia University, 1 958, M S , University of Illinois, 
I960 PhD 1963 

Brodsky. Harold. Associate Professor of Geography 
BS Brooklyn College 1 954 M S University of Colorado. 
I960 PhD University of Washington 1966 
Brooks. Glenwood. Assistant Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

A B Lincoln University, 1 963. Ph D . University of Maryland , 
1972 

Broome. C. Rose. Assistant Professor of Botany 
BS Universityof Miami, 1965 AM University of South 
Flonda. 1 968 Ph D , Duke University, 1 974 
Brown, John H. , Associate Professor of Philosophy 
AB, Princeton University 1952. MA , 1957; PhD, 1959 
Brown, Joshua R. C, Professor of Zoology 
A B Duke University, 1 948 MAI 949, Ph D , 1 953 
Brown. Robert A.. Associate Professor ot Psychology 
B A , University of Richmond, 1958, M A , University ot Iowa, 
1961, PhD. 1962 

Brown, Samuel E., Associate Professor of English 
A 8 Indiana University. 1 934; M A . 1 946: Ph D , Yale Univer- 
sity, 1955 

Brush, Stephen G., Professor of History and Research Pro- 
fessor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
B A Harvard University, 1 955: D Phil, Oxiord University 1 958 
Bryan. Carter R. , Professor of Journalism 
B A University of California. Berkeley. 1937 Rer Pol D , U 
of Vienna 1940 

Bryer. Jackson R., Professor of English 

B A Amherst College 1 959, M A , Columbia University. 1 960, 
Ph D . University of Wisconsin. 1 965 

Buck, Allen C, Associate Professor of Textiles and Consumer 
Economics 

BS Michigan State University 1 939 , M S , Western Reserve 
University 1 942, Ph D , 1 947 

Buckley, Frank T., Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical 
Engineenng 

BS , University of Maryland, 1959; PhD, 1968 
Bull, Leonard S.. Associate Professor of Dairy Science 
B S.Oklahoma State University, 1963: MS., 1964: PhD.. 
Cornell University. 1969 

Bundy. Mary Lee. Professor, College of Library and Informa- 
tion Services 

B E State University ot New Yorit at Potsdam, 1 948, M A , 
University of Denver, 1 951 , Ph D . University of Illinois, 1 960 
Bunts. Frank, Professor of Art 

B S Case Western Reserve University, 1 963, Diploma Cleve- 
land Institute of An. 1 964 MA, Case Western Reserve Univer- 
sity 1964 

Burdette, Franklin L.. Professor of Government and Politics 
and Director of the Bureau of Governmental Research 
A B , Marshall College, 1 934; AM , University ot Nebraska. 
1935, A M . Princeton University. 1937; Ph.D. 1938. LLD. 
Marshall College, 1959 

Buric, John. Associate Professor of Animal Science 
B S , West Virginia University, 1 948: M S , University of Mary- 
land 1 952 , Ph D , University of Illinois, 1 960 
Burkart. Robert E.. Assistant Professor of Industrial Education 
B A Trenton Slate College, 1965. MA , 1 967 : PhD , Purdue 
University 1973 

Burt. Gordon W.. Associate Professor of Agronomy 
B S , Tennessee Technological Institute, 1 961 , M S . Cornell 
University 1964 Ph D Washington State University, 1967 
Burt, John J., Professor and Chairman Department of Health 
Education 

BA Duke University 1955 M Ed , University of North Carolina 
1 956, M S , Oregon State University. 1 960; Ed D , 1 963 
Butler, Lillian C, Associate Professor of Food and Nutntk>n 
B S , University of Illinois, 1 94 1 , M S , University of Texas 
1945, PhDUniversityofCalifonnia, Berkeley. 1953 
Butterworth. Charles E., Assistant Professor of Government 
and Politics 

B A Michigan State University, 1 959: Doctoral, University of 
Nancy, France, 1 96 1 ; M A . University of Chicago. 1 962 : Ph D . 
1966 

Byrne, Richard H.. Professor of Counseling and Personnel 
Services 

A B . Franklin & Marshall College. 1 938, M A , Columbia Univer- 
sity, 1947, 1952 

Caceres, Cesar A.. Professor of Electncal Engineenng 
B S Georgetown University, 1 949. M D 1 953 
Cadman, Theodore W.. Professor of Chemical Engineenng 
B S , Carnegie-Mellon University. 1 962 , M S , 1 964: PhD . 
1966 

Cain. Jarvis L., Associate Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B S Purdue University, 1 955; MS. Ohio State Universfty. 
1956 PhD. 1961 

Cairns. Gordon M., Dean. College of Agnculture and Professor 
of Dairy Science 
B S , Cornell University, 1936;MS, 1938, PhD, 1940 



20 / Graduate Faculty 



Caldwell, Billy E., Associate Professor of Agronomy 
B S , Nortti Carolina Slate College. 1 955, r/l S , 1 959. Pfi D , 
Iowa State University, 1963 

Callcott, George H, , Professor of History and Vice Chancellor 
tor Academic Affairs 

A B , University of Soufti Carolina. 1 950. M A . Columbia Uni 
versity 1 95 1 , Ph D . University of North Carolina. 1 956 
Campagnonl. Anthony T.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
A B . Northeastern University. 1 964. Ph D , Indiana University 
1968 

Campbell. Elwood G.. Professor of Secondary Education 
B S , Northeast Missouri Stale College. 1 949, M A , North- 
western University, 1 952, Ph D 1 963 
Campbell. Kenneth. Associate Professor ol Art 
Massachusetts College of Arf, National Academy ol Design, 
Art Students League, Lowell Institute 
Carbone, Robert F.. Professor of Education 
B S , East Montana College, 1 953, M Ed , Emory University 
1 958 , Ph D , University of Chicago, 1 96 1 
Carlson, Nancy L. , Assistant Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

B S , Edinboro State College, 1 959, M A , Ohio University, 
1 964, Ph D , University ol Kansas, 1 970 
Caron, Dewey M., Associate Professor of Entomology 
B A . University ol Vermont, 1 964, M S , University of Ten 
nessee, 1 966, Ph D , Cornell University, 1 970 
Carr, Jotin C, Associate Professor of Secondary Education 
B S , Wilson Teachers College, 1 952 , M F A , Catholic Univer 
sity of America, 1 953 Ph D , 1 965 
Carroll, Robert M., Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B S , University of New Mexico, 1 965, M A , Ohio Stale Univer 

sity, 1968. PhD, 1969 

CarroK, Steptien J., Jr., Professor of Business Organization 

and Administration 

B S . University ol Calitornia at Los Angeles. 1 957 , M A , Univer 

sity of Minnesota, 1 959: Ph D , 1 964 

Carter, Dan T., Professor of History 

B A , University ol South Carolina, 1 962, M A , University ol Wis 
consin, 1964, Ph D , University ol North Carolina, 1967 
Carter, Everett C, Prolessor ol Civil Engineering 

B S C E , Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1 958. M S C E . Univer 

sity of California, Berkeley, 1959, PhD . Northwestern Uni 

versity. 1969 

Carter, Thomas A.. Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 

B S,. Pennsylvania State University. 1 960; M S . 1 969. Ph D 

1971 

Castellan, Gilbert W., Professor of Chemistry 

B S . Regis College. 1 945, Ph D , The Catholic University of 

America, 1 949, Sc D , Regis College, 1 967 

Gate, George G., Assistant Professor of English 

B A , Rutgers University. 1 960, M A , Duke University, 1 962: 

PhD. 1968 

Causey, George 0., Research Professor of Hearing and Speech 

Sciences 

B A . University of Maryland 1 950. M A . 1 95 1 , Ph D , Purdue 

University, 1954 

Celarier, James L., Associate Professor of Philosophy 

A B , University ol Illinois, 1 956. MA.. 1 958; Ph D . University 

of Pennsylvania, 1 960 

Chaiken, Irwin M., Lecturer in Chemistry 

A B , Brown University, 1 964, Ph D , University of California 

Los Angeles, 1968 

Chang, Chung-Yun, Associate Professor of Physics 

Ph , Columbia University, 1 966 

Chant, Nicholas, Assistant Professor of Physics 

Ph D , Lincoln College. Oxiord. 1 966 

Chapin, John L., Professor. Institute for Child Study 

A B . Denison Universily, 1 939 Ph D . University of Rochester 

1950 

Chaples, Ernest A., Jr., Assistant Professor of Government 

and Politics 

A B . University of Massachusetts. 1 961 ; M A . 1 965. Ph D 

University of Kentucky, 1967 

Chasnoff, Selina Sue, Assistant Professor of Counseling and 

Personnel Services 

A B , University of Connecticut, 1 957 , A G S University of 

Maryland 1968 M Ed 1968 PhD 1971 

Chaves, Antonio F., Associate Professor ol Geography 

Doctor, L^w, University ol Havana. 1 94 1 , Doctor ol Filosotia 

8 Letras. 1 946. M A . Northwestern University. 1 948 

Chen, Yung-Gann, Assistant Professor ol Physics 

B S E S , National Taiwan University. 1 957. M S E E . National 

Chiao-Tung University. 1960. D Eng Sci . Columbia Univer 

sity. 1966 

Chisholm, Margaret E., Professor and Dean. College of 

Library and Information Services 

B A. University of Washington, 1957. ML, 1958. PhD. 1966 

Christensen, Sandra S., Assistant Prolessor of Economics 

B A . Flonda State University. 1 966, M A , University of Wiscon 

sin, 1968, PhD, 1972 

Chu, Hsin, Professor of Mathematics 

B S . Hupeh Teachers College. 1948: MS . Tulane University. 

1 957; Ph D . University ol Pennsylvania. 1 959 



Chu, Yaohan, Professor of Computer Science and Electncal 

Engineering 

B S , ChiaoTung University, 1 942. MS , Massachusetts Insti 
lute ol Technology, 1 945: Sc D , 1 953 

Churaman, Charlotte V., Assistant Professor of Home Manage- 
ment and Consumer Studies 

B S , Berea College. 1 942; M Ed , Penn State University 1 964 
EdD, 1969 

Church, Kenneth R., Associate Professor of Physical Educa- 
tion 

B S , University of Northern Iowa. 1 946; M S . University of Iowa, 
1 955, Ph D , Indiana University, 1 963 
Church. Marilyn G., Associate Professor, Early Childhood 
and Elementary Education 

B S , Indiana University, 1 962, MSI 963 Ed D , 1 969 
Churchill, John W,, Associate Prolessor ol Recreation 
B S , State University ol New York at Cortland, 1 958, M S 
University ol Illinois, 1 959, Ph D , University of Wisconsin, 
1968 

Cirrincione, Joseph M.. Assistant Prolessor of Secondary 
Education and Geography 

B S , State University of New York at Oswego, 1 962 MA, Ohio 
Stale University, 1 967 Ph D , 1 970 

Clague, Christopher K., Associate Professor of Economics 
B A , Swarthmore College, 1 960, Ph D , Harvard University 
1966 

Clalborn, William L., Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B A , University of Rochester, 1 964; M A , Syracuse Univer- 
sity, 1968 PhD, 1968 
Clark, Eugenie, Prolessor of Zoology 

B A , Hunter College, 1 942 MA, New York Universily 1 946 
PhD , 1951 

Clark , Joseph E .. Visiting Associate Prolessor of Textiles and 
Consumer Economics 

B S , Villanova University. 1 958. MSI 960, Ph D University 
of Windsor, Canada, 1 963 
Clark, Neri A., Professor of Agronomy 
B S . University ol Maryland. 1 954, Ph D , 1 959 
Clarke, David H-, Professor of Physical Education 
BS Spnngfield College, 1952 MS, 1953, PhD , University 
of Oregon, 1959 

Claude, Richard P., Associate Professor of Government and 
Politics 

B A , College ol St Thomas, 1 966, M S , Florida State Univer- 
sity, 1 960, Ph D , University ol Virginia 1 964 
Clearwater, Harvey E.. Associate Prolessor, Health Education 
A B , State University of New York at Albany, 1 955 M A Michi 
gan State University, 1 967 , Ed D , 1 970 
Clotlelter, Charles T., Assistant Professor of Economics 
A B , Duke University, 1 969, Ph D , Harvard University, 1973 
Cockburn, James S., Associate Prolessor of History 
LLB , Leeds University, 1959, L L M , 1961 ; Ph D , 1970 
Colby, Margaret A.. Assistant Professor ol Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

A B , Slate University of New York at Albany 1 961 , M Ed Uni- 
versity of Rochester, 1 963: Ed D , 1 969 
Cole, Wayne S. , Prolessor ol History 
B A , Iowa State Teachers College, 1 946, M S University of 
Wisconsin, 1948, PhD, 1951 

Colville, James, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
B S , Purdue University. 1 959; MS. 1 960; Ph D . University ol 
Texas. 1970 

Colwell, Rita Rossi, Professor of Microbiology 
8 S , Purdue University, 1 956; M S . 1 958; Ph D . University ol 
Washington. 1961 

Connors, Philip I., Assistant Professor of Physics 
BS . University of Notre Dame. 1959, M S , Pennsylvania 
State University, 1 962 , Ph D , 1 965 
Conlrera. Joseph F., Associate Professor of Zoology 
B A New York University, 1 960, M S , 1 96 1 , Ph D , 1 966 
Conway, Mary M., Associate Professor of Governmeni and 
Politics 

B S . Purdue University. 1957. M A . University of California 
Berkeley. 1 960. Ph D . Indiana University. 1 965 
Coogan, Robert, Associate Prolessor of English 
B A , lona College, 1 954, M A , De Paul University, 1 958, Ph D 
Loyola University, 1967 

Cook, Clarence H.. Associate Professor ol Mathematics 
B A , State University of Iowa. 1 948. M S . 1 950. Ph D , Univer 
sity of Colorado, 1962 

Cook, Thomas M. . Associate Professor ol Microbiology 
B S . University of Maryland. 1955;MS. 1957; PhD Rutgers 
University, 1963 
Cookson, John T., Jr., Associate Prolessor of Civil Engineer 

B S , Washington Universily, 1961, MS 1962, PhD Calitornia 

Institute ol Technology, 1965 

Coon, Craig N. . Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 

B S , Texas ASM University, 1 966, MS 1 970, Ph D 1973 

Cooper. Jeffrey M.. Associate Professor ol Mathematics 
B A , Haverford College. 1 962 .MS. University of lllinos, 
1964. PhD. 1967 



Cooper, Sherod M.. Jr.. Associate Prolessor of English 
B S Temple University 1 95 1 M A . 1 953 Ph D.. University 
of Pennsylvania 1963 

Coplan. Michael A,. Research Associate Professor Institute 
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
B A Williams College 1 960 M S . 1 96 1 Ph D Yale University 
1963 

Corbett, M. Kenneth, Professor of Plant Pathology 
B S , McGill University, 1 960 Ph D Cornell University, 1 954 
Corliss, John O. , Professor and Chairman of Zoology 
B S , University ol Chicago, 1944 B A , University ol Vermont 
1 947 Ph D , New York University, 1 95 1 
Corning. Gerald D.. Professor ol Aerospace Engineering 
B S New York University. 1 937. M S . Catholic University 
1954 

Correl, Ellen, Prolessor of Mathematics 
BS Douglass College, 1951; MS, Purdue University 1963 
PhD 1958 

Corrigan, Robert A., Provost, Division of Arts and Humanities 
A B . Brown University. 1 957; MA. University of Pennsylvania. 
1959, PhD, 1967 

Corwin, Burton D,, Assistant Professor of Business Adminis- 
tration 

B A , Lehigh University, 1 964; M S , Virginia Polytechnic Insti- 
tute, 1 967 , Ph D . Case Western Resen/e University 1 969 
Cournyn, John B., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering 
B S University of Alabama 1 946, MSI 948 
Coursey, Robeil D. , Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B S , Spring Hill College, 1 966 PhD. University of Rochester. 
1970 

Courtwright. Benjamin F., Associate Professor of Information 
Systems fvlanagemeni 

B A , Johns Hopkins University, 1 939: Ph D 1 968 
Cowan, Adnrew M., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi- 



Cox. Evelyn U., Associate Professor of Food Nutrition and 

Institution Administration 

M S , Syracuse University, 1 948, Ph , Iowa State University, 

1960 

Crane, Langdon T., Research Professor. Institute tor Fluid 

Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

B A , Amherst College, 1 952; Ph D , University ol Maryland 

1959 

Crites. John O., Prolessor ol Psychology 

A B , Princeton University. 1950: Ph . Columbia University, 

1967 

Crowell, Alfred A., Prolessor oljournalism 

B A , Oklahoma University, 1 929, MAI 934, M S J North 

western University 1940 

Cumberland, John H., Acting Director, Prolessor, Bureau of 

Business and Economic Research 

B A , University of Maryland 1947. M A , Harvard University 

1949 Ph D, 1951 

Cunniff, Patrick F., Prolessor ol Mechanical Engineering 

B S Manhattan College, 1 955, M S . Virginia Polytechnic Insti 

lute, 1956 PhD, 1962 

Currie. Douglas G. , Associate Professor of Physics 

B E P , Cornell University, 1 958 Ph D , University of Rochester 

1962 

Currier, Albert W., Assistant Prolessor of Mathematics 

B A , Stale University ol Iowa, 1 954, M A , The Johns Hopkins 

University, 1959, PhD 1968 

Curtis, Charles R, , Associate Professor of Plant Pathology 

BS Colorado State College, 1961, MS, 1963, PhD, 1965 

Curtis. John M,, Professor and Chaimian of Agricultural and 

Resource Economics 

B S , Norlh Carolina Slate College, 1947:MS.1949PhD 

University ol Maryland 1 96 1 

Cussler. Margaret T. . Associate Professor of Sociology 

B A , State University of New York at Albany, 1 931 : M A 1 933. 

M A Harvard University 1941 PhD 1943 

Oachler, H. Peter, Associate Prolessor ol Psychology 

BS, Richmond Prolessional Institute, 1963 MA University 

ol Illinois, 1968, PhD , 1969 

Dager. Edward Z,, Prolessor ol Sociology 

B A Kent State University, 1 950, MA , Ohio Slate University 

1951, PhD, 1956 

Dainis, Andrew, Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B S , University of Adelaide, South Australia, 1 962 , Ph D 1 967 

M A University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1972 

Dally, James W., Prolessor and Chairman of Mechanical 

Engineering 

BS Carnegie Institute ol Technology, 1951 MS 1953 

Ph D . Illinois Institute ol Technology, 1 958 

Oancis, Jerome, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B S , Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 96 1 , M S , University 

ol Wisconsin 1 963, Ph D , I 966 

Dando. William A, , Assistant Professor of Geography 

B S . California State College 1959 M A University of Mm 

nesota. 1962; PhD. 1969 



Graduate Faculty / 21 



Oardls, Rachel, Professor o( Textiles and Consumer Econo 

mics and Lecturer in Economics 

B S . SI Mary s College. Dublin, 1 949. M S . University of Mm 

mesola. 1963. PhD. 1965 

Dairy. Betfi. H. . Assistant Professor of Early Childtiood and 

Elementary Education. Secondary Education 

B S . Miami University ol Ohio 1 965 M A University of Roches 

ter. 1969, PhD Case Western Reserve University. 1971 

Davidson, John A., Associate Professor ot Entomology 

B A . Columbia Union College. 1 955. MS. University ol Mary 

land. 1957 Ph 1960 

Davidson, Marie S., Assistant Prolessor, Institute for Child 
study 

B.S.. Dillard University. 1 959: MS. University of Maryland. 
1967. PhD. 1971 

Davidson, Nell. Associate Professor of Secondary Education 
and Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S . Case Institute of Technology 1 96 1 . M S . University of 
Wisconsin. 1 963. Ph D . 1 970 
Davidson, Ronald C, Professor of Physics 
B Sc . McMaster University. 1 963, Ph D . Princeton University. 
1966 

Davis, Douglas D. . Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B S.. University ol Washington. 1 962: Ph D . University of 
Flonda, 1 966 

Davis, Richard F. , Professor and Chaimian of Dairy Science 
B S . University of New Hampshire. 1 950: M.S.. Cornell Univer- 
sity. 1952. PhD 1953 
Davis, Shelley, Assistant Professor of Music 
B.A . Washington Square College of New York University. 1 957 
MA. Graduate School ot Arts and Sciences of New York 
University. 1 960: Ph D . 1 97 1 
Dawson, Townes L. , Professor of Business Law 
B.B A . University of Texas. 1 943. B S . United Stales Merchant 
Manne Academy. 1 946. MBA . University of Texas. 1 947. 
PhD. 1950. L LB. 1954 

Dawson, Victor C. D.. Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering 
B.S.. Massachusetts Institute ol Technology. 1 948: MS, Har- 
vard University. 1 951 : M E , California Institute of Technology. 
1 959: Ph D . University of Maryland, 1 963 
Day, Thomas B. , Professor of Physics and Vice Chancellor for 
Academic Planning and Policy 

B S . University of Notre Dame. 1 952: Ph D . Cornell Univer- 
sity. 1957 

Dayton, Chauncy M., Professor of Measurement and Slatis 
tics 



DeBarthe, Jerry V., Associate Professor of Animal Science 

BS. Iowa Slate University. 1961. PhD. 1966 

Deciier, A. Morris, Jr., Professor ot Agronomy 

B S . Colorado A&M. 1 949: M S . Utah State College. 1 951 . 

Ph D . University of Maryland. 1 953 

Oaclarls, Nicholas. Professor of Electncal Engineering 
B S Texas A&M University. 1 952, S M , Massachusetts Insti- 
tute ol technology, 1954. ScO 1959 

DaLelris. Alain, Professor of Ad 

B F A , Rhode Island School of Design. 1 948. A M , Harvard 

University, 1 952. Ph D , 1 957 



B A . Montclair State College, 1 959. MA. 1 964: Ph D . Ohio 
State University, 1971 

Demaitre, Ann, Associate Professor ol French and Italian 

B A . Columbia University. 1 950. M A . University ot California. 

Berkeley 1 951 . M S . Columbia University, 1 952, Ph D 

University of Maryland, 1960 

Denny, Don w. , Prolessor of An 

B A . University of Flonda. 1 959. M A . New York University 

1961. Ph D. 1965 

0» Rocco, Andrew G. , Professor of Molecular Physics 

B S . Purdue University. 1 951 : M S . University of Michigan 

1953. PhD. 1956 

Deshler, Waiter W. , Professor of Geography 

B S . Lafayette College. 1 943. M A . University of Maryland 

1953. Ph D, 1957 

Desilva, Alan W., Professor of Physics 

B S . University of California at Los Angeles. 1 954: Ph D 

University of California. Berkeley 1 961 

Dessaint, Alain, Assistant Prolessor of Anthropology 

B A . University ol Chicago. 1 96 1 , M A , Stanford University, 

1962. PhD. University of Hawaii, 1972 

deVermond, Mary V., Professor of Music 

B Mus Howard University. 1 942, M A . Columbia University 

1 948. Ed D , University ol Maryland 1 959 

Devlne, Donald J. , Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B B A , Saint Johns University, 1 959 MA. Brooklyn College 

1 965. Ph D , Syracuse University. 1 967 

Devoe, Howard J. , Associate Professor ol Chemistry 

BA Oberlin College, 1955, PhD Han/ard University, 1960 



Dies, Robert R., Associate Professor of Psychology 
B S . Carroll College, 1 962. M A , Bowling Green State Univer- 
sity, 1 964, Ph D University ot Connecticut. 1 968 
Dietz, Maureen A., Associate Professor of Early Childhood and 
Elementary Education 

B S . Creighton University, 1 964, MS. University ol Pennsyl- 
vania. 1965: PhD, 1968 

Difederico, Frank Robert, Associate Professor of Art 
B A . University ol Massachusetts, 1 955: M A , Boston Univer 
sity, 1 961 . Ph D , New York University, 1 970 
Dillard, Dudley, Professor and Chairman of Economics 
B S University of California. Berkeley. 1 935. Ph D . 1 940 
Dillon, Conley H. , Professor of Government and Politics 
A B . Marshall College. 1 928. M A . Duke University 1 933 
Ph D . 1 936 

DIttman, Laura L., Prolessor. Institute for Child Study 
B S University of Colorado. 1 938. M A . University of Maryland 
1963. PhD. 1967 

Dixon, Jack R., Associate Professor of Physics 
B S . Western Reserve University. 1 948: M.S., 1 950: Ph.D . 
University of Maryland. 1 956 

Dobert, Eltel W., Professor ol Germanic and Slavic Languages 
B A University of Geneva. 1 932: MA. University of Maryland 

1948. PhD. 1954 

Dodge, Norton T., Associate Professor of Economics 
A B , Cornell University. 1 948: M.A.. Harvard University 1 951 
PhD, 1960 

Doelsch, Raymond N. , Professor ol Microbiology 
B S . University ol Illinois. 1 942. A M . Indiana University. 1 943. 
Ph D . University of Maryland. 1 948 
Donaldson, Bruce K., Associate Professor of Aerospace 
Engineering 

B S Columbia University, 1 955: M S , Wichita State University. 
1 962 M S . 1 963: Ph D . University of Illinois at Urbana. 1 968 
Dorfman, J. Robert, Professor of Physics and Institute for 
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
B A The Johns Hopkins University. 1957. PhD, 1961 
Dorsey. John W., Acting Chancellor and Associate Professor 
of Economics 

B S , University of Maryland, 1 958, M A . Harvard University. 
1962. Ph D, 1963 

Dotson, Charles O., Associate Professor ol Physical Education 
B A . Morehead State University. 1 963. M S . Purdue Univer- 
sity. 1964: Ph D . 1968 

Doudna, Mark E., Assistant Professor of Hearing and Speech 
Sciences 

B S . Ohio State University, 1 948. M A . 1 956. Ph D , 1 962 
Douglass, Larry W., Associate Professor of Dairy Science 
B S , Purdue University, 1 963. MAI 966. Ph D . Oregon State 
University. 1969 

Douglis, Avron, Professor of Mathematics 
A B . University ol Chicago. 1 938. M A . New York University. 

1949. PhD, 1949 

Dragt, Alexander J. , Professor of Physics 

A B , Calvin College, 1 958. Ph D . University of California. 

Berkeley, 1963 

Drew, Howard Dennis, Assistant Professor of Physics 

B 5 University of Pittsburgh. 1962: Ph D . Cornell University. 

1967 

Dubester, Henry J., Associate Professor. School ot Ubrary and 

Inlormation Services 

B S . State College, City ol New York, 1 939. M A . Columbia 
University. 1946 

Dudley, James, Prolessor of Administration Supervision and 
Curriculum 

B A . Southern Illinois University. 1 951 . M S . Southern Illinois 
University. 1957: Ed D University of Illinois. 1964 
Duffey, Dick, Professor ot Chemical Engineering 
B S . Purdue University, 1 939 , M S . University of Iowa. 1940 
Ph D , University ol Maryland, 1 956 

Oufley, Robert V. , Prolessor of Early Childhood and Elemen- 
tary Education 

B S . Millersville State College, 1 938, Ed M . Temple Univet 
sity. 1948. Ed D 1954 
Duffy, John, Professor ol History 
B A , Louisiana State Normal College. 1941. MA 1943 
Ph University ol California 1 946 

Dutta, Sukanta K., Associate Professor ot Veterinary Science 
B Sc (Vet ), Bombay University, India. 1 956: MS . University 
of Minnesota, 1 960. Ph D , 1 962 

Dworzecka, Maria, Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics 
M Sc , Warsaw University, 1 964: Ph D . 1 969 
Earl, James A., Associate Professor ol Physics 
B S Massachusetts Institute ot Technology. 1953. Ph D . 
1958 

Eden, Henry Spencer, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi- 
neering 

A B . M D . Boston Universily 1 970 
Edmundson, Harold P. . Prolessor ol Mathematics and Compu- 

B A, University of California. Los Angeles. 1946: M A . 1948. 
PhD. 1953 



Ehrlich, Gertrude, Professor ol Mathematics 
B S , Georgia Stale College lor Women, 1 943: M A , Univer 
:ity of North Carolina 1945 Ph D , University of Tennessee, 
1953 

Eisenberg, John, Research Associate Professor of Zoology 
B S , Washington Stale University, 1 957. MA.. University of 
California Berkeley 1 959. Ph D , 1 962 
Elder. Steven D. , Assistant Professor of Germanic and Slavic 
Languages 

B A . Kalamazoo College, 1 962. M A . Ohio State University. 
1964 PhD. 1969 

Eley, George, Associate Professor ot Early Childhood Elemen- 
tary Education 

BS , Ohio Stale University, 1952, M Ed , 1957: PhD. 1966 
Ellol, John, Associate Professor. Institute lor Child Study 
A B , Harvard University 1 956, A M T , 1 958: Ed D . Stanford 
University. 1966 

Eikins, Earleen F. , Research Associate Prolessor of Heanng 
and Speech Sciences 

B A , University of Maryland. 1 954: MA . 1 956: Ph D , 1 967 
Eikins. Richard L. , Assistant Professor of Industnal Education 
B S . University ol Maryland. 1 953. M A . 1 958: Ed D , 1 972 
Eikins, Wilson H., President. University of Maryland 
B A . University ol Texas. 1 932. MAI 932: Utt B . Oxford 
University 1 936 , D Phil 1 936 

Ellingson, Robert G., Assistant Prolessor of Meteorology 
BS Florida Stale University, 1967. MS. 1968. PhD. 1972 
Ellis, Robert L. . Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics 
S A . Miami. University, 1 960, Ph D , Duke University, 1966 
Ellsworth, Robert W., Assistant Professor of Phystcs 
B S , Yale University, 1 960: Ph D . University of Rochester. 
1965 

Elsasser, Walter M. , Research Professor. Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
Ph D . University of Goettingen (Germany). 1 927 
Emad, Fawzi P., Associate Prolessor ol Electncal Engineenng 
B S American University (Beirut). 1 96 1 . M S . Northwestern 
University. 1 963, Ph D . 1 965 

Emans, Robert, Professor ot Early Childhood-Elementary Edu- 
cation and Dean of the College ol Education 
B S University ot Wisconsin. Madison. 1957: MA. University 
of Chicago. 1958, PhD 1963 

Ephremides, Anthony, Associate Prolessor ol Electrical Engi- 
neering 

BS, National Technical University of Athens. 1967, MA 
Princeton Universily. 1969. Ph D . 1971 
Erickson, William C, Professor ol Astronomy 
B A University ol Minnesota, 1 951 . M A 1 955, PhD . 1 956 
Eyier, Marvin H., Dean and Professor. College ot Physical 
Education, Recreation, and Health 

AB Houghton College, 1942:MS, 1942, M S , University of 
Illinois 1948 PhD , 1956 
Falcione, Raymond L. , Assistant Professor of Speech Com- 

B A . Akron University. 1 965. MAI 967: Ph D , Kent State 
University, 1972 

Falk, David S,, Professor of Physics 

BS Cornell University. 1954: MS , Harvard University. 1955 
Ph D . 1 959 

Faller, Alan J., Research Professor. Institute for Fluid Dynamics 
and Applied Mathematics 

S B Massachusetts Institute ot Technology. 1 951 . M S . 1 953: 
Sc D , 1957 

Falthzik , Alfred M. , Assistant Professor ol Business Adminis- 
tration 

BS Northeastern University. 1957: MBA. 1959: PhD. 
Michigan State University. 1 969 

Fanning, Delvin S. , Associate Professor of Soil Minerology 
B S , Cornell University, 1954, MS. 1959: PhD , University 
of Wisconsin. 1964 

Farquhar, Douglas James, Assistant Prolessor of Art 
B A Washington and Lee University. 1 963: MA . University of 
Chicago. 1966, PhD 1972 

Farreli, Richard T., Associate Professor ol Secondary Educa- 
tion and Hislory 

A B , Wabash College 1 954, M S . Indiana University, 1 958, 
PhD 1967 

Fay, John D., Assistant Prolessor of Mathematics 
A 8 Harvard University 1 965. Ph D . 1 970 
Feidman, Eliott D.. Assistant Prolessor of Computer Science 
A B Cornell University, 1 96 1 , M S , Stevens Institute ol Tech- 
nology, 1966. PhD , 1969 

Felton, Kenneth E., Associate Professor of Agncultural 
Engineering 

BS University ol Maryland. 1950. BS. 1951: MS. Pennsyl- 
vania Stale University, 1962 
Ferreii, Richard A., Prolessor ol Physics 
B S California Institute of Technology. 1 948: M S . 1 949: 
Ph D Princeton University. 1952 

Fey, James T. , Associate Prolessor ol Secondary Education 
and Mathematics 

B S . University ol Wisconsin, 1 962 , M S . 1 963, Ph D Columbia 
University. 1 968 



22 / Graduate Faculty 



Fink. Beatrice C. Associate Professor ot French and Italian 
BA.Bfyn Mawr College 1953 MA Yale Un.versily 1956 
Ph D , Universily o» Pittsburgh. 1 966 

Finkelstein. Barbara J.. Assistant Professor Foundations of 
Education 

B A Barnard College. 1 959 M A Teacher s College, Columbia 
University 1960 Ed 1970 
FInsterbusch, Kuri, Ass'Siani Professor of Sociology 
B A . Pnnceton University, 1 957. B D , Grace Theological Semi- 
nary 1 960 Ph D Columbia University 1 969 
Fish. Gertrude S., Assistant Professor of Housing and Applied 
Design 

BS Cornell University 1968 lVtA,1970 PhD 1973 
Fisher. Allan J., Professor of Finance 
B S University of Pennsylvania 1 928 Lit M 1 936: Ph D . 
1937 

Fivel. Daniel I., Associate Professor of Physics 
B A The Johns Hopkins University 1 953. Ph D 1 959 
Flack, James K., Jr.. Associate Professor of History 
B A Albion College. 1959. M A Wayne State University. 1963, 
PhD 1968 

Flatter, Charles H., Associate Professor Institute for Child 
Study 

B A DePauw University. 1 961 : M Ed . University of Toledo. 
1965 EdD University ot Maryland. 1 968 
Fleck, Jere, Associate Professor of Germanic and Slavic 
Languages 
Ph D University of Munich. 1 968 

Fleig, AlberlJ.. Jr., Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering 
B S E S , Purdue University 1 958 Ph D Catholic University 
o» America. 1968 

Florestano. Patricia S., Assistant Professor of Urban Studies 
B A University 0* Maryland 1958 MA. 1970 PhD 1974 
Folsom. Kenneth E. , Associate Professor of History 
B A Princeton University. 1 94 3: B A University of California 
Berkeley 1955 MA 1957 PhD 1964 
Folstrom. Roger J., Professor ot Music 
BS College of St Thomas 1956 M Ed 1959 MM North- 
western University 1 963 Ph D , 1 967 
Fonaroff , L. Schuyler, Professor and Acting Chairman of 
Geography 

B A University of Arizona, 1 955. Ph D The Johns Hopkins 
University 1961 

Forbes. James H.. Jr., Assistant Professor of An 
BA University of Maryland, 1964: MA, 1966 
Forsnes, Victor G.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical 
Engmeenng 

B E S . Brigham Young University. 1964, M E , 1965. Ph D . 
Purdue University 1970 
Foss, John E., Professor of Soil Classification 
B S Wisconsin State University. 1 957 . M S University of 
Minnesota 1959, Ph D . 1965 

Foster. Phillips W.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B S Cornell University. 1 953. M S , University of Illinois 1 956. 
PnD 1958 

Foumey. William L.. Professor o( Mechanical Eng«ieering 
B S A E West Virginia University. 1 962 MS 1 963 Ph D 
University of Hlinois 1966 

Fowl, Lyman, Visiting Professor of Textiles and Consumer 
Economics 

A B Unrversity ot Chicago. 1 933; PhD , Washington Univer- 
sity St Louis. 1937 

Foust, Clifford M. , Professor and Associate Chairman of His- 
tory 

B A . Syracuse University, 1 949 M A University of Chicago, 
1951 PhD. 1957 

Franz. Jacob G., Assistant Professor of Sociology 
A 8 Southv^estern University 1935 M A Columbia University 
1939 PhO Ohio State University 1960 
Freedman. Morris. Professor of English 

B A City University ot New York 1 94 1 . M A Columbia Univer- 
sity 1950 PhD 1953 
Freeman, David H.. Professor of Chemistry 
B S . University of Rochester 1 952. MS. Carnegie Institute of 
Technology, 1 954; Ph D Massachusetts Institute ot Tech- 
nology 1957 

Freeman, Robert, Associate Professor of Psychology and 
Counseling and Personnel Services 
B A , Havertord College 195> M A . Wesleyan University 
1954, PhD University of Maryland 1964 

Freimuth, Vicki S.. Assistant Professor of Speech and Drama- 
tic An 

B S , Eastern Illinois University 1 966 MA. University ot Iowa, 
1 967 , Ph D , Florida State University 1 974 

Fretz, Bruce R.. Professor of Psychology 

B A , Gettysburg College, 1 96 1 . M A . Ohio State University 

1963 PhD 1965 

Friedman. Hert>en. Professor ot Physics 

B A , Brooklyn College. 1 936 Ph D The Johns Hopkins 

University, 1940 



Fringer, Margaret Neal. Assistant Professor ot Physical Edu 

B S , University ot Nonh Carolina, 1 957 ; M A University ot 
Michigan, 1961, PhD University of Maryland 1972 
Fritz. Sigmund, Visitmg Professor ot Meteorology 
B S , Brooklyn College 1 934 MS Massachusetts Institute 
ot Technology. 1941 ScD 1953 

Fromovitz, Stan. Associate Professor ot Management Science 
B A Sc University of Toronto 1960; M A 1961 : Ph D . Stan 
ford University 1965 

Fry, Gladys M., Associate Professor of English 
B A , Howard University, 1 952 MA 1 954 , Ph Indiana 
University 1967 

Funaro, George J., Provost. Division of Human and Com- 
munity Resources and Associate Professor ot Secondary Edu 
cation 

B A . American international College. 1 956 M A University ot 
Connecticut 1961 PhD 1965 
Gatlick. Susan Lydia, Assistant Professor ot English 
A B . University ot CaMomia Berkeley, 1 966 MA , Indiana 
University 1970 PhD 1972 

Gallman. Philip G.. Assistant Professor of Eleclncal Engineer 
ing 



Galloway. Raymond A.. Professor ot Plant Physiology 
B A, University of Maryland, 1952. MS.. 1956, PhD, 1958 
Gannon, Martin J., Associate Professor of Business and Man 
agemeni 

B A , University of Scranton, 1 961 : PhD , Columbia University 
1969 

Gantt, Walter N., Associate Professor of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education 

BS , Coppin State College 1 942 .MA New York University 
1 949 Ed University ot Maryland 1 968 
Garber. Daniel L.. Associate Professor ot Civil Engmeenng 
B S , University of Maryland, 1 952, MSI 959 Ph D . 1 965 
Gardner, Albert H., Associate Professor, Institute tor Child 
Study 

B S . State University of New York, Cortland, 1 958 MA, 
Syracuse University. 1 964 Ph D , 1 967 
Gardner, Marjorie H., Professor of Secondary Education and 
Chemistry 

8 S Utah State University 1 946. M A . Ohio State University 
1958 PhD, 1960 

Garvey, Evelyn F., Associate Professor of Music 
B S Temple University, 1 943, M M University of Rochester 
1946 

Gasner. Larry L. . Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemical 
Engineering 

B S , University of Minnesota 1 965, M S Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology, 1 967 Ph D . 1 97 1 
Gatz, Margaret J. , Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B A , Southwestern at Memphis, 1 966. Ph D , Duke University 
1972 

Gaylin. Ned L.. Professor and Chairman. Depanment of Family 
and Community Development 

BA , University ot Chicago 1956 MA 1961 Ph.D. 1965 
Qelman, Ellen F., Assistant Professor of An 
A B , Brandeis University. 1 961 , M F A Columbia University 
1964 

Gelso. Charles J., Assistant Professor ot Psychology 
8 S , Bloomsburg State College 1 963 M S , Florida State 
University 1964 PhD Ohio State University 1970 

Gentry, James W. . Associate Professor ot Chemical Engineer 

ing 

BS , Oklahoma State University. 1961 . MS , University of 

Birmingham 1 963; Ph D . University of Texas. 1 969 

Giblette, John F.. Professor and Chairman, Measurement and 

Statistics 

B A , George Washington University 1 947 , M A , University ot 

Minnesota 1952 Ph D University ot Pennsylvania, 1960 

Gift in . Donald W . . Associate Professor of History and Direc 

tor of Admissions and Registrations 

B A University of Cahtorma Santa Barbara, 1 950. M A . Vander 

btit University 1956, PhD 1962 

Gilbert. Claire P. . Assistant Professor of French and Italian 

B A Rice University, 1 960, M A , University of Delaware, 1 963 

Ph D The Johns Hopkins University 1 969 

Gilbert. James B.. Professor of History 

B A Carleton College, 1 961 , M A University of Wisconsin 

1963, PhD 1966 

Gilf. Douglas E., Assistant Professor of Zoology 

8 S Manetla College, 1 965: M A . University of Michigan, 

1967 Ph D , 1971 

Ginter, Marshall L.. Professor, Institute for Molecular Physics 
B S Chico State College. 1 958: Ph D . Vanderbilt University 



Girdano. Daniel A., Associate Professor ot Health Education 
8 A , West Uberty State College. 1 964 MA, Kent Slate 
University 1965, PhD , Universit/of Toledo 1970 



Glrando. Dorothy D. . Associate Professor of Health Education 
B S University of Nebraska, 1 960. M A Colorado State Col- 
lege. 1 964: Ph University of Toledo, 1 969 
Glass, James M., Assistant Professor of Government and 
Politics 

BA University ot California at Berkeley 1961: MA . 1984; 
PhD 1970 

Glasser. Robert G.. Professor of Physics and Computer 
Science 

AB University of Chicago 1948 8 S . 1950 M S , 1952 
PhD 1954 

Glendening. Parris N.. Associate Professor ot Government 
and Politics 

8 A Fionda State University, 1964. MA 1966; PhD 1967 
Glick, Arnold J.. Associate Professor of Physics 
8 A Brooklyn College 1955 Ph D . University of Maryland, 
1959 

Gloeckter. George. Associate Professor of Physics 
BS University ot Chicago, 1960, MS 1961 . Ph D , 1965 
Glosser, Robert. Assistant Professor of Physics 
SB Massachusetts Institute ot Technology 1959 SM 
University ot Chicago, 1 962 Ph D , 1 967 
Glover, RolfeE.. Professor ot Physics 

AB Bowdoin College 1 948 B S , Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology 1948: PhD University ol Goettingen. 1953 
Goering, Jacob D., Professor institute for Child Study 
B A Bethel College 1 94 1 ; Ph D , University of Maryland 1 959 
Goff . Regina M. . Professor of Early Childhood and Elementary 
Education 

B S Northwestern University, 1931 . M A Columbia Univer- 
sity 1940 Ph D 1948 

Goldberg, David A.. Assistant Professor of Physics and Assist- 
ant Dean tor Graduate Studies 

B Eng Phys Cornell University, 1 958. M S 1 960, Ph D The 
Johns Hopkins University. 1 967 
Goldberg. Seymour. Professor ot Mathematics 
AB Hunter College 1950. MA Ohio State University, 1952 
Ph D . University ot California at Los Angeles 1 958 
Goldhaber, Jacob K., Professor and Chairman of Mathematics 
B A , Brooklyn College, 1 944 M A , Harvard University, 1 945. 
Ph University of Wisconsin, 1 950 
Goldman. David T., Professor ot Chemical Engmeenng 
B A Brooklyn College, 1 952 M S , Vanderbilt University, 1 954, 
PhD University ot Maryland, 1958 
Goldman. Harvey. Associate Professor ot Administration. 
Supervision and Curriculum 

B A , University ot Rhode Island, i960, M A John Can-oil Univer- 
sity 1962 EdO Michigan State University 1966 
Goldsby, Richard Allen, Professor of Chemistry 
B A University of Kansas 1 957 , Ph D . University of California, 
1961 

Goldstein, Irwin L.. Professor of Psychology 
B A City College ot New York, 1 959; M A , University of Mary- 
land 1962 PhD 1964 
Goldstein, Larry J.. Professor ot Mathematics 
B A. University of Pennsylvania, 1965, MA, 1965, MA, 
Princeton University 1 967 Ph D , 1 967 

Gotlub, Lewis R.. Professor ot Psychology 
A B University ot Pennsylvania 1 955. Ph D , Harvard Univer- 
sity 1958 

Gomezplata, Albert, Professor and Acting Chairman of 
Chemical Engmeenng 

8 Ch E Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1 952, M Ch E , 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1954, PhD , 1958 

Good, Richard A.. Professor of Mathematics 

A B Ashland College, 1 939, M A , University of Wisconsin. 

1940, Ph D 1945 

Goode. Melvyn Dennis, Associate Prof essor ot Zoology 

8 S University ot Kansas, 1 963, Ph D . Iowa State University, 

1967 

Goodwyn, Frank, Professor ot Spanish and Portuguese 

BA College ot Arts and Industries, 1940, MA, 1941; PhO. 

University ot Texas 1946 

Gordon, Donald C-, Professor ot History 
A B College ot William and Mary. 1 934, M A , Columbia Uni- 
versity 1937, PhD 1947 
Gordon, Glen E., Professor of Chemistry 
8 S University of Illinois, 1 956, Ph , University of California, 
Berkeley. 1960 

Gordon, Stewart L.. Professor of Music 
B A University of Kansas, 1 953; MA,, 1 954. D MA . Univer- 
sity of Rochester 1965 

Gorgacz, Edward J., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science 
V M , University of Pennsylvania, 1 967: Ph D , University of 
Connecticut 1973 

Gorovitz, Samuel. Professor and Chairman of the Department 
of Philosophy 

B S Massachusetts institute ot Technology, 1 960, Ph D , Stan- 
ford University 1963 

Gould. Murray J.. Assistant Professor of Music 
M Mus Manhattan School of Music. 1 958; Ph.D , New York 
University Graduate School of Arts and Science, 1 972 



Graduate Faculty / 23 



Gowdy. Robert H. . Assistant Professor of Physics 

B S Worcester Polytectinic fnstitute 1 963; MS. Yale 

UntvefSitv 1964 PhD 1968 

Gramberg, Edward J. , Professor of Spanish and Portuguese 

B A . Universrty of Amsterdam, 1946 M A , University of 

CaJitomia. Los Angeles. 1 949 Ph D , University of California 

Berkeley 1956 

Grambs, Jean D., Professor of Secondary Education 

A B Reed College, 1 940. M A Stanford University 1 94 1 . 

Ed 1 948 

Gray. Alfred. Professor of Mathematics 

B A University of Kansas. 1 960. M A . 1 96 1 : Ph D Univer 

sity of California Los Angeles, 1964 

Green. Eleanor B. . Assistant Professor of Art 

A B . Vassar College 1 949 M A , George Washington 

University 1971 PhD 1973 

Green. Harry B.. Jr.. Assistant Professor. Institute for Child 

Study 

B A University of Virginia. 1 959: M Ed . 1 963: Ph D . 1 965 

Green. Kinsey. Associate Professor of Secondary Education 

B S University of Virginia. 1 960: M S , Unrversity of Mar/land. 

1965 PhD 1969 

Green. Paul S.. Associate Professor of Mathematics 

BA Cornell University 1 959, M A . Harvard University. 1960. 

Pti D Cornell University 1 964 

Green. Robert L.. Professor Agncuttural Engineenng 

BS AE University of Georgia. 1934 MS Iowa State College. 

1 939 Ph D- Michigan State University 1 953 

Green. Willard W.. Professor of Animal Science 

8 S University of Minnesota, 1 933 MSI 934: Ph D 1 939 

Greenberg. Kenneth R.. Associate Professor of Counseling 

and Personnel Ser^'ices 

BS Ohio State University. 1951.M A, 1952: PhD . Western 

Reserve University. 1960 

Greenberg. Leon. Professor of Mathematics 

B S City College of New York 1 953. M A . Yale University 

1955 PhD 1958 

Greenberg, Louis M.. Associate Professor of History 

B A Brooklyn College 1 954. M A Harvard University, 1 957. 

PhD 1963 

Greenberg. Oscar W.. Professor of Physics 

B S Rutgers University 1 952 : M S . Princeton University, 

1954 PhD 1956 

Greenberg, Ralph, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B A University of Pennsylvania. 1 966: Ph D . Princeton 

University 1971 

Greenwood. David C. Associate Professor of English 
B A University of London. 1 949. Certificate in Education. 
Nonmgham 1 953 Ph D University of Dublin. 1 968 
Greer, Thomas V.. Professor of Business Administration 
B A University of Texas. 1 953. MBA. Ohio State University, 
1 957 Ph University of Texas. 1 964 
Greisman, Harvey C Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B A State University of New York. New Pallz. 1 966. MA 
Syracuse University. 1 969 Ph D 1 972 
Grief. Ellen. Assistant Professor of Special Education 
B S North Texas State University, 1 956 M Ed , University ol 
Houston 1 964, Ed D . University of Kansas. 1 971 
Griem. Hans. Professor of Physics 

Arbitur. Max Planck Schule. 1949. Ph D . University of Kiel. 
1954 

Griffin, James J., Professor of Physics 
BS Villanova College. 1952. MS Princeton University. 1955. 
PhD 1956 

Grim, Samuel O. , Professor of Chemistry 
B S Franklin and Marshall College. 1 956. Ph D . Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology 1960 
Grimsted, David A., Associate Professor of History 
A B Harvard University 1 957 . M A . University of California 
Berkeley 1958 PhD. 1963 
Grollman. Sigmund. Professor of Zoology 
BS Universilyof Marylano. 1947 M S . 1949: Ph D , 1952 
Groves. Paul A.. Associate Professor of Geography 
B Sc University of London 1 956, M A University of Maryland 
1 961 : Ph D University of California Berkeley 1 969 
Gruchy. Allan G.. Professor of Economics 
B A University of Bntish Columbia 1 926: M A , McGill Uni- 
versity 1929, PhD Universityof Virginia. 1931 
Grunig, James E.. Associate Professor of Journalism 
BS Iowa State University 1964. M S . University ol Wiscon- 
sin 1966 Ph D 1968 

Guernsey. Ralph L.. Research Associate Professor. Institute 
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
B A Miami University 1 952. MSI 954: Ph D . University of 
Michigan, 1960 

Guillory. John U-. Assistant Professor ol Physics 
B A Rice University. 1962: PhD . University of California. 
Berkeley 1970 

Gulick. Sidney L.. Professor ol Mathematics 
6 A Obertin College. 1 958. M A . Yale University 1 960 
PhD 1963 

Gump. Larney R.. Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Ser/ices 

B S West Virginia University. 1959 M Ed Temple University 
1 961 D Ed Pennsylvania State University 1 967 



Haber. Francis C, Professor of History 
B A University of Connecticut. 1948: M A . The Johns 
Hopkins University 1952: PhD. 1957 
Hacklander. Effie, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con- 
sumer Economics 

B S , University of Minnesota 1962. MA , Michigan State 
University. 1968 PhD 1973 

Hagerty. Patrick E.. Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
B A . Syracuse University, 1 960 BEE1961,MS,1 967, 
PhD 1969 

Haley, A.J.. Professor of Zoology 

B S University ol New Hampshire. 1 949, MSI 950 Sc D 
The Johns Hopkins University 1955 
Hall. Jerome W.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineenng 
8 S , Harvey Mudd College, 1 965: M S . University of 
Washington. 1968 PhD 1969 
Hall, John R.. Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
BS. University ol Illinois 1964. MS, 1965: Ph.D. Ohio State 
University 1971 

Halperin. Miriam P.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
A B RaOcliffe College. 1966, M A , Brandeis University, 1968 
Ph D 1972 

Hamilton, Donna B.. Assistant Professor of English 
B A St Olal College, 1963: Ph D . University of Wisconsin, 
Madison. 1968 

Hamilton. Gary D.. Associate Professor of English 
BA St Olaf College. 1962 MA University of Wisconsin. 
1965. PhD. 1968 

Hamlet, Richard Graham, Assistant Professor of Computer 
Science 

B S . University of Wisconsin, 1 959, M S , Cornell University, 
1964, Ph D , University of Washington. 1971. 
Hamlet. Sandra L.. Assistant Professor of Hearing and 
Speech Sciences 

B A . University of Wisconsin. 1959. MA. University of 
Washington. 1967 PhD 1970 
Hammer, David A.. Associate Professor of Physics 
B S , CaJifomia Institute of Technology, 1 964: Ph.D , Cornell 
University. 1969 

Hammond, Robert C, Professor and Chairman of Veterinary 
Science 

BS. Pennsylvania State University. 1943: D V.M. University of 
Pennsylvania. 1948 

Handorf. William C-. Lecturer of Business Administration 
AB. University of Michigan. 1966: MBA. 1967: PhD 
Michigan State University. 1973 
Hansen. J.N.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B A Drake University 1964: Ph D . University of California. 
Los Angeles 1968 

Hardie. Ian W.. Associate Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B S University of California. Davis. 1 960; PhD . University of 
CaJifornia. Berkeley 1965 

Hardwick. Mark W-, Assistant Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

BA. Michigan State University. 1966. MA. 1967. PhD. 
1970 

Hardy, Robert C, Associate Professor. Institute For Child 
Study 

B S Ed . Bucknell University. 1 961 ; M.S.Ed., Indiana University 
1964: EdD 1969 

Harger. Robert O.. Associate Professor of ElecthcaJ 

Engineering 

B SE. University of Michigan. 1955. MSE, 1959. PhD 

1961 

Hargrove. Michael B.. Assistant Professor of Statistics 

BS. University of Kentucky 1963: MA , 1966, PhD, 1971 

Haris, Steven J., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B Sc , University of Sydney. 1965. Ph D , The Johns Hopkjns 

University. 1970 

Harlan. Louis R-, Professor of History 

B A . Emory University, 1943, M A . Vanderbilt University 

1947: Ph D , The Johns Hopkins University. 1955 

Harper. Glenn A., Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B S . Purdue Universitji. 1 958. M S 1 961 . Ph D . 1 968 

Harper, Robert A. , Professor of Geography 

PhB. University of Chicago. 1946: BS. 1947: MS. 1948 

PhD.. 1950 

Harrington, J. Patrick, Associate Professor of Astronomy 

B S.. University of Chicago. 1 961 : MS. Ohio State University. 

1964. PhD 1967 

Harris. Curtis C, Professor of Economics 

BS . University of Florida. 1956; M A.. Harvard University, 

1959, PhD, 1960 

Harris. James P., Assistant Professor of History 

B S . Loyola University 1962. M S . University of Wisconsin 

1964. PhD 1968 

Harris. Wesley L-. Professor and Chairman of Agncultural 

Engineering 

BSAE . University of Georgia 1953 MS. 1958 PhD 

Michigan State University 1 960 



Harrison. Floyd P-. Professor of Entomology 

B S Louisiana State University. 1 951 . MS. 1 953 Ph D 

University of Maryland 1955 

Harrison. Horace V.. Professor of Government and Politics 

BA , Trinity University. 1932. MA. University of Texas 1941. 

PhD 1951 

Harrison. Paul E., Jr., Professor of Industrial Education 

B Ed Northern Illinois State College. 1942: M A . Colorado 

State College 1947 Ph D University of Maryland. 1955 

Harvey. Ellen E.. Professor and Chairman of Recreation 

B S Columbia University, 1935 MA. 1941 . EdD . University 

of Oregon, 1951 

Haslem, John A.. Associate Professor of Finance 

A B , Duke University 1 956: M B A.. University of North 

Carolina 1961: PhD. 1967 

Hatfield. Agnes B-. Associate Professor. Institute for Child 

Study 

B A University of California. 1948: M A . University of Denver. 

1954: PhD, 1959 

Hathorn. Guy B.. Professor of Government and Politics 

A B University of Mississippi, 1940: M A , 1942: Ph D . Duke 

University 1950 

Hayleck. Charles R-. Jr.. Associate Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

B S University of Maryland, 1 943. MS. 1 949 

Hayward. Raymond W.. Professor of Physics 

B S Iowa State College 1943: Ph D . University of California. 

Berkeley. 1950 

Head. Emerson. Associate Professor of Music 

B Mus . University of Ivlichigan. 1 957: M.Mus.. 1 961 . 

Heath, James L., Associate Professor of Poultry Science 

B S , Louisiana Stale University. 1 963; M S.. 1 968; Ph.D.. 

1970 

Hebeler, Jean R.. Professor of Special Education 

B S Buffalo State Teachers College. 1 953. M S . University of 

Illinois, 1956 EdD Syracuse University. 1960 

Hecht. Matthew S.. Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
BSE. Case Western Reserve University 1 970; M S E . 
Princeton University. 1 97 1 , M A . 1 973. Ph D . 1 973 

Heidelbach, Ruth. Associate Professor of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education and Associate Director. Office of 
Laboratory Expenences 

B S University of Maryland, 1949. M Ed. University of Florida. 
1 958. Ed . Columbia University. 1 967 
Heikkinen. Henry Wendell. AssislanI Professor of Chemistry 
B Eng Yale University, 1956. MA . Columbia University. 
1 962 Ph D University of Maryland. 1 973 

Heilprin. Lawrence B.. Prolessor. School ol Library and In- 
formation Services, and Computer Science Center 
B S , University ol Pennsylvania. 1 928. MA.. 1 931 : Ph D . Har- 
vard University. 1941 

Heim. Norman. Professor of Music 

BMEO. Evansville College. 1951. MM. Universilyof 

Rochester 1952, DMA. 1962 

Heimpel. Arthur M-. Lecturer in Entomology 

BA Queens College, 1947; MA. 1948: PhD. Universityof 

California, 1954 

Heins, Conrad P-, Jr,, Associate Professor, Civil Engineering 
B S , Drexel Institute of Technology, 1960. M S . Lehigh 
University. 1962. Ph D . University of Maryland. 1967 

Helsler. Martin 0-, Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B A University of California. Los Angeles. 1 960; M A . 1 962: 

Ph D 1 969 

Helm, E. Eugene. Professor of Music 

B M E , Southeastern Louisiana College. 1960: M M E . 

Louisiana State University. 1955: Ph D . North Texas State 

University, 1958 

Hel2. George R-. Assistant Professor ol Chemistry 

A B Princeton University. 1964; PhD . Pennsylvania State 

University. 1971. 

Helzer. G-A.. Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B A Portland State College. 1959; MA. Northwestern Univer- 
sity. 1962. PhD 1964 

Hempstead. R. Ross. Assistant Professor of Education. 
Education Technology Center 

A B , University of California, Berkeley. 1962: MA . 1966: 
PhD 1968 

Henery-Logan. Kenneth R., Professor of Chemistry 
B Sc , McGill University 1 942 , Ph D . 1 946 
Henkel, Ramon E., Associate Professor ot Sociology 
Ph B . University of Wisconsin. 1958. M A , 1961 . PhD . 
1967 

Henkelman, James, Associate Prolessor ol Secondary 
Education and Mathematics 

B S Miami University 1954: M Ed . 1955: Ed D . Harvard 
University. 1965 

Hering, Christoph A., Prolessor and Chairman of Germanic 
and Slavic Languages 
Ph D , Rhein-Friedrich-Wilhelms Universitaf. 1950 



24 /Graduate Faculty 



Hennan. Wayne L.. Assocate Professor of Earty ChWhood 

and Elementary Educaton 

BA Urstfius Co»ege 1955 M Ed Tempte Umversrty i960 

EdD 1965 

Hersctibach. Dennis R.. Assistant Professor of Industrial 

Education 

A.B . San Jose State Coiege. 1 960 M S University of ibKKS 

1968: PtiD 1972 

Hesse. Everett W.. Professor of Spanish and Portuguese 

B-A New York Unrversrty 1931 : M A 1 933: Pti 0. 1941 

Hesse. Michael Bernard. Assistant Professor of Journalism 

A_B , Universrty of C^ncmnah. 1965: M A_ American Unrversrty. 

1967 PhD. Untversrty of WisconsMi 1974 

Hetrick. Frank M.. Professor of Microbiotogy 

BS Mchtgan State Unfversrty 1954 M S Universrty of 

Maryland. 1960: Ph D 1962 

Hicks. Eric C. Assistant Professor of French and ltal«an 

B A Y^e University 1 959: Ph D 1 965 

Hiebed. Ray Eldon. Professor and Dean of tt>e CoBege of 

Journalism 

B A , Stanford Unrversrty 1954; M S Columbo Universrty 

1957: MA Unrversrty of Maryl^id 1961 Ph D 1962 

Higgins. William J.. Assistant Professor of Zootogy 

BS. Boston Coiege. 1969: Ph D Ftonda State Unrversrty 

1973 

Highton. Richard. Professor of Zoology 

A.B . New Yoffc Unrversrty 1 950: M S Unrversrty of Ronda 

1953: PhD. 1956 

Hill, Clara E., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

BA. Southern llnots Universrty. 1970: MA. 1972: PhD 

1974 

Hill, David G., Assistant F^ofessor of Physics 

B S . Camegie-MeHon Universrty. 1 959: M S . 1 960 Ph D 

1964 

Hill . Walter Lewis. Assistant Professor of MathernatK:s 

BA University of Calrfomia. Berkeley. 1965 MA 1967. 

PhD 1970 

Hille, Stanley J.. Professor of Transportation. Busrtess and 

Pubitc Pofccy 

BBA_ Urwersity of Minnesota 1959 MBA 1962: PhD 

1966 

Htnderer. Walter Hermann. Professor of German 

PhD. Unrversitate Munchen, 1960 

Hinrichs. Harley H.. Lecturer m Economtcs 

BB A Unrversfty of Wisconsin 1 953 MS Purdue University 

1 958: Ph D Harvard University 1 964 

Hirzel. Robert K.. Associate Professor of Socto*ogy 

B A Pennsytvanta State University 1 946 MAI 950 Ph D 

Loutstvu State Unrversrty, 1954 

Hochuli. Urs E., Professor of Electrical Engir>eenr>g 

BS Technikum B«l Swrtzertand. 1952: MS. University o* 

Maryt^d. 1 955 Ph D . Catholic University of America 1 962 

Hodos. William. Professor of Psychology 

BS. Brooklyn CoUege. 1955. MA Unrversit>' of Pennsylvania 

1957: PhD. 1960 

Hoffman. Ronald, Associate Professor of History 

B A George Peabody Coiege 1964; University of Wisconsin 

1965. PhD, 1969 

Holloway. David C. Assistant Professor of Mechanical 

Engvieenng 

BS University of IKnots 1966 MS 1969 PhD. 1971 

Holmt>erg. Stevan R.. Assistant Professor of Business ar>d 

Management 

8 S Unrversrty of Tulsa 1966 MBA. Indiana University 

1968 DBA 1971 

Holmgren. Harry D.. Professor of Physics 

B Phys . University of Minr>esota 1949: M A.. 1950: Ph D 

1954 

Holmgren. John E., Assistant Professor of Psycfiotogy 

B S Universrty of Wisconsin. 1 965: Ph O.. Stanford University 

1970 

Hdmlund. Chester E.. Professor of Chemistry 

B S . Worcester Pofytechnic Institute, 1 943: M S . 1 951 Ph D 

University of Wisconsm 1954 

HoHon. William Milne. Associate Professor of English 
A B . Dartmouth College 1 954 . L L B Harvard University 
1957. MA. Ya»e Universrty 1959 PhD 1965 

Holum, Kenneth G., Assistant Professor of History 

B A , Agustana Co»ege. 1 961 MA. Universrty of Chicago. 

1969: PhD. 1973 

Hopkins. Richard L.. Associate Professor. Foundations of 

Education 

B S Stanford University. 1962 M S . 1963: Ph D.. University 

of California Los Ar>geles. 1 969 

Homtiake. R. Lee. Vice President for Academe Affairs 

B S , Pennsyfvanta State Teachers College. 1 934, M A . Oho 

State University 1936 Ph D 1942, LLD , Eastern MK:higan 

University 1963 

Hornung. Carhon. Assistant Professor of Sociok>gy 

B A . State Universrty of New York at Buffalo. 1 967: M A 

Syracuse University 1970; PhD 1972 



Hornyak. William F.. Professor of Physics 
BEE City University of New Yortt Crty Co»ege 1 944 M S 
Califoma Institute d Technology 1946 Ph D 1949 
Horton. David L.. Professor of Psyctwiogy 
B A Unr^ersiiy of Minnesota. 1 955 M A 1 957 Ph D 1 959 
Horvath, John M.. Professor of Mathematics 
P*^ D Un •'ersitv Of Budapest 1947 
Houppert. Joseph W., Associate Professor of English 
Ph B Universiry ot Detrort. 1955 MA University of Mtchigan 
1957 PhD 1964 

Hovey. Richard 8.. Professor of English 
A B University of C»icinnatt, 1942. M A . Harvard University 
1943 PhD 1950 

Howard. John D.. Associate Professor of Engbsh 
B A Washington Coiege 1 956 M A . University of Maryland 
1962 PhD 1967 

Hoyt. Kenneth B.. Professor of Counseling and Personnel 
Services 

B S University of Maryland 1948 M A George Washington 
University 1950: Ph D University of Minnesota 1954 
Hoyt. Richard D.. Assistant Professor of Journalism 
BS Unwersrty of Oregon 1963, MS 1967 PhD University 
of Hawaii 1972 

Hsu. Shao T.. Professor of Mechanical Engtf>eenng 
B S Chao^Tung University 1937 M S Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Techrxjlogy. 1 944; Sc D . Swiss Federal fnstrtute of 
Technology 1954 

Hsueh. Chun-tu. Professor of Government and Politics 
LLB Cfiaoyang University Law Sctiool 1946: M A Columbia 
University 1953 Ph D 1958 
Hu. Charles Y.. Professor of Geography 
B S , Universrty of Nanking 1930 M A University of Califor- 
nia. Berkeley 1 936 Ph D , Universrty of Chicago. 1 94 1 
Hubbard. Bert E.. Research Professor Institute for FIukJ 
Dyriamtcs arvj Applied Mathematics 

B S Western iMmots Universrty 1 949 M S State Unn,fersitv of 
Iowa 1952: PhD, University of Maryland. 1960 
Hubbe. Rolf O.. Associate Professor of Classical Languages 
and Lrterature 

A B HamJton College. 1 947 AM. Pnnceton University 
1950. PhD 1950 

Huden. Daniel P.. Associate Professor Foundations of 
Education 

8 S , Universrty of Vermont 1 954. M A . Columtwa Teachers 
College 1958 EdD 1967 
Hudson. William. Professor of Music 
B Mus Philadelphia Conservatory of Music 1954: B A 
Universrty of Penrtsyfvania 1957 M Mus Yale Sctwoi of 
Music 1961 

Huebner. Robert W.. Associate FVofessor institute for Child 
Study 

8 S Concordia Teachers Coiege 1 957 M A i960 Ph O 
University of Maryland 1969 

Huheey. James E. . Associate Professor of Chemistry 
8 S. Universrty of Cincinnati, 1957, MS. 1959: Ph D . Univer- 
srty of IHifXMS. 1961 

Huh. Joan S.. Associate Professor of Physical Education 
B S . Indiana Universrty 1 954: M Ed , University of North 
CaroSrra. 1957 Ph D University of Southern Caiifomta 1967 
Hummel. James A.. Professor of Mathematics and Statistics 
B S Calffomta Instrtute of Technology. 1949. MA Rce In- 
stitute 1953 PhD. 1955 

Hummel. John W., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Engineering 

8 S University of Maryland. 1964; MS, 1966: Ph D , Univer 
sity of irmots. Urtvaria 1970 

Humphrey. James H.. Professor of Physical Education 
B A Dentson Universrty 1 933, M A Western Reserve Univer- 
srty 1946 EdD Boston University 1951 
Hunt. Edith J.. Assistant Professor Instrtute for ChikJ Study 
A B , University of Redlands. 1954; M A , Fresno State 
College 1 964 Ed D . Unr/ersrty of M^yland. 1 967 
Hunt. Janet Gibbs. Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B A University of Redlands. 1962: M A . Indiar^ University. 
1966 PhD 1973 

Hunt, Larry L., Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B S Ball State Unrversrty 1961 : MA , Indiana University 
1964: PhD, 1968 

Hurdis. David A.. Assistant Professor of Mectianical 
Engineering 

BS . Universrty of Rhode Island. 1962: MS . 1964 Ph D 
Catholic Universrty, 1973 

Husman. Burris F.. Professor and Chairman of Physical 
Education 

BS, University of Illinois. 1941: MS, 1948; EdD. Universrty 
of Maryland 1 954. 

Hutchings, Lloyd B.. Assistant Professor of Earty Childhood- 
Elementary Education 

B A Harvard College, 1959: Ph D Syracuse Universrty 
1972 

Hynes, Cecil V., Associate Professor of Marketing 
8A Michigan State Universrty. 1948: MA, 1949, PhD. 
1965 



Imberski, Richard B.. Assocate Professor of Zoology 

8 S University of Rochester. 1959. Ph D , 1965 

Ingraham. Barton L., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 

and Cnmir>ok)gy 

AB Harvard Universrty. 1952: LLB Harvard Law School 

1957 MCnm Universrty of California, Berkeley. 1968: DCnm 

1972 

Ingram. Anne G.. Professor of Physical Education 

A 8 Universrty of North Carolina 1944. M A , University of 

Georgia. 1948, EdD Columbia University 1962 

Irwin. Gabriele I.. Assistant Professor of Germanic and Slavic 

Languages 

Artxtur Bavink Gymnasium 1959: MA. Unrverstty of 

Maryland 1965, PhD. 1969 

Irwin. George R.. Visrtmg Professor of Mechanical 

Engmeenng 

A 8 . Knox College 1930: M S University of Illinois 1933: 

Ph D 1 937 

Isaacs. Neil D., Professor of English 
A 8 DartrTHJuth College 1953: A_M University of C^itoma 
Berkeley 1956 PhD Brown University 1959 
Ishee. Sidney. Professor of Agncullural and Resource 
Economics 

B S Mississippi State College 1 950. M S , Pennsylvania Stale 
University 1952. PhD 1957 

Israel, Gerhard W.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineenr>g 
and Meteorotogy 

BS University of Heidelberg. 1962 PhD Technotogische 
Hochschute Aachen 1 965 
Jachowski. Leo A.. Jr.. Professor of Zootogy 
BS University of Michigan, 1941: MS. 1942. ScD The 
Johns Hopkins Universrty, 1953 

Jackson. John W.. Professor of Mechanical Engmeenng 
B S Universrty of Cincinnati 1 934 M Eng , 1 937 M S M E 
California Institute of Technology, 1 940 
Jackson. Stanley B.. Professor of Mathematics 
AS Bates College, 1933: AM. Harvard University 1934 
PhD 1937 

Jacobs. Walter D.. Professor of Govemment and Politics 
BS Columbia University. 1955; MA. 1956. PhD. 1961 
James. Edward F.. Assistant Professor of Er>glish and Secon- 
dary Education 

BA University ot Maryland. 1954: MA 1955: PhD Catholic 
University of Amenca. 1 969 
James. M. Lucia. Professor Curriculum Lab 
A B North Carolina College 1 945 M S Universrty of Illinois 
1949 Ph D University of Connecticut, 1963 
James. Sara L.. Associate Professor of Special Education 
8 A Universiry of Denver 1 946: M A 1 954 Ph D 1 958 
Jamieson. Kathleen, Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic An 

B A . Marquette Universrty 1 967 M A , University of Wiscon- 
sin 1968 PhD, 1972 

Jamieson. Mitchell. Professor of An 
Cen Corcoran School of Art 1940 
Janes. Robert W.. Professor of Socotogy 
AB University of Chicago 1938 MA 1939 PhD Univer- 
sity of tUinois. 1942 

Janicki. Bernard W.. Lecturer in Microbiology 
BA Universrty of Delaware 1953. MA 1955, PhD George 
Washington Universrty 1960 

Jantz. Richard K.. Assistant Professor of Earty Childhood 
Elementary Education 

8 S Indiana Universrty at Fort Wayne. 1 968: M S 1 970 
EdD Ball Slate University 1972 

JaquHh, Richard H.. Professor of Chemistry and Assistant 
Vice-Chanceltor tor Academic Affairs 
B S , Universrty of Massachusetts 1 940 M S 1 942 Ph D 
Michigan State University. 1955 
Janris. Bruce B.. Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B A . Oho Wesleyan University. 1963: Ph O.. University of 
Colorado 1966 

Jashemski. Wilhelmina F.. Professor of History 
A B York College 1 93i AM University of Nebraska 1 933 
Ph D Universrty of Chicago 1942 
Jetlema. Roderick H.. Associate Professor of English 
B A Calvin College 1951: PhD. Universrty of Edinburgh 
1962 



Johnson. Conrad D.. Assistant Professor of Phitosophy 

A B Stanford Universrty. 1 965. A M University of Michigan. 

1966 PhD 1969 

Johnson. Everett R.. Associate Dean and Professor of 

Chemical Engineering 

B A . State Universrty of Iowa. 1937: MA . Han/ard Universrty 

1 940. Ph D , Universrty of Rochester, 1 949 

Johnson. Jenet W., Assistant Professor of Psychotogy 

A 8 George Washington University. 1 951 : MA 1 956 Ph D 

1962 

Johnson. Jerry Wayne. Assistant Professor of Agrorxxny 

A S Abrah^n Baldwin Agricultural Coiege 1 968: 8 S Univer- 



Graduate Faculty / 25 



sity ot Georgia. 1970. MS. Purdue University. 1972. PhD. 
1974 

Johnson. Knowlton W.. Assistant Professor of Criminal 
Justice and Cnminology 

B S . Clemson University. 1 964. MA . Mictligan State Univer- 
sity. 1969; PhD 1971 

Johnson, Martin L.. Assistant Professor of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education 

A A , Friendship Junior College, 1 960. B S . Morris College. 
1962; M Ed . University of Georgia, 1968. Ed D .1971 
Johnson, Raymond L., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B A,. University of Texas. 1963. Ph D . Rice University. 1969 
Johnson. Ronald C, Assistant Professor of Physical 
Education 

BS. Baylor University. 1957: MS. 1958. Ed D . 1970 
Johnson. Roy H.. Professor of Music 
B M.. Eastman School of Music. 1959. M M . 1951 ; D ?vl A 
1961 

Johnson. Warren R.. Professor of Health Education 
B A . University of Denver. 1942; MA . 1946; Ed D . Boston 
University, 1950 

Jolson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Marketing 
B E E , George Washington University, 1949, MB A .University 
of Chicago 1 965. DBA, University of Maryland. 1 969 
Jones, Everett, Associate Professor of Aerospace Engineering 
B A E Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1 965. M A E . 1 960 
Ph D . Stanford University 1 968 
Jones. George F.. Professor ot Germanic and Slavic 
Languages 

A B , Emory University. 1938: M A . Oxford University 1943 
Ph D . Columbia University. 1951 

Jones. G. Stephen, Research Professor Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
A B , Duke University 1952, Navy Certificate, Naval Post 
graduate School, 1955, M S , University of North Carolina, 
1 958 Ph D , University of Cincinnati, 1 960 
Jones, Jack C, Professor ot Entomology 
BS Alabama Polytechnic Institute 1939. M S . 1 947; Ph D . 
Iowa State University, 1950 
Kacser, Claude, Associate Professor of Physics 
B A Oxford University, 1 955. M A . 1 959. Ph D . 1 959 
Kafka. Eric P.. Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per 
sonnel Services 

B A State University of New York at Albany. 1 961 . MA. 
1962. PhD Michigan Slate University. 1968 
Kammeyer. Kenneth C.W.. Professor and Chairman ot 
Sociology 

B A , University ot Northern Iowa. 1953. M A , State University 
of Iowa 1958. PhD , 1960 
Kanal. Laveen N.. Professor of Computer Science 
B S E E University of Washington, 1 951 . M S E E , 1 963, 
Ph D , University of Pennsylvania, 1960 
Kantzes. James G-, Professor of Plant Pathology 
B S , University of Maryland, 1951. MS. 1 954. Ph D . 1 957 
Kapungu, Leonard T., Assistant Professor, of Government 
and Politics 

BSc University College ol Rhodesia 1965 M A, Colorado 
Slate University, 1967, Ph D University of London, 1971 
Kariander, Edward P., Assoaate Professor of Plant Pathology 
B S University ol Vermont 1 960, M S , University ol 
Maryland 1962 PhD 1964 

Karlovltz, Les A., Research Professor Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

B S Yale University, 1959. Ph D , Carnegie Mellon University 
1964 

Kasler, Franz J., Associate Protessor of Chemistry 
PhD University of Vienna 1959 
Kaufman, Stuart 8.. Associate Professor of History 
B A University ol Florida, 1 962. M A . 1 964. Ph D . Emory 
University 1970 

Keeney. Mark. Professor ol Chemistry and Dairy Science 
B S Pennsylvania State University. 1942, M S , Ohio State 
University 194 7, PhD Pennsylvania Stale University, 1 950 
Keleilan, Harry H.. Protessor ol Economics 
B A Hofsira College, 1 962, M A , University ol Wisconsin, 
1965 PhD, 1968 

Kelley. David L.. Protessor ol Physical Education 
A B San Diego State College 1957, M S University ol 
Southern Calilornia, 1958, PhD, 1962 
Kellogg. R. Bruce. Research Protessor. Insitute lor Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
BS Massachusetts Institute ot Technology 1952. MS 
University ol Chicago, 1953; Ph D 1959 
Kelsey. Roger R.. Associate Protessor ol Administration 
Supervision, and Curnculum 

B A , Saint Olal College 1934. M A University ol Minnesota, 
1940 Ed D George Peabody College lor Teachers 1954 
Kenny. Shirley S.. Protessor and Chairman ol English 
BA University ol Texas, 1955, M A , University of Minnesota, 
1957 PhD University ol Chicago 1964 
Kent. George O.. Protessor ot History 
B S , Columbia University, 1 948, MAI 950 Ph D . Oxiord 
University 1958 



Kerley. Ellis R.. Professor and Chairman of Anthropology 
B S . University ol Kentucky. 1 950; MS .University ol 
Michigan. 1956. PhD. 1962 
Kerr. Frank J.. Protessor and Director ot Astronomy 
BS. University ot Melbourne. 1938; MS . 1940. MA. Har- 
vard University, 1951, D Sc, University ol Melbourne. 1962 
Khanna. Raj K.. Associate Prolessor ol Chemistry 
Ph D Indian Institute ol Science. 1 962 
Khoury. Bernard V., Assistant Protessor ol Physics and 
Astronomy 

B S . Lowell Technological Institute. 1965. Ph D . University ol 
Maryland, 1972 

Kidd, Jerry S., Protessor. College of Library and Information 
Services 

B 8 . Illinois Wesleyan University. 1950: M A , Northwestern 
University. 1954; PhD. 1956 

Kim, Hogil, Associate Prolessor of Electrical Engineering and 
Physics 

B S . Seoul National University, 1956: Ph D,. University of Bir- 
mingham, 1964 

Kim, Young S., Associate Professor of Physics 
B S , Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1958. Ph D . Princeton 
University. 1961 

King. A.. Thomas. Assistant Prolessor ol Economics 
A B , Stantord University. 1966. M.Phil.. Yale University. 1969. 
PhD. 1972 

King. Raymond L., Professor of Dairy Science 
A B University of California. Berkeley. 1 955; Ph D , 1 958 
Kinnaird. John W., Associate Professor of English 
B A , University of California, Berkeley. 1 944; MA , Columbia 
Universily 1949, Ph D , 1959 
Kirk. James A., Assistant Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering 

S S E E , Ohio University, 1 967 , M S M E . Massachusetts In- 
stitute ol Technology. 1969. Sc . 1972 
Kirkley, Donald H.. Jr.. Associate Prolessor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B A . University of Maryland. 1 960. M A . 1 962 . Ph D , Ohio 
University. 1967 

Kirwan. William E.. Prolessor of Mathematics 
A B . University ol Kentucky. 1 960; MS . Rutgers University. 

1962, PhD. 1964 

Klank. Richard E.. Associate Prolessor ol Art 
B A Catholic University. 1 962. M F A , 1 964 
Klarman. William L.. Prolessor ol Plant Pathology 
B S . Eastern Illinois University. 1 957; M S . University of 
Illinois, 1960, PhD, 1962 
Kleine. Don W.. Associate Prolessor ol English 
B A , University ol Chicago. 1950; M A , 1953. Ph D . Univer- 
sity of Michigan, 1961 

Kleppner. Adam. Prolessor ol Mathematics 
B S , Yale University, 1 953, M A . University ol Michigan, 
1954, Ph D Harvard University. 1960 
Knefelkamp. L. Lee. Assistant Prolessor ol Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

B A , Macalesler College, 1967, M A . University ol Minnesota, 
1973 PhD. 1974 

Knighl. Robert E.L., Associate Professor ol Economics 
A B . Harvard University. 1948; Ph D-. University ol Calilornia. 
Berkeley. 1958 

Knoche. Walter. Assistant Prolessor of Germanic and Slavic 
Languages 
B A , Marquette University. 1961 ; MA. Ohio State University, 

1963, PhD, 1968 

KobayashI, Takao. Assistant Prolessor ol Mechanical 
Engineering 

B S Nagoya Institute ol Technology, 1966, M S Illinois In 
stitute ol Technology 1969, PhD 1972 
Koch, E. James, Visiting Lecturer in Horiculture 
B S Iowa Slate University, 1947, M S , North Carolina State 
University, 1949 

Kolker, Robert P., Assistant Prolessor ol Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B A Queens College, 1962, M A , Syracuse University. 1964 
Ph D , Columbia University. 1 969 

Koopman, David W.. Research Prolessor. Institute lor Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

B A . Amherst College. 1 957 .MS. University ot Michigan. 
1959. PhD, 1964 

Koopman, Elizabeth Janssen, Assistant Prolessor ol Human 
Development Education 

AB, University ol Michigan, 1960, MA, 1963: PhD. Univer- 
sity ol Maryland 1973 

Korenman. Victor. Associate Prolessor ol Physics 
B A Princeton University. 1958: MA . Harvard University. 
1959. PhD, 1966 

Koury, Enver M., Associate Prolessor ol Government and 
Politics 

B A , George Washington University. 1953: Ph D . Amencan 
University, 1958 

Kraft, Donald H., Assistant Prolessor. School ol Library and 
Inlormation Services 
BS. Purdue University, 1965. MS. 1966. Ph D . 1971 



Krall. Nicholas A,, Protessor of Physics 

BS . University ol Notre Dame. 1954; Ph D . Cornell University. 

1959 

Kramer, Amihud, Protessor ol Horticulture 

B S , University ol Maryland, 1 938, MSI 939: Ph D . 1 942 

Kramer, George F., Professor of Physical Education 

B S . University ol Maryland. 1 953, M A . 1 956. Ph D . 

Louisiana State University, 1967 

Kress, Jerry R., Assistant Protessor ol Philosophy 

B A , Pacilic Lutheran Universily. 1961 ; MA,, University ol 

Michigan, 1962, PhD , 1967 

Krieger, George W., Assistant Prolessor of Counseling and 

Personnel Services 

B A . City College ol New York, 1 961 : MA,. University ol 

Illinois, 1 964. Ph D , Michigan State University. 1 969. 

Krisher. Lawrence C. Associate Prolessor. Institute for 

Molecular Physics 

A B , Syracuse University. 1955; AM, Harvard University. 

1957, PhD. 1959 

Kruegel. David L. Assistant Protessor ol Sociology 

B A . Luther College. 1 960: M A . University of Kentucky. 

1964, PhD. 1968 

Krusberg, Lorin R.. Professor of Plant Pathotogy 

B S , University ol Delaware, 1 954. M S . North Carolina Slate 

College. 1966: PhD. 1959 

Kubota. Tomio. Prolessor ol Mathematics 

B S , Nagoya University. 1952. DSc. 1958 

Kuehl. Philip G., Associate Prolessor ol Marketing 

BBS. Miami University. 1 965. MBA . Ohio State University, 

1967, PhD, 1970 

Kueker, David W.. Assistant Professor ol Mathematics 
A B , University of Calilornia. Los Angeles. 1964; M A . 1966; 
PhD, 1967 

Kuenzel, Wayne J.. Assistant Prolessor ol Poultry Science 
BS, Bucknell University, 1964. MS. 1966; PhD. University 
ol Georgia. 1969 

Kugelman, Alan M.. Associate Prolessor ol Chemical 
Engineenng 

BS Columbia University. 1964. M S . University ol Penn- 
sylvania. 1966. PhD. 1969 
Kuhn. Terry Lee. Assistant Prolessor ol Music 
B S . University ol Oregon. 1963. M M E . 1967; Ph D . Florida 
State University. 1972 

Kumin, Libby, Assistant Prolessor ol Hearing and Speech 
Sciences 



Kundu, Mukul R., Prolessor of Astronomy 

BSc , Calcutta University. 1949; MSc. 1951 : DSc . University 

olParis, 1957 

Kurtz, John J. , Prolessor. Institute For Child Study 

B A . University ol Wisconsin. 1 935; M A . Northwestern 

University. 1940. Ph D . University ol Chicago 1949 

Kyle, David G.. Associate Prolessor. Institute lor Child Study 

B A . University ol Denver. 1 952. M A . 1 953: Ed D , University 

ol Maryland. 1961 

Laffer. Norman C. Prolessor ol Microtjiology 

B S . Allegheny College. 1929. MS . University ol Maine. 

1932; Ph University ol Illinois. 1937 

Lakshmanan. Sitarama. Associate Professor of Chemistry 

BSc . University of Annamalai, 1946. MA. 1949; PhD. 

University ol Maryland, 1954 

Lamone. Rudolph P.. Dean ol the College ol Business and 

Management and Prolessor ol Management Science and 

Statistics 

B S . University ol North Carolina. 1 960. Ph . 1 966 

Lampe. John R., Assistant Prolessor of History 

B A Harvard University, 1 957 . M A . University ol Minnesota. 

1964. PhD University ol Wisconsin. 1971 

Landry, L. Bartholomew, Assistant Prolessor ol Sociology 
A A , St Michaels Seminary. 1 959, B A , 1 961 , B A . Xavier 
University. 1966. PhD, Columbia University. 1971 
Landsberg, Helmut E., Protessor. Institute lor Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics and Director. Meteorology 
Ph D , University ol Frankfurt, 1930 

Lanning, Eldon W., Assistant Prolessor ol Government and 
Politics 

B S , Northwestern University 1960, Ph D . University ol 
Virginia. 1965 

Lapinski, Tadeusz, _ecturer in Arl 
M F A , Academy ol Fine Arts (Poland) 1955 
Larkin, Willard D., Associate Prolessor ol Psychology 
B S University ol Michigan, 1 959 M A , University ol Penn- 
sylvania 1 963 Ph D University ol Illinois 1 967 
Lashinsky, Herbert, Research Prolessor. Institute lor Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
BSc , City College ol New York, 1950: PhD. Columbia 
University. 1961 

Laster, Howard J., Professor and Chairman of Physics 
A B , Harvard University. 1 95 1 . Ph D . Cornell University. 1 957 



26 / Graduate Faculty 



Ljwrence. Richard E.. Associate Professor ol Cou%seling and 
Personne* Services 

B S . MictiiQWi State Umversity 1 955 MAI 957 Pti D 
1965 

Ljwrence, Robert G.. Associate Professor Agricuttural and 
Resource EcorKxnics 

BSc . Universrty of OWahoma 1957 MBA, 1960: Pti D 
Texas A & M University 1970 
L«wson. Lewis A.. Professor of English 
BS. East Tennessee State CoBege. 1957; MA. 1959: PhD 
Univefsrty ol Wisconstn, i 964 
Lay. David C. Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B A Aurora CoHege. 1962 M A Unfversrty of Cahfomia Los 
Angetes 1965 PhD. 1966 

Lay, William Michael, Asststani Professor of Computer 
Soence 

BSE Northwestern Unrversty. 1966. MS.. Otw} State 
University. t968. PnD, 1973 

Laytier. William N.. assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A . Unrversrfy of Michigan, 1 965: Ph D-. University of 
Wisconsin. 1 &7 1 

Laymen, John W., Assistant Professor of Secondafy 
Education and Physics 

B A Park Cotege. 1 955. M S . Temple Unrversrty, 1 962 
EdD Owahoma State University 1970 
Lebreton-Savigny, Monique, Assistant Professor of French 
and Italian 

B A Coli^Dia Union Coitege 1955 Doclorat d'Universite. 
Sortxxme. 1969 

Lee. Chi H.. Associate Professor of Bectncal Engjieenng 
B S . P4atior\aJ Taiwan University. 1 959. M S . Harvard Univer- 
sity, 1962. PhD.. 1968 

Lee, Richard W., Assistant Prof essor of Joixnalism 
B S . University of llinots. 1956. M A . Souttiem IBinois Univer- 
sity. 1 964. Ph D . University of towa. 1 972 
Lee. Young Jack. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
BSE. Seoul Nationat Universfty, 1964: M S , Ohio State 
University. 1972: Pt) D . 1974. 

Leeper, Sarah L., Professor. Earty Chddtx>odand Elementary 

Education 

AB Flooda State CoBege for Women. 1932. M A Flonda 

State University 1947. EdD 1953 

Leete. Burt A.. Associate Professor of Bus*iess Law 

B S Juntata College, 1 962 , MBA . University of Maryland. 

1 964 J D American University. 1 969 

Leffel. Emory C, Professor of Animaf Sctence 

B S Urwersity of Maryland. 1943 MS 1947: PhD 1953 

Lehner, Guy<k> R.. Professor of Mathematics 

B S . Loyoia Umversity. 1 951 : M S . University of Wisconsin. 

1953 PhD, 1958 

Lejins, Peter P.. Professor and Director. Institute of Chminal 
Just»ce and Cnmif>ology 

Ph M . University of Latvia 1930. LLM . 1933: Ph D . Univer- 
sity of Chicago, 1938 

Lembacti, John. Professor of Educatton and Art 
B A Unrversity of Chicago, 1 934 MA Northwestern Univer- 
sity. 1 937: Ed D , Columbia University. 1 946. 
Lemmon, Louise. Associate Professor of Home Ecotkmtocs 
and Secondary Education 

B S . istorthem IbxHS University. 1 945: M S . University of We- 
coosin, 1952: Ed D . University of Illinois. 1961 

Lengermann, Joseph J., Associate Professor of Sociology 
AB Unrversiry 0* r^otre Dame. 1958 MA , 1964. PhD , Cor- 
nel! Unrversity 1969 

Leonard. Mary Margaret. Assistant Professor of Counseling 
and Personnel Services 

B-S . R N , Boston Coiege. 1 968: M A University of Minnesota 
1970: PhD 1974 

Lepper, Henry A., Jr.. Professor of Civil Engir>eering 
B S George Washington University. 1 936: M S . University of 
IBiTKKS. 1 938, D Eng . Yate University 1 947 

Lesher. James H.. Associate Professor of Phitosophy 
B.A . University of Virgtfiia 1 962 : Ph D. University of Roches- 
ter, 1 966 

Lessley.Billy v.. Professor. Agricultural and Resource Ecorx>- 

mics 

B S Unrversity of Arkansas. 1957: MS. 1960: PhD Univer- 
sity of Missoun 1965 

Levine, Marvin J.. Professor Business Organization and 

Administration 

B A , University of Wiscons»> 1952: JD. 1954. MA., 1959. 

PhD 1964 

Levine. Stephen, Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonr>ef Services 

A B. Hunter College. 1967 MSE. 1969 PhD Hofstra Uni- 
versity 1972 

Levine. William S.. Associate Professor ol Electrical Engi- 
neenng 

B S Massachusetts institute of Technology 1 962 M S . 1 965 
PhD, 1969 

Levinson, JohnZ., Professor of PsycfK)*ogy 
8 A. University ol Toronto. 1939: MA.. 1940; PhD 1948 



Levitan. Hert>ert. Associate Professor ot Zoology 
BEE Cornell University, 1962, PhD, 1965 
Levitlne, George, Professor and Cf^irman of Art 
8 A University ol Pans 1938 MA . Boston University 1946 
Ph Harvard University, 1 952 
Leviton. Daniel, Professor o' Heatth Education 
B S George Washington Umvefsrty. 1 953: M S Spnngfiekl 
Coltege 1 956. Ph . University of Maryland. 1 967 
Lewis, John E., Jr., Assistant Professor of Geography 
B A West Chester State College 1 962: M A . Indiana Univer 
sity 1 964 Ph D . University of Illinois. 1 970 
Lleberman, Charles, Assistant Professor of Ecorwmics 
B S Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1 970. A M . Uni- 
versity ol Pennsylvania 1972. PhD 1974 
Liesener. James W., Professor. CoOege of Library and Infor- 
mation Services 

B A , Warttwrg College, 1 955 M A University of Northern 
Indiana. 1 960: AM LS . University of Michigan. 1 962: Ph D . 
1967 

Ligomenides. Panos A., Professor of Electrical Engineering 
Diptoma University of Athens, 1951 :Gr Spec D. 1952. MS, 
Stanford University 1956, Ph D , 1958 
Lin. Hung Chang. Professor of Electncal Engmeenng 
B S , Chiao-Tung University. 1 94 1 : M S E . University ot Mich- 
igan, 1 948 DEE Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn 1 956 
Linder, Harris. J., Associate Professor of Zoology 
B S Long Island University 1 95 1 . M S , CorT>ell University. 
1955 PhD. 1958 

Lindsay. Rao H.. Associate Professor. Foundaborts of Educa- 
tion 

B A. Bngham Young University, 1954:MA. 1958. M A. Uni- 
versity of Michigan. 1 963: Ph D . 1 964 
Link. Conrad B., Professor ol Horticulture 
8 S.Ohio State University, 1933. MS. 1934. PhD 1940 
Linkow, Inring, Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic 
Art 

B A . University of Denver. 1 937; MA . 1 938 
Lipsman, Ronald L.. Professor of Mathematics 
B S , City College of New York. 1964. PhD Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology 1 967 
Liu, Tai-Ping, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B S, National Taiwan University. 1968 M S. Oregon State 
University, 1970 Ph University of Michigan. 1973 
Lockard, J. David. Professor ol Science Teaching and Asso- 
ciate Professor of Botany 

8 S . Pennsylvania State University. 1 951 M Ed . 1 955: Ph D . 
1962 

Locke, Edwin A.. Professor ol Psychology 
B A. Harvard University. 1960: M A. Cornell University. 1962: 
PhD. 1964 

Loeb. Stephen E.. Associate Professor of Accounting 
B S , University of Pennsylvania, 1 96 1 : M B A . University of 
Wisconsin 1963, Ph D . 1970 

Longest, James W. . Professor of Agricultural and Extension 
Education 

8 S. University of Illinois. 1951; MS. 1953. Ph D , Cornell 
University 1957 

Longley, Edward L., Jr., Associate Professor of Art and Edu- 
cation 

B A . Umversity ot Maryland, 1 950. M A Columbia University 
1953 EdD Pennsylvania State University 1967 

Lopez- Escobar. Edgar G., Professor of Mathematics 

B A , University of Cambndge. 1 958. MA . University of Calit- 

omia Berkeley 1961 Ph D , 1965 

Lounsbury, Myron O. , Associate Professor and Chairman of 
American Studies 

B A . Duke University. 1 961 .MA, University of Pennsylvania. 
1962: PhD. 1966 

Loutzenheiser, Roy C, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineer- 
ing 

8 C E Ohio State University 1 966 M S C E . Georgia Insti- 
tute of Technology 1 968. PhD Texas A & M University, 1 972 
Luetkemeyer. Joseph F. , Professor of industrial Education 
B S . Stout State College. 1 953; MS . 1 954 Ed D . University 
of Illinois 1961 

Lukenbilt. Willis Bernard. Assistant Professor of Library and 
Information Services 

A A , Tyler Junior CoHege. 1 959, B S . North Texas State Uni- 
versity 1961: MLS. University ot Oklahoma 1964 PhD. 
Indiar^a University 1972 

Lutwack. Leonard I. . Professor of English 

B A Wesleyan University. 1 939; MA.. 1 940: PhD Ohio State 

University 1950 

Lynagh. Peter M.. Assistant Professor of Business and Manage- 
ment 

8 S . University of Maryland. 1960. MB A . University of Okla- 
homa 1 964. Ph D . Michigan State University. 1 970 
Lynch. James B. . Jr. . Professor of Art 
A B Harvard University. 1941: AM , 1947. PhD., 1960 
MacBain, William. Professor and Chairman. French and Italian 
Language ar»d Literature 
MA. University of Samt Andrews. 1952 PhD. 1955 



MacDonald, William M., Professor of Physics 
BS Unrversity ot Pittsburgh. 1950 PhD Princeton University. 
1955 

Mack. Maynard, Jr. , Associate Professor o' English 
8 A Yale University 1964 PhD, 1969 
MacLeod. Anne S.. Assistant Professor of Library and Informa- 
tion Services 
8 A University of Chicago 1 948. MLS . University of Maryland, 

1966 PhD 1973 

MacOuillan. Anthony M.. Associate Professor of Microbiok>gy 

B S A , University of Bntish Columbia. 1956, MS. 1958: PhD 

University of Wisconsin, 1962 

Macrae. Elizabeth C. Assistant Professor of Ecor>omics 

AB Harvard College 1962. PhD , Massachusetts Institute of 

Technotogy 1969 

Macready. George B.. Assistant Professor of Measurements 

and Statistics 

B A , WiHiamerte University 1 965: M A , University ol Oregon. 

1967 PhD University o( Minnesota 1972 
Madan. DUip B.. Assistant Professor of Economics 

B Comm University ol Bombay. 1 967 , Ph D . University of 
Maryland i972 

Magoon. Thomas M.. Professor of Psyct>ology and Education. 
Director, Counseling Center 

B A . Dartmouth College 1 947: M A., University of Minnesota. 
1951 PhD. 1954 

Magrab. Phyllis R. . Assistant Professor of Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

B A City CoPege of New York. 1 960. M Ed , University of Mary- 
land 1966 PhD. 1969 

Maida. Peter R., Associate Professor of Criminal Justice and 
Criminology 

B A . St Vincent College 1 960 M A . Fordham University 
1 962, Ph D . Pennsylvania State University. 1 969 
Majeska, George P.. Assistant Professor of History 
A 8 . Brooklyn College. 1961 , MA . Indiana University. 1964 
PhD 1968 

Male. George A,. Professor Foundations of Education 
B A University of Michigan 1948, M A 1949 PhD 1952 
Maley. Donald, Professor and Chairman of Industnal Educa- 
tion 

B S . California State College of PennsyNania. 1 943 MS. Uni- 
versity of Maryland 1 947 Ph D 1 949 
Maltese. George J., Professor of Mathematics 
BA Wesleyan Uruversity 1 953 Ph D , Yale University. 1960 
Manning. Charles. Professor of English 
B S , Tufts University 1 929 A M , Harvard University. 1 931 : 
Ph D University of North Carolina 1 950 
Marasco. Richard J.. Associate Professor of Agricultoral and 
Resource Economics 

B S Utah State University. 1965; M S . 1966: Ph D . University 
of California 1970 

Marchelio, Joseph M., Provost. Division of Mathematical and 
Physical Sciences and Engineering and Professor of Chemi- 
cal Engmeenng 

B S University ot Illinois. 1 955; Ph D , Carnegie Institute of 
Technology 1959 

Marcinkowski, M. John, Professor of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing 



Marcus. Robert F. , Assistant Professor of Human Development 

Education 

B A . Montclair State College 1 965: M A New York Univer- 
sity 1 967 Ph D Pennsylvania State Unrversity. 1 973 
Maril, Herman, Professor of Art 
Graduate, The Maryland Institute of Fine Arts. 1 928 
Marion. Jerry B.. Professor of Physics 
B A . Reed College 1 952 MS Rice University. 1 953 Ph D 
1955 

Markley. Nelson G. , Associate Professor of Mathematics and 
Statistics 

B A. Lafayette College. 1962; M A . Yale University 1964; 
PhD 1966 

Marks. Colin H.. Associate Professor of Mechank:al Engineer- 
ing 

8 S . Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1956, MS. 1957. 
Ph D . University of Maryland. 1 965 

Marquardt. Warren W., Associate Professor of Vetenrwry 

Science 

BS University of Minnesota. 1959; DVM. 1961: PhD. 1970 
Marra-Lopez, Jose R.. Professor of Spanish and Portuguese 
B A Nra Sra del Pilar 1 949 M A . University of Madnd 1 959 

Martin. David L.. Associate Professor of Chemistry 
8 S University of Minnesota, 1 963: M S , University ol Wiscon- 
sin 1965 PhD 1968 

Martin, Frederick W. , Assistant Professor of Physics 

A B Princeton University. 1957; M S . Yale University, 1958: 

PhD 1964 

Martin. James G., Professor of Psychok>gy 

B S . Universrty of North Dakota 1 95 1 , M A University of Mm 

nesota. 1 958: Ph D . 1 960 



Graduate Faculty / 27 



MaMjn. J. W., Associate Professor of Counseling and Person* 
nel Services 

BS University of IWIissojn 1951 M Ed 1956 Ed D 1958 
Martin, L., John, Professor of Journalism 
B A , American University of Cairo, 1 947; M A , University of 
(Minnesota, 1951Ph 0,1955 

Martin, Raymond F. . Associate Professor of Philosoptiy 
B A OHIO Stale University, 1962; MA. 1964; PhD . University 
ot Rocriester 1 968 

Marx, George L., Professor and Ctiairman of Counseling and 
Personnel Services 

BA Yankton College 1953, M A , State University of Iowa, 
1 958 Ph D State University of Iowa, 1 959 
Malossian, Mary K., Associate Professor of History 
B A Stanford University, 1 951 M A Amencan University of 
Beirut 1 952 Pti D , Stanford University, 1955 
Matteson, Richard L.. Associate Professor Institute For Ctiild 
Study 

B A , Knox College 1 952 M A , University of Maryland 1955, 
EdD 1962 

Matthews, David L., Researcti Associate Professor, Institute 
tor Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
B S . Queens University, 1 949, Ph D , Princeton University 
1959 

Matthews, Thomas A. , Associate Professor of Astronomy 
B A , University of Toronto, 1 950, MS, Case Institute of Tech- 
nology 195) PhD Harvard University, 1956 

Matticit, Joseph F.. Prolessor ot Dairy Science 

S S Pennsylvania State University, 1 942 , Ph D 1 950 

May, Gordon S.. Assistant Professor of Accounting 
B S B A Witlenberg University 1964 MBA, University ot 
Michigan 1965 Ph D Michigan State University 1 972 
Mayes, Sharon S., Assistant Professor ot Sociology 
B A Michigan Slate University, 1970, M Phil , Vale University 
1972 PhD 1974 

Mayo, Marlene J., Associate Professor of History 
B A Wayne University, 1 954 ; M A , Columbia University, 1 957 
PhD 1961 

Mazzocchi. Paul H., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B S Queens College. 1 96 1 : Ph D , Fordham University, 1 966 
McCall, James P., Assistant Professor of Animal Science 
BS Texas ASI^ University 1966 MS 1969, Ph D , 1972 
McCarrick. Earleen M., Assistant Professor of Government and 
Politics 

B A, Louisiana State University. 1953, MA, 1955, PhD 
Vanderbilt University, 1 964 

McClellan, GeneE., Assistant Professor of Physics 
B S Iowa State University. 1 965; MS . Cornell University. 
1968 PhD 1970 

McClellan, Michael T.. Assistant Professor of Computer 
Science 

B S Marquette University. 1 960, M S . University of Wiscon- 
sin 1962, PhD, 1971 

McClure. L. Morris, Professor of Administration, Supervision 
and Curriculum 

B A Western Michigan University. 1 940; MA. University of 
Michigan , 1 946 , Ed D , Michigan University. 1 953 

McCuaig. Susannah M., Assistant Professor of Early Child- 
hood and Elementary Education 

A B , Colorado College 1959, M Ed . Boston University 1963 
DEd. 1969 

McCuen, Richard H.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineenng 
B S Carnegie-Mellon University. 1 967 ; MS . Georgia Institute 
OfTechnology 1969 PhD 1971 
McCusker, John J., Assistant Professor of History 
B A SI Bernard's College, 1 96 1 M A University of Rochester, 
1963 PhD University of Pittsburgh 1970 
McDonald, Frank B., Professor of Physics 
B S . Duke University. 1 948. M S , University of Minnesota 
1952, PhD, 1955 

McGuire, Martin, Prolessor of Economics 
B A , Oxford University, 1 958 Ph D , Harvard University 1 964 
Mclntire. RogerW.. Professor of Psychology 
B A Nonhwestern University, 1 958; M A , Louisiana Stale 
University 1 960. Ph D 1 962 

Mclntyre, Jennie J, , Associate Professor ot Sociology 
B A . Howard College. 1 960; M S , Flonda State College 1 962 
PhD 1966 

McKenzie, James D., Jr., Associate Professor of Psychology 
BA University ot Buffalo, 1955, PhD, 1961 
McLoone, Eugene P., Associate Professor of Administration, 
Supervision and Curnculum, and Economics 
B A , LaSalle Collage, 1 951 , M S . University of Denver. 1 952. 
Ph D . University of Illinois, 1 961 

McManaway, James v.. Professor of English 

B A , University of Virginia. 1 91 9. M A . 1 920; Ph D . The Johns 

Hopkins University. 1931 

McMullan, Yvonne D.. Assistant Professor of Counseling & 
Personnel Services 

8 A Emory University 1 969. M Ed . Georgia Stale University 
1970 PhD 1973 



McNelly, Theodore H.. Professor of Government and Politics 
BS University of Wisconsin. 1941; MA. 1942; PhD . Colum- 
bia University 1 952 

McWhinnie, Harold J., Lecturer in Applied Design and Crafts 

and Professor of Secondary Education 

B A E , Art Institute of Chicago, 1 953, M F A , University of 

Chicago 1 957 Ed D , Stanford University, 1 965 

Measday, Walter S. , Lecturer of Economics 

A B , College of William and Mary 1 94 1 ; Ph D , Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology 1955 

Medvene, Arnold, Associate Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center 
BS , Temple University. 1959;ME . 1963; EdD, University ot 
Kansas, 1968 

Meeker, Barbara F, , Associate Professor of Sociology 
B A University of Kansas. 1 961 . MA. Stanford University. 
1963 PhD, 1966 

Meersman, Roger L,, Professor ot Speech and Dramatic art 
B A St Ambrose College, 1952; MA. University of Illinois. 
1959 PhD. 1962 

Mehlman, Myron A., Lecturer in Food. Nutrition & Institution 
Administration 

B S City Collegt of New York. 1957; MS. University of 
Illinois, 1 962; Ph D , Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
1964 

Meijer, Marianne S. , Assistant Professor of French and Italian 
Baccalaureat de L Enseignement Secondaire Francais. 1 944 
Candidaats Romaanse Taal— en Litterkrunde Leiden 1 948; 
M A , Catholic University, 1 960, Ph D . 1 972 
Melnick, Daniel, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 
BA University of Wisconsin 1963, MA , 1964. PhD. 1970 

Melnik, Walter L., Professor of Aerospace Engineering 
BS University of Minnesota. 1951. MS. 1953; PhD. 1964 

Meltzer, Richard H., Assistant Prof essor of Psychology 
B A Johns Hopkins University. 1 968, Ph D., University of Cali- 
fornia, San Diego 1971 

Mendetoff , Henry, Professor and Chairman of Spanish and Por- 
tuguese 

B S . City College of New Yortc. 1 936. MS.. 1 939. Ph D . 
Catholic University of America. 1 960 

Mendiville, Miguel, Assistant Prolessor of Library and Infomia- 
tion Services 

B A University of Corpus Christi. 1 970; M A LS . Immaculate 
Heart College, 1 97 1 Ph University of Pittsburgh. 1 974 
Menzer, Robert E. , Professor ol Entomology and Associate 
Dean for Graduate Studies 

B S . University of Pennsylvania. 1 960. M S . University ot Mary- 
land. 1 962 , Ph D University ol Wisconsin, 1 964 
Merkel, James A., Associate Professor of Agncultural Engineer- 
ing 

B S Pennsylvania State University, 1962. M S . Iowa State 
University. 1 965; Ph D . 1 967 
Merrill, Horace S., Professor of History 
B E . Wisconsin State University. 1932; Ph M . University of 
Wisconsin 1933: PhD 1942 
Messersmith, Donald H., Professor of Entomology 
B Ed . University of Toledo. 1 951 , M S . University of Michigan 
1 953, Ph D , Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1 962 
Meyer, Charlton G., Associate Professor ol Music 
8 Mus . Curtis Institute ol Music. 1 952 

Meyer, Paul A., Associate Professor of Economics 
B A , TheJohns Hopkins University, 1961 : MA . Stanford Uni- 
venty, 1963; PhD.. 1966 

Mietus, Walter S.. Associate Prolessor of Industrtal Educa- 
tion 
B S.Chicago Teachers College. 1957. M.Ed. 1959. EdD 

Loyola University 1966 

Migliazza, Ernest, Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
B A Indiana University. 1 963; MAI 968; Ph D , 1 972 

Mikulski, Piotr W., Professor ol Mathematics 

Diploma, Mam School of Planning and Statistics, Warsaw 1951 

Masters, 1 952; Ph D , University of California, 1 962 

Milhollan, Frank, Associate Prolessor, Institute For Child 

Sludy 

B A Colorado College, 1 949, MPS. University ot Colorado. 

1951. PhD University of Nebraska 1966. 

Miller, Catherine M., Associate Professor of Health Education 
B S . Illinois Stale University. 1 956, M A , Colorado State Col- 
lege, 1 959 Ph D , Ohio Stale University, 1 967 
Miller, Douglas R., Visiting Assistant Professor of Entomology 
B S , University of Cafifomia. Davis. 1 964 M S 1 965 Ph D 
1969 

Miller, Gerald flay. Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B S University ol Wisconsin. 1 958; MS . University ol Illinois 
1960; PhD, 1962 

Miller, James R., Prolessor and Chairman of Agronomy 
B S University ol Maryland, 1951, MS, 1953. PhD. 1956 
Miller, Mary R.. Associate Professor of English 
8 A . University of Iowa, 1 94 1 , M A . University of Denver. 
1 959. Ph D . Georgetown University, 1969 



Miller, Paula Jean, Assistant Prolessor of Sociotogy 

B A University of Texas. Austin. 1969. MA.. 1971; Ph.D. 
1974 

Mills, David H. , Professor of Psychotogy and Assistant Direc- 
tor. Counseling Center 

B S Iowa State University, 1 955; M S . 1 957; PhD . Michigan 
State University 1964 

Mills, David L., Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
BSE, Engineenng, University of Michigan. 1 960; BSE . Math- 
ematics.1961 MSE 1962 M S . 1964; PhD . 1964 
Mills, Judson R., Prolessor of Psychok>gy 
BS . University of Wisconsin 1953; PhD . Stanford Univefsity. 
1958 

Minker, Jack, Professor of Computer Science 
B A . Brookfyn College. 1 949 M S . University of Wisconsin. 
1 950; Ph D , University of Pennsylvania 1 959 
Minkiewicz, Vincent J., Associate Professor of Physics 
B S , Villanova University, 1 960; Ph d University of Califomia 
BerVeley 1965 

Mintz, Lawrence E., Associate Professor of Amencan Studies 
B A University of South Carolina, 1 966; MA , Mehigan State 
University 1967; PhD 1969 
Mish, Charles C, Professor of English 
B S University of Pennsytvania. 1 936; MA.. 1 946; Ph D . 
1951 

Misner, Charles W.. Professor ol Physics 
B S University of Notre Dame. 1952; MA. Princeton Univer- 
sity 1954 PhD. 1957 

Mitchell, Robert D., Associate Professor of Geography 
M A University of Glasgow. 1 962; Ph.D.. University of 
Wisconsin 1969 

Mohanty, Sashi B., Professor of Vetehnary Scierree 
B V Sc &A H Bihar University. India. 1 956; M.S.. University of 
Maryland 1961 PhD 1963 
Montgomery, William, Associate Professor of Music 
B M E Cornell College of Iowa, 1 953; MM, Catholic Univer 
sity ol America 1957 PhD, 1972 

Moore, John H., Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B S Carnegie Institute of Techno4ogy, 1 963; M S , Jotins Hop- 
kins University 1965; PhD , 1967 

Moore, John H,, Professor of Agricultural and Resource Eco- 
nomics 

B S Ohio State Unrversily 1 951 ; M S Cornell University 
1955 PhD University of Wisconsin, 1959 
Moore, Michael R., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dram- 
atic Art 

B S Southern Illinois University, 1 966; MS. University of Mis- 
souri 1970 PhD 1973 
Morgan, Delbert, T., Jr., Professor of Botany 
B S Kent State University. 1 940. MA. Columbia University. 
1942 PhD 1948 

Morgan H. Gerthon. Professor and Director. Institute tor Child 
Study 

BA Funnan University. 1940; MA. University of Chicago. 
1943. PhD 1946 

Morse, Douglass H., Associate Prolessor of Zoology 
B S . Bates College. 1 960; M S , University of Michigan. 1 962; 
Ph D , Louisiana State University, 1 965 

Morse, Frederick H, , Associate Prolessor ot Mechanical Engi- 
neenng 

B S . Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1 957 ; MS . Massa- 
chusetts Institute of Technology 1 959 Ph D . Stanford Univer- 
sity. 1 969 

Morion, Eugenes., Assistant Professor of Zootogy 

B S Denison University. 1 962, MS. Yale University. 1 986. 

PhD. 1969 

Morion, John E,. Assistant Professor of Economics 

B A , Yale University, 1 965; MA , University ol Michigan, 1 967 
PhD, 1970 

Moss, Lawrence K,, Professor of Music 
B A University of California Los Angeles, 1 949: MA.. Univer- 
sity of Rochester. 1 95 1 . Ph D . University of Souttiem California 
1957 

Motta, Jerome J., Associate Prolessor of Botany 
B A , San Francisco State College. 1 959; MA. 1 964; Ph . 
University of California. Berkeley. 1 968 
Mucci, Anthony G., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
BA, University of Pennsylvania, 1961, MA. 1964. PhD . Uni- 
versity of Calilomia Irvine 1971 

Mulchi, Charles L., Assistant Professor of Agronomy 

B S . North Carolina State University. 1 964; MS . 1 966; Ph D . 

1970 

Mulinazzl, Thomas E., Assistant Professor of Crnil Engineer- 



Muller, Edward K., Assistant Professor of Geography 

B A . Dartmouth College. 1 965. M S . Unrversily ol Wisconsin. 

1968. PhD 1972 

Munn, Robert J.. Professor of Chemistry 
B S University of Bristol 1957; PhD. 1961 



28 /Graduate Faculty 



Uunno. Frank J. , Professor of Chemrcal Engineering 

B S , Waynesburg College, 1 957, M S . University ol Florida, 

1962, PnD 1964 

Murphy, CharlesD.. Professor of English 

B A University ol Wisconsin, 1 929, M A , Harvard University, 

1 930, Pti D Cornell Uniuersily, 1 940 

Murphy, Thomas J.. Assistant Professor of Chemislry 

B S Fordham University, 1 963, Ph D , Rockefeller University, 

1968 

Murphy. Thomas P., Professor and Director, Urban Studies 

Institute 

B A Queens College 1 952 , fvl A Georgelovnn University, 

1 960, Ph , St Johns University 1 963 

Murray, Ray A., Professor of Agricultural and Resource Eco- 
nomics 

B S , University of Nebraska, 1 934 , fvl A , Cornell University, 

1938: PhD, 1949 

Myers, Ralph D., Professor of Physics 

A B Cornell University 1 934, A tvl , 1 935, Pti D , 1 937 

Myers, Robert Manson. Professor of Englisfi 

8 A , Vanderbilt University, 1 94 1 , M A Columbia University 

1 942; IVI A , Harvard University, 1 943, Ph D , Columbia Univer 

sity, 1948 

Myricks. Noel, Associate Professor ol Family and Community 

Development 

B A , San Francisco State University, 1 965; M S , 1 967. J D , 

Howard University, 1 970; Ed D , American University, 1973 

Nagarsenker. B. N., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

BS,Gu|arat University, 1954, MS, 1956; MS, 1958, MS 

Purdue University, 1 969, Ph D , 1 972 

Nash.AllanN., Professor of Business Administration 

B B A , University of Minnesota, 1957.MBA, 1969. PhD, 

1963 

Natella, Anhur A.. Assistant Professor of Spanish and Porlu 

guese 

B A , Columbia University, 1 963, M A , Syracuse University, 

1965, PhD, 1968 

Needle. Richard H., Assistant Professor of Health Education 

B S . Temple University. 1 964 , M Ed , University of Toledo, 

1 967 Ph D , University ol Maryland, 1973 

Nelson. Clifford L., Professor of Agricultural and Extension 

Education 

B S , Washington State University, 1 957; M S , 1 962. Ph D . 

University ol Minnesota, 1 966 

Nemes. Graclela P.. Professor of Spanish and Portuguese 

B S Tnnity College. 1 942, M A , University of Maryland, 1 946. 

PhD, 1952 

Neri. Umbeno, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

BS University of Chicago. 1961; MS. 1962; PhD. 1966 

Neuman, Ronald H., Assistant Professor of Business and 

Management 

B S , University of Maryland, 1 963, J D . 1 967; L L,M . George- 

tovkin University Law Center. 1 973 

Newby, Hayes A., Professor and Chairman of Speech and Hear- 
ing Sciences 

A B. Ohio Wesleyan University. 1935, MA , University of Iowa. 
1939. PhD. 1947 

Newcomb, Robert W., Professor ol Electncal Engineering 
B S , Purdue University. 1 955; M S . Stanford University. 1 957; 
Ph D . University of California. Berkeley. 1 960 
Newell, Clarence A.. Professor of Administration. Supervision 
and Curnculum 

A B . Hastings College, 1 935, A M , Columbia University, 1 939, 
PhD, 1943 

Newsom. 0. Earl, Professor of Journalism 
B S . Oklahoma State University, 1948, M S J Northwestern 
University, 1 949, Ed D , Oklahoma State University, 1957 
Nickels. William G., Associate Professor ol Marketing 
B S , Ohio Stale University, 1 962 M B A , Western Reserve 
University, 1 966, Ph D , Ohio State University, 1 969 
Nicklason. Fred. Assistant Professor of History 
B S , Gustavus Adolphus College 1 953, M A , University of 
Pennsylvania, 1 955, Ph D , Yale University, 1 967 
Niebur. Douglas P. , Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B S , Iowa Slate University, 1 963, M S , University ol Wisconsin, 
1965 PhD, 1968 

Niese, Henry E.. Associate Professor of Arl 
Cert The Cooper Union, 1 949; Cert , Acade'mie Grande 
Chaumifere, 1 949, B F A Columbia University, 1 955 
Nlles, Lyndrey A.. Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art 
A A , Caribbean Union College, 1 956, B A , Columbia College, 
1 963, M A , University of Maryland, 1 965, Ph D , Temple Univer- 
sity, 1973 

Noll. James W.. Associate Professor and Chairman, Founda- 
tions ol Education 

B A , University of Wisconsin, 1 954; M S , 1 962. Ph D , Univer- 
sity of Chicago, 1 965 

Noonan. Robert Edward. Assistant Professor of Computer 
Science 

A B , Providence College, 1 966, M S , Purdue University, 1 968, 
PhD, 1971 

Nossaman. Audrey, Associate Professor of Music 
B M , Westminster Choir College, 1 947 



O'Connell, Donald W., Professor of Economics and Vice 

President for General Administration 

B A , Columbia University, 1937, MA, 1938, PhD, 1953 

Odell, Stanley Jack. Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B A , University of Kansas, 1 960, M A , University of Illinois, 

1962, PhD, 1967 

O'Gallagher. Joseph J. , Assistant Professor of Physics 

S B . Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1961 . S M , Uni 

versily of Chicago, 1 962 , Ph D , 1 967 

O'Grady, E. Pearse. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi 

neenng 

B S , St Louis University, 1962, MS , University of Arizona, 

1965, PhD, 1969 

O'Haver, Thomas C. Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B S Spring Hill College, 1 963; PhD . University of Florida. 

1968 

O'Leary. Ronald T.. Associate Professor ol Speech and Drama 

tic An 

as. Bowling Green state University, 1960, M A , 1961, MF A 

University of Wisconsin, 1 964, Ph D , 1 966 

Olln, Stephen S.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B S Purdue University. 1 963. Ph . Columbia University. 

1967 

Oliver, James H.. Assistant Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B A . University of Washington 1 959. MAI 962. Ph D . Univer 

sity of Wisconsin. 1 968 

Otson, Alison Gilbert. Professor of History 
B A , University of California, 1 952; MA, 1 953; Ph D , Oxford 
University, 1956 

Olson. Charles E, , Associate Professor of Transportation 
BB A , University of Wisconsin 1964, MA , 1966; PhD , 1968 
Olson. Edwin E.. Professor, College of Library and Information 
Services 

B A , St Olaf College, 1 959, M A , Amencan University 1 961 
PhD, 1966 

Olson. Keith W., Associate Professor ol History 
B A. Stale University of New York. Albany, 1957, MA, 1959 
Ph D , University ol Wisconsin, 1 964 
Olson. Mancur L.. Jr. . Professor of Economics 
B S North Dakota State University. 1 954 , B A . Oxford Univer- 
sity. 1 966, MAI 960, Ph D , Harvard University, 1 960 
Oliver. Frank W. J.. Research Professor. Institute lor Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

B Sc , University of London, 1 945, M So , 1 948, D So , 1 961 
Onder. James J.. Assistant Professor of Speech and Drama- 
tic Art 

B F A , Ohio University, 1962; M S , University of Illinois, 1964, 
Ph D , University of Michigan, 1 969 
Oneda. Sadao. Professor of Physics 
B S , Tohoku University, 1 946, M Sc , 1 948, Ph D , Nagoya 
University, 1953 

O'Neill. Leo W.. Jr., Professor of Early Childhood and Elemen- 
tary Education 

B A University of Chicago, 1 938, M A , University of Kansas, 
1 953, Ed D , University of Colorado, 1 955 
Opik. Ernst. J.. Professor of Astronomy 
Cand Astro , Moscow Imperial University, 1 91 6, D Phil Nat 
National University of Estonia, 1923 
Osborn. John E.. Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B S , University of Minnesota, 1 958, M S , 1 963; Ph D , 1 965 
Osterhouse, Robert A.. Assistant Professor ol Psychology 
B A Whitworth College. 1 964; M A . Ohio State University. 
1968, PhD , 1969 

Otts. Louis E.. Jr.. Professor of Civil Engineering 
B A . East Texas State University. 1933. B S . Texas A4M Univer- 
sity. 1946, MS , 1946 

Owens. William R. . Assistant Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering 

B S , Pennsylvania State University, 1 959; M S . Drexel Insti 
tute ot Technology. 1 964 . Ph D . University of Maryfand. 1970 
Owings. James C. Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B S Dartmouth College. 1 962 Ph D . Cornell University, 1 966 

Paez. Mario D. , Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering 
B S , Instituto Tecnologica de Monterrey. 1 959. M S . Carnegie 
Institute ol Technology, 1 965; Ph D . North Carolina State Uni- 
versity. 1972 

Pal, Shih-I, Research Professor. Institute for Fluid Dynamics and 
Applied Methematics 

B S . National Central University, 1 935; M S , MassachuseHs 
Institute ol Technology, 1 938; Ph D , California Institute of Tech- 
nology, 1 938; Ph D , California Institute of Technology, 1 940 
Paine, Frank T.. Professor of Business Organization and 
Administration 

B S , Syracuse University. 1951; M B.A . 1956; Ph D , Stan- 
ford University 1963 

Panichas. George A. , Professor of English 
B A American International College, 1 951 ; MA . Trinity College. 
1952; Ph D , Nottingham University, 1961 
Parochetti, James V., Associate Professor of Agronomy 
B S , University of Illinois. 1962. M S. Purdue University. 1964; 
PhD. 1967 



Pasch. Alan. Professor ol Philosophy 

B A , University of Michigan. 1 949. M A . New School for 

Social Research, 1 952 , Ph D , Princeton University, 1955 

Rati. JogeshC, Professor of Physics 

B S , Utkal University, 1955, M Sc , Delhi University. 1957; 

Ph D , University ol Maryland 1 960 

Patterson, Glenn W.. Professor of Plant Psysiology 

B S . North Carolina State University. 1 960. M S . University of 

Maryland, 1 963, Ph D , 1 964 

Pavey, Stanley, Associate Professor of Psychology and Coun- 
selor, Counseling Center 

B A , City College of New York. 1952. MS. 1955. PhD. Ohio 

State University 1961 

Pearl, Martin Herbert, Professor ol Mathematics 

B A , Brooklyn College, 1 950, M A , University of Michigan, 

1 95 1 , Ph D , University of Wisconsin, 1 955 

Pease, John, Associate Professor of Sociology 

B S , Western Michigan University, 1 960. MA , Michigan State 

University, 1 963, Ph D , 1 968 

Pechacek, Robert E.. Associate Professor of Physics 

B S , California Institute ol Technology, 1 954, M S , University 

of California Berkeley, 1 963, Ph D . 1 966 

Pegnetter. Richard C. Jr., Assistant Professor of Business 

and Management 

B A . Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 1 966, M Ed , 1 966; 

Ph D , Cornell University, 1971 

Peiczar. Michael J. . Jr. . Professor of Microbiology and Vice 

President for Graduate Studies and Research 

B S . University ol Maryland. 1 936; M S . 1 938, Ph D , Univer- 
sity of Iowa, 1941 

Pembenon, Elizabeth G.. Associate Professor of Art 
B A , Mt Holyoke College, 1961 , M A , Columbia University, 
1964, PhD , 1968 

Pennington. Kenneth D.. Associate Professor of Music 
A B . Friends University. 1 950. B Mus , 1 950, M A , New York 
University, 1953, D Mus , Indiana University, 1961 
Perinbam. B.. Marie. Assistant Professor of History 
B A , London University, 1954. M A . University ol Toronto. 
1959, Ph D , Georgetown University, 1969 
Perkins. Hugh V., Prolessor, Institute For Child Study 
A B , Oberlin College. 1941. AM, University ot Chicago. 
1 946. Ph D . 1 949, Ed D , New York University, 1 956 
Perkins. Moreland, Prolessor of Philosophy 
A B , Harvard University 1 948, A M , 1 949, Ph D , 1 953 
Perloff. Marjorie G.. Professor of English 
A B . Barnard College. 1953; MA. Catholic University of 
America, 1956, PhD, 1965 

Perrin, Donald G.. Professor, Education Technology Center 
B A , University of Southern California, 1960; MA, 1962; 
PhD 1969 

Peters. Robert M.. Associate Professor of Secondary 
Education 

B S , Mankato State College. 1955. MS,. 1958. Ph D . Univer- 
sity of Minnesota. 1965 

Peterson. Frederick M.. Assistant Professor of Economics 
B S . University ot California. 1 964; Ph D . Princeton University. 
1972 

Peterson. William $.. Associate Professor of English 
B A , Walla Walla College, 1961 , M A , University of Wisconsin, 
1962, Ph D , Northwestern University, 1968 
Petrick. Michael J., Assistant Prolessor of Journalism 
BS, University of Wisconsin, 1965, MS, 1967, PhD, 1970 
Plister. Guenter G.. Assistant Professor of German and 
Secondary Education 

B S Bowling Green State University. 1 963; M A Michigan 
State University. 1965. Ph D . University of Kansas, 1970 
PIckard. Hugh B.. Professor of Chemistry 
A B , Haverford College, 1 933; PhD . Northwestern University. 
1938 

Pierce. James Lee. Lecturer in Economics 
B A , University of California, Berkeley, 1969. Ph D . 1964 
Pierce. Sidney K., Jr.. Associate Professor of Zoology 
B Ed , University ol Miami. 1966. Ph D , Florida Slate Univer- 
sity. 1970 

Piper. Don C, Professor of Government and Politics 
B A . University of Maryland. 1 954; M A . 1 958; Ph D . Duke 
University. 1961 

Piper, Harry W., Associate Professor ol Civil Engineering 
BArchE., Catholic University ol America. 1940. MCE. 1961 
Plischke, Elmer, Prolessor ol Government and Politics 
Ph B , Marquette University. 1937. MA. American University. 
1 938. Ph D . Cairk University. 1 943 

Plotkin, Allen, Associate Professor of Aerospace Engineering 
B S . Columbia University. 1 963. MS. 1 964; Ph D , Stanford 



Un 



sily. 



Poffenberger, Paul R., Associate Dean College of 
Agriculture. Acting Chairman. Agricultural and Extension Edu- 
cation, and Professor Agricultural and Resource Economics 
BS, University of Maryland. 1935. MS. 1937; Ph.D. 
American University, 1 953 

Polst, Richard F.. Jr.. Assistant Prolessor of Transportation 
BS,. Pennsylvania State University. 1965: MBA,, University of 
Maryland, 1967: PhD, Pennsylvania State University, 1971 



Graduate Faculty / 29 



Ponnamperuma. Cyril. Professor of Cfiemistry 
B A University of Madras, 1 948: B Sc . BirKbeck College 
Unryersity of London 1959. Ph D , University of Californra. 
Berkeley 1962 

Por12. John, Associate Professor of Engiisfi and Director of 
Honors Program 

B.A . Duke UravefSity, 1937, M A , Harvard University, 1941 , 
PliD, 1957 

Potter. Jane H.. Associate Professor of Zoology 
B S , University of Cnicago 1 942, IVI S , 1 948, Ph D , 1 949 
Powell, Mictiael H.. Assistant Professor of IVIattiematics 
B A . San Jose State College, 1963, IVI A . University of Califor- 
nia. Santa Barbara, 1966 Ph D 1969 
Prange. Gordon. Professor of History 
B A , University of Iowa 1 932. MAI 934: Ph D 1 937 
Prange. Richard E.. Professor of Physics 
M S . University of Chicago 1955: Ph D 1958 
Pralher. Elizabeth. S.. Professor and Chainnan of Food. 
Nutrition and Institution Administration 

B-S.. Auburn University. 1 951 : MS. 1 955: Ph D . lov»a Slate 
University 1963 

Pratt. Ernest P.. Professor of Chemistry 
A B University of Redlands. 1937: M S . Oregon State 
College. 1939. M A . University of Michigan 1941 , Ph D 
1942 

Pugh. Howel G., Professor of Physics 
B A. Catiliodge University. 1955: MA 1961: PhD 1961 
Pugliese. Rudolph E., Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art 
BA. Miami University. 1947. MFA , Catholic University of 
Amehca. 1949: Ph D . Ohio State University. 1961 
Pugsley, James H.. Associate Professor of Electncat 
Engineering 

B A Obenm College. 1 956: M S . University of Illinois. 1 958: 
PhD. 1963 

Pumroy. Donald K.. Professor of Education and Psychology 
B.A . University of Iowa. 1949, M S , University of Wisconsin 
1951: Ph D . University of Washington. 1954 
Purdy. William C, Professor of Chemistry 
B A . Amherst College. 1951 : Ph D . Massachusetts Institute of 
Technotogy. 1 955 

Quails. P. David. Lecturer ol Economics 
B A . University ol Rorida. 1960: MA.. 1961 : Ph D . University 
of California. 1 968 

Rado, George T., Professor of Physics 
SB. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1939: SM . 
1941: PhD 1943 

Ragan, Robert M.. Professor of Civil Engineehng 
B-S. Virginia Military Institute. 1955: MS . Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology 1959. PhD. Cornell University. 1965 

Ranald. Ralph A.. Associate Professor of Government and 
Politics 

B A . University of California. Los Angeles. 1 952: M A . 1 954: 
M A . Pnncelon University. 1 958. Ph D . 1 961 
Rao, T-R-. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering 
BSc . Government Arts College. 1952: DIISc . Indiana Institute 
of Science, 1955: M S E , University of Michigan, 1961 , Ph D , 
1964 

Rappleye. Robert D.. Associate Professor of Botany 
B S . University of Maryland. 1 941 : MS. 1 947. Ph D . 1 949 
Ray. Philip B., Associate Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center 
B A . Antioch College. 1950. M 8 , University of Pennsylvania, 
1955: Ph D , University of Minnesota. 1962 

Razar. Michael J.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
A B Harvard University. 1 965. Ph D . 1 971 
Rearick. William R.. Professor of Art 

B A New York University. 1953. M A . 1958: Ph D . Harvard 
University, 1968 

Rebuck, Ernest C, Assistant Professor of Agncultural 
Engineering 

B S , Penn State Unrversity. 1966; MS.. 1967: PhD . Univer- 
sity of Arizona. 1 972 

Redish. Edward F.. Associate Professor of Physics 
AB , Princeton University. 1963: Ph D . Massachusetts In- 
stitute of Technology. 1 968 
Rees. Colin P.. Assistant Professor of Zoology 
B Sc . Unrversity of Wales. 1 963. Dip Ed . 1 964: M S Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin. 1967 Ph D 1970 

Reeve, E. Wilkins. Professor of Chemistry 

BS . Drexel Institute of Technology. 1936: Ph D , University of 

Wisconsin 1940 

Reeves. Mavis M.. Associate Professor of Government and 

Politics 

B A . West Virginia University, 1942: MA. 1943: PhD. 

University of North Carolina. 1 947 

Regan. Thomas M.. Professor of Chemcal Engineenng 

BS Tulane University 1963. PhD, 1967 

Reichelderler. Charles F.. Associate Professor of En 

fomotogy 

BS St Cloud College. 1961 : MA . University of Washington 

1963: Ph D . University of Calilomia at Riverside 1968 

30 / Graduate Faculty 



Reid. James. Instructor in Art 

B F A . Maryland Institute College of Art. 1 966. M A , University 
of Maryland 1970 

Reinhart. Bruce L.. Professor of Mathematics 
B A . Lehigh University, 1952: M A . Princeton University, 
1954: Ph D, 1956 

Reiser. Martin P.. Professor of Electrical Engineering and 
Physics 

B Sc Johannes Gutenberg Universitat. Mainz. 1957 Ph D 
1960 

Reveal. James L.. Associate Professor of Botany 
B S . Utah State University, 1963, MSI 965: Ph D , Bngham 
Young University 1969 

Revolle. Salty G.. Research Associate in Heanng ana Speech 
Sciences 

BA University of Maryland, 1962, MA , 1965: PhD 1970 
Reynolds. Charles W.. Professor of Horticulture 
A B . University of Alabama. 1 941 . B S . Auburn University 
1 947: MS . 1949: Ph D,. University of Maryland. 1 954 
Reynolds. Michael M.. Professor. School of Library and In- 
formation Services 

A B . Hunter College. 1 950: M S L S . Columbia University. 
1952. M A . Amencan University. 1954: Ph D , University of 
Michigan, 1964 

Rhee. Moon-Jhong. Associate Professor of Electncal 
Engineering 

B S , Seoul National University, 1 958, MSI 960: Ph D The 
Catholic University ol America. 1970 
RheintMldt. Werner C. Research Professor Computer 
Science 

B-S . University of Heidelberg. 1 949. MAI 952, Ph D , 
University of Freiburg. 1 955 

Rhoads. David J., Associate Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services 

B A Temple University. 1 954; M A . 1 958; Ed.D . University ol 
Maryland, 1963 

Ricci, Frederick A., Assistant Professor of Secondary 
Education 

B S . Bryant College, 1 964, Ed M . Boston University, 1 965, 
EdD. 1972 

Richard, Jean-Paul, Associate Professor of Physics 
B es Arts. Universite Laval. 1956. B es S. 1960: Ooclorat de 
Spe'cialite. University of Pans. 1963. Doctrate es Sciences. 
1965 

Ridgway, Whitman H., Assistant Prolessor of History 
A B . Kenyon College. 1963: M A . San Francisco State 
College. 1967: PhD University ol Pennsylvania, 1973 
Ridky. Robert W., Assistant Professor of Secondary 
Education 

BS. State University of New York at Cortland, 1966: M S 
Syracuse University. 1 970; Ph D . 1 973 
Rieger, Charles Joseph, III, Assistant Professor of Compu- 
ter Science 

B S . Purdue University. 1 970. Ph D . Stanford University 
1974 

Risinger, Robert, Professor and Chairman. Secondary 
Education 

B S . Ball State University. 1940: M A . University of Chicago. 
1947. EdD. University of Colorado. 1955 
Rilzer, George, Professor of Sociology 
B A . City College ol New York. 1962 MBA. University of 
Michigan 1964. Ph D . Cornell University, 1968 
Ritzmann, Barbara J., Assistant Professor in Housing and Ap- 
plied Design 

B A . Pennsylvania Slate University. 1 945: MFA George 
Washington University. 1 966 

Rivello, Robert M., Professor of Aerospace Engineenng 
B S , University ol Maryland, 1 943, MSI 948 
Roberson, Bob S., Associate Prolessor of Microbiology 
B A University ol North Carolina. 1 951 . Ph , 1 960 
Rodenhuis, David R., Associate Professor of Meteorology 
B S , University of California, Berkeley, 1959: BS , Pen- 
nsylvania State University. 1960: PhD. University of 
Washington. 1967 

Roderick, Jessie A., Associate Professor. Early Childhood 
and Elementary Education 

B S Wilkes College, 1 956. M A . Columbia University. 1 957 
EdD , Temple University, 1967 

Rogers. Bruce G.. Assistant Professor, Educational Research 
BS, Arizona Slate University. 1961. MA. 1962; PhD. 
Michigan State University, 1968 

Rogolsky. Saul. Associate Professor. Institute For Child Study 
B A . Harvard University, 1948, M A University of 
Chicago, 1953, EdD, Harvard University, 1963 
Rollinson, Carl L. Professor of Chemistry 
B.S.. University ol Michigan. 1933; Ph D . University of Illinois 
1939 

Roos. Philip G.. Associate Professor of Physics 
B A . Ohio Wesleyan University. 1 960; PhD . Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 1 964 
Rose. Harry J. . Visiting Professor of Chemistry 
B S . St Francis College. 1 948. M S . University of Maryland 
1952 



Rose. William K.. Associate Professor of Astronomy 

A B . Columbia University. 1 957 . Ph D . 1 963 

Rosenfeld. Azriel. Research Professor. Computer Science 

B A Yeshiva College. 1 950. MA. Columbia University, 1 951 ; 

PhD , 1957 

Rosenfield. Leonora C, Professor of French and Italian 

B A . Smith College. 1 930: A.M.. Columbia University 1 931 

PhD. 1940 

Roswell, Charles Alfred, Jr., Assistant Professor of 

Geography 

B A . The Johns Hopkins University. 1963. M A , University of 

Maryland, 1969: PhD. 1974 

Roush, Marvin L., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering 

and Physics 

B Sc Ottawa University. 1956. Ph D . University of Maryland 

1964 

Rovner, Philip, Associate Professor of Spanish and Por- 

B A George Washington University. 1948: MA. 1949: Ph D 
University of Maryland. 1958 
flowe, John Carlos, Assistant Professor of English 
B A . The Johns Hopkins University. 1 967. Ph D . State Univer- 
sity of New York. Buffalo. 1971 

Rubin, Roger H., Assistant Professor of Family and Com- 
munity Development 

B A . Brooklyn College of the City University of New York. 
1 965. MS. Pennsylvania Slate University. 1 966: Ph D . 1 970 
Ruchkin , Judith P. , Assistant Professor of Secondary Educa- 

B A Swarthmore College. 1 956. M A , Yale University, 1 957: 

Ed D Columbia University Teachers College, 1 972 

Rundell. Walter. Jr.. Prolessor and Chairman of History 

BS. University ol Texas. 1951, f^ A , Amencan University. 

1955, PhD. 1957 

Russell. John D.. Professor of English 

A B . Colgate University, 1951 M A . University of Washington. 

1 956. Ph D Rutgers University. 1 959 

Rutherford. Charles S.. Assistant Professor of English 

BA, Carlelon College. 1962: MA. Indiana University. 1966 

PhD. 1970 

Ryden. Einar R.. Professor of Agncultural and Extension 

Education 

8 A. Augsburg College. 1929; PhD. Northwestern University. 

1947 

Salamanca. Jack R.. Professor of English 

Diploma. Royal Academy of Dramatic Art, 1952, Lie Deg 

University of London. 1 953. Licentiate. Royal Academy of Music. 

1954 

Sallet. Dirse W.. Associate Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering 

BS. George Washington University. 196'; M.S.. University of 

Kansas, 1 963. Ph D . Technische Hochschule. Stuttgart. 1 966 

Sampugna. Joseph. Associate Professor of Chemistry 

S A University of Connecticut. 1 959. MAI 962: Ph D . 1 968 

Santa Maria. D. Laine. Associate Professor of Physical 

Education 

B A . University of Pennsylvania. 1 954; M Ed , Temple University, 

1 962, Ed D . University of Oregon. 1 968 

Sargent. Stephen Lee. Assistant Professor of Mechanical 
Engineenng 

B S . Arizona State University. 1 964; M S . University of Wiscon- 
sin, 1967, PhD. 1971 

Sather. Jerome O.. Associate Professor of Mathematics 
BS. University of Minnesota. 1957; MS. 1959; PhD. 1963 

Sayre. Clifford L. . Jr. . Professor of Mechanical Engineenng 
BS. Duke University. 1947, MS. Stevens Institute ol 
Technology. 1 950. Ph D . University of Maryland. 1 961 

Schaefer. Helmut H.. Professor of Mathematics 

MA, Leipzig University. 1949; Ph.D.. 1951; Venia legendi. 

1954 

Schaefter. Harry G.. Associate Professor of Aerospace 
Engineering 

B S . University of Washington. 1 958; M S . Anzona State Univer- 
sity. 1 962 . Ph D . Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1967 

Schafer. James A.. Associate Professor of Mathematics 

BS. University of Rochester. 1961. PhD. University of 

Chicago. 1965 

Schafer. William D.. Associate Professor of fvleasurement and 

Statistics 

BA , University of Rochester. 1964. MA. 1965 EdD , 1969 

Schales, Franklin D.. Associate Professor of Horticulture 

B S , Louisiana State University, 1 959. M S , Cornell Universily, 

1962, PhD, 1963 

Scheffler. Wilbert A.. Jr.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical 

BS. Tulane University. 1961; M.S.. 1965. PhD, University of 
Minnesola, 1969 

Schiller. Bradley H.. Assistant Professor of Economics 

BA. University of California. Berkeley. 1965. PhD. Harvard 

University 1969 



Schlsretzki, Walter E., Professor of Philosophy 

AB Monmouth College. 1941: AM. University of Illinois, 1942 

Ph D , Cornell University. 1948 

Schleldt . Wolfgang M . . Professor of Zoology 

Ph D University of Vienna 1 95 1 

Schmidt. Dieter S., Assrstant Professor of Mathematics 

Oipi Technische Hochschule Stuttgart. 1966; Ph D University 

ot Minnesota. 1970 

Schneider. Benjamin. Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A Alfred University 1960, MBA City University of New 

York. 1962 PhD University o( Maryland 1967 

Schneider. David T. . Associate Professor of Mathematics 

8 A Oberl.n College 1959 PhD Massachusetts Institute of 

Technology, 1964 

Schoeck. Richard J.. Professor of English 

MA Princelon University 1949 PhD 1949 

Scholnick. Ellin K.. Professor of Psychology 

BA Vassar College 1958 PhD, University ot Rochester 

1963 

Schonhorn, Manuel, Visiting Professor of English 

8 A Brooklyn College, 1 955; M A . University of Pennsylvania 

1959, PhD 1963 

Schroeder, Wilburn C. Professor of Chemical Engineenng 

B S University of Michigan, 1 930: MS E . 1 931 . Ph D 1 933 

Schuessler. Herman E.. Associate Professor of History 

Theologiae Doctor University of Kiel, 1955 

Schultze. Charles L . , Professor of Economics 

BA Georgetown University. 1948: MA, 1950. PhD, Umver 

siTy of Maryland 1960 

Schumacher. Elisabeth, Assistant Professor of Early Childhood 

and Elementary Education 

BS Newark State College 1942 M Ed Pennsylvania State 

University 1962 Ed 1965 

Schumacher, Thomas. Associate Professor ot Music 

8 Mus Manhattan School of Music, 1 958, M S , Julhard School 

of Music 1962 

Schwartz, Janet S., Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B A , City College of New York 1 952 MS, Cornell University 

1961:PhD 1967 

Schwartz, Yvonne K., Assistant Professor of Art 

BA Radcliffe College. 1958, M.A , University of California, 

Berkeley 1966, PhD 1973 

Scott, Leiand E.. Professor Emeritus of Horticulture 

8 S . University of Kentucky 1 927 M S Michigan State Umver 

sity, 1 929; Ph D University of Maryland 1 943 

Sedlacek, William E., Associate Professor of Counseling and 

Personnel Services and Counselor, Counseling Center 

BS. State University of Iowa 1960; MS, 1961. PhD Kansas 

State University. 1966 

Seefeldt, Carol A.. Assistant Professor of Early Childhood and 

Elementary Education 

BA, University of Wisconsin. 1956, MA, University of South 

Flohda. 1968, Ph D . Flonda State University. 1971 

Segal. Mady Wechsler, Assistant Professor of Sociology 

8 A , Queens College City University of New York 1965. M A 

University of Chicago, 1967, Ph D , 1973 

Seibel, Ronald J., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and Exten- 
sion Education 

BS, University of Illinois. Urbana. 1957 MS. 1958: PhD. 
University of Maryland. 1972 

Seidman. Eric, Associate Professor of Special Education 
B S New York University. 1 947. M A , 1 948; Ph D , University 
of Connecticut 1964 

Seigel, Arnold E., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineenng 
B S . University of Maryland, 1 944; MS , Massachusens Institute 
of Technology 1947, PhD University of Amsterdam 1952 
Sengers. Jan V., Professor of Molecular Physics 
Doclorandus. University of Amsterdam 1 955: Ph D . 1 962 
Serwer. Howard J., Associate Professor of Music 
8 A Yale University. 1 949. MBA. Columbia University, 1 950 
Ph , Yale University. 1969 

Shaffner, ClyneS., Professor of Poultry Science 
BS Michigan State University. 1938; MS, 1940 PhD Purdue 
University 1947 

Shanks, James B. . Professor of Horticulture 
B Sc. Ohio State University 1939; MSc , 1946; PhD , 1949 
Sheaks, O. J. , Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineenng 
BS. North Carolina State College, 1964 Ph D , 1969 
Shearer, Jane K., Professor and Chairman of Housing and Ap- 
plied Design 

B S , University of Tennessee, 1 940 MSI 950, Ph D , Flonda 
State University 1960 

Sherwood, A. Wiley. Professor of Aerospace Engineenng 
ME . Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1 935, M S . University ot 
Maryland, 1943 

Shiflett, John M.. Assistant Professor of Child Study 
8 A. Santa Barbara City College. 1965. MA. University of 
California. 1 967 Ph D . 1 972 

Shreeve, Charles A.. Jr., Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
BE. Jhe Johns Hopkins University. 1935; MS., University of 
Maryland, 1943 



Sigall. Harold. Associate Professor of Psyct>ology 

B S City College of New Yorlt, 1 964; Ph D . University of Texas 
(Auslinl 1968 

Signell. Karl L., Assistant Professor of Music 
B S Julliard School of Music, 1 962. M A Columbia University 
1963 Ph D University of Washington 1973 
Silio, Charles B., Jr., Assistant Professor of Electncai 
Engineenng 

BSEE MSE E UmversityofNotreDame 1967, PhD 1970 
Silverman. Joseph. Professor of Chemical Engineering 
8 A Brooklyn College. 1 944. A M . Columbia University. 1 948. 
PhD 1951 

Simms. Betty H.. Professor and Chairman ol Special Education 
B A , Hams Teachers College. 1947 M A . University of 
Michigan 1 955 Ed O University of Maryland 1962 
Simons. David E.. Associate Professor of Electncai Engineenng 
BS University of Maryland 1949 MS 1951 
Stmonson, S. Christian, III, Assistant Professor of Astronomy 
BS Massachusetts Institute ot Technology 1960 MS Ohto 
State University 1965 PhD 1967 
Singer, Neil M., Associate Professor of Economics 
8 A Harvard University. 1960: MA. Stanford University 1961, 
PhD 1965 

Sisler. Hugh D.. Chairman of Botany and Professor of Plant 
Pathology 

BS Universityof Maryland, 1949: MS, 1951: PhD 1953 
Skolnick. Leonard P., Professor of Chemical Engineenng 
B S University of Rochester, 1 953; M S , New York University 
1955 D Sc , Massachusetts Institute ot Technology 1958 
Stawsky, Zaka t. . Professor ol Physics and Astronomy 
B S , Rensselaer Polytechnic institute 1 933. M S , California In- 
stitute of Technology 1935, PhD. University of Michigan, 
1938 

Small, Eugene B.. Associate Professor of Zoology 
B A Wayne State University 1953, M S 1958, Ph D Univer- 
sity of California at Los Angeles. 1 966 
Smith. Barry P., Associate Professor of Psychology 
BS Pennsylvania State University 1962 MA Bucknell Umver 
sity 1964 PhD University of Massachusetts, 1967 
Smith. Betty F.. Professor and Chairman of Textiles and Con- 
sumer Economics 

BS University of Arkansas. 1951; MS,. University of Ten- 
nessee 1956. PhD. University of Minnesota. 1960: PhD 
1965 

Smith. Elbert B.. Professor ot History 

A B Maryville College, 1 940; A.M.. University of Chicago 1 947 
PhD 1949 

Smith, Elske van Panhuys. Associate Professor ol Astronomy 
BA Harvard University 1950 M A 1951 Ph D . 1955 
Smith. Gayle S. . Associate Professor of English 
Ph B University of Chicago i 946 B S Iowa State University 
1948, MA Cornell University 1951 PhD 1958 
Smith, Harold P., Associate Director of Extension Education 
and Professor of Agnculturai and Resource Economics 
B A Bndgewater College l 943 M S University of Maryland 
1947 PhD, American University 1952 
Smith, Paul, Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B S Drexel University, 1 965, M S , Case Institute of 
Technology 1967, PhD Case Western Reserve University 
1969 

Smith, Theodore G.. Professor of Chemical Engineering 
BES. The Johns Hopkins University, 1956; M.ES. 1958 
DSc Washington University i960 
Snow. George A., Professor ot Physics 

BS College of the City of New York 1945 MA, Pnnceton 
University 1947 Ph . 1 949 

Scares, Jr.. Joseph H., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 
B S University of Maryland, 1 964; M S , 1 966, Ph D.. 1 968 
Soergel, Dagobert. Associate Profesor College of Library 
and Intormation Services 

B S University of Freiburg. 1 960: MS, 1 964: Ph D 1 970 
Solomon. Susan L., Assistant Professor of Business and 
Management 

A B Radchfte College 1962: M S University of California, Los 
Angeles, 1 966 Ph University of California, Berkeley 1 972 
Sommer, Michael H. . Associate Professor of Journalism 
A B University of California Berkeley 1 957. M S . University of 
California Los Angeles 1958, PhD, University of Southern 
California 1969 

Sommer, Sheldon E., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B S City College of New York, 1959: M A.. City University of 
New York 1961 MS Texas A&M University. 1964; Ph D. Pen- 
nsylvania State University 1969 

Sorokin. Constantine A.. Research Professor. Plant Physiotogy 
BA Don Institute 1927 MA Academy of Science. 1936. 
Ph D University of Texas, 1 955 

Sosnowski, Saul. Associate Professor of Spanish and Por- 
tuguese 

A 8 University of Scranton, 1 967; M A . University of Virginia, 
1968, PhD, 1970 

Spain. Ian L.. Professor of Chemical Engineenng 
8S Impenal College of Science, 1961, PhD, 1964 



Spangler. Paul J..Lectufef in Entomotogy 

A 8 Lebanon VaHey College 1949; MS Ono University 

1951 Ph D. University of Missoun 1960 

Sparks, David S.. Professor of History and Dean for Graduate 

Studies 

A 8 Grmneli College 1 944 AM, University of Ch«:ago 1 945 

PhO 1951 

Specter. Gerald, Assistant Professor of Psychology 

BA Harvard University, 1966 PhD, University of Rochester 

197T 

Spiegel. Gabrietle. Assistant Professor of History 
BA Bryn Mawr College 1964 MAT Havard University 
1965 MA The John Hopkins University 1969:PhO 1974 
Spielbichler. Otto, Assistant Professor of Counseling ar>d Per- 
sonnel Services 

BS Slippery Rock State College 1959 MA Colgate Univer- 
sily 1962 PhD Ohio State University 1968 
Spivak. Steven M.. Associate Professor of Textiles and Con 
sumer Economics 

BS Philadelphia College of Textiles »kJ Sciences 1963 MS 
Georgia Institute of Techr>ology, 1965, Ph D University ot Man- 
chester 1967 

Spivey, Clinton, Associate Professor of Business Administration 
BS University ot Illinois 1946: M S 1947, Ph D 1957 
Splaine. John E.. Assistant Professor of Administration Super 
vision and Curriculum 

8 A University of New Hampshire, 1963. MA. 1965, Ed D . 
Boston University 1973 

Spuehler. Henry E.. Research Lecturer of Heanng and Speech 
Sciences 

8S Purdue University. 1953: MS. 1954: PhD 1956 
Stadtman. Earl R., Lecturer m Microbotogy 
BS University of California Berkeley 1942 PhD 1949 
Staley. Stuart W. . Professor of Chemistry 
BA Williams College, 1959: MS. Yale University 1961. PhD 
1963 

Stark. Francis C Jr.. Professor of Horticulture and Provost 
Division of Agnculturai and Life Sciences 
8 S . Oklahoma A&M College 1 940. M S University of Mary- 
land 1941 PhD 1948 

Stalom. Jodellano Johnson. Assistant Professor of Ad- 
mmisiraiion Supervision and Curriculum 
BS Miner Teachers College. 1954 M Ed University o' 
Maryland 1968 AGS 1968 EdD 1972 
Steel. Donald H.. Professor of Physical Education 
8 A Trenton State College 1 955 M A University of Maryland 
1957 PhD Louisiana State University 1964 
Steinberg, Clarence B., Assistant Professor of English 
M A University of Connechcut. 1 957 . Ph D , University of Pen 
nsylvania 1969 

Steinberg. Phillip H. , Associate Professor of Phystcs 
8 S Umversjty of Cincinnati 1 954. Ph D (Northwestern Univer- 
sity 1960 

Steinberg. Richard I.. Assistant Professor of Physics 
BA Swanhmore College. 1963 PhD Yale University 1 969 
Steinhauer. Allen L.. Professor of Entomokagy 
B S University of Manitoba 1953: M S Oregon State CoHege 
1955 Ph D 1958 

Steinman. Robert M.. Professor of Psychology 
DOS St Louis University 1 968: M A New School »or Social 
Research 1962 PhD 1964 
Stellmacher. Karl L.. Professor of Mathematics 
M D University of Goettmgen 1 933: Ph D 1 936 
Stephens, E. Robert, Professor and Chairman of Administration, 
Supervision and Curriculum 

BS Momingside College 1952. MS Drake University 1958. 
Ph D . University ol Iowa 1 966 

Stephenson. Gerard J., Jr.. Associate Professor of Physics 
BS Massachusetts Institute of Technotogy 1959 PhD 1964 
Stern. Herbert J.. Associate Professor of Counseling and Per 
sonnei Services 

B S The Johns Hopkins University 1950. M Ed . 1953 Ed D 
University of Maryland 1 962 
Stern. William L.. Professor of Botany 

BS Rutgers University 1950. M S . University of llI*>ois 1951 
PhD 1954 

Sternberg. Yaron M.. Professor of Civil Engineenng 
B S University of Illinois 1 96 1 ; M S., University of California 
at Davis 1963, PhD 1965 

Sternheim. Charles E.. Associate Professor of Psychok>gy 

8 S Brooklyn College 1961 PhD , Universityof Rochester 

1967 

Stevens. George A., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

BS Virginia Polytechnic InsWute. 1941 PhD University o* 

Maryland. 1957 

Stevenson. John C. Assistant Professor of Botany 

B S.Brooklyn College. 1966 PhD University of North Carohna 

1972 

Stewcrt. G.W.. Associate Professor of Computer Science ar>d 

Applied Mathematics 

A 8 . University of Tennessee 1 962 , Ph D 1 968 



Graduate Faculty / 31 



Stewart, James M., Professor of Chemistry 
BA„ Western Washington College. 1953; PhD, University ol 
Washington, 1958 

Stewart, Kent K., Lecturer in Food, Nutrition and Institution Ad- 
ministration 

B A University ot California. Berkeley. 1 956; Ph,D , Flonda State 
University, 1965 

Stone. Clarence N., Associate Professor of Government and 
Politics, and Director, Urban Research Group, Bureau of Govern- 
mental Research 

A B , University of South Carolina, 1 957; M A , Duke University, 
1960; PhD, 1963 

Stone, Stephen E., Assistant Professor of Health Education 
B S , Lock Haven Slate College, 1 962 , IVI Ed , Easl Stroudsburg 
StateCollege 1969; Ph D , Texas ASfvl University, 1973 
Stougti, Kenneth F-, Associate Professor of Industrial 
Education 

B 8 f\^illersville Stale College, 1 954, fvl Ed , Pennsylvania State 
University, 1 96 1 , Ph , University of f^flaryland, 1 968 
Stowasser. Karl, Associate Professor of History 
Ph D , University ot f^uenster, 1 966 
Strasztieim, Mahton R., Associate Professor of Economics 
B S , Purdue University, 1 961 , Ph D , Harvard University, 1 965 
Strauss. Aaron S., Professor of fvlathematics 
BS, Case Institute of Technology, 1961, IVIS , University of 
Wisconsin, 1 962 , Ph D , 1 964 
Striclding, Edward. Professor of Agronomy 
B S , Ohio State University 1937; PhD, 1949 
StriHIer, Ctiarles 0., Assistant Professor of Electhcal 
Engineering 

BSE, University of IVIichigan. 1 961 ; 1^ S E . 1 963; PhD . 1 972 
Strobell. Adah P., Associate Professor of Recreation 
AB, San Francisco Stale College, 1953, IVI S , University of 
California, Los Angeles, 1 958; Ph D , University of Illinois, 1 966 
Strouse. James C, Assistant Professor of Government and 
Politics 

BA, University ol Maryland. 1966; MA,. 1967; PhD,, University 
of North Carolina, 1970 

Stunkard. Clayton L.. Professor of Measurement and Statistics 
B S , University of Minnesota 1948. MA,. 1951; PhD. 1959 
Stuntz. Calvin F., Professor of Chemistry 
BA University of Buffalo, 1939: PhD, 1947 
Sublett, Henry L., Professor and Chairman of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education 

AB,, Duke University, 1 951 ; M Ed , University of Virginia, 1 953, 
EdD,. 1959 

Sucher, Joseph, Professor of Physics and Astronomy 
BS Brooklyn College, 1952; PhD , Columbia University, 1958 
Sullivan, Dorothy D.. Associate Professor. Early Childhood and 
Elementary Education 

A B, University of Maryland. 1945;EdM. 1960. EdD. 1965 
Sunal, Dennis W. , Assistant Professor of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education 

B S . University of Michigan, 1 964; MAI 970; Ph D , 1 973 
Suppe, Frederick R., Associate Professor of Philosophy 
A B,, University of California, Riverside, 1 962; A M , University of 
Michigan. 1964. PhD, 1967 
Svenonius, Lars S.. Professor of Philosophy 
Fil Kand, Uppsala University. 1950, Fil Mag, 1955, Fil Lie, 
1955; Fil dr, 1960 

Svoboda, Cyril P.. Assistant Professor of Human Development 
Education 

B A , St Columban s Major Seminary, 1 954; B Th . 1 958. B Ph , 
Gregorian University (Rome, Italy), 1959, L Ph , 1960, PhD, 
1 961 , Ph D , University of Wisconsin, 1 973 
Sweet, Daniel, Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics 
BS, Fairleigh Dickinson University, 1965; PhD, Brown Univer- 
sity, 1 969 

Swigger, Ronald T., Assistant Prolessor ol English 
B A , University of New Mexico. 1 963; Ph . Indiana University 
1967 

SyshI, Ryszard, Professor of Mathematics 
B S . University of London. 1954; Ph D , Chelsea College, 1960 
Talf, Charles A., Professor of Business and Management 
BS , University of fowa, 1937; MA. 1941 . Ph D , University of 
Maryland, 1 952 

Talaat, Mostafa E. , Professor of Mechanical Engineering 
B S , University ol Cairo. 1 946. M S,. University of Pennsylvania, 
1947, PhD, 1951 

Tanney, Mary Faith, Assistant Professor of Psychology 
BA . Pennsylvania Slate University. 1 968; MA , Ohio Slate 
University, 1971 , Ph D , 1972 

Tarlca, Ralph, Associate Professor of French and Italian 
B A , Emory University, 1 954; MAI 958; Ph D , Harvard Univer- 
sity, 1 966 

Taylor, Corwin H., Prolessor ol Secondary Education and Music 
B Mus Ed , College ol Music ol Cincinnati, 1 930, M Mus , 1 933, 
B S , University ol Cincinnati, 1932; Ed M, 1935; EdD. 1941 
Taylor, Daimas A., Professor of Psychology and Director ol 
Afro-Amefican Studies Program 

BS. Western Reserve University, 1959; MS,, Howard Univer- 
sity, 1 96 1 Ph D , University ol Delaware, 1 965 



Taylor, Leonard S. , Professor of Electrical Engineering 
A B , Harvard University, 1951 . MS. New Mexico Stale Univer 
sity, 1956, Ph D , 1960 

Taylor. Martin Edward, Assistant Prolessor ol Business and 
Management 

BComm, The University ol Cape Town, South Atnca, 1966; 
MBA, University ol Texas, Austin, 1 970. Ph D , 1 974 
Teiteibaum, Herman 1., Associate Professor of Psychology 
AB. The Johns Hopkins University. 1957, MS, University of 
Washington, 1 959, Ph D , McGill University, 1 962 
Tennyson, Ray A., Associate Professor of Criminology 
BS, Washington State University, 1951, MA 1957, PhD, 
1965 

Terchek, Ronald J., Associate Professor of Government and 
Politics 

B A , University ol Chicago, 1 958, MA , 1 960; PhD , University 
of Maryland, 1965 

Testa, Charles J., Assistant Professor of Information Systems 
Management 

B S , Lalayette College, 1 964, M S , University of California, Los 
Angeles, 1 966. Ph D , 1 969 

Thiebiot, Armand J., Jr., Associate Prolessor ol Business and 
Management 

B S , Princeton University. 1 961 ; M B A . University of Penn- 
sylvania. 1965; PhD. 1969 

Thomas, Owen Pesteli, Prolessor and Chairman. Poultry 
Science 

B Sc . University ol Natal. 1 954; M Sc . 1 962. Ph D , University 
of Maryland, 1966 

Thomas, William L., Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services 

B S , The University of Tennessee, Knoxville, 1 955; MS, 1 965. 
Ph D , Michigan State University, 1 970 
Thompson, Arthur H., Professor of Horticulture 
BS, University of Minnesota, 1941. PhD. University of 
Maryland, 1945 

Thompson, Derek. Associate Prolessor of Geography 
BA, Manchester University, 1960; MA, 1962, PhD, Indiana 
University 1969 

Thompson, James Clinton, Jr., Assistant Professor of 
Recreation 

BA, Mississippi State University, 1967; MS. Colorado State 
University. 1970. PhD, 1974 

Thompson, Owen E. , Associate Prolessor of Meteorology 
B S , University ol Missoun, 1961; MS , 1963, PhD. 1966 
Thorberg, Raymond, Associate Professor of English 
BA. University of Alaska. 1939; MA. University of Chicago, 
1 946, Ph D , Cornell University, 1 954 

TIdman, Derek A., Research Professor, Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
B Sc , London University, 1 952 , Ph D , 1 956 
Tlerney, William F., Associate Professor of Industrial Education 
B S , Central Connecticut Stale College, 1941, M S , Ohio State 
University, 1 949, Ed , University ol Maryland, 1 952 
Titft, Margaret A., Associate Professor of Health Education 
B S . Ohio State University, 1946, M A , Columbia University, 
1 948, Ed D , West Virginia University, 1 969 
Torres, J. L., Associate Professor of Electncal Engineering 
BS, US Naval Academy, 1957, MS, Stanlord University, 
1961, PhD, 1966 

Tosseii, John L. . Assistant Prolessor ol Chemistry 
BS . University ol Chicago. 1966; MA , Harvard University, 
1967:PhD, 1972 
Traver, Paul, Professor of Music 

BMus, Catholic University of Amenca, 1955, M Mus . 1957, 
DMA, Stanford University, 1967 

Tretter, Steven A., Associate Professor of Electncal 
Engineering 

BS. University of Maryland. 1962; MA,. Princeton University 
1964. PhD, 1965 

Trimble, Virginia L., Assistant Prolessor of Astronomy 
B A , University of California, Los Angeles. 1 964. M S , Calilomia 
Inslilule of Technology, 1965, Ph D , 1968, M A , University ol 
Cambridge (Englandl, 1969 
Triveipiece, Aivin W., Prolessor of Physics 
B S , Calilomia Slate Polytechnic College, 1 953, M S , California 
Institute of Technology, 1 955, Ph D , 1 958 

Troth. Eugene W., Prof essor and Chairman of Music 
DePaul University, Illinois Wesleyan University; Ph D , University 
of Michigan, 1958 

True, Neiita, Associate Professor of Music 
B M , University of Michigan, 1 958, M M , 1 960 
Tsui. Chung Y., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineenng 
M E , Hong Kong Technical College. 1 953. M S . Purdue Univer 
Sity. 1959. PhD. 1967 

TulhiM, Dean F., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B S . Cornell University. 1 949; M S,. University of Illinois, 1 954 
PhD, 1958 

Twigg, Bernard A.. Professor and Acting Chairman of Hor- 
ticulture 
BS. University of Maryland. 1952. MS. 1955. PhD. 1959 



Tyler. Bonnie B., Assistant Prolessor. Institute for Child Study 
B A , DePauw. 1948; MA,, Ohio State University. 1949; PhD,. 
1954 

Tyler, Forrest B., Professor of Psychology 
BA, DePauw University, 1948; MA, Ohio State University, 
1950, PhD, 1952 

Tyler, Robert W., Assistant Prolessor ol Physical Education 
A B , Drury College, 1957. M S . Pennsylvania State University. 
1960. PhD, 1969 

Ulmer, Melville J. . Prolessor of Economics 
BS, New York University. 1937. MA, 1938, PhD, Columbia 
University, 1948 

Ulrich, Homer, Professor of Music 
M A , University of Chicago, 1 939 

Urban. Louise McClelland, Associate Prolessor of Music 
BA, College of Wooster, 1957; MA, Columbia Teachers 
College, 1 959, Performance Degree. Akademie der Music, Vien- 
na. 1962 

Vaituzis, Zigfrldas, Assistant Prolessor ol Microbiology 
BA, University ol Connecticut. 1959. MS. University of 
Maryland, 1 965 , Ph D , 1 969 

Vandergrafl, James S., Associate Prolessor ol Computer 
Science 

B S . Stanlord University. 1 959; M S . 1 963; Ph D . University ol 
Maryland. 1 966 

Vandersaii, John H., Prolessor ol Dairy Science 
B S , Ohio Stale University, 1950, MS , 1954, Ph D, 1959 
Vandersiice, Joseph T. . Professor and Chaimnan of Chemistry 
BS. Boston College, 1949, PhD, Massachusetts Institute ol 
Technology, 1 952 

Vender Veiden, Lee R., Assistant Professor of Physical 
Education 

BS University of Wisconsin, 1961, PhD, 1971 
Van Egmond, Peter, Assistant Professor of English 
B A , Mississippi College, 1 959; M A , University ot Mississippi, 
1 961 , Ph D , University of North Carolina 1 966 
Van Vaikenburg, Shirley D., Assistant Prolessor of Botany 
BA, Washington State University, 1948; MS, University ol 
Washington, 1 968, Ph D , 1 970 

Van Zwoil, James A., Prolessor of Education Administration, 
Supervision and Curriculum 

A B , Calvin College, 1933; MA University of M.chigan, 1937; 
PhD, 1942 

Vaughn, ill. Charles Henry, Associate Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B S , Edinboro Stale College, 1961 ; MA,, University ol Denver, 
1962 

Veltch, Fletcher P., Prolessor of Chemistry 
B S , University of Maryland, 1 931 , M S , 1 934, Ph D , 1 936 
Vermeij, Geerat Jacobus, Associate Professor of Zoology 
A B , Princeton University, 1968. Ph M . Yale University. 1970. 
PhD. 1971 

Vernekar, Anandu D., Associate Professor of Meteorology 
B S , University ol Pennsylvania. 1955; BS . 1956, M S , 1959; 
M S , University ol Michigan, 1 963. Ph D . 1 966 
Vesentini, Edoardo, Professor of Mathematics 
Laurea in scienzse matematiche. Universita di Milano. 1950; 
Libera docenza in geometra. Universita di Roma. 1 956, 
Via, James E., Associate Prolessor ol Agricultural and Re- 
source Economics 

BS, North Carolina Stale University at Raleigh. 1952; MS,, 
1964, PhD, 1967 

Viola, Victor E., Jr., Prolessor ol Chemistry 
A B , University ol Kansas, 1*957; Ph D , University ol Calilomia at 
Berkeley, 1961 

Vitzthum, Richard C, Associate Prolessor of English 
B A , Amherst College, 1 957; MAT, Harvard University. 1958; 
Ph D , Stanlord University, 1963 
Veil, Mary J., Assistant Professor of Microbiology 
BA, Ml SI Agnes College, 1955; MS, The Johns Hopkins 
University, 1 961 , Ph D , University of Pennsylvania, 1 964 
Wagner, Thomas CO., Professor of Electrical Engineenng 
BS. Harvard University, 1937, MA, University ol Maryland. 
1939, PhD 1943 

Wakefield, John, Associate Prolessor ol Music 
B M , University of Michigan, 1 963; MM, 1 964, 
Waitiessor, Henry H., Prolessor ol Sec;ondary Education and 
Assistant Dean lor Graduate Studies and Research in Education 
B A . Stale University ol New York at Buflalo. 1 950, M A , Univer- 
sity ol Maryland, 1 960. Ph D , 1 965 
Waidrop, Robarl S., Prolessor of Psychology 
BA, University ol Oklahoma. 1934; PhD. University ol 
Michigan. 1948 

Wall, N. Sanders, Prolessor ol Physics and Astronomy 
BS. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1949. PhD. 
Massachusetts Institute ol Technology, 1954 
Wallace, Stephen J. , Assistant Professor of Physics 
B S Eng , Case Institute of Technology. 1 961 , M S , University of 
Washington, 1 969; Ph D . 1 97 1 

Walston, William H., Jr., Associate Prolessor ol Mechanical 
Engineering 

BME. University ol Delaware. 1959; MME, 1961. PhD,. 
1964 



32 / Graduate Faculty 



Wallers. William B. . Associate Pro'essof ol Oiemistry 

B S Kansas Stale University 1 960 P^ D University ol Illinois 

1964 

Ward. Charles 0.. Associate Prolessor ol Psycholoay 

B A Ponyjna College 1958: M A University ol North Carolina 

1 962 Pn 1 963 

Ward. Kalhryn P.. Associate Prolessor ol Engksh 

A B George VVasnmgton University. 1 935. MA 1 936 Ph D 

1947 

Warner. Charles R.. Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics and 

Statistics 

B A University ol Toronto 1 955 M S University ol Hodiester 

1957 PhD l962 

Warren. J. Benedict. Associate Prolessor ol History 

BA Duns Scotus College 1953 MA University ol Mexico 

1960 PhD 1963 

Wasserman. Paul, Prolessor College of Library and Information 

Services 

BBA City College ol New YorX. 1948; M S LS . Cohjmtiia 

University 1949 MS 1950; PhD University ol Michigan. 

1960 

Weaver. V. Phillips. Prolessor Early Childhood and Elementary 

Education 

AB College ol William and Mary 1951 M Ed Pennsylvania 

State University 1 956 D Ed 1 962 

Weber. Joseph. Prolessor of Physics 

BS US Naval Academy 1940. PhD Catholic University ol 

America 1951 

Wedberg, Desmond P.. Professor and Director of Educational 

Technology Center 

AB University ol Southern California. 1 947 A M , 1 948 Ed D 

1963 

Wedding. Presley A. . Associate Professor of Civil Engineenng 

BS University ol Maryland. 1 937 M S 1952 

Weiganl. Leo A. . Assistant Professor of Engbsh 

AB University ol Michigan 1962 MA. 1963: PhD DuKe 

University 1969 

Weiner. Frederick F.. Assistant Prolessor of Heanng and 

Speech ScierKes 

BA Wayne State University 1967. MA 1968 PhD 1970 

Weiner. Ronald M.. Assistant Professor of Microbiology 
B S Brooklyn College 1 964 M S . Long Island University 
196' PhD Iowa State University 1970 
Weinstein. Paul A.. Associate Professor ol Economics 
BA VVilliam and Mary College, 1954 MA. Northwestern 
University 1958 PhD 1961 

Weiss. Gene S.. Associate Professor of Speech and Dramatic 
Art 

BA Brandeis University 1961 MA New Vor* University 
1965 PhD Ohio State University 1970 

Weiss. Leonard. Professor of Electncal Engineering and in- 
stitute (or Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematcs 
B S Cily University ol New YorX 1 956 M S Columbia Univer 
51- , " 959 Ph D The Johns Hoptans University 1 962 
Wentzel. Donat G.. Prolessor of Astronomy 
B A University of ChK>ago 1954 BS 1955. MS 1956 
PhD I960 

Werlin. Herbert H.. Assistant Prolessor ol Government and 
Politics 

A B University ol Chicago. 1 953: MA. Oxford University 
1955 M A YaleUnrversity. 1957. PhDUnrversity of California 
Berkeley 1966 

Weslbrock. Franklin. Assistant Prolessor ol Counseling and 
Personnel Services and Counselor Counseling Center 
B S Chicago State University 1 961 . M S City College of New 
>o■^ 1964 eoD Indiana University. 1971 
Westerhout. Gart. Professor ol Astronomy 
3S Jn -.ersity of LeOen 1950 MS 1954 PhD 1958 
Westhoff. Dennis C. Assistant Prolessor ol Dairy Science 
BS University of Georgia. 1966. MS. North Carolina Slate 
University 1968 PhD 1970 

Wheatley. John Hunter. Assistant Prolessor ol Agncutlurai and 
Extension Education and Secondary Education 
BA. Duke University. 1963 MAT 1965 PhD Ohio State 
University 1972 

Wheaton. Frederick W., Associate Prolessor ol Agncultural 
Engineenng 

BS . Michigan Stale University 1964: M S . 1965. PhD . Iowa 
Stale University 1968 

Wheeler. Gerald R., Visiting Associate Professor of Cnimnal 
Justice 

BA Long Beach State College. 1962 MSW Ohio State 
University 1 966 Ph D University ol Chicago, 1 974 
Whittemore. E. Reed. Professor ol English 
B A. Yale University 1941 uttD.Cartetoo College. 1971 
Widhelm. William B., Associate Professor of Management 
Science 

B E S The John Hopkins University. 1959; M S E . 1960: M S 
1965 PhD 1969 



Wiedel. Joseph W. . Associate Professor of Geography 
BA University ol Maryland 1958 MA 1963 
Wiggin. Gladys A.. Prolessor of Education 
B S University of M»inesota 1 929. M A 1 939. Ph D Univer 
sity ol Maryland. 1947 
Wiley. Robert C. Prolessor of Horticulture 
BS University of Maryland 1949; MS 1950: PhD Oregon 
State University. 1953 

Wilkenleld. Jonathan, Associate Prolessor ol Govennment and 
Politics 

B S University ol Maryland 1 964 MA George Washington 
University. 1966. Ph D Indiana University, 1969 
Wilkerson. Thomas 0.. Research Prolessor. Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

BS University ol Michigan, 1953 MS. 1954: PhD 1962 
Williams. Da»id L.. Associate Professor of Early Childhood and 
Elementary Education 

B S . Bradley University 1952. M Ed . University of Illinois at Ur- 
bana. 1956. Ed D 1964 
Williams. Walter F. . Professor of Dairy Science 
BS University of Missouri 1951 . M S. 1952: Ph D 1955 
Williams. William H.. Assistant Professor of History 
B A . Washington S Lee University. 1956. M A Duke University. 
1960 PhD 1965 

Wilson. Bruce D., Assistant Prolessor ol Music 
B Mus University of Michigan. 1 960. M Mus 1 964 ; Ph D 
1973 

Wilson, GayleE.. Associate Professor of English 
BA Wayne State University. 1960; MA. University ol 
Rochester 1963 Ph D 1965 

Wilson. John W.. Prolessor ol Early ChiMhood and Elementary 
Education 

BA Bowling Green Stale University. 1951; MA. Syracuse 
University 1953. PhD . 1964 

Wilson. Leda A., Associate Prolessor ol Family and Community 
Development 

B S Lander College. 1 943 M.S.. University of Tennessee. 
1950 EdO 1954 

Wilson. Robert M., Prolessor of Early Childhood and Elemen- 
tary Education 

B S Calilomia State College (Pennsylvania). 1 950. M S . Univer- 
sity ol Pittsburgh 1956. EdD 1960 

Winkelnkemper. Horst E. . Assistant Prolessor of Mathematics 
8 A National University of Mexico. 1 963 MA. Princeton 
University 1965 PhD 1970 

Winn, Paul N.. Jr.. Professor ol Agricultural Engineering 
B S Virgmia Polytechnic Institute. 1 947 , M S . 1 958 
Winlercorn. Eleanor S-, Research Associate of Heanng and 
Speech Sciences 

B A Rockford College 1 956 MS. University ol Wisconsin. 
1 958 Ph D , University ol Maryland, 1 970 
Wirth. Willis W.. Visiting Prolessor of Entomology 
BS Iowa State University. 1940. MS Louisiana Stale Univer- 
sity 1947 PhD University ol California Berkeley. 1 950 
Witczak. Matthew W., Associate Prolessor of Civil Engineer- 
ing 
BSCE Purdue University. 1962:MSCE. 1963. PhD 1969 

Withers. Josephine. Assistant Prolessor ol Art 
B A Oberlin College. 1960. M A. Columbia University. 1965: 
PhD 1971 

Wolfe. James H.. Associate Prolessor ol Government and 
Politics 

B A . Harvard University. 1955. MA University of Con- 
necticut 1958, PhD. University of Maryland 1962 
Wolfe. Peter, Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics and 
Statistics 

B S . St Lawrence University. 1 959. M S . Northwestern 
University 1961 . Ph D . New York University 1965 
Wolk, Stephen, Assistant Prolessor ol Child Study 
B A University ol Pennsylvania 1 966 M A . Glasstwro State 
College 1969 PhD Temple University 1972 
Wolvin, Andrew D.. Associate Prolessor ol Secondary 
Education and Speech and Dramatic Art 

B S University of Nebraska. 1 962 . MA 1 963; Ph D . Purdue 
University 1968 

Wonnacott. Paul. Prolessor ol Economics 
B A University ol Western Ontario 1 955 M A Princeton 
University 1957 PhD 1959 

Woo. Ching-Hung. Prolessor of Physics and Astronomy 
B S Louisiana Technological institute 1 958 MS University 
ol California Berkeley 1959. PhD. 1962 
Woodin. Sarah Ann, Assistant Prolessor ol Zootogy 
8 A Goucher College, 1 967 . Ph D . University ol Washington 
1972 

Wooll. Leonard, Professor of Secondary Education 
B S The Johns Hopkins University. 1942: M Ed University of 
Maryland 1951 EdD 1959 



Wrenn, Jerry P., Assistant Prolessor of Physical Education 
and Secondary Education 

B S East C»olina College 1961 .MS. University ol Ten- 
nessee. 1 963 Ph D University of Maryland 1970 
Wright, Emmett L., Assistant Prolessor ol Agncultural and Ex 
tension Education and Secondary Education 
BS University ol Kansas 1963 MA Wichita State Univer 
sity 1968 Ph D Pennsylvania State University. 1974 
Wright. Howard W., Prolessor ol Accounting 
B So Temple University 1937 M A . University of Iowa 
1940 PhD 1947 

Wright. Winlhrop R.. Assistant Professor of History 
BA Swarthmore College 1958 MA University ol Penn- 
sylvania 1960 PhD 1964 

Wu. Ching-Sheng. Research Prolessor. Institute lor Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 
BS National Taiwan University 1954 MS Virginia 
Polytechnic Institute 1956 Ph D , Pnncelon University 1959 
Wysong. John W., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B S Cornell University 1953, M S University ol Illinois. 
1954 Ph D Cornell University 1957 
Yaney. George L-. Prolessory ol History 
B Mgt E Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1952: M A , Univer- 
sity ol Colorado 1 956 Ph Pnncelon University 1961 
Yang. Grace L-. Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics and 
Statistics 

B A . National Taiwan University. 1960: M A . University ol 
California Berkeley 1963 PhD 1966 
Yang. Jackson C. Prolessor of Mechanical Engineenng 
BS University ol Maryland 1958 MA 1961: PhD 1963 
Yeh. Kwan-Nan. Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con- 
sumer Economics 

B S National Taiwan University. 1 961 ; MS Tulane University 
1965. Ph D , University ol Georgia. 1970 
Yodh. Gaurang B.. Prolessor ol Physics and Astronomy 
B Sc University of Bombay, 1 948. M Sc University of 
Chicago 1951 PhD 1955 

Yoo. Chai H.. Assistant Professor of Civil Engineenng 
B S . Seoul National University 1962. M S . University of 
Maryland 1969 PhD 1971 

Yorke. James Alan. Research Prolessor. Institute for Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

AB Columbia University 1 963 Ph D University of Maryland 
1966 

Young. Bobby G., Prolessor and Chairman of Microbiology 
B A , Southeast Missouri State College. 1950; Ph D . The 
Johns Hopkins University 1965 

Young. Edgar P., Prolessor and Chairman ol Animal Science 
BS Ohio State University 1954. MS. 1956: PhD. 1958 
Zajac. Felix E., III. Associate Professor ol Electncal 
Engineering 

BEE Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 1962: M S Stanford 
University 1965. PhD. 1968 
Zaki. Kawthar A.. Associate Prolessor of Electncal 
Engineenng 

B S Ain-Syams University 1962 M S . University ol California 
Berkeley. 1966. PhD, 1969 

Zaicman. Lawrence Allen. Prolessor of Mathematics 
A B Dartmouth College 1964. Ph D Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology 1968 

Zedek. Michael. Prolessor ol Mathematics and Statistics 
M S Hebrew University ol Jerusalem. 1952. Ph D Hanrard 
University 1956 

Zelkowitz. Marvin, Assistant Prolessor of Computer Science 
B S Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 1967: M S Cornell 
University. 1969 PhD. 1971 
Zipoy, David M. . Associate Professor of Astronomy 
B S University ol Minnesota. 1 954. Ph D . 1 957 
Zoller, William H., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B S University of Alaska. 1965: Ph D Massachusetts Institute 
ol Technology, 1969 

Zorn. BiceSechi. Associate Prolessor ol Physics 
Dottore in Fisica University ol Caglian 1 952 
Zorn. Gus T.. Prolessor ol Physics 

BS Oklahoma State University 1948 MS University ol New 
Mexico 1953 Ph D University ol Padua 1954 
Zuckerman. Benjamin M.. Associate Prolessor ol Astronomy 
B S . Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1963 M S 
1 963. Ph D . Harvard University, 1 968 
Zwanzig. Robert W., Research Professor Institute tor Fluid 
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics 

B S Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1948. M S University of 
Southern Calilomia 1950; Ph Calilomia Institute ol 
Technotogy 1952 



Graduate Faculty / 33 



Graduate Programs 



Administration, 
Supervision and 
Curriculum Program 

Professor and Chairman: Stephens 
Professors: Anderson, Barman, Carbone, 

Dudley, James, McClure, Newell, Perrln. 

Van Zwoll, Wedberg, Wiggin 
Associate Professors: Goldman, Kelsey, 

McLoone,! 
Assistant Professors: Bennett, Splaine, Statom 

l)Ornt appointment with Economics 

Ttie Department of Administration. Supervision 
and Curriculum offers programs of study for the 
t^.A., MEd., Ed.D., and PhD, degrees as well as 
for the Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate. 
Areas of specialization include: administration, 
supervision, curriculum, higher education, and 
educational technology. Programs in all areas 
are individually designed for public or private 
elementary and secondary school specialists, 
personnel in higher education institutions or edu- 
cation agencies. 

The department prefers that candidates 
have preparation and experience in teaching. 

Admission at the doctoral level is based upon 
an academic average of 3 5 at the master's lev- 
el, performance at the 50th percentile or better 
on the Miller Analogies test battery and an un- 
dergraduate average of 3.0 Selective screen- 
ing of qualified applicants at the master's, AGS., 
and doctoral levels is necessary in terms of 
limiting enrollment to the available faculty re- 
sources of the department. 

The department requires at least one year of 
residence for a doctoral degree. A field intern- 
ship or its equivalency, is required of all doctoral 
candidates. This internship is done under faculty 
supervision in schools, colleges or agencies, in 
roles that are consistent with the candidate's 
program emphasis. 

The department has developed close work- 
ing relationships with area schools, community 
colleges and education agencies so that they 
may serve as resources for the academic offer- 
ings on campus. Procedures have been estab- 
lished which facilitate the use of these agencies 
for research and field experiences 

The Educational Technology Center in the 
College of Education is used extensively by 
students in the department, particularly those in 
curriculum 

EDAD 440 Utilization of Educational Media. 

(3) Survey of classroom uses of instructional 
media. Techniques for integrating media into 
instruction. Includes preparation of a unit of 
instruction utilizing professional and teacher 
produced media. 

EDAD 441 Graphic Materials for Instruction. 
(3) Prerequisite, EDAD 440 or consent of in- 
structor. A laboratory course which combines 
graphic and photographic processes for educa- 
tion and training purposes Techniques include 
lettering, coloring, transparencies, illustrations, 
converting, duplicating transparent and opaque 
media Emphasis is placed on appropriate media 
selection for target audiences. Heavy student 
project orientation. 

EDAD 442 Instructional Media Services. (3) 
Prerequisites, teaching experience and EDAD 
440, or equivalent Procedures for coordinating 
instructional media programs; instructional 
materials acquisition Storage, scheduling, dis- 
thbution, production, evaluation and other ser- 

34 / Graduate Programs 



vice responsibilities; instructional materials 
center staff coordination of research, curriculum 
improvement and faculty development programs. 

EDAD 443 Instructional Television 

Utilization. 

(3) Combining televised lessons, on-campus 
seminars, and related workbook assignments 
This course focuses upon planning for the vari- 
ous uses of instructional television with stu- 
dents. State, local school unit, school, and class- 
room uses will be illustrated through film and 
studio production. The aspects of producing ITV 
programs are developed through the television 
lessons and 'hands-on' assignments of the 
seminars. 

EDAD 444 Programmed Instruction. (3) Analy- 
sis of programmed instruction techniques; 
selection, utilization and evaluation of existing 
programs and teaching machines; developing 
learning objectives; writing and validating pro- 
grams. 

EDAD 489 Field Experience in Education. 
(1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours 
in Education at the University of Maryland plus 
such other prerequisites as may be set by the 
major area in which the experience is to be 
taken. Planned field experience may be pro- 
vided for selected students who have had teach- 
ing experience and whose application for such 
field experience has been approved by the 
Education faculty Field experience is offered 
in a given area to both major and nonmajor stu- 
dents. NOTE— the total number of credits which 
a student may earn in EDAD 489, 888 and 889 
is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours 

EDAD 498 Special Problems in Education. 

(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor Avail- 
able only to mature students who have definite 
plans tor individual study of approved problems. 
EDAD 499 Workstiops, Clinics, Institutes. 
(1-6) The maximum number of credits that may 
be earned under this course symbol toward any 
degree is six semester hours; the symbol may 
be used two or more times until six semester 
hours have been reached. The following type of 
educational enterphse may be scheduled under 
this course heading: workshops conducted by 
the College of Education (or developed coop- 
eratively with other colleges and universities) 
and not otherwise covered in the present course 
listing; clinical experiences in pupil-testing cen- 
ters, reading clinics, speech therapy laborator- 
ies, and special education centers; institutes 
developed around specific topics or problems 
and intended for designated groups. 
EDAD 602 Ttie Junior College. (3) 
EDAD 603 Problems in Higher Education. (3) 
EDAD 605 Administrative Foundations. (3) 
EDAD 605 is presented as the first of the four 
courses for students majoring in the field of edu- 
cational administration, supervision, and curricu- 
lum development. It attempts to structure a the- 
oretical and research base for the study and 
practice of administration in the field of educa- 
tion by introducing the student to selected con- 
tributors to administration, and by indicating the 
multi-disciplinary nature of administrative study 
as It relates to purpose-determination, policy- 
definition, and task-accomplishment 

EDAD 606 Administrative Behavior and Or- 
ganizational Management. (3) A critical analy- 
sis of organizational management (informal and 
formal dimensions), an assessment of the contri- 
butions from other fields (traditional and emerg- 
ing) to the study of administrative behavior and 



the governance of organizations, and an analysis 
and assessment of the administrator's motiva- 
tions, perceptions, and sensitivity as determi- 
nants of behavior constitute the major units of 
study for EDAD 606 The theoretical and re- 
search bases for these areas and such related 
concepts as status, role, systems, interpersonal 
relations, and sensitivity training are examined 
EDAD 607 Administrative Processes. (3) 
EDAD 607 is designed to develop competence 
with respect to selected administrative process 
areas It examines efforts to develop theories 
and models in these areas and analyzes re- 
search studies and their implications for adminis- 
trative practice In addition it seeks to develop 
skill in selected process areas through such 
techniques as simulation, role-playing, case 
analysis, and computer-assisted instruction. 
EDAD 608 Administrative Relationships. (3) 
EDAD 608 is structured to provide the student 
of Educational Administration with an under- 
standing of the various groups and subgroups 
to which an administrator relates and to the sig- 
nificance of these relationships for leadership 
behavior It provides an opportunity to examine 
and analyze significant principles, concepts, 
and issues in the areas of personnel adminis- 
tration, public relations, community, state, and 
federal agencies The human relations skills 
essential to effective leadership in these areas 
constitute the other dimension of this course 
EDAD 61 1 The Organization and Administra- 
tion of Secondary Schools. (3) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. The work of the secondary 
school principal Includes topics such as per- 
sonnel problems, school-community relation- 
ships, student activities, schedule making, and 
internal financial accounting. 
EDAD 61 2 School Finance and Business Ad- 
ministration. (3) An introduction to phnciples 
and practices in the administration of the public 
school finance activity. Sources of tax revenue, 
the budget, and the function of finance in the 
educational program are considered 
EDAD 61 4 School Plant Planning. (2-3) An 
orientation course in which the planning of 
school buildings is developed as educational 
designing with reference to problems of site, 
building facilities, and equipment. 
EDAD 616 Public School Supervision. (3) 
The nature and functions of supervision; vahous 
supervisory techniques and procedures; human 
relationship factors; and personal qualities for 
supervision. 

EDAD 617 Administration and Supervision in 
Elementary Schools. (3) Problems in adminis- 
tering elementary schools and improving instruc- 
tion 

EDAD 625 School Public Relations. (3) A 
study of the interrelationship between the com- 
munity and the school Public opinion, propa- 
ganda, and the ways in which vahous specified 
agents and agencies within the school have a 
part in the school public relations program are 
explored 

EDAD 634 The School Curriculum. (2-3) A 
foundations course embracing the curriculum 
as a whole from early childhood through adoles- 
cence, including a review of historical develop- 
ments, an analysis of conditions affecting cur- 
riculum change, an examination of issues in 
curhculum making, and a consideration of cur- 
rent trends in curriculum design. 
EDAD 635 Principles of Curriculum Develop- 
ment. (3) Curriculum Planning, improvement. 



and evaluation in the schools; principles for the 
selection and organization of the content and 
learning experiences; ways of working in class- 
room and school on curriculum improvement. 
EDAD 640 Seminar in Educational Technol- 
ogy, Research and Theory. (3) Prerequisite, 
EDAD 440. Review of research in educational 
technology and mass media of communication 
which relates to the instructional process; learn- 
ing theory implications, sociological and eco- 
nomic considerations. 

EDAD 641 Selection and Evaluation of Instruc- 
tional Media. (3) Development of criteria for 
selection and evaluation of instructional materi- 
als for classroom, school and system use; in- 
cludes measures of readability, listenability, 
visual difficulty, and interest level. 
EDAD 642 Mediated Instructional Systems. 
(3) Prerequisite, EDAD 440 and EDAD 444 
Survey of innovative instructional systems. 
Comparison of effectiveness of alternate teach- 
ing-learning systems. System design to improve 
teaching-learning efficiency through instruc- 
tional media. 

EDAD 644 Practicum in Instructional Systems. 
(2-6) Prerequisite, EDAD 444 or EDAD 642. 
Design and development of experimental in- 
structional materials or systems to solve a spe- 
cific instructional problem in the field. 
EDAD 679 Seminar in Educational Adminis- 
tration and Supervision. (2-4) Prerequisite, 
at least four hours in educational administration 
and supervision or consent of instructor. A stu- 
dent may register for two hours and may take the 
seminar a second time for an additional two 
hours. 

EDAD 718 School Surveys. (2-6) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. Includes study of school 
surveys with emphasis on problems of school 
organization and administration, finance and 
school plant planning. Field work in shcool 
surveys is required. 

EDAD 721 Advanced School Plant Planning. 
(2) EDAD 614 is a prerequisite to this course. 
However, students with necessary background 
may be admitted without completion of EDAD 
614. Emphasis is given to analysis of the edu- 
cational program and planning of physical facili- 
ties to accommodate that program. 
EDAD 723 Practicum in Personnel Relation- 
ships. (2-6) Prerequisite, master's degree or 
consent of instructor. Prerequisite may be 
waived with advisors approval Enrollment 
limited. Designed to help teachers, school 
administrators, and other school staff members 
to learn to function more effectively in 
developing educational policy in group 
situations. Each student in the course is 
required to be working concurrently in the field 
with a group of school staff members or 
citizens on actual school problems. 
EDAD 726 Child Accounting. (2) An inquiry 
into the record keeping activities of the school 
system, including an examination of the marking 
system. 

EDAD 727 Public School Personnel Adminis- 
tration. (3) A comparison of practices with phn- 
ciples governing the satisfaction of school 
personnel needs, including a study of tenure, 
salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and 
other benefits. 

EDAD 750 Organization and Administration of 
Teacher Education. (3) Teacher education 
today— current patterns and significant emerg- 
ing changes, particularly those involving teach- 



ers and schools. Deals with selection, curricu- 
lum, research, accreditation, and institution- 
school relationships. 

EDAD 798 Special Problems In Education. 
(1-6) fvlaster's AGS, or doctoral candidates who 
desire to pursue special research problems 
under the direction of their advisors may register 
for credit under this number, 
EDAD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of six hours 
lor master's thesis. 

EDAD 802 Curriculum in Higher Education. 
(3) An analysis of research in curriculum and of 
conditions affecting curnculum change, with 
examination of issues in curriculum making 
based upon the history of higher education 
curriculum development. 
EDAD 803 Organization and Administration of 
Higher Education. (3) Organization and admin- 
istration of higher education at the local, state, 
and federal levels; and an analysis of adminis- 
trative relationships and functions and their 
effects in curriculum and instruction. 
EDAD 805 College Teaching. (3) Various meth- 
ods of college instruction analyzed in relation 
to the curriculum and psychological basis. These 
would include the case study method, the dem- 
onstration method, the lecture method, the 
recitation method, teaching machines, teaching 
by television, and other teaching aids 
EDAD 806 Seminar in Problems of Higher 
Education. (2) 

EDAD 837 Curriculum Theory and Research. 
(2) 

EDAD 858 Adult Education. (3) 
EDAD 859 Seminar in Adult Education. (3) 
EDAD 879 Seminar in Teacher Education. 
(3-6) A problem seminar in teacher education. A 
maximum of six hours may be earned in this 
course. 

EDAD 888 Apprenticeship in Education. (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose application 
for an apprenticeship has been approved by the 
education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned 
to work for at least a semester full-time or the 
equivalent with an approphate staff member of 
a cooperating school, school system, or educa- 
tional institution or agency. The sponsor of the 
apprentice maintains a close working relation- 
ship with the apprentice and the other persons 
involved. Prerequisites, teaching expenence, a 
master's degree in education, and at least six 
semester hours in education at the University of 
Maryland. NOTE: The total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDAD 489, 888, 
and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) 
semester hours. 

EDAD 889 Internship in Education. (3-16) 
Internships in the major area of study are avail- 
able to selected students who have teaching ex- 
perience. The following groups of students are 
eligible: (a) any student who has been advanced 
to candidacy for the doctor's degree; and (b) any 
student who receives special approval by the 
education faculty for an internship, provided that 
prior to taking an internship, such student shall 
have completed at least 60 semester hours of 
graduate work, including at least six semester 
hours in education of the University of IVIary- 
land. Each intern is assigned to work on a full- 
time basis for at least a semester with an 
appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution 
or agency. The internship must be taken in a 



school situation different from the one where the 
student is regularly employed. The intern's 
sponsor maintains a close working relationship 
with the intern and the other persons involved 
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu- 
dent may earn in EDAD 489. 888 and 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours 

EDAD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 6-9 
hours for an Ed.D project and 12-18 hours for a 
Ph D dissertation 



Aerospace Engineering 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Anderson 
Professors: Corning, (VIelnik, Rivello, Sherwood 
Associate Professors: Donaldson, Jones, 

Plotkin. Schaeffer 
Assistant Professors: Barlow 
Lecturers: Billig, Fleig 

The Aerospace Engineering Department 
offers a broad program of graduate studies lead- 
ing to the degrees of Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy, Applications for ad- 
mission are invited from those holding a B.S. 
degree in engineering, the physical sciences, 
and mathematics. The curricula for these 
degrees are adapted to meet the objectives 
and background of the individual student and 
are planned by the student and his advisor. 
Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Structural 
Mechanics, and Flight Dynamics are the major 
areas of specialization available to graduate 
students. Within these areas of specialization, 
the student can tailor programs such as Air- 
craft and Aerospace Vehicle Design, Naval Ar- 
chitecture, Computational Mechanics, and High 
Temperature Gas Dynamics 

Two master's degree options are available: 
thesis and non-thesis No special departmental 
requirements are imposed beyond The Graduate 
School requirements. 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the 
Aerospace Engineering Department requires 48 
semester hours of coursework beyond the B.S. 
including (1 ) not less than 1 8 hours within one 
departmental area of specialization, (2) not less 
than 9 hours from among the other areas of spe- 
cialization in the department, (3) not less than 1 2 
hours in courses which emphasize the physical 
sciences or mathematics rather than their appli- 
cations. The total in (2) plus that in (3) must be at 
least 24 hours of which no more than 6 are less 
than 600 level. Written and oral comprehensive 
examinations are also required. 

The research facilities of the department 
are available to the graduate student. The aero- 
dynamic facilities include two subsonic, two 
supersonic, and a hypersonic wind tunnel. Facil- 
ities are also available for static and vibration 
testing of structures An assortment of compu- 
ters including a Univac 1 1 06 and a Univac 1 1 08 
complemented by remote access units on a 
time-sharing basis are available. The Department 
provides special facilities for the use of students 
which include remote terminals and minicompu- 
ters. Under special circumstances, thesis re- 
search may be accomplished in off-campus 
research facilities. 

A number of graduate assistantships and fel- 
lowships are available for financial assistance. 



Graduate Programs / 35i/ 



ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II. (2) One 

lecture and one laboratory per week Prerequi- 
sites. ENAE 305 and ENAR 345 Corequisites, 
ENAE 352 and ENAE 471 . Required of seniors 
in aerospace engineering Application of funda- 
mental measurement techniques to experiments 
in aerospace engineenng Structural, aero- 
dynamic, and propulsion tests Correlation of 
theory with experimental results 
ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III. (1 ) One 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites. ENAE 305 
and ENAE 345 Corequisites ENAE 352. ENAE 
471 . and ENAE 475 Application of fundamental 
measurement techniques to experiments m 
aerospace engineenng. structural, aerodynamic, 
flight Simulation, and heat transfer tests. Corre- 
lation of theory with experimental results 
ENAE 411 Aircraft Design. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week prerequi- 
sites ENAE 345. ENAE 351 and ENAE 371 
Design elective for seniors in aerospace engi- 
neering Theory, background and methods of 
airplane design, subsonic, supersonic and 
VSTOL 

ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week 
Prerequisites. ENAE 345 and ENAE 371 De- 
sign elective for seniors in aerospace engineer- 
ing Theory, background and methods of space 
vehicle design for manned orbiting vehicles, 
manned lunar and Martian landing systems. 

ENAE 431 Computer Aided Structural Design 
Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
per week Prerequisites. ENAE 352 or equiva- 
lent Introduction to structural design concepts, 
analysis techniques, and computer software for 
structural analysis which is utilized to verify 
closed form solutions and perform parametric 
studies 

ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace 
Vehicles. (3) Three lectures per week Pre- 
requisite. EN AE 345 and EN AE 37 1 Dynamic 
elective for senior students in aerospace engi- 
neenng Stability, control and miscellaneous 
topics in dynamics. 

ENAE 455 Aircraft Vibrations. (3) Three lec- 
tures per week. Prerequisite. ENAE 345 Co- 
requisite. ENAE 352 Dynamic elective for sen- 
ior students in aerospace engineering Vibra- 
tions and other dynamic problems occurring in 
aerospace structures Study topics include free 
and forced vibrations of single and multiple de- 
gree of freedom systems, and of continuous 
systems 

ENAE 457 Flight Structures III. (3) Three lec- 
tures each week Prerequisite. ENAE 352 or 
equivalent Elective for seniors in aerospace 
engineenng An advanced undergraduate 
course dealing with the theory and analysis of 
the structures of flight vehicles Topics will 
include, stresses due to shear, indeterminate 
structures, matrix methods, plate theory, buck- 
ling and failure of plates 

ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory per week prerequisites. 
ENME 2 1 5 and ENAE 47 1 Required of seniors 
in aerospace engineering Operating principles 
of piston, turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and rocket 
engines Thenmodynamic cycle analysis and en- 
gine performance Aerothermochemistry of 
combustion, fuels, and propellants. 

ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory per week Prerequisite. 
ENAE 461 Elective for seniors in aerospace 

36 / Graduate Programs 



engineering Extension of material in ENAE 461 
Advanced and current topics in flight propulsion. 
ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II. (3) Three lectures 
per week. Prerequisite. ENAE 371 and ENME 
216 Required of seniors in aerospace engineer- 
ing Elements of compressible flow with appli- 
cations to aerospace engineering problems 
ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III. (3) Three lectures 
per week Prerequisite. ENAE 371 . Elective for 
seniors in aerospace engineering Theory of the 
flow of an incompressible fluid 
ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed 
Flight. (3) Three lectures per week Prerequi- 
site. ENAE 372 or equivalent. Elective course 
for seniors in aerospace engineenng An ad- 
vanced course dealing with aerodynamic prob- 
lems of flight at supersonic and hypersonic 
velocities Topics will include unified hypersonic 
and supersonic small disturbance theories, 
real gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass 
transfer with applications to hypersonic flight 
and re entry 

ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic 
Heating. (3) Three lectures per week Prerequi- 
sites. ENAE 371 . ENAE 471 , and ENME 216 
Required course for aerospace seniors Funda- 
mental aspects of viscous flow. Navier-Stoles 
equations, similarity, boundary layer equations, 
laminar, transitional and turbulent incompressi- 
ble flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and 
convective heat transfer Conduction through 
solids Introduction to radiative heat transfer. 
ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering. 
(1-4) Technical elective taken with the permis- 
sion of the student's advisor and instructor 
Lecture and conference courses designed to 
extend the student's understanding of aero- 
space engineenng Current topics are empha- 
sized 

ENAE 499 Elective Research. (1 -3) May be re- 
peated to a maximum of three credits. Elective 
for seniors in aerospace engineering with per- 
mission of the student's advisor and the instruc- 
tor Original research projects terminating in a 
written report 

ENAE 651 Advanced Flight Structures. (3) 

Prerequisites. MATH 246 and ENAE 361 , 352 
or permission of the instructor Advanced topics 
in structural theory with applications to flight 
vehicle structures Energy and matrix methods, 
plate theory, instability and failure of columns, 
plates, and stiffened panels: and introduction to 
shell theory 

ENAE 652 Advanced Flight Structures. (3) 
Prerequisites. MATH 246 and ENAE 351 . 352 
or permission of the instructor Advanced topics 
in structural theory with applications to flight 
vehicle structures Energy and matrix methods. 
plate theory, instability and failure of columns, 
plates, and stiffened panels: and introduction to 
shell theory, 

ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics and Aero- 
elasticity. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 246 and 
ENAE 352 Generalized coordinates and 
LaGrange's equations Vibrations of simple sys- 
tems Dynamics of elastically connected 
masses. Influence coefficients. Mode shapes 
and principal oscillations Matrix methods of 
structural response Transient stresses in an 
elastic structure. Wing divergence and aileron 
reversal. Theory of two dimensional oscillating 
airfoil Flutter problems Random vibrations. 
ENAE 656 Structural Dynamics and Aero- 
elasticity. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 246 and 
ENAE 352 Generalized coordinates and 



LaGrange's equations, vibrations of simple sys- 
tems, dynamics of elastically connected masses, 
influence coefficients, mode shapes and prin- 
cipal oscillations. Matrix methods of structural 
response, transient stresses in an elastic struc- 
ture, wing divergence and aileron reversal. The- 
ory of two dimensional oscillating airfoil, flutter 
problems, random vibrations. 

ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion. (3) Prerequi- 
sites. ENAE 461 . 462 Special problems of 
thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power 
plants: jet. rocket and ramjet engines Plasma, 
ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles 
ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion. (3) Prerequi- 
sites. ENAE 461 . 462 Special problems of ther- 
modynamics and dynamics of aircraft power 
plants: jet. rocket and ramjet engines Plasma, 
ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles 
ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressible 
Fluids. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 463 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Fundamental equations in 
fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion Circulation 
theory of lift. Thin Airfoil Theory. Lifting line the- 
ory. Wind tunnel corrections. Perturbation 
methods 

ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressible 
Fluids. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 463 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Fundamental equations in 
fluid mechanics Irrotational motion Circulation 
theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory Lifting line the- 
ory Wind tunnel corrections Perturbation 
methods, 

ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible 
Fluids. (3) Prerequisite. ENAE 372 or permis- 
sion of instructor One dimensional flow of a 
perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Two- 
dimensional lineanzed theory of compressible 
flow Two-dimensional transonic and hypersonic 
flows Exact solutions of two dimensional iso- 
tropic flow Linearized theory of three-dimen- 
sional potential flow Exact solut.on of axially 
symmetrical potential flow. One-dimensional 
flow with fnction and heat addition, 
ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible 
Fluids. (3) Prerequisite, ENAE 372 or permis- 
sion of instructor One dimensional flow of a 
perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Two- 
dimensional linearized theory of compressible 
flow Two-dimensional transonic and hyper- 
sonic flows Exact solutions of two dimensional 
isotropic flow Linearized theory of three-dimen- 
sional potential flow. Exact solution of axially 
symmetrical potential flow One-dimensional flow 
with friction and heat addition. 
ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids. 
(3) Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some 
exact solutions; boundary layer equations, 
laminar flow-similar solutions, compressibility, 
transformations, analytic approximations, nu- 
merical methods, stability and transition of tur- 
bulent flow Turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence, 
boundary layer flows, free mixing flows. 
ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids. 
(3) Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some 
exact solutions boundary layer equations, 
laminar flow-similar solutions, compressibility, 
transformations, analytic approximations, nu- 
merical methods, stability and transition to tur- 
bulent flow, turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence, 
boundary layer flows, free mixing flows 
ENAE688 Seminar. (1-16) 
ENAE 756 Advanced Structural Dynamics I. 
(3) Advanced topics in structural dynamics 
analysis: dynamic properties of materials, impact 
and contact phenomena, wave propagation. 



numerical methods for complex structural sys- 
tems, analysis for wind and blast loads, penetra- 
tion loads, and earthquake, non-linear systems, 
random vibrations and structural failure from 
random loads 

ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics II. 
(3) Advanced topics in structural dynamics anal- 
ysis: dynamic properties of materials, impact and 
contact phenomena, wave propagation, numer- 
ical methods for complex structural systems, 
analysis for wind and blast loads, penetration 
loads, and earthquake, non-linear systems, 
random vibrations and structural failure from ran- 
dom loads. 

ENAE 776 Heat Transfer Problems Associated 
With High Velocity Flight. (3) Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. Heat conduction in 
solids and thermal radiation of solids and gases 
Analytic solutions to simple problems and nu- 
merical methods for solving complicated prob- 
lems. Convective heating associated with lami- 
nar and turbulent boundary-layer flow Heat 
transfer equations are derived frot he plate case 
and for selected body shapes such as cones 
and hemispheres Real gas effects on convec- 
tive heating are examined. 
ENAE 777 Heat Transfer Problems Associated 
With High Velocity Flight. (3) Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. Heat conduction in 
solids and thermal radiation of solids and gases 
Analytic solutions to simple problems and nu- 
merical methods for solving complicated prob- 
lems. Convective heating associated with lami- 
nar and turbulent boundary-layer flow Heat 
transfer equations are derived for the plate case 
and for selected body shapes such as cones 
and hemispheres Real gas effects on convec- 
tive heating are examined. 
ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace 
Engineering. (3) 

ENAE 789 Selected Topics in Aerospace 
Engineering. (3) 

ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Agricultural and 
Extension Education 
Program 

Acting Chairman: Poffenberger 
Professors: Longest. Nelson. Ryden 
Assistant Professors: Seibel, Wheatley, 
Wright 

As a multidisciplinary department of several 
educational and social science specialities, the 
Department of Agricultural and Extension Educa- 
tion services the academic and continuing edu- 
cation needs and interests of the Cooperative 
Extension Service, teachers of agriculture and 
professionals involved in community develop- 
ment. 

The (faster of Science and Doctor of Phil- 
osophy degree and the Advanced Graduate 
Specialist Certificate may be obtained in options 
in Agricultural Education, Extension and Con- 
tinuing Education, and Community Development. 
Specialization options in Agricultural Education 
include teacher education, research, and admin- 
istration and supervision. Specialization options 
under Extension and Continuing Education 



include personnel development, program devel- 
opment, administration and supervision, and 
continuing education. The multidisciplinary 
Community Development program specialties 
include various social science disciplines with 
research, teaching, and extension functions, 
human and organizational planning and 
development; and public affairs education an 
optional emphasis. 

In the Master of Science degree programs 
both thesis and non-thesis options are avail- 
able Applicants for the fvlaster of Science pro- 
gram must present transcripts for evaluation. 

As a continuing education option the depart- 
ment offers the A.G.S. program leading to the 
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate It 
requires 30 credits beyond the master's de- 
gree 

No specific number of credits is required for 
the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Each student's 
program is planned by his committee according 
to his previous education and experience, spe- 
cial interests and needs, and professional plans 
No foreign language requirement exists but is 
optional and encouraged for those interested in 
international development areas Students are 
usually encouraged to develop additional re- 
search techniques through specific courses and 
participation in department research programs. 
Two consecutive semesters of full-time resident 
study are required. Applicants should present 
results of the Graduate Education Test Battery 
(IVIiller Analogies. Cooperative English, and 
SCAT quantitative tests) with their applications 
for admission. 

For other requirements and guidelines con- 
cerning the above programs, contact the De- 
partment of Agricultural and Extension Educa- 
tion 



RLED 422 Extension Education. (3) The agri 
cultural extension service is an educational 
agency. The history, philosophy, objectives, 
policy, organization, legislation and methods 
used in extension work. 
RLED 423 Extension Communications. (3) 
An introduction to communications in teaching 
and within an organization, including barriers to 
communication, the diffusion process and the 
application of communication principles person 
to person, with groups and through mass media. 
RLED 426 Development and Management of 
Extension Youth Programs. (3) Designed for 
present and prospective state leaders of ex- 
tension youth programs Program development, 
principles of program management, leadership 
development and counseling: science, career 
selection and citizenship in youth programs, 
field experience in working with low income 
families' youth, urban work. 
RLED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and 
Extension Education. (3) Concepts involved 
in working with groups planning extension and 
continuing education programs. Analysis of 
group behavior and group dynamics related to 
small groups and development of a competence 
in the selection of appropriate methods and 
techniques. 

RLED 484 Rural Life in Modern Society. (3) 
Examination of the many aspects of rural lite that 
affect and are affected by changes in technical, 
natural and human resources Emphasis is 
placed on the role which diverse organizations, 
agencies and institutions play in the education 
and adjustment of rural people to the demands 
of modern society. 



RLED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent So- 
ciety. (3) Topics examined include conditions 
under which people in poverty exist, factors 
giving rise to such conditions, problems faced 
by the rural poor, and the kinds of assistance 
they need to rise out of poverty Topics and is- 
sues are examined in the context of rural-urban 
interrelationships and their effects on rural 
poverty. Special attention is given to past and 
present programs designed to alleviate poverty 
and to considerations and recommendations 
for future action 

RLED 487 Conservation of Natural Resources. 

(3) Designed primanly for teachers. Study of 
state's natural resources— soil, water, fishenes. 
wildlife, forests, and minerals— natural resources 
problems and practices. Extensive field study 
Concentration on subject matter. Taken concur- 
rently with RLED 497 in summer season. 

RLED 488 Critique in Rural Education. (1 ) 

Current problems and trends in rural education. 

RLED 489 Critique in Rural Education. (1 ) 

Current problems and trends in rural education 

RLED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources. 

(3) Designed primarily for teachers Study of 
state's natural resources— soil, water, fisheries, 
wildlife, forests, and minerals— natural resources 
problems and practices. Extensive field study. 
Methods of teaching conservation included. 
Taken concurrently with RLED 487 in summer 
season 

RLED 499 Special Problems. (1-3) Prerequi- 
site, staff approval. 

RLED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation 
in Agricultural Education. (2-3) Second 
semester Analysis of community agricultural 
education needs, selection and organization of 
course content, criteria and procedures for 
evaluating programs 

RLED 626 Program Development in Extension 
Education. (3) Concepts in program planning 
and development. A conceptual approach to a 
tested framework tor programming. Study and 
analysis of program design and implimentation 
in the extension service. 
RLED 628 Seminar in Program Planning. 
(1-5) The student assists in the development 
of an educational program in an institutional or 
community setting. He also develops an individ- 
ualized unit of study applicable to the program 
Seminar sessions are based on the actual prob- 
lems of diagnosing needs, planning, conducting, 
and evaluating programs. Repeatable to a maxi- 
mum of five credits 

RLED 642 Continuing Education in Extension. 

(3) Studies the process through which adults 
have and use opportunities to learn systematic- 
ally under the guidance of an agent, teacher or 
leader. A variety of program areas will be re- 
viewed giving the student an opportunity to plan, 
conduct and evaluate learning activities for 
adults. 

RLED 661 Rural Community Analysis. (3) 

First semester. Analysis of structure and func- 
tion of rural society and application of social 
understandings to educational processes. 
RLED 663 Developing Rural Leadership. 
(2-3) First semester Theories of leadership 
are emphasized Techniques of identifying 
formal and informal leaders and the develop- 
ment of rural lay leaders. 
RLED 689 Special Topics in Rural Education. 
(2) 



Graduate Programs / 37 



RLED 691 Research Methods in Rural Educa- 
tion. (2-3) First semester. The scientific method, 
problem identification, survey of research lit- 
erature, preparing research plans, design of 
studies, experimentation, analysis of data and 
thesis whting. 

RLED 699 Special Problems. (1 -3) Prerequi- 
site, approval of staff 

RLED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching. 
(1 ) Summer Session Identification of experi- 
ences and activities in an effective student 
teaching program, responsibilities and duties of 
supervising teachers, and evaluation of student 
teaching. 

RLED 789 Special Topics in Rural Education. 
(2) 

RLED 798 Seminar in Rural Education. (1-3) 
Problems in the organization, administration, 
and supervision of the several agencies of rural 
and ' or vocational education . Repeatable to a 
maximum of eight semester credits. 
RLED 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
RLED 882 Agricultural College Instruction. 
(1) 

RLED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Curtis 
Professors: Abrahamsen, Beal, Bender. 

Foster. Ishee. Lessley. tvloore, 

Murray, Poffenberger, Smith, Stevens, 

Tuthill, Wysong 
Associate Professors: Cain, Hardie, 

Lawrence, Marasco, Via 
Assistant Professors: Bellows 

The Department of Agricultural and Re- 
source Economics offers two programs of work 
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. Under the traditional 
curhculum. students may pursue work in 
production economics, foreign economic 
development, international trade, agricultural 
marketing, farm management, public policy and 
fisheries economics. 

A second program in Resource 
Management and Development offers students 
the opportunity to integrate study from a wide 
variety of disciplines related to the economics 
of resource use. Possible specializations in the 
program are water resources, marine resour- 
ces, land use or some other aspect of en- 
vironmental management. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available 
for the Master of Science degree in both 
programs The thesis option requires a 
minimum of 24 hours of course work; 33 
hours of course work for the non-thesis option. 
Students taking the non-thesis option in 
Resource Management are urged to participate 
in a two or three month internship with some 
public or private planning agency. 

Applicants with strong undergraduate rec- 
ords in diverse fields are considered for ad- 
mittance to both Master of Science programs 
Necessary course prerequisites (without credit) 
can be completed after admittance. No en- 



trance examinations are required, but three let- 
ters of recommendation must be submitted. 

Students with bachelor's degrees may apply 
for the doctoral programs, though they are en- 
couraged to complete requirements for the 
MS, degree. Applicants holding a master's 
degree in an equivalent field from an ac- 
credited institution may be admitted for im- 
mediate doctoral study, A minimum of 18 hours 
of course work beyond the master's level is 
required for the PhD. degree in both programs 
in addition to 1 2 hours of dissertation re- 
search. Qualifying examinations are admin- 
istered on completion of basic course require- 
ments and written and oral comprehensive 
examinations are held when all course work 
has been completed, A final oral examination is 
held for the student tc defend the dissertation. 
There is no foreign language requirement for 
any graduate degree. 

Graduate assistantships are offered to 
qualified applicants on the basis of past 
academic performance and experience. Ap- 
proximately one-half of full-time students in the 
department hold assistantships or some form 
of financial aid. Part-time and summer work is 
often available for students not receiving finan- 
cial aid. 

The department actively employs the 
resources of the many state, federal, and in- 
ternational agencies in the area to offer re- 
search and/or internship experiences designed 
to give competency in making observations from 
the real world. The course work of the vahous 
programs familiarizes the student with 
traditional subject matter, and seminar and 
discussion opportunities enable the student to 
sharpen the ability to express his thoughts, 

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products. 

(3) An introduction to agricultural price 
behavior. Emphasis is placed on the use of 
price information in the decision-making 
process. The relation of supply and demand in 
determining agricultural prices, and the relation 
of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of 
processing in the marketing system. The 
course includes elementary methods of price 
analysis, the concept of pahty and the role of 
price support programs in agricultural 
decisions. 

AREC 406 Farm Management. (3) The 
organization and operation of the farm 
business to obtain an income consistent with 
family resources and objectives. Principles of 
production economics and other related fields 
are applied to the individual farm business. 
Laboratory period will be largely devoted to 
field thps and other practical exercises, 
AREC 407 Financial Analysis of the Farm 
Business (3) Application of economic prin- 
ciples to develop chteria for a sound farm 
business. Including credit source and use. 
preparing and filing income tax returns, 
methods of appraising farm properties, the 
summary and analysis of farm records, leading 
to effective control and profitable operation of 
the farm business. 

AREC 410 Horse Industry Economics (3)- 
Prerequisite, ANSC 230 and 232. An in- 
troduction to the economic forces affecting the 
horse industry and to the economic tools 
required by horse farm managers, trainers, and 
others in the industry, 
AREC 414 Introduction to Agricultural 
Business Management (3) The different forms 
of businesses are investigated. Management 



functions, business indicators, measures of 
performance, and operational analysis are 
examined. Case studies are used to show ap- 
plications of management techniques. 
AREC 427 The Economics of Marketing 
Systems for Agricultural Commodities (3)- 
Basic economics theory as applied to the 
marketing of agricultural products, including 
price, cost, and financial analysis. Current 
developments affecting market structure in- 
cluding effects of contractual arrangement, ver- 
tical integration, governmental policies and 
regulation. 

AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources 
Policy (3) Development of natural resource 
policy and analysis of the evolution of public 
intervention in the use of natural resources. 
Examination of present policies and of conflicts 
between private individuals, public interest 
groups, and government agencies, 
AREC 445 World Agricultural Development 
and the Quality of Life (3) An examination of 
the key aspects of the agricultural develop- 
ment of less developed countries related to 
resources, technology, cultural and social set- 
ting, population, infrastructure, incentives, 
education, and government. Environmental im- 
pact of agricultural development, basic 
economic and social characteristics of peasant 
agriculture, theories and models of agricultural 
development, selected aspects of agricultural 
development planning. 

AREC 452 Economics of Resource Develop- 
ment (3) Economic, political, and institutional 
factors which influence the use of land resour- 
ces. Application of elementary economic prin- 
ciples in understanding social conduct con- 
cerning the development and use of natural 
and man-made resources. 
AREC 453 Economic Analysis of Natural 
Resources (3) Rational use and reuse of 
natural resources. Theory and methodology of 
the allocation of natural resources among alter- 
native uses. Optimum state of conservation, 
market failure, safe minimum standard, and 
cost-benefit analysis, 

AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in 
Agriculture (3) An Introduction to the ap- 
plication of econometric techniques to 
agricultural problems with emphasis on the 
assumptions and computational techniques 
necessary to derive statistical estimates, test 
hypotheses, and make predictions with the use 
of single equation models. Includes linear and 
non-linear regression models, internal least 
squares, dischminant analysis and factor 
analysis- 

AREC 485 Applications of Mathematical 
Programming in Agriculture, Business, and 
Economic Analysis (3) This course is 
designed to train students in the application of 
mathematical programming (especially linear 
programming) to solve a wide variety of 
problems in agriculture, business and 
economics. The primary emphasis is on setting 
up problems and interpreting results. The com- 
putational facilities of the computer science 
center are used extensively, 
AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and 
Resources Economics (3) Repeatable to a 
maximum of 9 credits, 
AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics I (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic 
theory from 1 700 to 1 850. This course 



38 / Graduate Programs 



develops a basic understanding of the 
development of economic and political ttiougtit 
as a foundation for understanding our present 
society and its cultural heritage Prerequisite, 
acceptance in the honors program of the 
department of agricultural and resource 
economics, 

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics II (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic 
theory from 1 850 to the present This course 
continues the development of a basic un- 
derstanding of economic and political thought 
begun in AREC 495 by the examination of 
modern problems in agricultural and resource 
economics in the light of the matenal read and 
discussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496 
Prerequisite: Successful completion of AREC 
495 and registration in the honors program of 
the department and resource economics. 

AREC 639 Internship in Resource 
Management (2-4) Prerequisite, permission of 
major advisor and department chairman. Open 
only to graduate students in the AREC Re- 
source Management curnculum Repeatable to a 
maximum of four hours. 

AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural and 
Resource Economics (3) First and second 
semester. Subject matter taught will be varied 
and w\\\ depend on the persons available for 
teaching unique and specialized phases of 
agricultural and resource economics. The 
course will be taught by the staff or visiting 
agricultural and resource economists who may 
be secured on lectureship or visiting Professor 
basis 

AREC 698 Seminar (1) First and second 
semesters. Students will participate through 
study of problems in the field, reporting to 
seminar members and defending positions 
adopted. Outstanding leaders in the field will 
present ideas for analysis and discussion 
among class members. Students involved in 
original research will present progress reports. 
Class discussion will provide opportunity for 
constructive criticism and guidance 
AREC 699 Special Problems in Agricultural 
and Resource Economics (1-2) First and 
second semesters and Summer, Intensive 
study and analysis of specific problems in the 
field of agricultural and resource economics, 
which provide information in depth in areas of 
special interest to the student. 
AREC 799 (1-6) Master's thesis research 
AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and 
Demand Analysis (3) Second semester An 
advanced study in the theory of: (1 ) the in- 
dividual consumer. (2) household behavior, and 
(3) aggregate demand. The concepts of price 
and cross elasticities of demand, income 
elasticity of demand, and elasticity of sub- 
stitution will be examined in detail. The use of 
demand theory in the analysis of welfare 
problems, market equilibrium (with special em- 
phasis on trade) and the problem of insufficient 
and excessive aggregate demand will be 
discussed 

AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural 
Production (3) First semester Study of the 
more complex problems involved in the long- 
range adjustments, organization and operation 
of farm resources, including the impact of new 
technology and methods. Applications of the 
theory of the firm, linear programming, activity 
analysis and input-ouput analysis 



AREC 824 Food Distribution Management (3) 

Theory and practice of the complex functional 
and institutional aspects of food distribution 
systems analyzed from the perspective of 
management decision-making in the food in- 
dustry. Possible long range economic effects 
of current structural adjustments: social and 
ecological aspects of food industry 
management decision-making 
AREC 832 Agricultural Price and Income 
Policy (3) Second semester, alternate years, 
1973 The evolution of agricultural policy in the 
United States, emphazing the origin and 
development of governmental programs, and 
their effects upon agricultural production, 
prices and income 

AREC 844 Advanced Theory and Practice of 
International Agricultural Trade (3) Second 
semester Advanced theory, policies, and prac- 
tices in international trade in agricultural 
products. Includes principal theories of trade 
and finance, agncultural trade policies of 
vanous countries, and the mechanics of trade 
AREC 845 Agriculture in World Economic 
Development (3) First semester, alternate 
years, 1972 Theories and concepts of what 
makes economic development happen. Ap- 
proaches and programs for stimulating the 
transformation from a primitive agricultural 
economy to an economy of rapidly developing 
commercial agriculture and industry. Analysis 
of selected agricultural development programs 
in Asia, Africa and Latin America. 
AREC 852 Advanced Resource Economics 
(3) Second semester, alternate years 
Assessment and evaluation of our natural, 
capital, and human resources: the use of 
economic theory and vanous techniques to 
guide the allocation of these resources within a 
comprehensive framework; and the institutional 
arrangements for using these resources. 
ECON 403 or equivalent is a prerequisite. 
AREC 883 Agricultural and Resource 
Economics Research Techniques (3) First 
semester Emphasis is given to philosophy and 
basic objectives of research in the field of 
agricultural and resource economics The 
course is designed to help students define a 
research problem and work out logical 
procedures for executing research in the 
social sciences. Attention is given to the 
techniques and tools available to agricultural 
and resource economics Research documents 
in the field will be appraised from the stand- 
point of procedures and evaluation of the 
research 

AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(1-8) 



Agricultural 
Engineering 
Program 



Professor and Acting Chairman: Harns 

Professors: Green, Winn 

Associate Professors: Cowan, Felton, Hummel, 

Merkel, Wheaton 
Assistant Professor: Rebuck 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering 
offers a graduate program of study with spe- 
cialization in either agricultural or aquacultural 



engineering leading to the degree of Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The program 
of study IS planned on a personal basis and is 
oriented towards the intellectual and profes- 
sional objectives of the student. 

Courses and research problems place em- 
phasis on the engineering aspects of the pro- 
duction, harvesting, processing and marketing 
of terrestrial and aquatic food and fiber prod- 
ucts, with concern for the conservation of land 
and water resources and the utilization and or 
disposal of by-products associated with biolog- 
ical systems in order to maintain and enhance 
the quality of our environment while contributing 
to efficient production of food and fiber to meet 
increasing population demands 

Only the thesis option is available for the 
MS, degree The department has no language 
requirementfor either the M S or Ph D degree 

In addition to well-equipped laboratories in 
the department, the facilities of the Agncultural 
Experiment Station, the Computer Science Cen- 
ter, and the College of Engineering are avail- 
able The new University of Maryland Center 
for Environmental and Estuarine Studies will 
enhance the aquacultural phase of the depart- 
ment's graduate program 

AGEN 401 Agricultural Production Equip- 
ment. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week Prerequisite, AGEN 1 00 Principles of 
operation and functions of power and machinery 
units as related to tillage; cutting, conveying, 
and separating units: and control mechanisms. 
Principles of internal combustion engines and 
power unit components. 
AGEN 402 Agricultural Materials Handling 
and Environmental Control. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite, 
AGEN 1 00. Characteristics of construction 
materials and details of agricultural structures. 
Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, 
and electrical controls. Materials handling and 
environmental requirements of farm products 
and animals. 

AGEN 421 PovKer Systems. (3) Two lectures 
and one two-hour laboratory per week Prerequi- 
sites, ENME 21 6, ENEE 300 and ENME 340 
Analysis of energy conversion devices including 
internal combustion engines, electrical and 
hydraulic motors Fundamentals of power trans- 
mission and coordination of power sources with 
methods of power transmission 
AGEN 422 Soil and Water Engineering. (3) 
Three lectures per week Prerequisite, ENME 
340 Applications of engineering and soil sci- 
ences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation 
and watershed management Principles of 
agncultural hydrology and design of water con- 
trol and conveyance systems 
AGEN 424 Functional and Environmental 
Design of Agricultural Structures. (3) Two 
lectures and one hour laboratory per week 
Prerequisite, AGEN 324 An analytical approach 
to the design and planning of functional and 
environmental requirements of plants and ani- 
mals in semi- or completely enclosed struc- 
tures 

AGEN 432 General Hydrology. (3) Three lec- 
tures per week. Qualitative aspects of basic hy- 
drologic principles pertaining to the properties, 
distribution and circulation of water as related 
to public interest in water resources 
AGEN 433 Engineering Hydrology. (3) Three 
lectures per week Prerequisites. MATH 246, 
ENCE 330 or ENME 340. Properties, distnbu- 

Graduate Programs / 39 



fion and circulation of water from the sea and 
in the atmosphere emphasizing movement over- 
land, in channels and through the soil profile. 
Qualitative and quantitative factors are con- 
sidered 

AGEN 435 Aquacultural Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of department A study of 
the engineering aspects o f development. Util- 
ization and conservation of aquatic systems 
Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing 
aquatic animals or plants as related to other 
facets of wafer resources management. 

AGEN 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineering 
Technology. Prerequisite, permission of the in- 
structor Selected topics in agricultural engi- 
neering technology of current need and inter- 
est. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits 
if topics are different Not acceptable for credit 
towards major in agricultural engineering, 

AGEN 489 Special Problems in Agricultural 
Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, approval of 
department Student will select an engineering 
problem and prepare a technical report The 
problem may include design, experimentation, 
and/or data analysis 

AGEN 499 Special Problems in Agricultural 
Engineering Technology. (1-3) Prerequisite, 
approval of department. Not acceptable for ma- 
jors in agricultural engineering Problems as- 
signed in proportion to credit 

AGEN 601 Instrumentation Systems. (3) 

Prerequisite, approval of department Analysis 
of instrumentation requirements and techniques 
for research and operational agricultural or bio- 
logical systems 

AGEN 602 Mechanical Properties of Biologi- 
cal Materials. (3) Prerequisite, differential 
equations a study of the significance and the 
utilization of the mechanical properties of bio- 
logical matenals under various conditions of 
loading Emphasis on particle motion; relation- 
ships betw/een stress and strain, force, velocity 
and acceleration: principles of work and energy, 
and theories of failure 

AGEN 603 Biological Process Engineering. 

(3) First semester Prerequisite, differential 
equations interrelationships of physical proper- 
ties as functions of moisture and temperature 
gradients in agricultural and aquacultural ma- 
terials 

AGEN 60S Land and Water Resource Develop- 
ment Engineering. (3) First semester Pre- 
requisite. AGEN 422 or approval of department. 
A comprehensive study of engineering aspects 
of orderly development for land and water re- 
sources Emphasis will be placed on project 
formulation, data aquisition, project analysis 
and engineering economy 

AGEN 688 Advanced Topics in Agricultural 
Engineering. (1-4) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor Advanced topics of current interest 
in the various areas of agncultural engineering 
Maximum eight credits 

AGEN 698 Seminar. (1 ) First and second 
semesters 

AGEN 699 Special Problems in Agricultural 
and Aquacultural Engineering. (1-6) First and 
second semester and summer school Work as- 
signed in proportion to amount of credit 

AGEN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

AGEN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 

40 Graduate Programs 



Agricultural Courses 

AGRI 401 Agricultural Biometrics. (3) Two 

lectures and one laboratory period per week 
Prerequisite. MATH 1 1 5 or equivalent Proba- 
bility, measures of central tendency and dis- 
person, frequency distributions, tests of statis- 
tical hypotheses, regression analyses, multi- 
way analysis with emphasis on the use of statis- 
tical methods in agricultural research, 
AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agriculture. (1 - 
3) Credit According to time scheduled and 
organization of the course A lecture series 
organized to study in depth a selected phase of 
agriculture not normally associated with one of 
the existing programs, 
AGRI 601 Design of Experiments. (3) First 
semester, two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisite, AGRI 602 or its 
equivalent. The application of the principles of 
experimental design including basic and ad- 
vanced designs, confounding, fractional repli- 
cation and relative efficiencies 
AGRI 602 Advanced Agricultural Biometrics. 
(3) Second semester, two lectures and one 
laboratory period per week Prerequisite, AGRI 
401 or equivalent. Analysis of variance to in- 
clude factorials and split-plot design, analysis of 
covanance, multiple and curvilinear regression, 
enumeration data, non-parametnc procedures 
and sample survey methods. 
AGRI 604 Statistical Methods in Biological 
Assay. (3) Spring semester Prerequisite, AGRI 
602 or Its equivalent. The course is intended 
to provide the graduate student with a working 
knowledge of statistical methods used in bio- 
logical assay Topics to be considered will in- 
clude direct assays, quantitative dose-response 
relationships, parallel lines assays, assays based 
on quantal response, transformations and de- 
signs used in bioassay. and fine particle statis- 
tics 

AGRI 607 Application of Least Squares Meth- 
ods. (3) First semester, three lectures per week 
Prerequisite. AGRI 602 or equivalent. Appli- 
cation of the method of least squares to the 
analysis of experimental data Principles of the 
least squares method, basic mathx algebra, and 
the application of the least squares method of 
one-way and multi-way analysis of vanants, 
analysis of covanants. and vanous component 
analysis will be considered Emphasis given to 
the use of least squares procedures for the 
analysis of data with unequal subclass numbers 
AGRI 702 Experimental Procedures in the 
Agricultural Sciences. (3) First semester 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Organi- 
zation of research projects and presentation of 
experimental results in the field of agricultural 
science Topics included will be. sources of 
research financing, project outline preparation, 
formal progress reports, public and industrial 
supported research programs, and popular 
presentation of research data 



Agronomy Program 

Professor and Chairman: Miller 
Professors: Axley. Clark. Decker 

Foss, Strickling 
Associate Professors: Aycock, Bandel. 

Burt, Caldwell (visiting). Fanning. 

Parochetti 
Assistant Professors: Hall. Johnson. 

Mulchl. Wolf 



The Department of Agronomy offers 
graduate courses of study leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy The student may pursue major 
work in the crops division or in the soils 
division of the department. Programs are of- 
fered in cereal crop production, forage 
management, turf management, plant breeding, 
tobacco production, crop physiology, weed 
science, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fer- 
tility, soil and water conservation, soil 
classification, soil survey and land use. soil 
mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil microbiology, 
air pollution, waste disposal, and soil- 
environment interactions 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available 
for the Master of Science degree, A bachelor's 
degree in Agronomy is not required if the 
student has adequate training in the basic 
sciences. All students must complete the 
Master of Science degree before admission to 
the doctoral program. Departmental regulations 
have been assembled for the guidance of can- 
didates for graduate degrees Copies of these 
regulations are available from the Department 
of Agronomy, 

The Agronomy Department has over 20 
well-equipped laboratories to carry out basic 
and applied research in crop and soil science 
Basic equipment in the laboratories includes: 
X-ray diffraction and spectrograph units, atomic 
absorption spectrophotometer, gas 
chromatograph, isotope counters, petrographic 
microscopes, neutron soil moisture probe and 
scaler, and carbon furnace. Growth chambers, 
extensive greenhouse space, and five research 
farms permit a wide range of environmental 
conditions for research into plant growth 
processes A computer center, located on 
campus, is available for use by the department. 
The University and the new National 
Agricultural Sciences Libraries, supplemented 
by the Library of Congress, make the library 
resources among the best in the nation Many 
projects of the department are conducted in 
cooperation with the Agricultural Research Ser- 
vice of the United States Department of 
Agriculture with headquarters located three 
miles from the campus. 

AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3) Prerequisite, 
BOTN 41 4 or ZOOL 246, Principles and meth- 
ods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated 
plant and perennial forage species 

AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3) 

Prerequisite. BOTN 100, A study of the 
history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and im- 
provement of various types of tobacco, with 
special emphasis on problems in Maryland 
tobacco production Physical and chemical fac- 
tors associated with yield and quality of tobac- 
co will be stressed, 

AGRO 405 Turf Management (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period per week 
Prerequisite, BOTN 1 00 A study of principles 
and practices of managing turf for lawns, golf 
courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields 
and highways for commercial sod production. 

AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (2) 

Prerequisite, BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or con- 
current enrollment therein. Study of the 
production and management of grasses and 
legumes for quality hay, silage, and pasture. 

AGRO 407 Cereal Crop Production (2) 

Prerequisite. BOTN 1 00, AGRO 1 00 or con- 
current enrollment therein. Study of the prin- 



ciples and practices of corn, wheat, oats, 
barley, rye, and soybean production, 

AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3) 

Prerequisite. AGRO 202 A study of ttie 
ctiemical. physical, and biological charac- 
teristics of soils that are important in growing 
crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, 
or biological nature and their correction by the 
use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are 
discussed and illustrated 

AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of in- 
structor, A study of the manufacturing of com- 
mercial fertilizers and their use in soils for ef- 
ficient crop production 

AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission 
of instructor. A study of the importance and 
causes of soil erosion Methods of soil erosion 
control, and the effect of conservation prac- 
tices on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis 
is placed on farm planning for soil and water 
conservation. The laboratory period will be 
largely devoted to field tnps 

AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geography 

(4) Three lectures and one laboratory period a 
week Prerequisite. AGRO 202 or permission 
of instructor A study of the genesis, mor- 
phology, classification and geographic 
distribution of soils The broad principles 
governing soil formation are explained. At- 
tention is given to the influence of geographic 
factors on the development and use of the 
soils in the United States and other parts of 
the world The laboratory penods will be largely 
devoted to the field thps and to a study of soil 
maps of various countries 

AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3) Two 

lectures and one laboratory period a week. An 
introduction to soil survey interpretation as a 
tool in land use both in agricultural and urban 
situations The implications of soil problems as 
delineated by soil surveys on land use will be 
considered 

AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3) Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 202 and a course in physics, or per- 
mission of instructor A study of physical 
properties of soils with special emphasis on 
relationship to soil productivity. 
AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3) One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week 
Prerequisite, AGRO 202 or permission of in- 
structor A study of the chemical composition 
of soils: cation and anion exchange; acid, 
alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil 
fixation of plant nutrients Chemical methods of 
soil analysis will be studied with emphasis on 
their relation to fertilizer requirements. 
AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory penod a week Prerequisite, 
AGRO 202, CHEM 104 or consent of in- 
structor A study of biochemical processes in- 
volved in the formation and decomposition of 
organic soil constituents. Significance of soil- 
biochemical processes involved in plant 
nutntion will be considered. 
AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution (3) 
Prerequisite, background in biology and CHEM 
104. Reaction and fate of pesticides, 
agricultural fertilizers, industhal and animal 
wastes in soil and water will be discussed. 
Their relation to the environment will be em- 
phasized 



AGRO 451 Cropping Systems (2) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 102 or equivalent The 
coordination of information from various cour- 
ses in the development of balanced cropping 
systems, appropriate to different objectives in 
various areas of the state and nation. 

AGRO 452 Seed Production and Distribution 

(2) One lecture and one laboratory penod a 
week. Prerequisite, AGRO 102 equivalent A 
study of seed production, processing, and 
distribution; federal and state seed control 
programs; seed laboratory analysis; release of 
new varieties; and maintenance of foundation 
seed stocks. 

AGRO 453 Weed Control (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory penod a week. Prerequisite. 
AGRO 102 or equivalent A study of the use of 
cultural practices and chemical herbicides in 
the control of weeds. 

AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy 
(1-3) Prerequisites, AGRO 202, 406, 407 or 
permission of instructor. A detailed study, in- 
cluding a written report of an important 
problem in agronomy 

AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding (2) 

Alternate years (offered 1973-74) 
Prerequisite, AGRO 403 or equivalent 
Genetic, cytogentic, and statistical theories un- 
derlying methods of plant breeding. A study of 
quantitative inheritance, herterosis, heritability, 
interspecific and intergeneric hybridization, 
polyploidy, sterility mechanisms, inbreeding and 
outbreeding, and other topics as related to 
plant breeding. 

AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding (2) 

Alternate years (offered 1 973-74) 
Prerequisite, AGRO 601 or equivalent 
Genetic, cytogentic, and statistical theories un- 
derlying methods of plant breeding. A study of 
quantitative inheritance, herterosis, heritability, 
interspecific and intergeneric hybridization, 
polyploidy, sterility mechanisms, inbreeding and 
outbreeding, and other topics as related to 
plant breeding. 

AGRO 608 Research Methods. (2) Second 
Semester. Prerequisite, permission of staff. 
Development of research viewpoint by detailed 
study and report on crop research of the 
Maryland experiment station or review of 
literature on specific phases of a problem. 
AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) 
Second Semester. Alternate years (offered 
1972-73) One lecture and two laboratory 
penods a week Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and 
permission of instructor. A continuation of 
AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil chemistry of 
minor elements necessary for plant growth 

AGRO 789 Recent Advances in Agronomy 

(2-4) First semester Two hours each year 
Total credit four hours. Prerequisite, permission 
of instructor. A study of recent advances in 
agronomy research. 

AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) First and 
second semesters Credit toward Master of 
Science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. degree, 6; 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AGRO 802 Breeding for Resistance to Plant 
Pests (3) Second semester, alternate years 
(offered 1972-73) Prerequisites, ENTM 252, 
BOTN 221 , AGRO 403, or permission of in- 
structor. A study of the development of 
breeding techniques for selecting and utilizing 
resistance to insects and diseases in crop 



plants and the effect of resistance on the in- 
terrelationships of host and pest. 
AGRO 804 Technic in Field Crop Research 
(2) Second semester, alternate years (offered 
1972-73) Field Plot technique, application of 
statistical analysis to agronomic data, and 
preparation of the research project 
AGRO 805 Advanced Tobacco Production 
(2) First semester, alternate years (offered 
1973-1974). Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor. A study of the structural adaption and 
chemical response of tobacco to en- 
vironmental vanations Emphasis will be placed 
on the alkaloids and other unique components. 
AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and 
Physiology (2) Second semester, alternate 
years (offered 1972-1973) Prerequisite. 
AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or permission of 
instructor Two lectures a week The im- 
portance of chemical structure in relation to 
biologically significant reactions will be em- 
phasized in more than 10 different herbicide 
groups Recent advances in herbicidal 
metabolism, translocation, and mode of action 
will be reviewed Adsorption, decomposition 
and movement in the soil will also be studied 
AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2) First 
semester, alternate years (offered 1972-1973). 
Prerequisite, BOTN 441 or equivalent, or per- 
mission of instructor. A fundamental study of 
physiological and ecological responses of 
grasses and legumes to environmental factors, 
including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil 
temperature, humidity, length of day, quality 
and intensity of light, wind movement, and 
defoliation practices. Relationship of these fac- 
tors to life history, production, chemical and 
botanical composition Quality, and persistence 
of forages will be considered 
AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil In- 
vestigation (3) First semester, alternate years 
(offered 1973-1974). Prerequisites, AGRO 
202 and permission of instructor. An advanced 
study of the theory of the chemical methods of 
soil investigation with emphasis on problems 
involving application of physical chemistry. 
AGRO 831 Advanced Soil Mineralogy (3) 
First semester, alternate years (offered 1972- 
1973) Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and per- 
mission of instructor. A study of the structure, 
physical-chemical characteristics and iden- 
tification methods of soil minerals, particularly 
clay minerals, and their relationship to soil 
genesis and productivity. 
AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3) 
Second semester, alternate years (offered 
1973-1974) Prerequisites, AGRO 202 and 
permission of instructor. An advanced study of 
physical properties of soils. 
AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(1-8) 



American 
Studies Program 

Associate Professor 

and Chairman: Lounsbury 
Professors: Beall. Corrigan 
Associate Professor: Mintz 

The American Studies Program, offering the 
MA. and Ph.D. degrees, provides a unique 
combination of opportunities for the individual 



Graduate Programs / 41 



seeking to study our civilization at the graduate 
level 1) an academic community located near 
ttie nation's capital: 2) a faculty, trained in 
Amencan Studies, that offers courses where 
the student may integrate a variety of cultural 
materials and pursue his speculations through 
the channels of interdisciplinary scholarship; 3) 
the availability of courses, emphasizing 
American matenals. in the traditional depart- 
ments of Anthropology. Architecture. Art, 
Economics. Education. English. Geography. 
Government and Politics, History. Journalism, 
fvlusic. Philosphy, Psychology. Speech and 
Dramatic Arts. 

The proximity of many federal institutions 
allows for a firsthand appreciation of politics 
and contemporary life, while the facilities of the 
National Archives and the Library of Congress 
give the histohan access to the materials 
documenting the experiences of past 
generations Important gallenes. including the 
National Collection of Fine Arts and the 
National Gallery of Art. exhibit the high points 
of creative expression in the visual arts The 
holdings of the Smithsonian Institution possess 
numerous manifestations of the native ver- 
nacular traditions in architecture and 
technology, in the folk arts, and in American In- 
dian culture. The District of Columbia and its 
surrounding regions represent an impressive 
aggregate of associations and com- 
munities—alternatives to traditional politics 
such as Common Cause, the focus upon black 
cultural identity found in the Anacostia Neigh- 
borhood tvluseum. the new cities of Columbia, 
Maryland, and Reston. Virginia which seek to 
transcend the crises of urban America in a 
creative manner. 

The program, drawing upon the resources 
of its cultural environment, offers the individual 
an education in the most meaningful sense: a 
personal confrontation with academic tradition 
related to the processes of immediate and con- 
temporary social change 

The new graduate c.andidate encounters a 
community of students who represent a re- 
warding diversity of backgrounds, most prom- 
inently from the fields of history, literature and 
Amencan civilization but also from such 
disciplines as psychology, political science, art, 
and sociology 

The proseminar in American Studies em- 
bodies much of the philosophy of the graduate 
program: it allows the new major to share the 
perceptions he has gained in his un- 
dergraduate training He is introduced to 
methodology stressing the value of art, 
literature, technology, popular culture, and an- 
thropology in the observation of cultural pat- 
terns. All of the reading assignments, although 
they display different terminology and writing 
styles, are evaluated in terms of the authors' 
endeavors to expand the role of the in- 
tellectual in the academy and in Amencan 
society Lastly, the proseminar introduces each 
participant to alternatives of focus in his future 
research and reading 

The more advanced Amencan Studies 
seminars vary from semester to semester so 
that both students and faculty may explore 
new directions for illuminating a certain 
segment of our civilization Frequently, the 
seminars concentrate on a specific period of 
Amencan culture— Antebellum Amenca. The 
Gilded Age. The 1930s. The 1960s— or em- 
phasize thematic materials calling for a multi- 
perspective methodology— Myths and Symbols 

42 / Graduate Programs 



of the Communications Revolution. Humor and 
Satire in Amencan Life, or National Identity in 
the United States An important feature of the 
graduate program is the Smithsonian Institution, 
where the sehous student of matehal artifacts 
can take advantage of the seminars, exhibits 
and independent reading courses prepared by 
a highly trained staff. 

The masters degree candidate, who will 
normally undertake a full year of course work 
(30 semester hours), possesses a number of 
alternatives from which to choose a program 
meeting his professional needs and intellectual 
preoccupations. In addition to the American 
Studies seminars, he selects an area of con- 
centration in one of the departments listed 
above Once he has met the specific 
requirements (9 hours in Amencan Studies, 9 
hours in a single department) for the degree, 
he may pursue his interests in the traditional 
disciplines or he may select a sequence of 
courses suggesting new perspectives on the 
interaction of the personality and the en- 
vironment, including classes from departments 
which address themselves to minority group 
behavior, to an evaluation of the mass media's 
impact on the human sensibility, or to a con- 
sideration of global patterns emerging in 
Europe, Afhca and Asia. 

Before receiving the MA, degree, the can- 
didate takes a comprehensive examination 
drawing upon his ability to integrate the 
materials of his particular program. Research 
ohented majors may wish to write a thesis in 
place of six hours of course credit. 

The requirements for the doctoral degree 
are flexible and enable the candidate to com- 
plete his course work within a year of intensive 
study (30 semester hours beyond the M.A.. in- 
cluding an 18-credit residency requirement) 
The student also demonstrates his proficiency 
in a foreign language or in an analytical tool 
such as computer science, successfully com- 
pletes a comprehensive examination, and sub- 
mits a thesis giving evidence of ohginal 
research and interpretation 

Other than an additional seminar in 
methodology, the candidate has no specific 
course requirements unless he has received 
his master's degree from another institution. 
Under those circumstances, he enters the ap- 
propriate seminars in Amencan Studies and 
prepares for a qualifying oral examination 
duhng his first year of residence 

If any student wishes to consider a topic 
which is not found in formal classes at the 
university, he is free to construct a reading 
program with the guidance of a faculty member 
in Amencan Studies or in one of the related 
disciplines. The comprehensive examination is 
based on three separate segments of study: 
theories and methods in American Studies: an 
area of concentration (usually in American 
history or literature): a specialized field related 
to the themes and time span to be investigated 
in the dissertation (for example Popular 
Culture. Afro-Amehcan Studies, American 
Thought. American Art and Technology, Urban 
Studies, Women's Studies). 

The Amencan Studies thesis is therefore 
the logical extension of the courses and 
examination areas decided upon by the 
graduate student himself In the dissertation, he 
will employ his sense of histohcal continuity 
and cultural interaction to illuminate some 
segment of American society 



AMST 426 Culture and the Arts in America 

(3) Prerequisite, junior standing, A study of 
American institutions, the intellectual and 
esthetic climate from the colonial pehod to the 
present 

AMST 427 Culture and the Arts in America 
(3) Prerequisite, junior standing, A study of 
Amencan institutions, the intellectual and 
esthetic climate from the colonial penod to the 
present 

AMST 436 Readings in American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. An historical sur- 
vey of American values as presented in various 
key writings- 

AMST 437 Readings in American Studies (3) 
Prerequisite, Junior standing An histohcal sur- 
vey of Amencan values as presented in vahous 
key writings 

AMST 446 Popular Culture in America (3) 
Prerequisite, junior standing and permission of 
instructor. A survey of the historical develop- 
ment of the popular arts and modes of popular 
entertainment in America, 
AMST 447 Popular Culture in America (3) 
Prerequisite, junior standing and AMST 446, 
Intensive research in the sources and themes 
of contemporary American popular culture. 
AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in American 
Studies (3) 

AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3) 
AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3) 
AMST 638 Orientation Seminar— Material 
Aspects of American Civilization (3) Class 
meets at the Smithsonian, 
AMST 639 Reading Course in Selected 
Aspects of American Civilization (3) Class 
meets at the Smithsonian 
AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(1-8) 

Afro-American 
Studies Courses 

AASP 400 Directed Readings in Afro- 
American Studies. (3) The readings will be 
directed by the Director of Afro-American 
Studies. Topics to be covered: The topics will 
be chosen by the director to meet the needs 
and interests of individual students. 
AASP 401 Seminar in Afro-American Studies 
(3) The theory and concepts of the social and 
behavioral sciences as they relate to Afro- 
American studies. Required for the certificate 
in Afro-American studies. Prerequisites: at 
least 1 5 hours of Afro-Amencan studies or 
related courses or permission of the director. 
AASP 403 The Development of a Black 
Aesthetic (3) An analysis of selected areas of 
black creative expression in the arts for the 
purpose of understanding the informing pnn- 
ciples of style, techniques, and cultural ex- 
pression which make up a black aesthetic. 
Prerequisite, completion of ENGL 443 or AASP 
302 or consent of instructor 
AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideologies 
(3) Analysis of contemporary Afhcan 
ideologies. Emphasis on philosophies of 
Nyerere. Nkrumah. Senghor. Sekou Toure. 
Kaunda. Cabral, et al. Discussion of the role of 
African ideologies on modernization and social 
change 

AASP 411 Nineteenth Century Black 
Resistance Movements (3) A comparative 



description of the black resistance movements 
in Africa and America dunng ttie nlneteentti 
century, analysis of their relationship, 
similarities and dissimilarities as well as their 
impact on twentieth century black nationalism 
AASP 428 Special Topics In Black Develop- 
ment (3) A multi-dlsclplinary and Inter-dlsclplin- 
ary educational experience concerned with 
questions relevant to the development of black 
people everywhere. Development Implies 
political, economic, social, and cultural change 
among other things. Consequently, a number 
of topics may be examined and studied. 
AASP 429 Special Topics In Black Culture 
(3) An interdisciplinary approach to the role of 
black artists around the world Emphasis Is 
placed upon contnbutlons of the black man in 
Africa, the Caribbean and the United States to 
the literary arts, the musical arts, the per- 
forming arts, and the visual arts. Course con- 
tent will be established in terms of those ideas 
and concepts which reflect the cultural climate 
of the era in which they were produced. At- 
tention to individual compositions and works of 
art through lectures, concepts, field tnps, and 
audio-visual devices 



Animal Science 
Program 

Professor and Chairman. Young 
Professors: Green, Letfel 
Associate Professors: Buric, DeBarthe 
Assistant Professor: McCall 

The Department of Animal Science offers 
work leading to the degrees of Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Course 
work and thesis problems are offered in the 
areas of animal breeding, nutrition, physiology, 
livestock production, and some areas of wildlife 
ecology 

Individual programs can be oriented toward 
either basic research or the solution of 
problems in the applied areas. Beef cattle, hor- 
ses, sheep, swine, and laboratory animals are 
available for graduate student problems. 

More detailed Information about specific 
disciplinary programs may be requested from 
Individual faculty members who advise 
graduate programs In a particular area 



Disciplinary or Subject Area 


Faculty Advisi 


Nutrition. Ruminant 


E C Leffel, 




JV DeBarthe 


Nutntion, Horses 


EC Lettel 


Nutrition, Swine 


E P Young 


Physiology, Nutritional, 




comparative 


JV DeBarthe 


Physiology, Reproduclive. 




comparative 


J V DeBarthe 


Physiology, Reproductive. 




horses 


J P McCall 


E E Goodwin, 




J P McCall 




Food Science, 




Red Meats 


John Buric 


Wildlife Ecology 


Vagn Flyger 



Adequate course offerings are available to 
structure programs to meet individual needs. 
Programs are developed by students In con- 
sultation with an advisor or advisory committee. 
Animal Science courses are offered In the 
areas of animal breeding, nutrition, 
management, and physiology. Additional 



specialized physiology courses are offered in 
the Zoology Department and are usually In- 
cluded in nutntion and physiology programs. 
Excellent supportive courses in biochemistry 
are available In the Chemistry Department The 
courses in biometncs (catalog listing AGRI or 
Agriculture) provide excellent background in 
experimental design and statistical analysis. 
The Computer Science Center offers courses 
in programming and computer language as well 
as facilitates for the statistical analyses of thesis 
data. 

Excellent laboratory facilities are available in 
the Animal Sciences Center which provide the 
combined resources of the Animal Science, 
Dairy Science, Poultry Science, and Veterinary 
Science Departments Instrumentation is 
available to graduate students for gas-liquid 
chromatography, atomic absorption spec- 
trophotometry, automated calonmetry, electron 
microscopy, liquid scintillation radioactivity 
measurements, electrophoresis, and a variety 
of microbiological techniques Controlled en- 
vironment facilities in the center permit work 
with laboratory animals and detailed ex- 
periments on larger animals A gnotoblote 
laboratory is also available and is currently 
being used in ruminant nutrition research Ex- 
cellent surgical facilities are available for 
research In the areas of reproductive and 
nufhtional physiology 

The department's herds and flocks of beef 
cattle, horses, sheep, and swine are readily 
available for graduate research. Small-scale ex- 
periments can be conducted on the campus, 
and those requiring more extensive facilities 
are located at one of three outlying farms. 

Minimum requirements for admission are a 
B S. in animal science or biology with a grade 
point average of 3 (4 = A) Applicants not 
meeting these requirements are considered for 
provisional admission Applicants who do not 
meet minimum grade requirements, but have 
demonstrated definite improvement dunng the 
later part of their undergraduate career, par- 
ticularly In animal science and other science 
courses, are frequently given favorable con- 
sideration for provisional admission Applicants 
lacking undergraduate preparation In animal 
science and biology may overcome this 
deficiency, by enrolling for course work only 
prior to admission to a degree program The 
Graduate Record Examination is not required, 
but high scores on this examination may com- 
pensate for a mediocre undergraduate record 

A limited number of assistantshlps are 
available and are awarded to those students 
presenting strong academic records. Vacan- 
cies occur irregularly depending upon degree 
completion or status changes of incumbents. 

The Master of Science program can be 
completed within one and one-half to two 
years. The thesis option requires a minimum of 
24 credits of course work and 6 credits of 
research. The non-thesis option with a 
minimum of 30 credits of course work may be 
completed more rapidly than the thesis option. 
The Ph.D. programs are typically completed in 
a period of three to five years. There is no 
specific credit-hour requirement for the doc- 
torate. The qualifying examination for the Ph D. 
IS scheduled when the student and the major 
advisor decide that sufficient course-work and 
planning for the dissertation research have 
been completed. The committee for qualifying 
examinations is approved by the departmental 
graduate committee In consultation with 



students' advisors. The master's degree is not 
prerequisite for admission to the doctoral 
program 

ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition. (3) 

Three lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 
104, ANSC 212 recommended A study of the 
fundamental role of all nutrients in the body in- 
cluding their digestion, absorption and 
metabolism Dietary requirements and 
nufhtional deficiency syndromes of laboratory 
and farm anaimals and man will be considered 
ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week 
(3) Prerequisites, MATH 1 10, ANSC 401 or 
permission of instructor A critical study of 
those factors which influence the nufhtional 
requriements of ruminants, swine and poultry 
Practical feeding methods and procedures 
used in formulation of economically efficient 
rations will be presented 

ANSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week 
Prerequisltles, MATH 110, ANSC 402 or per- 
mission of instructor A chtical study of those 
factors which influence the nufhtional 
requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry 
Practical feeding methods and procedures 
used in formulation of economically efficient 
rations will be presented 

ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology. (3) 

Prerequisites, Anatomy and Physiology The 
specific anatomical and physiological 
modifications employed by animals adapted to 
certain stressful environments will be con- 
sidered. Particular emphasis will be placed on 
the problems of temperature regulation and 
water balance Specific areas for consideration 
will include: animals in cold (including hiber- 
nation), animals in dry heat, diving animals and 
animals in high altitudes. 
ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production. (1) 
An advanced course primarily designed for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and county 
agents. It includes a study of the newer 
discovehes in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding 
and management 

ANSC 411 Biology and Management of 
Shellfisti. (4) Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods each week. Field thps. Iden- 
tification, biology, management, and culture of 
commercially-important molluscs and 
Crustacea Prerequisite, one year of Biology or 
Zoology. This course will examine the 
shellfisherles of the world, but will emphasize 
those of the northwestern Atlantic ocean and 
Chesapeake Bay. 

ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of 
Animals. (3) Prerequisite, MICB 200 and 
ZOOL 101. Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week. This course gives basic in- 
struction in the nature of disease, including 
causation, immunity, methods of diagnosis, 
economic importance, public health aspects 
and prevention and control of the common 
diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and 
poultry. 

ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management. 
(3) A comprehensive course in care and 
management of laboratory animals. Emphasis 
will be placed on physiology, anatomy and 
special uses for the different species. Disease 
prevention and regulations for maintaining 
animal colonies will be covered Field trips will 
be required 

Graduate Programs / 43 



ANSC 414 Biology and Management of Fish. 

(4) Prerequisite, one year of Biology or 
Zoology Two lectures and two ttiree-tiour 
laboratories a week Fundamentals of individual 
and population dynamics, theory and practice 
of sampling fish populations, management 
schemes. 

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory. An introduction to 
the interrelationships of game birds and mam- 
mals with their environment, population 
dynamics and the pnnciples of wildlife 
management 

ANSC 422 Meats. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory penod per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 
221 A course designed to give the basic facts 
about meat as a food and the factors in- 
fluencing acceptability, marketing, and quality 
of fresh meats. It includes comparisons of 
characteristics of live animals with their car- 
casses, grading and evaluating carcasses as 
well as wholesale cuts, and the distribution and 
merchandising of the nation's meat supply. 
Laboratory periods are conducted in packing 
houses, meat distribution centers, retail outlets 
and university meats laboratory 
ANSC 423 Livestock Management. (3) One 
lecture and two laboratory periods per week 
Prerequisite, ANSC 401 Application of vanous 
phases of animal science to the management 
and production of beef cattle, sheep and 
swine. 

ANSC 424 Livestock Management. (3) One 
lecture and two laboratory periods per week 
Prerequisite, ANSC 423. Applications of 
vanous phases of animal science to the 
management and production of beef cattle, 
sheep and swine. 

ANSC 426 Principles of Breeding. (3) 
Second semester. Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisites, ANSC 201 or equivalent. ANSC 
222. ANSC 423 or 424. Graduate credit (1-3 
hours) allowed with permission of instructor 
The practical aspects of animal breeding, 
heredity, variation, selection, development, 
systems of breeding and pedigree study are 
considered 

ANSC 432 Horse Farm Management. (3) 
Prerequisite, ANSC 332 and AREC 410 One 
90-minute lecture and one four-hour laboratory 
pehod per week A course to develop the 
technical and managenal skills necessary for 
the operation of a horse breeding farm Herd 
health programs, breeding programs and 
procedures, foaling activities, foot care, 
weaning programs, and the maintenance of 
records incidental to each of these activities 
ANSC 442 Dairy Cattle Breeding. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week 
Prerequisites, ANSC 242, and ANSC 201 A 
specialized course in breeding dairy cattle Em- 
phasis is placed on methods of evaluation and 
selection, systems of breeding and breeding 
programs 

ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production 
Systems. (3) Prerequisites, AGEC 405 and 
ANSC 203 or 214, or permission of instructor 
The business aspects of dairy farming in- 
cluding an evaluation of the costs and returns 
associated with each segment The economic 
impact of pertinent management decisions is 
studied Recent developments in animal 
nutrition and genetics, agricultural economics, 
agricultural engineering, and agronomic prac- 
tices are discussed as they apply to 
management of a dairy herd. 

44 / Graduate Programs 



ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian 
Reproduction. (3) Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period per week 
Prerequisite. ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. 
Anatomy and physiology of reproductive 
processes in wild and domesticated mammals 

ANSC 452 Avian Physiology. (2) Alternate 
even years, one three-hour laboratory period 
per week Prerequisites, a basic course in 
animal physiology The basic physiology of the 
bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive 
system Special emphasis is given to 
physiological differences between birds and 
other vertebrates. 

ANSC 454 Ornithology for Teachers. (3) 

Three hours of lecture with occasional 
laboratory and field exercises. Prerequisite, 
three college-level Zoology courses, avian mor- 
phology, anatomy, adaptations, behavior, 
development, life histories, classification, 
ecology, management, and evolution. Individual 
and classroom special projects. 

ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability. (1) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per 
week Prerequisite, ZOOL 421 or 422 The 
physiology of embryonic development as 
related to principles of hatchability and 
problems of incubation encountered in the 
hatchery industry are discussed. 

ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory. (2) 

Prerequisite, ANSC 'NUSC 401 or concurrent 
registration. Six hours of laboratory per week 
Digestibility studies with ruminant and 
monogastric animals, proximate analysis of 
various food products, and feeding trials 
demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies 
in laboratory animals. 

ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, fvllCB 200 and ANSC 101. 
Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases, 
parasitic diseases, prevention, control and 
eradication 

ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite, ZOOL 102. Gross and 
microscopic structure, dissection and demon- 
stration. 

ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding. (1) 

This course is designed primarily for teachers 
of vocational agriculture and extension service 
workers The first half will be devoted to 
problems concerning breeding and the 
development of breeding stock. The second 
half will be devoted to nutrition. 

ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing. 

(1) This course is designed primarily for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and county 
agents It deals with the factors affecting the 
quality of poultry products and with hatchery 
management problems, egg and poultry 
grading, preservation problems and market 
outlets for Maryland poutlry 

ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and 
Wildlife Management. (3) Three lectures, 
analysis of various state and federal programs 
related to fish and wildlife management This 
would include: fish stocking programs, 
Maryland deer management program, warm 
water fish management, acid drainage 
problems, water quality, water fowl 
management, wild turkey management and 
regulations relative to the administration of 
these programs 



ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal 
Science. (1 ) Prerequisite, permission of instruc- 
tor This course is designed primarily for teach- 
ers of vocational agriculture and extension 
service personnel One primary topic to be 
selected mutually by the instructor and students 
will be presented each session. 
ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. (2) 
First semester. One one-hour lecture and one- 
three hour laboratory per week Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. Physiological, 
microbiological and biochemical aspects of the 
nutntion of ruminants as compared to other 
animals. 

ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism. (3) Second 
semester. Two lectures per week. 
Prerequisites. CHEM 481 and 463 The role of 
minerals in metabolism of animals and man. 
Topics to be covered include the role of 
minerals in energy metabolism, bone structure, 
electrolyte balance, and as catalysts 

ANSC 604 Vitamins. (3) Prerequisites, ANSC 
401 and CHEM 461 Two one-hour lectures 
and one two-hour discussion period per week. 
Advanced study of the fundamental role of 
vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors in nutntion 
including chemical properties, absorption, 
metabolism, excretion and deficiency syn- 
dromes A critical study of the biochemical 
basis of vitamin function, interrelationship of 
vitamins with other substances and of certain 
laboratory techniques. 

ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy. (4) First and 
second semesters. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods per week Prerequisites, 
permission of instructor. Theory of electron 
microscopy, electron optics, specimen 
preparation and techniques, operation of elec- 
tron photography, interpretation of electron 
images, related instruments and techniques. 
ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition. (2) Second 
semester Prerequisites, ANSC 402 or NUSC 
450. CHEM 461, or consent of instructor One 
lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week Basic 
concepts of animal energetics with quantitative 
descriptions of energy requriements and 
utilization 

ANSC 614 Proteins. (2) Second semester 
One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per 
week Prerequisites, ANSC 402 and CHEM 
461 or consent of instructor Advanced study 
of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and 
metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption, 
anabolism, catabolism and amino acid balance. 

ANSC 622 Advanced Breeding. (2) Second 
semester, alternate years. Two lectures a 
week Prerequisites, ANSC 426 or equivalent, 
and biological statistics This course deals with 
the more technical phases of heredity and 
variation, selection indices, breeding systems, 
and inheritance in farm animals. 

ANSC 641 Experimental Mammalian Surgery 

I. (2) First semester Prerequisite, permission 
of instructor, A course presenting the fun- 
damentals of anesthesia and the art of ex- 
perimental surgery, especially to obtain re- 
search preparations 

ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery 

II. (3) Second semester Prerequisites, ANSC 
641 , permission of instructor. A course em- 
phasizing advanced surgical practices to obtain 
research preparations, cardiovascular surgery 
and chronic vasculariy isolated organ 
techniques Experience with pump oxygenator 
systems, profound hypothermia, hemodialysis. 



infusion systems, implantation and tran- 
splantation procedures are taught, 
ANSC 643 Research Methods. (3) First 
semester One lecture and two laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite, permission of 
instructor The application of biochemical, 
physio-chemical and statistical methods to 
problems in biological research 
ANSC 660 Poultry Literature. (1-4) First and 
second semesters. Readings on individual 
topics are assigned. Written reports required 
Methods of analysis and presentation of scien- 
tific material are discussed 
ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction. (3)- 
First semester Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week Prerequisite, ANSC 
212 or its equivalent The role of the en- 
docrines in reproduction is considered. Fer- 
tility, sexual matunty, egg formation, ovulation, 
and the physiology of oviposition are studied 
Comparative processes in birds and mammals 
are discussed 

ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory. 
(3) Prerequisite, ANSC.NUSC 401, and either 
CHEtVl 462 or NUSC 670 One hour of lecture 
and SIX hours of laboratory per week Basic in- 
strumentation and techniques desired for ad- 
vanced nutritional research The effect of 
vahous nutritional parameters upon in- 
termediary metabolism Enzyme kinetics, en- 
docrinology, and nutrient absorption in 
laboratory animals 

ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of 
Domestic Animals. (2) Second semester Two 
lectures per week Prerequisites, a course in 
basic genetics and biochemistry The un- 
derlying physiological basis for genetic dif- 
ferences in production traits and selected mor- 
phological traits will be discussed Inheritance 
of enzymes, protein polymorphisms and 
physiological traits will be studied 
ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to 
the Environment. (2) First semester Two lec- 
tures or discussions per week. Prerequisites, 
ANSC 406. or permission of instructor A 
detailed consideration of certain anatomical 
and physiological modifications employed by 
mammals adapted to cold, dry heat or altitude. 
Each student will submit for discussion a 
library paper concerning a specific adaptation 
to an environmental stress. 
ANSC 690 Seminar in Population Genetics 
or Domestic Animals. (3) Second semester 
Prerequisites, ZOOL 246 and AGRI 401 or 
their equivalents Current literature and re- 
search dealing with the principles of population 
genetics as they apply to breeding and selec- 
tion programs for the genetic improvement of 
domestic animals, population structure, 
estimation of genetic parameters, correlated 
characters, principles and methods of selec- 
tion, relationship and systems of mating 
ANSC 698 Seminar. (1) First and second 
semesters Students are required to prepare 
papers based upon current scientific 
publications relating to animal science, or upon 
their research work For presentation before 
and discussion by the class: (1) recent ad- 
vances; (1) nutrition: (3) physiology: (4) 
biochemistry. 

ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal 
Science. (1-2) First and second semesters 
Work assigned in proportion to amount of 
credit. Prerequisite, approval of staff. Problems 
will be assigned which relate specifically to the 
character of work the student is pursuing. 



ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6). 
ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Interdisciplinary 
Applied Mathenfiatics 
Curriculum 

Prolessors: Almon (ECON), Antman (MATH), 
Babuska (IFDAM), Banerjee (PHYS), Brill 
(PHYS), Cadman (CHE), Cunniff (ME), 
Davidson (PHYS), DeClaris (EE, IFDAM). 
Dorfman, (IFDAM), Douglas (MATH), Ed- 
mundson (CSD), Greenberg (PHYS), Hub- 
bard (IFDAM), G,S. Jones (IFDAM), Kanal 
(CSD). Karlovitz (IFDAM), Kellogg (IFDAM), 
Krall (PHYS), Misner (PHYS), Newcomb 
(EE), Olver (IFDAM), Ortega (CSD), Pearl 
(MATH), Prange (PHYS), Rheinboldt (CSD), 
Stellmacher (MATH). Strauss (MATH), 
Sucher (PHYS), Weiss (EE, IFDAM). Yorke 
(IFDAM), Zwanzig (IFDAM). 

Associate Prolessors: Cooper (MATH), 
Donaldson (AERO), Dragt (PHYS), Fivel 
(PHYS), Garber (CE). Gentry (CHE), Hall 
(CE), Johnson (MATH), E. Jones (AERO), 
Kim (PHYS), Schneider (MATH), Sheaks 
(CHE), Sternberg (CE), Sweet (MATH), Van- 
dergraft (CSD), Wolfe (MATH), Woo (PHYS) 

Assistant Professors: Agrawala (CSD), 

Anderson, Jr. (MATH), Baras (EE), Beren- 
stein (MATH), Ephremides (EE), Kugelman 
(CHE), Liu (MATH). MacRae (ECON), 
Schmidt (MATH), McClellan (CSD) 

The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics 
Curriculum at the University of Maryland in 
College Park is designed to provide op- 
portunities for graduate study and research in 
mathematics and its applications in the 
engineenng, physical and social sciences- 
Problems in nearly all of the scientific 
disciplines are amenable to mathematical treat- 
ment, and the tools used come from all of the 
branches of mathematics. In the Curriculum, a 
student can select a coherent program from a 
variety of specializations tailored to his par- 
ticular interests. The goal is to produce an ap- 
plied mathematician with demonstrated ability 
in mathematics as well as in some appropriate 
field of application. 

The Curriculum is administered and taught 
by a selected faculty from ten Participating 
Departments on the College Part Campus. The 
participating departments are: Aerospace 
Engineering Department: Chemical Engineering 
Department; Civil Engineering Department; 
Computer Science Department; Economics 
Department, Electhcal Engineering Depart- 
ment; Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 
Mathematics: Mathematics Department; 
Mechanical Engineenng Department: Physics 
and Astronomy Department. 

For admission to the Interdisciplinary Ap- 
plied Mathematics Curriculum, the student 
should— in addition to the general admission 
requirements of the Graduate School— have 
completed an undergraduate program which in- 
cluded a strong emphasis on mathematics. A 
student may enter the Curhculum in one of two 
ways: namely, by applying for admission either 
directly to the Interdisciplinary Applied 
Mathematics Curhculum itself, or to one of the 
participating departments of the Curriculum 
listed below In general this choice will reflect 



the background of the applicant However, if 
any financial assistance is desired, the ap- 
plication should be made through one of the 
participating departments of the Curhculum, 



Anthropology Courses 

ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology— Principles 
and Processes. (3) Prerequisite, ANTH 101, 
102, or 221, An examination of the nature of 
human culture and its processes, both 
historical and functional- The approach will be 
topical and theoretical rather than deschptive. 
ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology— World 
Ethnography. (3) Prerequisite. ANTH 101, 
102, or 221 A descriptive survey of the 
culture areas of the world through an 
examination of the ways of selected represen- 
tative societies. 

ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania. 
(3) A survey of the cultures of Polynesia, 
Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia. 
Theoretical and cultural-historical problems will 
be emphasized 

ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa. (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native 
peoples and cultures of Africa and their 
historical relationships, with emphasis on that 
portion of the continent south of the Sahara. 
ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far 
East. (3) A survey of the major sociopolitical 
systems of China, Korea and Japan. Major an- 
thropological questions will be dealt with in 
presenting this matehal. 
ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest. (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Culture 
history, economics and social institutions, 
religion, and mythology of the Indians of the 
Southwest United States. 
ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America. (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native 
people and cultures of North Amenca north of 
Mexico and their histoncal relationships, in- 
cluding the effects of contact with European- 
dehved populations. 

ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America. (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural 
background and modern social, economic and 
religious life of Indian and Mesitzo groups in 
Mexico and Central America; processes of ac- 
culturation and currents in cultural develop- 
ment. 

ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive 
Peoples. (3) Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 
102 A comparative survey of the structures of 
non-literate and folk societies, covering both 
general phnciples and special regional 
developments 

ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples. (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102 A survey of 
the religious systems of phmitive and folk 
societies, with emphasis on the relation of 
religion to other aspects of culture. 
ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and 
Economy. (3) A survey of technology, food 
economy and general economic processes in 
non-industhal societies. 
ANTH 437 Politics and Government in 
Primitive Society. (3) A combined survey of 
politics in human societies and of important an- 
thropological theories concerning this aspect 
of society 

ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World. (3) 
Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 241 A survey of 



Graduate Programs / 45 



the archaeological materials of Europe, Asia 
and Africa, with emphasis on chronological and 
regional interrelationships. 
ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World. 
(3) Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 241. A survey 
of the archaeological materials of North and 
South America with emphasis on chronological 
and regional interrelationships, 
ANTH 461 Advanced Physical Anthropology. 
(3) Prerequisite. ANTH 101 or 261 A 
technical introduction to the hereditary, mor- 
phological, physiological, and behavioral 
characteristics of man and his primate an- 
cestors and relatives, with emphasis on 
evolutionary processes 

ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology. (1-6) 
Field training in the collection and recording of 
ethnological data. 

ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology. (1- 
6) Field training in the techniques of ar- 
chaeological survey and excavation. 
ANTH 605 Theory of Cultural Anthropology. 
(3) History and current trends of cultural an- 
thropological theory, as a basic orientation for 
graduate studies and research 
ANTH 621 Cultural Ecology. (3) Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. An examination of the 
nature of the interrelationships between human 
cultures and the natural environmentals in 
which they exist. 

ANTH 631 Evolution in Social Institutions. 
(3) An inquiry into the origin and development 
of institutions of kinship, marriage, and group 
formation in differing socio-cultural systems. 

ANTH 637 Political Power and Organization. 

(3) A seminar concerning the nature of political 
power, distribution, and the way it allows dif- 
ferent socio-cultural systems to solve major 
adaptive problems, 

ANTH 641 Method and Theory in Ar- 
chaeology. (3) Prerequisite, permission of the 
instructor. An examination of the principles and 
purposes involved in the gathering and in- 
terpretation of archaeological data 

ANTH 661 Human Morphology. (3) 

Prerequisite, ANTH 461 or its equivalent and 
permission of the instructor. The nature and 
variation of human skeletal and somatic charac- 
ters, with emphasis on evolutionary develop- 
ments. 

ANTH 681 Processes of Culture Change. (3) 

Change in culture due to contact, diffusion, 
novation, fusion, integration, and cultural 
evolution. 

ANTH 685 Peasant Communities in the 
Modern World. (3) Comparative analysis of 
peasant communities in Latin America. Europe, 
Middle East. Asia and Africa, 
ANTH 688 Current Developments in An- 
thropology. (3) Detailed investigation of a 
current problem or research technique, the 
topic to be chosen in accordance with faculty 
interests and student needs l^ay be repeated. 
as content varies, for a total of not more than 
nine semester hours 

ANTH 689 Special Problems in An- 
thropology. (1-6) 

ANTH 698 Advanced Field Training in 
Ethnology. (1-6) Offered in the summer 
session only 

ANTH 699 Advanced Field Training in Ar- 
chaeology. (1-6) Offered in the summer 
session only. 



Architecture Courses 

ARCH 400 Architecture Studio III. (4) 

Prerequisites, ARCH 301 with a grade of C or 
better, and ARCH 311. Corequisite, ARCH 

410, except by permission of the Dean, Con- 
tinuation of Design Studio, with emphasis on 
comprehensive building design and in- 
troduction to urban design factors. Lecture and 
studio 9 hours per week 

ARCH 401 Architecture Studio IV. (4) 
Prerequisites, ARCH 400 with a grade of C or 
better and ARCH 410. Corequisite, ARCH 

41 1, except by permission of the Dean. Con- 
tinuation of Design Studio with emphasis on ur- 
ban design factors. Lecture and studio, 9 
hours per week, 

ARCH 410 Architectural Science and 
Technology III. (4) Prerequisites, ARCH 301 
and ARCH 31 1 with a grade of C or better 
Corequisite, ARCH 400, except by permission 
of the Dean. Application of principles in ar- 
chitectural structrues, environmental controls 
and construction. Lecture and studio. 6 hours 
per week. 

ARCH 411 Architectural Science and 
Technology IV. (4) Prerequisites, ARCH 400 
and ARCH 410 with a grade of C or better, 
Corequisite, ARCH 401 except by permission 
of the Dean. Application of principles and fur- 
ther analysis of systems and hardware in ar- 
chitectural structures, environmental controls 
and construction. Lecture and studio. 6 hours 
per week. 

ARCH 413 Structural Systems in Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Theory and application of 
selected complex structural systems as they 
relate to architectural decisions. Prerequisite, 
ARCH 410 or by permission of the instructor. 
Seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications for 
Buildings. (3) Prerequisites, ARCH 31 1. or 
ENME 321 , or permission of instructor 
Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide 
heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for 
buildings and related techniques for reducing 
energy consumption. Crosslisted as ENME 
414. 

ARCH 418 Independent Studies in Ar- 
chitectural Science. (1-6) Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. Independent research 
in architectural science and technology. 
ARCH 420 History of American Architecture. 
(3) Survey history of American architecture 
from the 1 7th century to the present. Lecture, 
3 hours per week, 

ARCH 422 French Architecture 1750-1800. 
(3) French architectural theory and practice of 
the second half of the eighteenth century. A 
reading knowledge of French will be required. 
Colloquium and independent research. By per- 
mission of the instructor. 
ARCH 424 History of Russian Architecture. 
(3) Survey history of Russian architecture from 
the 1 0th century to the present Lecture, 3 
hours per week, 

ARCH 426 Readings in Contemporary Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Prerequisite. ARCH 326 
Readings and analysis or recent architectural 
criticism. Seminar, three hours per week 
ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural 
History. (3) Special topics in the history of ar- 
chitecture. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits provided the subject matter is different 
ARCH 429 Directed Studies in Architectural 
History. (1-3) Enrollment limited to advanced 



undergraduate and graduate students Project 
proposals must receive a recommendation 
from the curriculum committee of the school of 
architecture and approval of the Dean of the 
school prior to registration. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 
ARCH 430 Problems and Methods of Ar- 
chitectural Preservation. (3) Prerequisite, 
ARCH 420 or by permission of instructor. 
Examination of social, cultural, and economic 
values affecting the theory and practice of ar- 
chitectural preservation in America, with em- 
phasis upon the rationale and methods for the 
documentation, evaluation, and utilization of 
existing architectural resources Field trips. 
ARCH 439 Directed Studies in Architectural 
Preservation. (1-3) Enrollment limited to ad- 
vanced undergraduates. Projects must receive 
a recommendation from the curriculum com- 
mittee of the school of architecture and ap- 
proval of the Dean of the school prior to 
registration. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits 

ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in 
Photography. (3) Prerequisites. ARCH 340 or 
APDS 337 or JOUR 351. and consent of in- 
structor. Advanced study of photographic 
criticism through empirical methods, for 
students proficient in photographic skills. 
Photographic assignments, laboratory, seminar. 
3 hours per week. 

ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning. 
(3) Introduction to city planning theory, 
methodology and techniques, dealing with nor- 
mative, urban, structural, economic, social 
aspects of the city; urban planning as a 
process. Architectural majors or by permission 
of the instructor. Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar. (3) 
Prerequisite, ARCH 350 or permission of the 
instructor. Advanced investigation into 
problems of analysis and evaluation of the 
design of urban areas, spaces and complexes 
with emphasis on physical and social con- 
siderations, effects of public policies, through 
case studies. Field observations, 
ARCH 472 Economic Determinants of Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Introduction of economic 
aspects of present day architecture: govern- 
ment policy, land evaluation and project finan- 
cing; construction materials and labor costs; 
cost analysis and control systems. Architecture 
majors, except by permission of instructor 
Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 478 Directed Studies in Architecture. 
(1-4) Directed study under individual faculty 
guidance with enrollment limited to advanced 
undergraduate students. Project proposals 
must receive a recommendation from the 
school curriculum committee and approval of 
the Dean of the school prior to registration. 
Public oral presentation to the faculty of a final 
report of project will be required at final sub- 
mission for credit. 



46 / Graduate Programs 



Art Program 



Professor ar\d Chairman: Levltine 
Professors: Bunts, deLeins. Denny, Jamleson 

Lynch, Maril, Reanck 
Associate Professors: Campbell. DIFedenco, 

Klank, Niese Pemberton 
AsslslanI Professors: Farquhar. Forbes. 

Gelman. Green. Schwartz. Witliers 
Lecturer: l^pinskl 
Instructor: Reid 

The Department of Art offers programs of 
graduate study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Arts In art history. Master of Fine 
Arts in studio an and Doctor of Philosophy in art 
history Both disciplines, rooted in the concept 
of art as a humanistic experience, share an 
essential common aim the development of the 
student's aesthetic sensitivity, understanding 
and knowledge The major in art history is 
committed to the advanced study and scholarly 
interpretation of existing works of art. from the 
prehistoric era to the present, while the studio 
major stresses the student's direct participation 
in the creation of works of art 

For admission to graduate study in studio 
art. an undergraduate degree with an art major 
from an accredited college or university, or its 
equivalent, is required The candidate should 
have approximately 30 credit hours of un- 
dergraduate work in studio courses, and 1 2 
credit hours in art history courses Other 
humanities area courses should be part of the 
candidates undergraduate preparation. In ad- 
dition, special departmental requirements must 
be met A candidate for the master of Fine Arts 
degree will be required to pass an oral com- 
prehensive examination, present an exhibition 
of his thesis work, write an abstract based on 
the thesis, and present an oral defense of the 
thesis 

For admission to graduate study in art 
history, in addition to the approved un- 
dergraduate degree, or its equivalent, special 
departmental requirements must be met 
Departmental requirements for the Master of 
Arts degree in Art History include ARTH 692; 
reading knowledge of French or German 
(evidenced by an examination administered by 
the Art Department): a written comprehensive 
examination which tests the candidate s 
knowledge and comprehension of principal 
areas and phases of art history: a thesis which 
demonstrates competency in research and in 
original investigation by the candidate: and a 
final oral examination on the thesis and the 
field which it represents. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree in Art History include ARTH 692: 
ARTH 692 reading knowledge of French and 
German; an oral examination and a written 
examination; a dissertation which demonstrates 
the candidate's capacity to perform in- 
dependent research in the field of art history: 
and a final oral examination on the dissertation 
and the field it represents 

For information on work leading the degree 
of Master of Education in art education, the 
shjdent is referred to the section devoted to 
Secondary Education in this catalog 

A limited number of graduate assistantships 
are available in art Specific information on the 
above programs should be requested from the 
department. 



Art Education 

ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art 

Education. (3) 

ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art 

Education. (3) 

ARTE 799 Masters Thesis Research. (1-6) 



Art History 

ARTH 402 Classical Art. (3) Architecture. 

sculpture and painting in the classical cultures. 
First semester will stress Greece 
ARTH 403 Classical Art. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting in the classical cultures 
Second semester will stress Rome 
ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art. (3) Art of the Near 
East. Egypt and Aegean 
ARTH 406 Art of the East. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting First semester will 
stress India 

ARTH 407 Art of the East. (3) Architecture. 
sculpture and painting Second semester will 
stress China and Japan. 

ARTH 410 Early Christian and Byzantine Art. 
(3) Architecture, sculpture, painting, and 
mosaic of eariy Christian Rome, the Near East 
and the Byzantine Empire, 
ARTH 412 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. First 
semester will stress Romanesque. 
ARTH 413 Medieval Art. (3) Architecture, 
sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages 
Second semester will stress the Gothic penod 
ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in the 
15th Century. (3) Painting in the Netherlands. 
France and Germany. 

ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in the 
16th Century. (3) Painting in the Netherlands, 
France and Germany 

ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in Italy. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 
1400 to 1430 

ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in Italy. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 
1430 to 1475, 

ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 
1475 to 1500 

ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in Italy. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 
1500 to 1525 

ARTH 430 European Baroque Art. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting of the 
major southern European centers in the 1 7th 
century 

ARTH 431 European Baroque Art. (3)- 
Architecture. sculpture and painting of the 
major northern European centers in the 1 7th 
century 

ARTH 434 French Painting. (3) French pain- 
painting from 1 400 to 1 600 From Fouquet to 
Poussin. 

ARTH 435 French Painting. (3) French pain- 
ting from 1 600 to 1 800. From LeBrun to 
David. 

ARTH 440 19th Century European Art. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe 
from Neo-Classicism to Romanticism. 
ARTH 441 19th Century European Art. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe. 
From realism to impressionism and symbolism 



ARTH 445 Impressionism and Neo- 
Impressionism. (3) Prerequisite. ARTH 260. 
261 or consent of instructor. History of Im- 
pressionism and Neo-lmpressionism; artists, 
styles, art theories, cnticism. sources and in- 
fluence on 20th century 
ARTH 450 20th Century Art. (3) Painting, 
sculpture and architecture from the late 19th 
century to 1920 

ARTH 451 20th Century Art. (3) Painting, 
sculpture and architecture from 1 920 to the 
present 

ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Cen- 
tury Sculpture. (3) Trends in sculpture from 
Neo-Classicism to the present Emphasis will 
be put on the redefinition of sculpture during 
the 20th century 

ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts. (3) 
Prerequisite. ARTH 1 00. or ARTH 260 and 
261 . or consent of instructor Graphic 
techniques and styles in Europe from 1400 to 
1800: contributions of major artists 
ARTH 462 African Art. (3) First semester The 
cultures west of the Niger River (Nigena 
through Mali) from 400 B C to the present 
The art is studied through its iconography and 
function in the culture and the intercultural in- 
fluences upon the artists, including a study of 
the societies, cults and ceremonies dunng 
which the art was used 
ARTH 463 African Art. (3) Second semester 
The cultures east and south of Nigeria The art 
is studied through its iconography and function 
in the culture and the intercultural influences 
upon the artists, including a study of the 
societies, cults and ceremonies during which 
the art was used. 

ARTH 464 African Art Research. (3) Seminar 
with concentration on particular aspects of 
African art. The course is given at the Museum 
of Afncan Art in Washington. D.C 
ARTH 470 Latin American Art. (3) Art of the 
Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial penods. 
ARTH 471 Latin American Art. (3) Art of the 
1 9th and 20th centunes 
ARTH 476 History of American Art. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the 
United States from the Colonial period to about 
1975 

ARTH 477 History of American Art. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the 
United States from about 1875 to the present. 
ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History. (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of department head or in- 
structor May be repeated to a maximum of six 
credits 

ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History I. 
(2-3) For advanced students, by permission of 
department chairman Course may be repeated 
for credit if content differs 
ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art History II. 
(2-3) 

ARTH 612 Romanesque Art. (3) Painting and 
sculpture in western Europe in the 1 1 th and 
1 2th centuries; regional styles: relationships 
between styles of painting and sculpture: 
religious content- 

ARTH 514 Gothic Art. (3) Painting and sculp- 
ture in western Europe in the 1 1 th and 1 2th 
centunes; regional styles; relationships bet- 
ween styles of painting and sculpture: religious 
content. 

ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism. (3) 
Prerequisite, ART 423 or permission of in- 



Graduate Programs / 47 



structor Mannerism in Europe during the 1 6th 
century: beginnings in Italy; ramifications in 
France. Germany, Flanders. Spain: painting, ar- 
chitecture, and sculpture, 
ARTH 634 French Painting from LeBrun to 
Gericalul— 1715-1815. (3) Development of 
iconography and style from the Baroque to 
Neo-Classicism and Romanticism Trends and 
major artists 

ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 1830-1860. 
(3) Prerequisite, ART 440 or 441 or 
equivalent Courbet and the problem of realism: 
precursors, David. Gericault. landscape 
schools: Manet: artistic and social theones: 
realism outside France 
ARTH 662 20th Century European Art. (3) 
thePrerequisite. ART 450. 451 or equivalent, A 
detailed examination of the art of an Individual 
country in the 12th century: France, Germany. 
Italy. Spain. England 

ARTH 676 20th Century American Art. (3) 
Prerequisite, ART 450, 451 or equivalent The 
"Eight," the armory show. American ab- 
straction, romantic-realism, new deal art pro- 
jects, American surrealism and expressionism 
ARTH 692 Methods of Art History. (3) 
Methods of research and criticism applied to 
typical art-historical problems: bibliography and 
other research tools May be taken for credit 
one or two semesters 
ARTH 694 Museum Training Program. (3) 
ARTH 695 Museum Training Program. (3) 
ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Art 
History. (3) For advanced graduate students, 
by permission of head of department Course 
may be repeated for credit if content differs. 
ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History. (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of department head or in- 
structor 

ARTH 702 Seminar in Classical Art. (3) 
Prerequisite, ARTH 402. 403 or permission of 
instructor 

ARTH 712 Seminar In Medieval Art. (3) 
Prerequisite, ARTH 412. 413 or permission of 
instructor 

ARTH 728 Seminar Topics in Italian 
Renaissance Art. (3) Problems selected from 
significant themes in the field of Italian 
Renaissance art and architecture. 1200-1600 
May be repeated tor credit if content differs 
ARTH 736 Seminar in 18th Century 
European Art. (3) 

ARTH 740 Seminar In Romanticism. (3) 
Problems derived from the development of 
romantic art dunng the 1 8th and 1 9th centuries 
ARTH 743 Seminar in 19th Century 
European Art. (3) Problems derived from the 
period starting with David and ending with 
Cezanne 

ARTH 760 Seminar in Contemporary Art. (3) 
ARTH 770 Seminar in Latin-American Art. 
(3) Prerequisite, ARTH 471 or permission of 
instructor 

ARTH 772 Seminar in Modern Mexican Art. 
(3) Prerequisite. ARTH 471 or permission of 
instructor Problems of Mexican art of the 19th 
and 20th centuries. Mexicanismo: the "Mural 
Renaissance": architectural regionalism 
ARTH 774 Seminar in 19th Century 
American Art. (3) Problems in architecture 
and painting from the end of the Colonial 
penod until 1860 

ARTH 780 Seminar— Problems in Ar- 
chitectural History and Criticism. (3) 



ARTH 784 Seminar in Literary Sources of Art 

History. (3) Art historical sources from Pliny to 

Malraux 

ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Art 

Hstory. (3) 

ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 

(1-8) 



Art Studio 

ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Processes. 

(3) Six hours per week. Prerequisites, either 
ARTS 220, 330 or 340, Investigation and 
execution of process ohented art. Group and 
individual experimental projects. 
ARTS 410 Drawing IV. (3) Six hours per 
week Prerequisite, ARTS 310 Advanced 
drawing, with emphasis on human figure, its 
structure and organic likeness to forms in 
nature Compositional problems deriving from 
this relationship are also stressed, 
ARTS 420 Painting IV. (3) Six hours per 
week Prerequisite. ARTS 324 Creative pain- 
ting Emphasis on personal direction and self- 
cnticism Group seminars 
ARTS 430 Sculpture IV. (3) Six hours per 
week Prerequisite, ARTS 335. Problems and 
techniques of newer concepts, utilizing various 
materials, such as plastics and metals 
Technical aspects of welding stressed 
ARTS 440 Printmaking III. (3) Six hours per 
week Prerequisite, ARTS 340 and 344 Con- 
temporary experimental techniques of one print 
medium with group discussions. 
ARTS 441 Printmaking IV. (3) Six hours per 
week. Prerequisite. ARTS 440. Continuation of 
ARTS 440 

ARTS 489 Special Problems in Studio Arts. 
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours 
ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art. (2- 
3) For advanced students By permission of 
department chairman Course may be repeated 
for credit if content differs 
ARTS 610 Drawing. (3) Sustained treatment of 
a theme chosen by students Wide variety of 
media 

ARTS 614 Drawing. (3) Traditional materials 
and methods including oriental, sumi ink 
drawing and techniques of classical European 
masters 

ARTS 616 Drawing. (3) Detailed anatomical 
study of the human figure and preparation of 
large scale mural compositions. 
ARTS 620 Painting. (3) 
ARTS 624 Painting. (3) 
ARTS 626 Painting. (3) 
ARTS 627 Painting. (3) 
ARTS 630 Experimentation in Sculpture. (3) 
ARTS 634 Experimentation in Sculpture. (3) 
ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques in 
Sculpture. (3) For advanced students 
Methods of armature building, and the use of a 
variety of stone, wood, metal, and plastic 
matehals 

ARTS 637 Sculpture-Casting and Foundry. 
(3) The traditional methods of plaster casting 
and the complicated types involving metal, cire 
perdue, sand-casting and newer methods, 
such as cold metal process 



ARTS 640 Printmaking. (3) Advanced 
problems, relief process 
ARTS 644 Printmaking. (3) Advanced 
problems, intaglio process. 
ARTS 646 Printmaking. (3) Advanced 
problems Lithographic process. 
ARTS 647 Seminar in Printmaking. (3) 
ARTS 689 Special Problems in Studio Art. 
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours, 
ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting. (3)- 
Preparation and execution of a wall decoration 
ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies in 
Studio Art. (3) For advanced graduate stu- 
dents by permission of head of department. 
Course may be repeated for credit if content 
differs 

ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies in 
Studio Art. (3) 
ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 



Astronomy 
Program 



Professor and Director: Kerr 
Professors: Brandt (part-time). Erickson. 

Kundi. Opik. Wentzel. Westerhout 
Associate Professors: A'Hearn. Bell. 

Harrington. Matthews. Rose. Zipoy. 

Zuckerman 
Assistant Professors: Simonson, 

Trimble (part-time) 

The Astronomy Program, administratively 
part of the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy, offers programs of study leading to 
the degrees of MS and Ph D in Astronomy 
The MS program includes both thesis and 
non-thesis options Areas of specialization in- 
clude: galactic structure, interstellar medium, 
extragalactic astronomy, stellar atmospheres, 
stellar evolution, solar physics, solar system, 
celestial mechanics, astronomical in- 
strumentation 

Students are expected to demonstrate com- 
petence in the following subjects prior to ad- 
mission to graduate work: general physics, 
heat, intermediate mechanics, optics, electricity 
and magnetism, modern physics, differential 
and integral calculus, and advanced calculus A 
student may be admitted without one of these 
courses, but he should plan to make up the 
deficiency as soon as possible, either by in- 
cluding such a course as a part of his graduate 
program or by independent study. 

No formal undergraduate course work in 
astronomy is required However, an entering 
student should have a working knowledge of 
the basic facts of astronomy such as is ob- 
tainable from one of the many elementary text- 
books A more advanced knowledge of 
astronomy will of course enable a student to 
progress more rapidly during the first year of 
graduate work 

Normally, a satisfactory score on the GRE 
Advanced Test in Physics is required before 
an applicant's admission to the Graduate 
School will be considered In special cases, 
the Graduate Entrance Committee may waive 
this requirement, and set other conditions as a 
requirement for admission, to be fulfilled either 
before admission or duhng the first year at 
Maryland, 



48 / Graduate Programs 



A full schedule of courses in all fields of 
astronomy is offered including galactic 
astronomy, astroptiysics. solar system 
astronomy, observational astronomy, celestial 
mectianics, solar ptiysics. study of ttie in- 
terstellar medium and extra-galactic astronomy 
The faculty has expertise in every major 
branch of astronomy The research program 
is centered around tw/o major areas of inter- 
est. The first one is the study of our galaxy: its 
large-scale spiral structure, detailed struc- 
ture and theory of interstellar gas clouds, the 
theory of the interaction betvi^een cosmic rays 
and the gas. and the distribution of different 
types of stars The second is the study of stel- 
lar atmospheres and interiors, including also 
the solar atmosphere, stellar evolution, and 
planetary nebulae Research is also done on 
the physics of the solar system. 

Qualification for the Ph.D. program (which is 
decided in the middle or at the end of the 
second year) requires a written examination on 
basic astronomy at the end of the first year 
and an extensive research project dunng the 
second year Overall performance in the exam, 
course work and research determines ad- 
mission to the Ph D program 

All candidates must take the courses ASTR 
400, 401 and 410. 41 1 (this requirement may 
be waived if the student has previous ex- 
perience) All full-time students are expected to 
attend an average of two colloquia and or 
seminars each week by registering for ASTR 
698. Candidates for the Ph D. should expect to 
take at least four 3-credit Astronomy courses 
at the 600 and 700 level, exclusive of 
seminars and research projects Normally all 
Ph.D. candidates take at least 1 2 credits of ad- 
vanced physics courses Especially recom- 
mended are PHYS 601, 604, and 622 

Many other courses of direct interest to 
astronomy students are available in Physics. 
Mathematics, Meteorology, Electrical 
Engineering, and Chemistry. The student is 
urged to obtain as wide a background as 
possible outside his field of specialization 

For more information, especially for physics 
courses related to astronomy, see the section 
on Physics A brochure, entitled "Graduate 
Study in Astronomy," descnbing the 
requirements, the courses and the research 
program in detail is available from the depart- 
ment. All correspondence, including that con- 
cerning admission to the Astronomy Program, 
should be addressed to Astronomy Program. 
University of Maryland. College Park. Maryland 
20742 

ASTR 400 Introduction to Astroptiysics I. (3) 

Three lectures per week Pre- or corequisite. 
PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. Spec- 
troscopy, structure of the atmospheres of the 
sun and other stars. Observational data and 
curves of growth. Chemical composition 

ASTR 401 Introduction to Astrophysics II. (3) 

Three lectures per week Prerequisite, ASTR 
400 A brief survey of stellar structure and 
evolution, and of the physics of low-density 
gasses, such as the interstellar medium and 
the solar atmosphere Emphasis is placed on a 
good understanding of a few theoretical con- 
cepts that have wide astrophysical ap- 
plications 

ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy. (3) 

Prerequisites, working knowledge of calculus, 
physics through PHYS 284, or 263, and 3 
credits of astronomy An introduction to 
current methods of obtaining astronomical in- 



formation including radio, infrared, optical, ultra- 
violet, and X-ray astronomy The laboratory 
work will involve photographic and photoelec- 
tric observations with the departments optical 
telescope and 21 -cm line spectroscopy, flux 
measurements and interferometry with the 
departments radiotelescopes, 
ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy. (3) 
Prerequisites, ASTR 410, working knowledge 
of calculus, physics through PHYS 284. or 
263, and 3 credits of astronomy An in- 
troduction to current methods of obtaining 
astronomical information including radio, in- 
frared, optical, ultra-violet, and X-ray astronomy 
The laboratory work will involve photographic 
and phofoelectnc observations with the depart- 
ment s optical telescope and 21 -cm line spec- 
troscopy, flux measurements and in- 
terferometry with the department's 
radiotelescopes Observatory work on in- 
dividual projects every semester. 
ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research. 
(3) Three lectures per week Prerequisite, 
MATH 141 and at least 12 credits of in- 
troductory physics and astronomy courses. 
Stellar motions, methods of galactic research, 
study of our own and nearby galaxies, clusters 
of stars 

ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics. (3) Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite. PHYS 410 or 
consent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, or- 
bit theory, equations or motion 
ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy. 
(1-6) Prerequisite, major in physics or 
astronomy and or consent of advisor Re- 
search or special study Credit according to 
work done 

ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite. ASTR 400. 
401 , PHYS 422 or consent of the instructor. 
Observational methods, line formation, curve of 
growth, equation of transfer, stars with large 
envelopes, variable stars, novae, magnetic 
fields in stars. 

ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors. (3) Three lectures 
per week Prerequisites. MATH 414 and PHYS 
422 or consent of instructor A study of stellar 
structure and evolution This course will con- 
sider the question of energy transfer and 
generation in the interior of a star, the structure 
of stars, including problems of turbulence, 
determination of chemical composition, non- 
homogeneous stars, evolution of both young 
and old stars, pulsating stars, novae. 
ASTR 620 Galactic Research. (3) 
Prerequisites, Astronomy 420, 410, 411, or 
consent of the instructor Current methods of 
research into galactic structure, kinematics, 
and dynamics Basic dynamical theory. Optical 
and radio observational methods and current 
results Review of presently-determined 
distnbution and kinematics of the major con- 
situents of the galaxy Evolution of the galaxy 
ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems. (3) 
Three lectures per week Prerequisite. PHYS 
601 or ASTR 420 Study of the structure and 
evolution of dynamical systems encountered in 
astronomy Stellar encounters viewed as a two- 
body problem, statistical treatment of en- 
counters, study of dynamical problems in con- 
nection with star clusters, ellipsoidal 
galaxies, nuclei of galaxies, high-velocity 
ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System. (3) 
Three lectures per week Prerequisite. PHYS 
422 A survey of the problems of in- 
terplanetary space, the solar wind, comets and 
meteors, planetary structure and atmospheres. 



motions of particles in the earths magnetic 

field 

ASTR 660 Physics of the Solar Envelope. (3) 

Three lectures per week Prerequisites. PHYS 
422. ASTR 400 or consent of instructor A 
detailed study of the solar atmosphere. Physics 
of solar phenomena, such as solar flares, 
structure of the corona, etc 
ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter. (3) Three lec- 
tures per week Prerequisites, previous or con- 
current enrollment in PHYS 622. ASTR 400 or 
420, or consent of instructor A study of the 
physical properties of interstellar gas and dust 
This course will include diffuse nebulae, 
regions of ionized hydrogen, regions of neutral 
hydrogen, the problems of interstellar dust and 
perhaps planetary nebulae, molecules. 
ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern 
Astronomy. (1-16) Credit according to work 
done each semester. Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor These courses will be given by 
specialist in various field of modern astronomy, 
partly staff members, partly visiting professors 
of part-time lecturers. They will cover subjects 
such as: cosmology, discrete radio sources, 
magnetohydrodynamics in astronomy, the MR. 
diagram, stellar evolution, external galaxies, 
galactic structure, chemistry or the interstellar 
medium, advanced celestial mechanics, 
astrometry, radio physics of the sun, etc. 
ASTR 698 Seminar. (1) Seminars on various 
topics in advanced astronomy are held each 
semester, with the contents varied each year 
One credit for each semester. There are 
weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from the 
Washington area, and visiting astronomers, 
usually on topics related to their own work. 

ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced 

Astronomy. (1-6) 

ASTR 788 Special Topics in Modern 

Astronomy. (1-16) 

ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 

(1-8) 



Botany Program 

Professor and Chairmar): Sisler 
Professors: Corbetl. Galloway. Kantzes, 

Klarman, Krusberg. Morgan. Patterson, 

Stem 
Researchi Professor Sorokin. 
Associate Professors: Bean, Curtis, 

Karlander Mottos, Rappleye, Reveal 
Assitant Professors: Bamett, Blevins, 

Bottino, Broome 

Stevenson. Van Valkenburg 

' lOint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of Botany offers graduate 
programs leading to the degrees of Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosphy Courses and 
research problems are developed on a per- 
sonal basis arranged according to the in- 
tellectual and professional needs of the stu- 
dent Course programs are flexible and are de- 
signed under close supervision by the student's 
adviser The objective of the program is to equip 
the student with a background and techniques 
for a career in plant science in academic, gov- 
ernmental, industrial or private laboratories 

The areas of specialization are Anatomy and 
Morphology, Plant Biochemistry, Plant 



Graduate Programs / 49 



Biophysics, Plant Ecology, Physiology ot Fungi, 
Genetics and Molecular Biology, Marine 
Biology, Mycology. Plant Nematology. Plant 
Pathology, Phycology, Plant Physiology. 
Taxonomy, and Plant Virology- 
There are no special admission require- 
ments. However, a high degree of intellectual 
excellence is of greater consequence than com- 
pletion of a particular curriculum at the un- 
dergraduate level. 

The degree requirements are flexible 
However, they involve demonstration of com- 
petence in the broad field of botany, as well as 
completion of courses in other disciplines 
which are supportive of modern competence in 
this field 

The department has laboratories equipped 
to investigate most phases of botanical and 
molecular biological research. Field and 
greenhouse facilities are available for research 
requiring plant culture. Special laboratory 
rooms have been developed for research em- 
ploying radioactive isotopes. Major pieces of 
equipment include a transmission electron 
microscope, ultracentrifuges. X-ray equipment, 
low-speed centrifuges, microtomes for cutting 
ultrathin sections, infra-red spectrophotometer, 
recording spectrophotometers, research bers. 
Herbarium, departmental reference room, en- 
zyme preparation rooms, dark rooms, cold 
rooms, special culture apparatus for algae, 
fungi, and higher plants, spectrophotometers, 
and respirometers are among the many special 
pieces of equipment and facilities that are 
available for research 

BOTN 401 History and Philosophy of Botany. 

(1) Prerequisites, 20 semester credit hours in 
biological sciences including BOTN 100 or 
equivalent. Discussion of the development of 
ideas and knowledge about plants, leading to a 
suri^ey of contemporary work in botanical 
science. 

BOTN 402 Plant Microtechnique. (3) BOTN 
405 Systematic Botany. (3) Two two-hour 
laboratory periods a week Prerequisite, BOTN 
212 or equivalent. An advanced study of the 
principles of systematic Botany Laboratory 
practice with difficult plant families including 
grasses, sedges, legumes, and composites. 
Field tnps arranged 

BOTN 405 Teaching Methods in Botany. (2) 
Four two-hour laboratory demonstration 
periods per week, for eight weeks. 
Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or equivalent. A study 
of the biological principles of common plants, 
and demonstrations, projects, and visual aids 
suitable for teaching in primary and secondary 
schools 

BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany. (2) 
Four two-hour laboratory demonstration periods 
per week, for eight weeks Prerequisite. BOTN 
1 00 or equivalent. A study of the biological prin- 
ciples of common plants, and demonstrations, 
projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in 
primary and secondary schools 

BOTN 411 Plant Anatomy. (3) Summer or 
University College. Lectures and labs to be 
arranged The origin and development of the 
organs and the tissue systems in the vascular 
plants 

BOTN 413 Plant Geography. (2) Prerequisite, 
BOTN 1 00 or equivalent A study of plant 
distribution throughout the world and the fac- 
tors generally associated with such distribution 
BPTM 414 Plant Genetics. (3) Prerequisite, 
BOTN 1 00 or equivalent. The basic principles 



of plant genetics are presented; the mechanics 
of transmission of the hereditary factors in 
relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the 
genetics of specialized organs and tissues, 
spontaneous and induced mutations of basic 
and economic significance gene action, 
genetic maps. The fundamentals of polyploidy, 
and genetics in relation to methods of plant 
breeding are the topics considered 
BOTN 415 Plants and Mankind. (2) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A sur- 
vey of the plants which are utilized by man, the 
diversity of such utilization, and their historic 
and economic significance. 
BOTN 416 Principles of Plant Anatomy. (4) 
Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory 
periods per week. The origin and development 
of cells, tissues, and tissue systems of 
vascular plants with special emphasis on seed- 
bearing plants Particular stress is given to the 
comparative, systematic, and evolutionary 
study of the structural components of the 
plants. Prerequisite, General Botany. 
BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy. (2) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or General Biology 
Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for 
eight weeks. The identification of trees, shrubs, 
and herbs, emphasizing the native plants of 
Maryland Manuals, keys, and other techniques 
will be used. Numerous short field trips will be 
taken. Each student will make an individual 
collection. 

BOTN 419 Natural History of Tropical Plants. 
(2) Prerequisite, one course in plant taxonomy 
or permission of instructor. An introduction to 
tropical vascular plants with emphasis on their 
morphological, anatomical, and habital 
peculiarities and major taxonomic features, 
geographic distribution and economic utilization 
of selected familes Two one-hour lectures per 
week. 

BOTN 422 Research Methods in Plant 
Pathology. (2) Two laboratory periods a week 
Prerequisite, BOTN 221 or equivalent. Ad- 
vanced training in the basic research 
techniques and methods of plant pathology. 
BOTN 424 Diagnosis and Control of Plant 
Diseases. (3) Prerequisite, BOTN 221 Three 
lectures per week A study of various plant 
diseases grouped according to the manner in 
which the host plants are affected Emphasis 
will be placed on recognition of symptoms of 
the various types of diseases and on methods 
of transmission and control of the pathogens 
involved 

BOTN 425 Diseases of Ornamentals and 
Turf. (2) Prerequisite, BOTN 221 Two lec- 
tures per week. Designed for those students 
who need practical experience in recognition 
and control of ornamentals and turf diseases. 
The symptoms and current control measures 
for diseases in these crop areas will be 
discussed 

BOTN 426 Mycology. (4) Two lectures and 
two two-hour laboratory periods per week. An 
introductory study morphology, classification, 
life histories, and economics of the fungi. 
BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology. (1) Summer 
Session: Lecture and laboratory to be 
arranged Prerequisite, BOTN 221, or 
equivalent The techniques ot pesticide 
evaluation and the identification and control of 
diseases or Maryland crops are discussed Of- 
fered in alternate years or more frequently with 
demand. 



BOTN 441 Plant Physiology. (4) Two lectures 
and one four-hour laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites, BOTN 100 and General 
Chemistry Organic Chemistry strongly recom- 
mended A survey of the general physiological 
activities of plants. 

BOTN 462 Plant Ecology. (2) Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100. Two lectures per week. The 
dynamics of populations as affected by en- 
vironmental factors with special emphasis on 
the structure and composition of natural plant 
communities, both terrestial and aquatic. 

BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune 
Vegetation. (2) Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, BOTN 1 00. An examination of 
the biology of higher plants in dune and marsh 
ecosystems. 

BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory. (2) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 462 or its equivalent or 
concurrent enrollment therein. One three-hour 
laboratory period a week. Two or three field 
tnps per semester. The application of field and 
experimental methods to the qualitative and 
quantitative study of vegetation and 
ecosystems. 

BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany. (3) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 441 or equivalent. An 
ecological discussion of plant life in the marine 
environment of sea coasts, salt marshes, 
estuaries and open seas, 
BOTN 475 Algal Systematics. (4) One lecture 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, BOTN 100, 202, or per- 
mission of instructor. An intensive study of 
algal structures, morphology, classification and 
nomenclature including preparation, preser- 
vation and identification procedures 
BOTN 477 Marine Plant Biology. (4) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or General Biology 
plus Organic Chemistry or the consent of the 
instructor. Five one-hour lectures and three, 3- 
hour laboratories each week for six weeks. An 
introduction to the taxonomic, physiotogical 
and biochemical characteristics of marine 
plants which are basic to their role in the ecology 
of the oceans and estuaries. 
BOTN 497 Special Problems in Marine 
Research. (1-3) Prerequisites, BOTN 100 or 
General Biology plus Organic Chemistry or 
consent of instructor. Recommended con- 
current or previous enrollment in BOTN 477, 
Marine Plant Biology. An experimental ap- 
proach to problems in marine research dealing 
primarily with phytoplankton, the larger algae, 
and marine spermatophytes. Emphasis will be 
placed on their physiological and biochemical 
activities. 

BOTN 612 Plant Morphology. (3) Second 
semester One lecture and two laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisites, BOTN 212, 
BOTN 41 1 , or equivalent. A comparative study 
of the morphology of the flowering plants, with 
special reference to the phylogeny and 
development of floral organs. 
BOTN 615 Plant Cytogenetics. (3) First 
semester Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, Introductory 
Genetics. An advanced study of the current 
status of plant genetics, particularly gene 
mutations and their relation to chromosome 
changes in corn and other favorable materials, 
BOTN 616 Nucleic Acids and Molecular 
Genetics. (2) Fall semester, alternate years. 
Prerequisites, Biochemistry (CHEM 661) and 
Cytogentics (BOTN 61 5) or equivalent, or con- 



50 / Graduate Programs 



sent of instaictor One session of two hours 
per week. An advanced treatment of the 
biochemistry of nucleic acids and molecular 
genetics for qualified graduate students Lec- 
tures and assigned reports on recent progress 
in the chemistry of inheritance 
BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi. (2) First 
Semester Prerequisites. Organic Chemistry 
and BOTN 441 or equivalent in Bactenal or 
Animal Physiology. A study of various aspects 
of fungal metatjolism. nutrition, biochemical 
transformation, fungal products, and 
mechanism of fungicidal action 
BOTN 623 Physioiogy of Fungi Laboratory. 
(1) First Semester One laboratory penod per 
week. Prerequisites. BOTN 621 or concun-ent 
registration therein Application of equipment 
and techniques in the study of fungal 
physiology. 

BOTN 625 Physiology of Pathogens and 
Host-Pathogen Relationships. (3) Three lec- 
ture periods a week. A study of enzymes, 
toxins, and other factors involved in 
pathogenicity and the relationship of host- 
pathogen interaction to disease development 
BOTN 632 Plant Virology. (2) Second 
semester Two lectures per week in the 
biological, biochemical, and biophysical as- 
pects of viruses and virus diseases of plants. 
Prerequisites. Bachelor's degree or equivalent 
in any biok>gical science and permission of in- 
staictor. 

BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory. (2) 
Second semester Two laboratories per week 
on the application and techniques for studying 
the biological, biochemical and biophysical 
aspects of plant viruses. Prerequisites. 
Bachelor's degree or equivalent in any 
biological science and BOTN 632 or con- 
current registration therein, and permission of 
the instructor 

BOTN 636 Plant Nematology. (4) Second 
semester. Two lectures and two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite. BOTN 221 or 
permission of instructor (not offered 1970-71). 
The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their 
morphology, anatomy, taixonomy. genetics, 
physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and 
control Recent advances in this field will be 
emphasized. 

BOTN 641 Advanced Plant Physiology. (2) 
First semester. Prerequisites. BOTN 441 or 
equivalent, and Organic Chemistry. A presen- 
tation of the metabolic processes occurring in 
plants, including the roles of the essential 
elements in these processes with special em- 
phasis on recent literature 

BOTN 642 Plant Biochemistry. (2) Second 
semester. Prerequisite. BOTN 641 or CHEM 
461 and 462 A treatment of those aspects of 
biochemistry especially pertinent to plants- 
respiration, photosynthesis, and organic trans- 
formations. 

BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory. (2) 

Plant biochemistry laboratory. Second 
semester (not offered 1 973-74). Prerequisites. 
BOTN 642 or concurrent registration therein. 
Use of apparatus and application of techniques 
in the study of the chemistry of plants and 
plant materials. One scheduled three-hour 
latwratory period per week, plus one one-hour 
latxjratory to be arranged. 

BOTN 645 Growth and Development. (2) First 
semester. Prerequisite. 1 2 semester hours of 
Plant Science. A study of current develop- 



ments in the mathematical treatment of growth 
and the effects of radiation, plant hormones, 
photopenodism. and internal biochemical 
balance during the development of the plant 
BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics. (2) Second 
semester (not offered 1972-73), Prerequisites. 
BOTN 641 and at least one year in physics 
An advanced course dealing with the operation 
of physical phenomena in plant life processes 
BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory. (2) 
Plant biophysics laboratory. Second semester 
(not offered in 1972-73). Prerequisites. BOTN 
652 or concurrent registration therein A quan- 
titative and qualitative study of plant systems 
by physical and physiochemical methods and 
instruments One scheduled three-hour 
laboratory period per week, plus one-hour 
laboratory penod to be arranged, 
BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology. (3) Fall 
semester (not offered 1973-74). Prerequisite, 
a working knowledge of elementary genetics 
and calculus, or permission of the instructor 
Population dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, 
and quantitative aspects of the analysis of 
natural communities. Special emphasis will be 
given to recent theoretical developments. 
BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae. (2) Second 
semester (not offered 1973-74) Prerequisite. 
BOTN 642. the equivalent in allies fields, or 
permission of the instructor A study of the 
physiology and comparative biochemistry of 
the algae Laboratory techniques and recent 
advances in algal nutrition, photosynthesis, and 
growth will be reviewed 
BOTN 674 Physiology of Algae Laboratory. 
(0) Second semester (not offered 1973-74) 
One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
previous or concurrent enrollment in BOTN 
672. and permission of instructor. Special 
laboratory techniques involved in the study of 
algal nutrition. 

BOTN 698 Seminar In Botany. (1) First and 
second semesters Prerequisite, permission of 
the instructor Discussion of special topics and 
current literature in all phases of botany. 
BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany. (1-3) 
A — Physiology; B— Ecology: C — Pathology: 
D— Mycology: E— Nematology: F— Cytology: 
G— Cytogenetics: H— Morphology: 
I — Anatomy: J — Taxonomy. First and second 
semester. Credit according to time scheduled 
and organization of course. Maximum credit 
toward an advanced degree for the individual 
student at the discretion of the department. 
This course may be organized as a lecture 
series on a specialized advanced topic, or may 
consist partly, or entirely, of experimental 
procedures. It may be taught by visiting lec- 
turers, or by resident staff members 
BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



College of Business 
and Management 

Professor and Dean: Lamone 
Professors: H Anderson. Carroll. Dawson. 

Fisher. Greer. Hille. Levine. 

Nash. Paine. Taff. Wright 
Associate Professors: Ashmen. 

Courtright. Fromovitz. Gannon. 

Haslem, Hynes, Kuehl. Leete. Loeb, 

Olson. Spivey, Thieblot, Widhelm 
Assistant Professors: C Anderson. 

R Anderson. Beard. Bedingfield. 

Bloom. Corwin. Falthzik. Hargrove, 

Holmberg. Jolson. Lynagh, May, 

Neuman, Nickels. Pegnetter. Poist. 

Solomon. Taylor, Testa 
Lecturer: Handorf 

The College of Business and Management 
offers graduate work leading to the degrees of 
Master of Business Administration and Doctor 
of Business Administration. Areas of 
specialization include accounting, finance, 
marketing, personnel and industrial relations, 
management and organization theory, trans- 
portation, management science and statistics 

The College of Business and Management 
offers an MBA program designed to provide the 
educational foundation for those students with 
the potential to exhibit the highest degree of 
excellence in their future careers as 
professional managers. Successful students in 
the program are expected to demonstrate a 
high level of accomplishment in the following 
areas: 

(1) A thorough and integrated knowledge of 
the basic tools, concepts, and theories 
relating to professional management. 

(2) Behavioral and analytical skills necessary to 
deal creatively and effectively with 
organizational and management problems. 

(3) An understanding of the economic, political, 
technological, and social environments in 
which organizations operate 

(4) A sense of professional and personal in- 
tegrity and social responsibility in the con- 
duct of managerial affairs both internal and 
external to the organization. 

The College of Business and Management is 
the only business school in the Maryland- 
Washington area accredited by the American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business, a 
reflection of the quality of its faculty, programs, 
and facilities. Of the more than 500 graduate 
programs in business and management in the 
country, only 1 45 are accredited by the AACSB 
In a recent study the College of Business and 
Management ranked in the top twenty business 
schools in the areas of administrative science 
and personnel management, and industrial 
relations. 

Both day and evening courses are staffed 
by the full-time graduate faculty recruited from 
the graduate programs of the leading univers- 
ities in the nation, such as Berkeley, Stanford. 
Northwestern. Harvard, Case Western, Cornell. 
Wisconsin. Minnesota. Columbia. Johns 
Hopkins, North Carolina Purdue. Indiana. Penn- 
sylvania. Penn State. Texas. Ohio State, and 
Michigan They are dedicated scholars, 
teachers, and professional leaders, unusual in 
their comparative youth, their academic ex- 
cellence, and their strong committment to 
providing superior management education. 



Graduate Programs / 51 



The students also have access to the ex- 
ceptional academic and professional resources 
of the College Park Campus, including ex- 
cellent library and computer facilities. 

If your major undergraduate work has been 
in areas other than business administration, 
you will be required to complete a set of basic 
core knowledge requirements in business and 
economics with a "B" average before begin- 
ning the graduate I^BA courses This 
knowledge is basic to all managers regardless 
of organizational setting of field of 
specialization. The courses required in the 
core are: principles of economics (6 hours), 
principles of accounting (6 hours), business 
law (3 hours), statistics (3 hours), marketing (3 
hours), management and organization theory (3 
hours), and business finance (3 hours) Course 
credit by examination is available for some of 
the above courses These core courses do not 
apply toward graduate credit and may be taken 
as a special undergraduate student Students 
whose undergraduate degree is in business 
administration will ordinarily have included 
these core courses in their undergraduate 
work For the t\/IBA they will need only the 30 
hours described below 

A group of four graduate courses ( 1 2 
hours) is required of all MBA students: BSAD 
764, Behavioral Factors in Management: BSAD 
734, Introduction to Management Science: 
BSAD 775. Product. Production, and Pricing 
Policy: BSAD 740, Financial Administration or 
BSAD 720, Managerial Accounting. This com- 
mon core provides the student with a 
knowledge of behavioral and analytical skills as 
well as a grounding in managerial economics 
and financial planning and control necessary 
for all professional managers 

Fields of concentration and electives: The 
student has a great deal of flexibility in 
choosing the remaining 6 graduate courses 
(18 hours). The following fields of con- 
centration are available: (1) organizational 
behavior, peronnel and labor relations: (2) 
operations research-statistics: (3) accounting; 
(4) finance: (5) marketing: (6) transportation 
The student does not submit a thesis 

The Doctor of Business Administration 
(DBA) program is designed for those planning 
careers in research, service, and university- 
level teaching as well as professional 
management and government Students with 
masters-level or undergraduate concentrations 
in areas other than business administration may 
also be admitted to the program No foreign 
language is required The DBA program is of- 
fered only during the day The Admission Test 
for Graduate Study in Business is required 

The DBA program requires a minimum of 60 
or 72 semester hours (depending on individual 
student background) A major area is chosen. 
but competence must be developed in all of 
the five concentrations noted above in the 
MBA program, and must be demonstrated by 
passing written examinations in each Following 
the written examinations, each candidate must 
pass an oral examination given by a committee 
of the departmental graduate faculty 

The dissertation must exhibit competence in 
analysis, interpretation, and presentation of 
research findings, and should be a major con- 
tribution to the literature of the field 

BSAD 401 Introduction to Systems Analysis. 

(3) Students enrolled in the Department of 
Business Administration curhcula will register 



for IFSM 436 For detailed information on 
prerequisites and descriptions of the course, 
refer to IFSM 436, The credits earned in IFSM 
436 may be included in the total credits earned 
in the area of concentration in Business Admin- 
istration. 

BSAD 420 Undergraduate Accounting 
Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing as 
an Accounting major or consent of instructor 
Enrollment limited to upper one-third of senior 
class Seminar coverage of outstanding current 
non-text literature, current problems and case 
studies in Accounting. 
BSAD 421 Undergraduate Accounting 
Seminar. <3) Prerequisite, senior standing as 
an Accounting major or consent of instructor. 
Enrollment limited to upper one-third of senior 
class Seminar coverage of outstanding current 
non-text literature Current problems and case 
studies in Accounting. 

BSAD 422 Auditing Theory and Practice. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 31 1 A study of the prin- 
ciples and problems of auditing and application 
of accounting principles to the preparation of 
audit working papers and reports. 
BSAD 423 Apprenticeship in Accounting. (0) 
Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours 
in accounting and the consent of the ac- 
counting staff A period of apprenticeship is 
provided with nationally known firms of cer- 
tified public accountants from about January 
1 5 to February 1 5. 

BSAD 424 Advanced Accounting. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 31 1. Advanced accounting 
theory of specialized insurance, statement of 
affairs, receiver's accounts, realization and 
liquidation reports, and consolidation of parent 
and subsidiary accounts. 
BSAD 425 CPA Problems. (3) Prerequisite, 
BSAD 311, or consent of instructor. A study of 
the nature, form and content of CPA. 
examinations by means of the preparation of 
solutions to. and an analysis of. a large sample 
of CPA problems covering the various ac- 
pounting fields 

BSAD 426 Advanced Cost Accounting. (2) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 321 A continuation of 
basic cost accounting with special emphasis 
on process costs, standard costs, joint costs, 
and by-product costs 

BSAD 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and 
Practice. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 422 Ad- 
vanced auditing theory and practice and report 
writing. 

BSAD 430 Linear Statistical Models in 
Business. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 230 or con- 
sent of instructor Model building involving an 
intensive study of the general linear stochastic 
model and the applications of this model to 
business problems The model is derived in 
matrix form and this form is used to analyze 
both the regression and anova formulations of 
the general linear model 
BSAD 431 Design of Statistical Experiments 
in Business. (3) Prerequisite. BSAD 230 or 
231. Surveys anova models, basic and ad- 
vanced experimental design concepts Non- 
parametnc tests and correlation are em- 
phasized. Applications of these techniques to 
business problems in primarily the marketing 
and behavioral sciences are stressed. 

BSAD 432 Sample Survey Design for 
Business and Economics. (3) Prerequisite. 
BSAD 230 or 231 Design of probability sam- 
ples Simple random sampling, stratified random 



sampling, systematic sampling, and cluster 
sampling designs are developed and compared 
for efficiency under varying assumptions about 
the population sampled. Advanced designs 
such as multistage cluster sampling and 
replicated sampling are surveyed Implementing 
these techniques in estimating parameters of 
business models is stressed. 
BSAD 433. Statistical Decision Theory in 
Business. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 231 or con- 
sent of instructor Bayesian approach to the 
use of sample information in decision-making. 
Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria, ex- 
pected returns, and expected utility are 
examined. Application of these concepts to 
decision-making in the firm in various contexts 
are considered. 

BSAD 434 Operations Research I. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 230, MATH 240 or per- 
mission of instructor. Designed primarily for 
students majoring in Management Science. 
Statistics, and Information Systems 
Management It is the first semester of a two 
semester introduction to the philosophy, 
techniques and applications of operations 
research Topics covered include linear 
programming, postoptimality analysis, network 
algorithms, dynamic programming, inventory 
and equipment replacement models. 
BSAD 435 Operations Research II. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 434. or permission of in- 
structor The second semester of a two-part in- 
troduction to operations research The primary 
emphasis is on stochastic models in 
Management Science Topics include stochastic 
linear programming, probabilistic dynamic 
programming, markov processes, probabilistic 
inventory models, queueing theory and 
simulation 

BSAD 436 Applications of Mathematical 
Programming in Management Science. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 434 or permission of in- 
structor Theory and applications of linear, in- 
teger, and nonlinear programming models to 
management decisions Topics covered include 
the basic theorems of linear programming: the 
matrix formulation of the simplex, and dual sim- 
plex algorithms: decomposition, cutting plane, 
branch and bound, and implicit enumeration 
algorithms: gradient based algorithms: and 
quadratic programming Special emphasis is 
placed upon model formulation and solution 
using prepared computer algorithms 
BSAD 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis for 
Business Management. (3) Prerequisite. 
BSAD 430 and Math 240 or permission of the 
instructor Selected topics in statistical analysis 
which are relevant to management for students 
with knowledge of basic statistical methods. 
Topics include evolutionary operation and 
response surface analysis, forecasting 
techniques, pathologies of the linear model and 
their remedies, multivariate statistical models, 
and non-parametric models 
BSAD 440 Financial Management. (3) 
Prerequisite. BSAD 340 Analysis and 
discussion of cases and reading relating to 
financial decisions of the firm The application 
of finance concepts to the solution of financial 
problems is emphasized 
BSAD 443 Security Analysis and Valuation. 
(3) Prerequisite, BSAD 343 Study and ap- 
plication of the concepts, methods, models, 
and empirical findings to the analysis, valuation, 
and selection of securities, especially common 
stock. 



52 / Graduate Programs 



BSAD 445 Commercial Bank Management. 

(3) Prerequisites, BSAD 340 and ECON 430 
Analysis and discussion of cases and readings 
in Commercial Bank Management The loan 
function is emphasized: also the management 
of liquidity reserves, investments for income, 
and source of funds Bank objectives, func- 
tions, policies, organization, structure, services, 
and regulation are considered 

BSAD 450 Marketing Research Methods. (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 230 and 350 Recom- 
mended that BSAD 430 be taken pnor to this 
course. This course is intended to develop 
skill in the use of scientific methods in the 
acquisition, analysis and interpretation of 
marketing data It covers the specialized fields 
of f^arketing Research; the planning of survey 
projects, sample design, tabulation procedure 
and report preparation 

BSAD 451 Consumer Analysis. (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 350 and 351 Recom- 
mended that PSYC 100 and 221 be taken 
pnor to this course. Considers the growing im- 
portance of the American consumer in the 
marketing system and the need to understand 
him. Topics include the foundation con- 
siderations underlying consumer behavior such 
as economic, social, psychological and cultural 
factors. Analysis of the consumer in marketing 
situations— as a buyer and user of products 
and services — and in relation to the various in- 
dividual social and marketing factors affecting 
his behavior The influence of marketing com- 
munications is also considered. 

BSAD 452 Promotion Mangement. (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 350 and 352. This course 
is concerned with the way in which business 
firms use advertising. Personal selling, sales 
promotion, and other methods as part of their 
marketing program. The case study method is 
used to present problems taken from actual 
business practice Gases studied illustrate 
problems in the use and coordination of 
demand stimulation methods as well as 
analysis and planning. Research, testing and 
statistical control of promotional activities are 
also considered. 

BSAD 453 Industrial Marketing. (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 350 plus one other 
marketing course. The industhal and business 
sector of the marketing system is considered 
rather than the household or ultimate consumer 
sector. Industhal products range from raw 
materials and supplies to the major equipment 
in a plant, business office, or institution. Topics 
include product planning and introduction, 
market analysis and forecasting, channels, 
pricing, field sales force management, ad- 
vertising, marketing cost analysis, and govern- 
ment relations. Particular attention is given to 
industhal, business and institutional buying 
policies and practice and to the analysis of 
buyer behavior. 

BSAD 454 International Marketing. (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 350 plus any other 
marketing course. A study of the marketing 
functions from the viewpoint of the in- 
ternational executive. In addition to the 
coverage of international marketing policies 
relating to product adaptation, data collection 
and analysis, channels of disthbution, pricing, 
communications, and cost analysis, con- 
sideration is given to the cultural, legal, finan- 
cial, and organizational aspects of international 
marketing. 



BSAD 455 Sales Management. (3) The role of 

the sales manager, both at headquarters and in 
the field, in the management of people, resour- 
ces and marketing functions. An analysis of the 
problems involved in sales organization, 
forecasting, planning, communicating, 
evaluating and controlling. Attention is given to 
the application of quantitative techniques and 
pertinent behavioral science concepts in the 
management of the sales effort and sales 
force 

BSAD 460 Personnel Management— Analysis 
and Problems. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 360 
Recommended, BSAD 230. Research findings, 
special readings, case analysis, simulation, and 
field investigations are used to develop a bet- 
ter understanding of personnel problems, alter- 
native solutions and their practical 
ramifications 

BSAD 462 Labor Legislation. (3) Case 
method analysis of the modern law of industhal 
relations. Cases include the decisions of ad- 
ministrative agencies, courts and arbitration 
thbunals. 

BSAD 464 Organizational Behavior. (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 364. An examination of 
research and theory concerning the forces 
which contribute to the behavior of 
organizational members Topics covered in- 
clude: work group behavior, supervisory 
behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals 
and attitudes, communication problems, 
organizational change, and organizational goals 
and design. 

BSAD 467 Undergraduate Seminar in Per- 
sonnel Management. (3) Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor. This course is open only to 
the top one-third of undergraduate majors in 
personnel and labor relations and is offered 
duhng the Fall semester of each year. 
Highlights major developments Guest lecturers 
make pehodic presentations 

BSAD 470 Motor Transportation. (3) 

Prerequisite, BSAD 370. The development and 
scope of the motor carrier industry: different 
types of carriers, economics of motor trans- 
portation, service available, federal regulation, 
highway financing, allocation of cost to high- 
way users, highway barhers. 
BSAD 471 Water Transportation. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 370 Water earners of all 
types, development and types of sen/ices, 
trade routes, inland waterways, company 
organization, the American Merchant Mahne as 
a factor in national activity. 

BSAD 472 Commercial Air Transportation. 

(3) Prerequisite, BSAD 370 The air trans- 
portation system of the United States: air- 
ways, airports, airlines. Federal regulation of air 
transportation: economics, equipment, 
operations, financing, selling of passenger and 
cargo services. Airmail development and ser- 
vices. 

BSAD 473 Advanced Transportation 
Problems. (3) Prequisite, BSAD 370 A chtical 
examination of current government trans- 
portation policy and proposed solutions Ur- 
ban and Intercity managerial transport problems 
are also considered 

BSAD 474 Urban Transport and Urban 
Development. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 
205. An analysis of the role of urban trans- 
portation in present and future urban develop- 
ment. The interaction of transport phcing and 



service, urban planning, institutional restraints, 

and public land uses is studied. 

BSAD 480 Legal Environment of Business. 

(3) The course examines the principal ideas in 
law stressing those which are relevant for the 
modern business executive. Legal reasoning 
as it has evolved in this country will be one of 
the central topics of study Several leading 
antitrust cases will be studies to illustrate vividly 
the reasoning process as well as the interplay 
of business, philosophy, and the various con- 
ceptions of the nature of law which give direc- 
tion to the process Examination of con- 
temporary legal problems and proposed 
solutions, especially those most likely to affect 
the business community, are also covered. 
BSAD 481 Public Utilities. (3) Prerequisite, 
ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated in- 
dustnes as specific examples, attention is 
focused on broad and general problems in 
such diverse fields as constitutional law, ad- 
ministrative law, public administration, govern- 
ment control of business, advanced economic 
theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, 
taxation, finance, engineering, and 
management. 

BSAD 482 Business and Government. (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 203 or 205. A study of 
the role of government in modern economic 
life Social control of business as a remedy for 
the abuses of business enterphse arising from 
the decline of competition, criteria or 
limitations on government regulation of private 
enterprise. 

BSAD 485 Advanced Production 
Management. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 385 A 
study of typical problems encountered by the 
factory manager. The objective is to develop 
the ability to analyze and solve problems in 
management control of production and in the 
formulation of production policies. Among the 
topics covered are plant location, production 
planning and control, methods analysis, and 
time study. 

BSAD 490 Urban Land Management. (3) 
Covers the managehal and decision-making 
aspects of urban land and property. Included 
are such subjects as land use and valuation 
matters. 

BSAD 493 Honors Study. (3) First semester 
of the senior year. Prerequisite, candidacy for 
honors in Business Administration. The course 
is designed for honors students who have 
elected to conduct intensive study (in- 
dependent or group). The student will work un- 
der the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and 
the chairman of the honors committee. They 
shall determine that the area of study is of a 
scope and intensity deserving of a candidate's 
attention. Formal whtten and/or oral reports on 
the study may be required by the faculty ad- 
visor and/or chairman of the honors com- 
mittee. Group meetings of the candidates may 
be called at the discretion of the faculty ad- 
visors or chairman of the honors committee. 
BSAD 494 Honors Study. (3) Second 
semester of the senior year. Prerequisite. 
BSAD 493. and continued candidacy for 
honors in Business Administration. The student 
shall continue and complete the research 
initiated in BSAD 493, additional reports may 
be required at the discretion of the faculty ad- 
visor and honors program chairman Group 
meetings may be held. 
BSAD 495 Business Policies. (3) 
Prerequisites, BSAD 340, 350, 364, and 



Graduate Programs / 53 



senior standing. A case study course in which 
the aim is to have the student apply what they 
have learned of general management pnnciples 
and their specialized functional applications to 
the overall management function in the en- 
terphse. 

BSAO 710 Advanced Accounting Theory I. 
(3) The study of the theoretical and con- 
ceptual foundations for generally accepted ac- 
counting principles and practices. Recent and 
current literature and ideas are studied in 
depth to provide coverage of the basic postu- 
lates, assumptions, and standards which under- 
lie the measurement criteria and practices 
of financial accounting 

BSAD 720 Managerial Accounting I. (3) The 
use of accounting data for corporate financial 
planning and control. Topics included are 
organization for control, profit planning, 
budgeting, relevant costing, return on in- 
vestment,, and administration of the con- 
trollership function in smaller organizations 
BSAD 720 or 740 is required of fvt.B.A. can- 
didates. 

BSAD 730 Statistical Analysis and Business 
Decisions. (3) This course acquaints students 
with the "Bayesian" approach to decision- 
making. Topics include: a review of basic 
probability concepts and theorems; the 
relationship between expected utility and 
rational action: incremental analysis: partial ex- 
pectations: linear profits and costs: opportunity 
loss and the cost of uncertainty: conditional 
and joint probability: the binomial, Pascal, 
Poisson, gamma, and normal probability 
distributions; the revision of probabilities in the 
light of new information: prepostehor analysis 
and sequential decision procedures. 
BSAD 731 Theory of Survey Design. (3) 
Examines the usefulness of statistical pnn- 
ciples in survey design. Topics include: the 
nature of statistical estimation, the differential 
attributes of different estimators, the merits and 
weaknesses of available sampling methods and 
designs, the distinctive aspects of simple ran- 
dom samples, stratified random samples, and 
cluster samples, ratio estimates and the 
problems posed by biases and non-sampling 
errors. 

BSAD 732 Concepts and Methods of Ex- 
perimental Statistics. (3) Prerequisites, BSAD 
730 (BSAD 330 highly desirable). Topical 
coverage includes the median test for 2 sam- 
ples, Wilcoxon-f^ann-Whitney test. Mood's 
square rank test for dispersion, contingency 
table analysis, tetrachohc and rank correlation, 
analysis of vahance and covariance, 
discnminatory analysis and factor analysis. The 
course will use BfvID class M, class V and 
class S programs or other "canned " programs. 
BSAD 734 Introduction to Management 
Science. (3) Required of MBA and DBA. 
candidates The processes, tools, and 
methodological problems in applying 
management science to aid managehal 
decision-making. Deals with the relationship of 
other quantitative aids to managerial actions 
such as economic analysis and systems 
analysis. 

BSAD 735 Application of Management 
Science. (3) Prerequisites, BSAD 734 or con- 
sent of the instructor This course will expose 
the student to the successes and difficulties 
experienced in applying operations research to 
management decision-making In all functional 
areas. The examination of "classical" and con- 

54 / Graduate Programs 



temporary applications in the literature and 
case studies will be emphasized. 
BSAD 736 Philosophy and Practice of 
Management Science. (3) Prerequisites, com- 
pletion of any two graduate level operations 
research courses and a graduate level behav- 
ioral course, or consent of instructor. 
BSAD 737 Management Simulation (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 734 and consent of in- 
structor. Deals with the development, 
manipulation, and validity of an operational 
model. Production information and other 
decision systems of concern to management 
will be studied. Manipulation of parameter 
values, assumptions, and conditions are 
studied. This is accomplished in conjunction 
with the use of computer facilities at the com- 
puter science center on campus. 
BSAD 740 Financial Administration. (3) The 
role of the financial manager in executive 
decision-making. Financial planning, analysis, 
and control in such areas as the allocation of 
financial resources within the firm, forecasting 
and budgeting, capital budgeting and the bases 
for investment decisions, alternative sources of 
short-term and long-term financing and finan- 
cial problems of growth. BSAD 720 or 740 is 
required of MBA. candidates. 
BSAD 743 Investment Analysis. (3) 
Evaluation of debt and equity secuhty alter- 
natives available for the employment of the in- 
vestment fund. Analysis of economic and finan- 
cial data of the national economy. The industry, 
and the company to arrive at the fundamental 
value of a secuhty. Study of securities markets 
as independent regulators of investment 
values. Motives, needs, and basic ingredients in 
the selection and supervision of the portfolio. 
BSAD 750 Marketing Administration. (3) 
Required for MBA. candidates with con- 
centrations in marketing. Principal objectives 
are: to develop an understanding of the 
problems and goals of marketing executives, to 
develop competence in the analysis and 
solution of marketing problems, and to evaluate 
specific marketing efforts as they contribute to 
a coordinated total marketing program. At- 
tention will be focused on product, price, and 
service policies, market characteristics, chan- 
nel selection, promotional policies and 
organization structure. 

BSAD 751 Marketing Communications 
Management. (3) Required for MBA. can- 
didates concentrating in marketing. Concerned 
with the part that advertising, promotion, public 
relations and related efforts play in the ac- 
complishment of a firm's total marketing ob- 
jectives Its purpose is to develop competence 
in the formulation of mass communications, ob- 
jectives in budget optimization, media appraisal, 
theme selection, program implementation and 
management, and results measurement. 
BSAD 752 Marketing Research Methods. (3) 
Required for MBA. candidates concentrating in 
marketing. Deals with the process of acquihng, 
classifying and interpreting phmary and secon- 
dary marketing data needed for intelligent, 
profitable marketing decisions. Through 
readings, discussion, and case studies, efforts 
are made to develop skill in evaluating the ap- 
propriateness of alternative methodologies 
such as the inductive, deductive, survey, ob- 
servational, and expehmental. Consideration is 
also given to recent developments in the 
systematic recording and use of internal and 
external data needed for marketing decisions 



BSAD 753 International Marketing. (3) Deals 

with environmental, organizational, and financial 
aspects of international marketing as well as 
problems of marketing research, phcing, chan- 
nels of disthbution, product policy, and com- 
munications which face U.S. firms trading with 
foreign firms or which face foreign firms in their 
operations 

BSAD 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis. (3) A 
systematic examination and evaluation of the 
literature, research tradition and theory of 
buyer behavior in the market place from a fun- 
damental and applied perspective. The 
cognitive and behavioral bases underlying the 
buying process of individuals and institutions is 
investigated to better understand, predict, and 
influence the process through the effective 
utilization of the firms' marketing resources. 
BSAD 760 Personnel Management— Man- 
power Procurement and Development. (3) An 
"in depth" treatment of problems and 
techniques involved in obtaining and 
developing a competent work force, manpower 
forecasting, job analysis, time study, recruit- 
ment, techniques, psychological tests, in- 
terviews, application blanks, references, 
programmed instruction role playing, and sen- 
sitivity training are typical topics included 
BSAD 761 Personnel Management— Man- 
power Compensation and Evaluation. (3) 
After a work force has been assembled and 
developed (BSAD 760), the manager must see 
to it that its potential is converted into efficient 
and continuing performance. This course 
provides an "in depth" analysis of the role of 
employee compensation and appraisal in ac- 
complishing this end. Typical topics include 
wage theory, incentive systems, wage decision 
chteria, job evaluation, profit sharing, wage sur- 
veys, forced choice rating, critical incidents, 
appraisal interviews, and fhnge benefits. 
BSAD 762 Collective Bargaining— Current 
Problems and Issues. (3) Includes such 
topics as methods of handling industrial 
disputes, legal restrictions on various collective 
bargaining activities, theory and philosophy of 
collective bargaining, and Internal union 
problems. 

BSAD 763 Administration of Labor Relations. 
(3) Deals with labor relations at the plant level. 
Emphasizes the negotiation and administration 
of labor contracts. Includes union policy and in- 
fluence on personnel management activities. 
BSAD 764 Behavioral Factors In Mangement. 
(3) Required of MBA. candidates. A chtical 
analysis of the impact of the behavioral 
sciences on traditional concepts of management 
as process and as organization. Included within 
the area of analysis are such subjects as 
human motivation, human relations, morale, 
status, role, organization, communication, 
bureaucracy, the executive role, leadership and 
training 

BSAD 765 Application of Behaviorial Science 
to Business. (3) Prerequisite, BSAD 764 or 
permission of professor. Stresses case 
analysis of bahavioral knowledge applied to 
management problems. Typical topics include 
analysis of modes of introducing change, 
group versus organizational goals, 
organizational barriers to personal growth, the 
effect of authority systems on behavior, and 
the relationship between technology and social 
structure 

BSAD 770 Transportation Theory and 
Analysis. (3) Examines the transportation 



system and its components. Key topics in the 
development and present form of trans- 
portation in botti ttie United States and ottier 
countries are considered together with 
theoretical concepts employed in the analysis 
of transport problems 

BSAD 771 Transport and Public Policy. (3) 

An intensive study of the nature and con- 
sequences of relations between governments 
and agencies thereof, carriers in the various 
modes, and users of transport services 
Typical areas subjected to examination and 
analysis include; the control of transport firms 
by regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers, 
methods employed in the allocation of funds to 
the construction, operation, and maintenance 
of publicly-provided transport facilities, and the 
direct subsidization of services supplied by 
privately-owned entities Additional problems 
considered include labor and safety. Com- 
parative international transport policies and 
problems are also examined. 

BSAD 772 Management of Physical 
Distribution. (3) Focuses on managerial prac- 
tices required to fulfill optimally the physical 
movement needs of extractive, manufactuhng, 
and merchandising firms. Attention is given to 
the total cost approach to physical distribution. 
Interrelations among purchased transport ser- 
vices, privately-supplied transport services, 
warehousing, inventory control, matehals han- 
dling, packaging, and plant location are con- 
sidered. An understanding of the com- 
munications network to support physical 
distribution is developed in conjunction with 
study of the problems of coordination between 
the physical movement management function 
and other functional areas within the business 
firm— such as accounting, finance, marketing, 
and production. 

BSAD 773 Transportation Strategies. (3) 

Treats organization structure, policies, and 
procedures employed in the administration of 
inter- and intraurban transport firms. Problems 
receiving attention include managerial develop- 
ment, operational and financial planning and 
control, demand analysis, pricing, promotional 
policies, intra- and intermodal competitive and 
complementary relationships, and methods for 
accommodating public policies designed to 
delimit the managerial discretion to carrier 
executives Administrative problems peculiar to 
publicly-owned and operated transport entities 
are also considered 

BSAD 774 Private Enterprise and Public 
Policy. (3) Examines the executive's social 
and ethical responsibilities to his employees, 
customers and to the general public. Con- 
sideration is given to the conflicts occasioned 
by competitive relationships in the private sec- 
tor of business and the effect of insitutional 
restraints. The trends in public policy and their 
future effect upon management are examined 
For comparative purposes, several examples of 
planned societies are considered. 

BSAD 775 Product, Production and Pricing 
Policy. (3) Required of IV!. B. A. candidates The 
application of economic theory to the business 
enterprise in respect to the determination of 
policy and the handling of management 
problems with particular reference to the firm 
producing a complex line of products, nature 
of competition, pricing policy, interrelationship 
of production and marketing problems, basic 
types of cost, control systems, theories of 



depreciation and investment and the impact of 
each upon costs 

BSAD 777 Policy Issues in Public Utilities. 

(3) A critical analysis of current developments 
in regulatory policy and issues arising among 
public utilities, regulatory agencies, and the 
general public. Emphasis is placed on the elec- 
tric, gas, water, and communications industhes 
in both the public and private sectors of the 
economy. Changing and emerging problems 
stressed include those pertinent to cost 
analysis, depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of 
return, the rate base, differential rate-making, 
and labor. In addition, the growing importance 
of technological developments and their impact 
on state and federal regulatory agencies are 
explored 

BSAD 781 International Business Ad- 
ministration. (3) Examines the international 
business environment as it affects company 
policy and procedures. Integrates the business 
functions undertaken in international operations 
through analysis in depth and comprehensive 
case studies This course can be credited 
toward the 18-hour requriement for a major 
field in the D.B.A. program. 
BSAD 782 Management of the Multinational 
Firm. (3) Deals with the problems and policies 
of international business enterprise at the 
management level Considers management of a 
multinational enterprise as well as management 
within foreign units. The multinational firm as a 
socio-econometric institution is analyzed in 
detail. Cases in comparative management are 
utilized 

BSAD 785 Management Planning and Con- 
trol Systems. (3) Concerned with planning and 
control systems for the fulfillment of 
organizational objectives. Identification of 
organizational objectives, responsibility centers, 
information needs and information network. 
Case studies of integrated planning and con- 
trol systems. 

BSAD 786 Development and Trends in 
Production Management. (3) Case studies of 
production problems in a number of industries 
Focuses attention in decisions concerning 
operating programs and manufacturing policies 
at the top level of manufactuhng Basic con- 
cepts of process and product technology are 
covered, taking into consideration the scale, 
operating range, capital cost, method of con- 
trol, and degree of mechanization at each suc- 
cessive stage in the manufactuhng process. 
BSAD 787 Management Policy Formulation. 
(3) An integrative course which applies stu- 
dents' knowledge of the various functional areas 
in business administration to the formulation, 
execution, and evaluation of managerial 
policies. The viewpoint of the chief ad- 
ministrative officers and board of directors is 
emphasized. 

BSAD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
BSAD 811 Advanced Accounting Theory II. 
(3) Prerequisite BSAD 710 A study of the 
more controversial, not generally accepted 
ideas and concepts, currently proposed as 
suggested solutions to current problems or to 
improve the state of the art of financial ac- 
counting measurements. 
BSAD 812 Accounting in Regulated In- 
dustries. (3) A study of the unique accounting 
problems of industries subject to cost and 
price regulations of government agencies In- 
cluded are government contracts and grants. 



rate regulations for transportation carriers and 
public utilities, distribution cost analyses under 
the Robinson-Patman Act, and cost regulations 
of the N/ledicare program. 
BSAD 813 The Impact of Taxation on 
Business Decisions. (3) A study of the impact 
of tax law and regulations on alternative 
business strategies. Particular emphasis is 
given to the large, multidivisional firm. Problems 
of acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, and other 
divestitures are considered from the viewpoint 
of profit planning, cash flow, and tax differment. 
BSAD 814 Current Problems of Professional 
Practice. (3) Generally accepted auditing stan- 
dards, auditing practices, legal and ethical 
responsibilities, and the accounting and repor- 
ting requirements of the securities and ex- 
change commission 

BSAD 821 Managerial Accounting II. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 720. The management of 
the controllership function in the large, 
multidivisional firm. Centralized and decen- 
tralized organizations; management control 
systems in consolidated and conglomerate cor- 
porations; alternative strategies for profit 
maximization; acquisitions and divestitures for 
increased investment return. 
BSAD 828 Independent Study In Business 
Administration. (1-9) 

BSAD 830 Management Science I— Linear 
Programming. (3) Prerequisite, mathematics, 
through differential calculus, and BSAD 734 or 
consent of instructor. The theory and use of 
deterministic models in management science. 
IVlodels are based upon optimization 
techniques for conditions of data certainty. In- 
cludes linear programming models, inventory 
models, and replacement models. 

BSAD 831 Management Science II— Ex- 
tension of Linear Programming and Network 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites, BSAD 830 or con- 
sent of instructor, and fVlATH 240. Basic FOR- 
TRAN programming proficiency is assumed. In- 
cludes a brief review of basic linear program- 
ming, separable programming, application to 
game theory, the primal-dual and criss-cross 
algohthms, quadratic programming, basic con- 
cepts of network theory, the max-flow algo- 
rithms. The basic concepts and techniques of 
network theory will be developed and applied to 
the transportation problem 

BSAD 832 Management Science III— Op- 
timization and Nonlinear Programming. (3) 

Prerequisites, BSAD 830 or consent of in- 
structor, and MATH 241 . Topical coverage in- 
cludes Kuhn-Tucker theory, the lagrangena, 
the concept of an algorithm (notation map con- 
vergence), unconstrained problems, convex 
simplex and method of centers algorithms, 
penalty and barrier, feasible-directions and cut- 
ting plan algorithms. 

BSAD 833 Management Science IV— Integer 
and Dynamic Programming. (3) Prerequisite, 
Business— BSAD 831 and BSAD 832 or con- 
sent of instructor, fv/lathematics— MATH 241 
minimum, MATH 400 and 410 preferred. 
Coverage includes fractional, all integer and 
mixed integer algohthms, the knapsack 
problem, decomposition, recusion analysis, in- 
teger optimization and sensitivity, hsk and un- 
certainty situations and an introduction to non- 
sehal and infinite stage systems. 
BSAD 834 Probabilistic Models. (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 400 highly recommended 
MATH 241 or consent of the instructor. 

Graduate Programs / 55 



Theoretical foundations for the construction 
and optimization of probabilistic models. 
Following the review of stochastic processes, 
the Polsson process and the f^arkovian 
processes. Topics may Include queuing 
theory, Inventory theory. I^arkovlan decision 
processes and stochastic linear programming 
BSAD 835 Statistical IModel Building. (3) 
Prerequisites. BSAD 432, MATH 241, or con- 
sent of instructor Emphasizes the actual con- 
struction of models encountered In and drawn 
from experience In business administration, 
utilizing "canned" computer programs which 
are in wide industrial use. Topical coverage in- 
cludes a review of the matrix approach to 
linear regression. Effects of bias in the general 
regression situation, weighted least squares, 
orthogonal polynomials, verification and main- 
tenance of the mathematical model, and the in- 
troduction to non-linear estimation 
BSAD 840 Working Capital Management. (3) 
An intensive study of short- and Intermediate- 
term sources of funds and the management of 
cash, accounts receivable and inventories. In- 
cludes consideration of determinants of 
working capital needs, financial analysis as 
related to short-term financing problems, 
estimation of funds requirements, patterns of 
fund requirements, and major types of loan 
arrangements. Case studies, supplemented 
with outside readings 

BSAD 841 Long-Term Capital IVIanagement. 
(3) An intensive study of long-term financing, 
return on Investment and cost of capital. Par- 
ticular attention is paid to appraising alternative 
forms of long-term financing, methods of 
measuring return on investment, and problems 
such as measuring the cost of capital of 
cyclical companies and growth companies 
Case studies, supplemented with outside 
readings 

BSAD 843 Portfolio Management. (3) 
Prerequisite, BSAD 743 or consent of in- 
structor The process of investment Selection 
and supervision of secunties appropriate for 
the requirements and objectives of both the in- 
dividual and institutional investor Underlying 
considerations necessary for the continued 
success of the Investment program Critical 
analysis of case studies in portfolio 
management Effects of temporary changes on 
investment decisions. 

BSAD 845 Financial Institutions. (3) Provides 
an analysis of the structure of financial in- 
stitutions In the Amehcan economy, including 
commercial banking and non-banking 
organizations which serve business and con- 
sumers. Topics covered include determinants 
of the demand for. and supply of. funds and 
the role of financial institutions in channeling 
financial capital among the vanous sectors of 
the American economy 
BSAD 846 International Financial Ad- 
ministration. (3) Deals with the problems of 
financial administration of the multinational firm. 
Includes the financing of investment abroad 
and management of assets in differing financial 
environments as well as the financing of ex- 
ports and imports Consideration of national 
and international financial institutions as they 
relate to the international operations of 
American and foreign business firms 
BSAD 850 Marketing Ctiannels Analysis. (3) 
Focuses on the fundamentals explain alternate 
channels of distnbution and the roles played by 
vanous intermediaries, the evolution of 



business structures in marketing, reasons for 
change, and projected marketing patterns for 
the future. I^.B.A candidates may register with 
permission of instructor. 
BSAD 851 Quantitative Methods in 
Marketing— Demand and Cost Analysis. (3) 
Consideration is given to quantitative methods 
in the analysis and prediction of market 
demand and marketing costs. Topics in con- 
nection with demand include market potentials, 
sales forecasting, consumer analysis, 
promotional and pricing results, and the like. 
Cost analysis focuses on allocation of costs by 
marketing functions, products, terntories. 
customers and marketing personnel. Statistical 
techniques, mathematics, models and other 
methods are utilized in the solution of 
marketing problems. IvI.B.A candidates may 
register with permission of instructor. 
BSAD 852 Theory in Marketing. (3) An inquiry 
into the problems and elements of theory 
development In general with specific reference 
to the field of marketing A chtical analysis and 
evaluation of past and contemporary efforts to 
formulate theories of marketing and to Integrate 
theories from the social sciences into a 
marketing framework. Attention is given to the 
development of concepts in all areas of 
marketing thought and to their potential ap- 
plication in the business firm. 
BSAD 863 The Organization and its Social 
Environment. (3) A course examining the in- 
teraction between organizations and aspects of 
their social and cultural environment Analysis 
of the literature concerning human resource 
availability and individual differences as they in- 
fluence managerial decisions, the impact of 
cultural factors on business and other types of 
organizations, and management approaches for 
dealing with the social environment. 
BSAD 864 Theory of the Industrial Work 
Group. (3) A study of ma|or theories of group 
formation, group behavior, and group leader- 
ship considered in terms of their implications 
tor the management of business and other 
types of organizations Will involve an in-depth 
analysis of the literature concerning such 
topics as group cohesiveness. conformity, 
leadership, communication nets, problem- 
solving efficiency, productivity standards, and 
morale 

BSAD 865 Comparative Theories of 
Organization. (3) Emphasizes business and 
other types of complex organizations. Theories 
of formal and informal organizations are 
covered Analyzes the content, in- 
terrelationships, and similarities between 
current major schools of organization thought 

BSAD 866 Organizational Conflict and 
Change. (3) An Analysis and evaluation of the 
factors conthbuting to conflict and changed 
patterns of behavior within organizations. A 
study of the literature on such topics as 
managenal decision-making and conflict, 
research creativity, labor-management conflict, 
organizational maintenance and stability, 
resistance to change, and planned change 

BSAD 872 Business Logistics. (3) 

Concentrates on the design and application of 
methods for the solution of advanced physical 
movement problems of business firms 
Provides thorough coverage of a variety of 
analytical techniques relevant to the solution of 
these problems Where appropriate, ex- 
perience will be provided in the utilization of 



computers to assist in managerial logistical 

decision-making 

BSAD 873 Transportation Science. (3) 

Focuses on the application of quantitative and 
qualitative techniques of analysis to managerial 
problems drawn from firms in each of the 
vanous modes of transport Included Is the ap- 
plication of simulation to areas such as the 
control of equipment selection and terminal 
and line operations The application of ad- 
vanced analytical techniques to problems in- 
volving resource use efficiency within the trans- 
portation industry and between transportation 
and other sectors of the economy is an in- 
tegral part of the course 
BSAD 880 Business Research Methodology. 
(3) Covers the nature, scope, and application 
of research methodology. The identification 
and formulation of research designs applicable 
to business and related fields Required of 
DBA students 

BSAD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Chemical Engineering 
Program 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Gomezplata 
Professors: Arsenault, Beckmann, Bolsaltis, 

Cadman, Duffey, Goldman, Johnson. 

!\/larchello. fvlunno, Regan. Schroeder, 

Silverman, Skolnlck. Smith, Spain 
Associate Professors: Almenas, Gentry, Kugel- 

man, Sheaks 
Assistant Professors: Blair. Gasner. Hatch 
Lecturer: Belcher 

The Chemical Engineering program has as its 
primary objective the maintenance and exten- 
sion of the ever increasing degree of engineer- 
ing sophistication The courses and research 
programs strive to create an atmosphere of 
originality and creativity that prepares the stu- 
dent for the engineehng leadership of tomorrow. 

An individual plan of graduate study com- 
patible with the student's interest and back- 
ground IS established between the student, 
his adviser, and the department chairman. The 
general chemical engineering program is fo- 
cused on five maior areas: applied polymer 
science, biochemical engineering, environ- 
mental engineenng. high pressure technology, 
process and analysis simulation 

The programs leading to the I^^.S. and Ph.D. 
degrees are open to qualified students holding 
the B S. degree Admission may be granted to 
students with degrees in any of the engineering 
and science areas from accredited programs. In 
some cases it may be necessary to require 
courses to fulfill the background The general 
regulations of The Graduate School apply In 
reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the MS. degree has the 
choice of following a plan of study with or with- 
out thesis. The equivalent of at least three years 
of full-time study beyond the B.S degree is re- 
quired for the Ph D degree All students seeking 
graduate degrees in Chemical Engineehng must 
enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630. and 640. In addi- 
tion to the general rules of The Graduate School 
certain special degree requirements are set 
forth by the department in its departmental 
publications. 



56 / Graduate Programs 



A number of special facilities are available for 
graduate study and research and are coordi- 
nated through! the Laboratory for Radiation and 
Polymer Science, the Laboratory for High Pres- 
sure Science, the Laboratory for Process Analy- 
sis and Simulation, the Laboratory for Biochemi- 
cal Engineering and Environmental Studies, 
and the Nuclear Reactor Facility These labora- 
tories contain analog computers, a gamma radia- 
tion facility, an electron accelerator, an elec- 
tron paramagnetic resonance spectrometer, 
high pressure and cryogenic systems, crystal 
groviith and mechanical testing equipment. X-ray 
diffraction units, a neutron generator and a 200 
KW pool type nuclear reactor 

ENCH 425 Transfer and Transport Processes 
1.(4) Prerequisite, ENCH 250. Theory and 
Applications of Molecular and Turbulent Trans- 
port Phenomena Principles of fluid mechanics, 
mass transfer and heat transfer. Dimensional 
analysis, analogy betwieen heat, mass and mo- 
mentum transfer, Newtonian and non-Newtonian 
flow, convective heat and mass transfer. 
ENCH 427 Transfer and Transport Processes 
II. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425 Steady and un- 
steady state diffusion and conduction, simul- 
taneous heat and mass transfer, Interphase 
transfer, boundary layer theory Application to 
absorption, adsorption, and distillation Principles 
of radiant heat transfer, evaporation, filtration, 
crystallization, drying, condensation, boiling 
humldification. Ion exchange, and phase separa- 
tions 

ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Laboratory. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENCH 427 Application of 
chemical engineering process and unit operation 
pnnciples in small scale semi-commercial equip- 
ment. Data from experimental observations are 
used to evaluate performance and efficiency 
of operations Emphasis is placed on correct 
presentation of results in report form 
ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinetics. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCH 250 Fundamentals of 
chemical reaction kinetics and their application 
to the design and operation of chemical reac- 
tors. Reaction rate theory, homogeneous reac- 
tions In batch and flow systems, adsorption, 
heterogeneous reactions and catalysis electro- 
chemical reactions Catalytic reactor design 
ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering Systems 
Analysis. (2) Differential equations or ENCH 
453 Dynamic response applied to Process 
systems Goals and modes of control, laplace 
transformations, analysis and synthesis of simple 
control systems, closed loop response, dynamic 
testing 

ENCH 443 Dynamics and Control Laboratory. 

(1 ) Corequisite. ENCH 442 Methods of process 
control Use of experimental analog and mathe- 
matical models of control systems. 

ENCH 445 Process Engineering and Design. 
(3) Prerequisite. ENCH 427 Utilization of chemi- 
cal engineering principles for the design of 
process equipment Typical problems In the 
design of chemical plants. Comprehensive re- 
ports are required 
ENCH 447 Chemical Engineering Economics. 

(2) Prerequisite. ENCH 427 Principles of 
engineering economics applied to chemical 
processes Determination of investment and 
operating costs for chemical plants 

ENCH 450 Chemical Process Development. 

(3) Prerequisite. ENCH 427. Chemical process 
industries from the standpoint of technology. 



raw materials, products and processing equip- 
ment Operations of major chemical processes 
and Industries combined with quantitative analy- 
sis of process requirements and yields 
ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineering 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 425. Appli- 
cation of digital and analog computers to chem- 
ical engineering problems. Numehcal methods, 
programming, differential equations, curve 
fitting, amplifiers and analog circuits. 
ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics in Chemical 
Engineering. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 
Mathematical techniques applied to the analysis 
and solution of chemical engineering problems. 
Use of differentiation, integration, differential 
equations, partial differential equations and Inte- 
gral transforms. Application of Infinite series, 
numerical and statistical methods 
ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis and 
Optimization. (3) Prerequisites, ENCH 427, 
440. Applications of mathematical models to 
the analysis and optimization of chemical proc- 
esses. Models based on transport, chemical 
kinetics and other chemical engineering prin- 
ciples will be employed. Emphasis on evaluation 
of process alternatives. 

ENCH 455. Chemical Process Laboratory. (2) 
Prerequisite. ENCH 427. and 440, Expenmental 
study of vanous chemical processes through 
laboratory and small semi-commercial scale 
equipment. Reaction kinetics, fluid mechanics, 
heat and mass transfer. 
ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution Sources. 
(3) Prerequisite, senior standing in engineering 
or consent of Instructor Theory and application 
of methods for the control and removal of air- 
borne materials. Principles of design and per- 
formance of air quality control equipment. 
ENCH 468 Research. (2-3) Prerequisite, per- 
mission of the staff. Investigation of a research 
project under the direction of one of the staff 
members Comprehensive reports are required 

ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENCH 425 Fundamentals of elec- 
trochemistry with application to engineering and 
commerlcal processes. Equilibrium potentials, 
reaction mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization, 
surface phenomena. Electroreflning. electro- 
winning, oxidation and reduction, solid, liquid 
and gas systems. Aspects of design and per- 
formance of elecfroprocess plants 
ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of Physiolog- 
ical Systems. (3) Engineering description and 
analysis of physiological systems Survey of 
bloenglneenng literature and an Introduction to 
mathematical modeling of physiological systems 
ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering. (3) Pre- 
requisite, senior standing In engineering or con- 
sent of Instructor. Introduction to biochemical 
and microbiological applications to commerical 
and engineenng processes, including industrial 
fermentation, enzymology, ultrafiltration, food 
and pharmaceutical processing and resulting 
waste treatment. Enzyme kinetics, cell growth, 
energetics and mass transfer 
ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering Labora- 
tory. (2) Prerequisite or co-requlsite, ENCH 
482 Techniques of measuring pertinent para- 
meters In fermentation reactors, quantification 
of production variables for primary and second- 
ary metabolites such as enzymes and antibio- 
tics, the insolubllzatlon of enzymes for reactors, 
and the demonstration of separation techniques 
such as ultrafiltration and affinity chromatog- 
raphy. 



ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer Science. 

(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor The ele- 
ments of the chemistry, physics, processing 
methods, and engineenng applications of poly- 
mers, 

ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of 
Polymers. (3) Prerequisite, CHEM 48 1 Co- 
requisite, CHEM 482 or consent of instructor. 
Kinetics of formation of high polymers, deter- 
mination of molecular weight and structure, and 
applied thermodynamics and phase equallbria 
of polymer solutions. 

ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Laboratory. 
(3) One lecture and two lab periods per week. 
Prerequisite. ENCH 492 or consent of instruc- 
tor Measurement of mechanical, electhcal. 
optical, thermal properties of polymers. Meas- 
urement of moleculer weight by viscoslmetry. 
isomethc and light scattering methods Appli- 
cation of x-ray. NMR. ESR. spectroscopy 
molecular relaxation, microscopy and electron 
microscopy to the determination of polymer 
structure Effects of ultraviolet light and high 
energy radiation. 

ENCH 609 Graduate Seminar. (1 ) 
ENCH 610 Chemical Engineering Thermo- 
dynamics. (3) First semester. Advanced appli- 
cation of the general thermodynamic methods 
to chemical engineering problems First and 
second law consequences; estimation and cor- 
relation of thermodynamic properties; phase 
and chemical reaction equilibria. 

ENCH 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis. 

(3) First semester, application of selected 
mathematical techniques to the analysis and 
solution of engineenng problems; included are 
the applications of mathces. vectors, tensors, 
differential equations. Integral transforms, and 
probability methods to such problems as un- 
steady heat transfer, transient phenomena in 
mass transfer operations, stagewlse processes, 
chemical reactors, process control, and nuclear 
reactor physics 

ENCH 630 Transport Phenomena. (3) First 
semester. Heat, mass and momentum transfer 
theory from the viewpoint of the basic transport 
equations. Steady and unsteady state; laminar 
and turbulent flow; boundary layer theory, 
mechanics of turbulent transport; with speci- 
fic application to complex chemical engineering 
situations. 

ENCH 640 Advanced Chemical Reaction 
Kinetics. (3) Second semester The theory 
and application of chemical reaction kinetics to 
reactor design. Reaction rate theory; homo- 
geneous batch and flow reactors, fundamentals 
of catalysis; design of heterogeneous flow 
reactors. 

ENCH 648 Special Problems in Chemical 
Engineering. (1-16) 

ENCH 655 Radiation Engineering. (3) Pre- 
requisite, permission of instructor An analysis 
of such radiation applications as synthesizing 
chemicals, preserving foods, control of Indus- 
thai processes. Design of irradiation installations, 
eg . cobalt 60 gamma ray sources, electronu- 
clear machine arrangement, and chemical 
reactors. 

ENCH 656 Radiation Engineering. (3) Pre- 
requisite, permission of instructor An analysis 
of such radiation applications as synthesizing 
chemicals, preserving foods, control of indus- 
trial processes. Design of Irradiation installations, 
eg . cobalt 60 gamma ray sources. electro- 



Graduate Programs / 57 



nuclear machine arrangement, and chemical 

reactors 

ENCH 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory. (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Effect of 
massive doses of radiation on the properties of 
matter for purposes other than those pointed 
toward nuclear power Radiation processing, 
radiation-induced chemical reactions, and con- 
version of radiation energy; isotope power 
sources 

ENCH 670 Rfieology of Engineering f»flaterials. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENI^^A 650, mechanical behav- 
ior with emphasis on the continuum point of view 
and its relationship to structural types. Elasticity, 
viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity in 
single phase and multiphase materials. 
ENCH 690 Polymeric Engineering IVIateriais. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENMA 650 A comprehensive 
summary of the fundamentals of particular in- 
terest in the science and applications of poly- 
mers Polymer single crystals, transformations 
in polymers, fabrication of polymers as to shape 
and internal structure 

ENCH 720 Process Analysis and Simulation. 
(3) Second Semester. Prerequisite, ENCH 
630. Development of mathematical models of 
chemical processes based on transport 
phenomena, chemical kinetics and other chem- 
ical engineering methods. Emphasis on princi- 
ples of model building and simulation utilizing 
mathematical solutions and computer methods. 

ENCH 723 Process Engineering and Design. 

(3) First and second semesters. Coordination 
of chemical engineering and economics to ad- 
vanced process engineering and design. Opti- 
mization of investment and operating costs 
Solution of typical problems encountered in 
the design of chemical engineering plants. 

ENCH 730 Complex Equilibrium Stage 
Processes. (3) Second semester The theory 
and application of complex equilibrium stages. 
Binary and multicomponent absorption; extrac- 
tion; liquefaction. 

ENCH 735 Chemical Process Dynamics. (3) 

First semester Prerequisites, differential equa- 
tions or consent of instructor Analysis of open 
and closed control loops and their elements; 
dynamic response of processes; choice of 
variables and linkages; dynamic testing and 
synthesis; noise and dnft; chemical process 
systems analysis, strategies for optimum opera- 
tion 

ENCH 737 Chemical Process Optimization. 

(3) Second semester Techniques of modern 
optimization theory as applied to chemical en- 
gineering problems. Optimization of single and 
multivariable systems with and without con- 
straints Application of partial optimization tech- 
niques to complex chemical engineering proc- 
esses 

ENCH 761 Enzyme Engineering. (3) Prerequi- 
site, ENCH 640 Enzyme science and kinetics; 
principles of enzyme insolublization and denatu- 
ration with application to design, operation 
and modeling of enzyme reactors The relation- 
ship between mass transfer and apparent 
kinetics in enzyme systems, and techniques of 
separation and punfication of enzymes 

ENCH 762 Advanced Biochemical Engineer- 
ing. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 482 or permission 
of instructor Advanced topics to include use of 
a digital computer for mathematical modeling of 
the dynamics of biological systems; separation 
techniques for heat sensitive biologically active 



materials; and transport phenomena in biolo- 
gical systems. 

ENCH 763 Engineering of Artificial Organs. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENCH 480 or permission of 
instructor. Design concepts and engineering 
analysis of devices to supplement or replace 
natural functions; artificial kidney; heart assistor; 
membrane oxygenator; materials problems, 
physiological considerations. 
ENCH 784 Polymer Pfiysics. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. Application 
and corelation of mechanical and dielectric 
relaxation, NMR, electron microscopy, x-ray 
diffraction, diffusion and electrical properties to 
the mechanical properties and structure of 
polymers in the solid state. 
ENCH 786 Polymer Processing and Applica- 
tions. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 490 or consent of 
instructor. Application of theoretical knowledge 
of polymers to industrial processes An analysis 
of polymerization, stabilization, electrical, rheo- 
logical, thermal, mechanical and optical proper- 
ties and their influence on processing conditions 
and end use applications 
ENCH 799 toaster's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
ENCH 818 Advanced Topics in Thermody- 
namics. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite, 
CHEM604 

ENCH 828 Advanced Topics in Chemical 
Reaction Systems. (3) First semester Offered 
in alternate years. Prerequisite, ENCH 640 
ENCH 838 Advanced Topics in Transfer 
Theory. (3) First semester Offered in alternate 
years. Prerequisite, ENCH 720 
ENCH 848 Advanced Topics in Separation 
Processes. (3) Second semester. Offered in 
alternate years. 

ENCH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Chemistry Program 

Professor and Chairman: Vanderslice 

Professors: Adier, Breger, Castellan, Freeman, 
Goldsby, Gordon, Grim, Henery-Logan, 
Holmlund, Jaquith, Keeney,' Munn, Pickard, 
Ponnomperuma, Pratt, Purdy, Reeve, Rollin- 
son. Rose, Staley, Stewart, Stuntz, Veitch, 
Viola 

Associate Professors: Ammon, Bellama, Boyd, 
Davis, DeVoe, Huheey, Jarvis, Kasler, 
Khanna, Lakshmanan, tvlarfin, IVIazzocchi, 
Miller, Ivloore, O'Haver, Sampugna, Sommer, 
Walters, Zoller 

Assistant Professors: Alexander, Gergeron, 
Campagnoni, Hansen, Heikkiaen, Helz, 
l\/lurphy, Olin, Tossell 

Research Professor: Bailey 

Lecturer: Chaiken 

'loint appointment with Dairy Science 



The Chemistry Department offers programs 
leading to the Master of Science or Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees with specialization in the 
fields of analytical chemistry, biochemistry, 
chemical physics (in cooperation with the Insti- 
tute for Molecular Physics and the Department 
of Physics and Astronomy), environmental 
chemistry, geochemistry, inorganic chemistry, 
nuclear chemistry, organic chemistry, and physi- 
cal chemistry The graduate program has been 
designed with maximum flexibility so that a stu- 



dent can achieve a strong background in his 
chosen field of specialization. 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are 
offered for the M.S. degree. Departmental regu- 
lations concerning qualifying (diagnostic) ex- 
aminations, comprehensive examinations, and 
other matters pertaining to course work have 
been assembled for the guidance of candidates 
for graduate degrees. Copies of these regula- 
tions are available from the Department of 
Chemistry. 

Special research facilities exist or are being 
developed in all the above fields, but exceptional 
ones already exist for chemical physics and nu- 
clear chemistry. The Institute for Molecular Phy- 
sics laboratories have been specially designed 
for high-precision experiments primarily in the 
area of chemical physics and physical chemistry 
Nuclear chemistry facilities include the 1 40- 
MeV cyclotron housed in the Physics Depart- 
ment, Departmental research is supported by 
two large computers in the Computer Science 
Building, an PDP 11/45 and a univac 1 1 08 
(complemented by remote access units on a 
time-sharing basis). Other facilities include a 
"clean" room for lunar sample analysis. X-ray 
fluorescence instrumentation, an electron mi- 
croprobe, mass spectrometers, NMR spectro- 
meters including a 1 00 MHz, Fourier-transform 
NMR spectrometer, ultracentrifuges, and analyti- 
cal optical spectrometers Electron micro- 
scopes, ESCA spectrometers, and Laser labora- 
tories are available through the Center of Mater- 
ials Research. Individual research facilities are 
supported by three machine shops (two in the 
Institute for Molecular Physics), an excellent 
glassblowing shop, and electronic instrumenta- 
tion personnel. 

CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry. (3) Three 
lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 481 
CHEM 403 Radiochemistry. (3) Three lectures 
per week Prerequisite, one year of college 
chemistry and one year of college physics. 
Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of 
atomic nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmology; 
chemical, biomedical and environmental appli- 
cations of radioactivity; nuclear processes as 
chemical tools; interactions of radiation with 
matter 

CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis. 
(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, 
CHEM 430 and 482 or concurrent registration 
An examination of some advanced topics in 
quantitative analysis including nonaqueous 
titrations, precipitation phenomena, complex 
equilibria, and the analytical chemistry of the 
less familiar elements. 

CHEM 423 Organic Quantitative Analysis. 
(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week Prerequisite, CHEM 203-204 or 21 3- 
214, and consent of the instructor. The semi- 
micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitro- 
gen, halogen and certain functional groups. 
CHEM 430 Chemical Measurements Labora- 
tory I. (3) One lecture and two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week Corequisite, CHEM 
481 An introduction to the principles and appli- 
cations of quantitative techniques useful in 
chemistry, with emphasis on modern instrumen- 
tation. Computer programming, electronic cir- 
cuits, spectroscopy, chemical separations. 
CHEM 431 Chemical Measurements Labora- 
tory II. (3) One lecture and two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 481 ; corequisite, CHEM 482 An intro- 



58 / Graduate Programs 



duction to the principles and applications of 
quantitative tectinlques useful In chemistry, 
with emphasis on modern instrumentation 
Communications techniques, vacuum systems, 
thermochemistry, phase equillbha, chemical 
kinetics, electrochemistry 
CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis. (3) One lec- 
ture and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite. CHEM 201 -202 or 21 1- 
212, and 203-204 or 2 1 3-214 
CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry. 
(3) Prerequisite, CHEt^ 481 An advanced study 
of the compounds of carbon, with special em- 
phasis on molecular orbital theory and orbanic 
reaction mechanisms 

CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis. (3) 
One lecture and two-three hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite CHEM 201- 
202 or 21 1 -2 1 2, and 203-204 or 2 1 3-2 1 4 
The systematic Identification of organic com- 
pounds. 

CHEM 447 Geochemistry of Fuels. (3) Pre 
requisite, CHEM 1 04 or consent of instructor. 
Discussion of the progenitors and the bio- 
chemical, chemical and physical agencies that 
convert them info crude oils, coals of various 
ranks, natural gas, and other organic fuels. The 
origin, composition, mineralogy, and organic 
constituents (kerogen) of oil shales. Mineralogy, 
geochemical cycles, and accumulation of 
uranium and thorium. 

CHEM 461 Biochemistry I. (3) Three lectures 
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203-204 or 2 1 3- 
21 4, or permission of instructor. A comprehen- 
sive introduction to general biochemistry where- 
in the chemistry and metabolism of carbohy- 
drates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins are 
discussed. 

CHEM 462 Biochemistry II. (3) Three lectures 
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461 A contin- 
uation of CHEM 461, 

CHEM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I. (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week 
Prerequisite, CHEM 461 . or concurrent regis- 
tration in CHEM 461 . 

CHEM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II. (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or concurrent regis- 
tration in CHEM 462, and CHEM 430 or CHEM 
463. 

CHEM 471 Geochemical Methods of Analysis. 
(3) Prerequisite, CHEM 1 03, 1 04 The course 
will consider the principles and application of 
geochemical analysis as applied to a variety of 
geological problems. The topics covered will 
include x-ray and optical spectroscopy, x-ray 
diffraction, atomic absorption, electron micro- 
probe and electron microscopy 
CHEM 472 Principles of Geochemistry. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 
1 04 or equivalent, and senior standing. A survey 
of historical and modern theories of the origin 
of the universe and the solar system The origin 
of elements and their distnbutlons in space, on 
extra-terrestnal bodies and on earth. Discussion 
of the origin of igneous rocks, of the physical 
and chemical factors governing development 
and distribution of sedimentary rocks, of the 
oceans, and of the atmosphere. Organic sedi- 
ments, the internal structures of earth and the 
planets, the role of isotopes in geothermometry 
and In the solution of other problems. 
CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids. (3) Three 
lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 482 
or GEOL 422 Principles of crystal chemistry 



applied to structures, properties and reactions 
of minerals and non-metallic solids. Emphasis 
is placed on the relation of structural stability 
to bonding, ionic size, charge, order-disorder, 
polymorphism, and isomorphism. 
CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 
481 , or equivalent The sources of various ele- 
ments and chemical reactions between them in 
the atmosphere and hydrosphere are treated 
Causes and biological effects of air and water 
pollution by certain elements are discussed. 
CHEM 475 General Oceanography. (3) Three 
lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 1 03 
or equivalent, and one additional semester of 
physical science. An introduction to physical, 
chemical and geological processes that occur 
in the marine environment including physical and 
chemical properties of sea water, geology of the 
sea floor, general circulation of the ocean, cur- 
rents, waves, and tides. 
CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 203- 
204 or 2 13-2 14, MATH 1 41 , PHYS 1 42 or 
PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may be taken concur- 
rently with CHEM 48 1 ) or consent of instructor. 
A course primarily for chemists and chemical en- 
gineers. 

CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481 , 
or consent of instructor, A course primarily for 
chemists and chemical engineers. 
CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry. 
(2) Prerequisite, CHEM 482. Quantum chemis- 
try and other selected topics. 
CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry 
Laboratory. (2) Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 482 
and consent of instructor. 
CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry. (3) 
Three lectures or two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite varies 
with the nature of the topic being considered. 
Course may be repeated for credit if the sub- 
ject matter is substantially different, but not more 
than three credits may be accepted in satisfac- 
tion of major supporting area requirements for 
chemistry majors. 

CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. 
(2) Two lectures per week. 
CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory. 
(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
CHEM 604 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory. 
(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
CHEM 60S Chemistry of Coordination Com- 
pounds. (2) Two lectures per week 
CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometalllc 
Compounds. (2) Two lectures per week 
CHEM 607 The Chemistry of the Rarer Ele- 
ments. (2) Two lectures per week 
CHEM 608 Selected Topics in inorganic 
Chemistry. (2) Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, CHEM 601 , 607 or equivalent 
CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I. (2) One 
lecture and one three hour laboratory period 
per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. A study of the use of the 
microscope in chemistry. 
CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II. (2) One 
lecture and one three hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 62 1 . A study of the 
optical properties of crystals. 
CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative 
Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one three-hour 



laboratory per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 421 
and 482. The quantitative applications of emis- 
sion spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectro- 
scopy, ultraviolet, visible, and infrared spec- 
trophotometry, fluorescence, atomic fluores- 
cense, nephelometry, and of certain closely 
related subjects like NMR and mass spectro- 
scopy 

CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative 
Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites. CHEM 42 1 
and 482. The use of conductivity, potentiometry, 
polarography, voltammetry, amperometry, coul- 
ometry, and chronopotentiometry in quantita- 
tive analysis. 

CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quanti- 
tative Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory per week Prerequisites, CHEM 
42 1 and 482. The theory and practical appli- 
cation to quantitative analysis of the various 
forms of chromatography, ion exchange, sol- 
vent extraction, and distillation. 

CHEM 628 Modern Trends in Analytical 
Chemistry. (2) Two lectures per week. Pre- 
requisites, CHEM 42 1 and 482. A study of ad- 
vanced methods, including topics such as 
statistical treatment of analytical data, kinetic 
methods in analytical chemistry, analytical meas- 
urements based on radioactivity, and enzymatic 
techniques. 

CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms. 

(3) Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry. (3) 

Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Poly- 
mers. (2) Two lectures per week. An advanced 
course covering the synthesis of monomers, 
mechanisms of polymerization, and the corre- 
lation between structure and properties in high 
polymers, 

CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory. (2) Two 

lectures per week. A partial quantitative appli- 
cation of molecular orbital theory and symmetry 
to the chemical properties and reactions of or- 
ganic molecules. Prerequisites, CHEM 441 
and 482. 

CHEM 645 The Chemistry of the Steroids. (2) 

Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics. (2) Two lectures 

per week. 

CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic Chem- 
istry. (2) Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 661 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Car- 
bohydrates. (2) Two lectures per week Pre- 
requisite, CHEM 462 or equivalent. 

CHEM 662 Biological Energy Transductions, 
Vitamins, and Hormones. (2) Two lectures 
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or equiv- 
alent. 

CHEM 663 Enzymes. (2) Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or equivalent. 
CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural Products. 

(2) Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 
44 1 . The chemistry and physiological action of 
natural products. Methods of isolation, deter- 
mination of structure and synthesis. 

CHEM 665 Biochemistry of Lipids. (2) Two lec- 
tures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 462 or 
equivalent. Classification and chemistry of lip- 
ids, lipogenesis and energy metabolism of lipids, 
structural lipids, and endocrine control of lipid 
metabolism in mammals. 



Graduate Programs / 59 



CHEM 666 Biophysical Chemistry. (2) Two 

lectures per week Prerequisite. CHEM 461 and 
482. or consent of instructor 
CHEM 668 Special Problems in Biochemistry. 
(2-4) Two to four three-hour laboratory penods 
per week Prerequisite. CHEf^ 464 or equiva- 
lent 

CHEM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry. 
(2) Two lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEt^ 
462 or equivalent- 

CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmental 
Chemistry. (3) Prerequisite— CHEMISTRY 
474 In-depth treatment of environmental chem- 
istry problem areas of current research interest. 
The topics will vary somewhat from year to year. 
Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits Provided 
subject IS different- 

CHEM 681 Infra-red and Raman Spectros- 
copy. (2) Two lectures per week Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor 

CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics. (3) Three lec- 
tures per week 

CHEM 683 Electrochemistry. (3) Three lec- 
tures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 684 or 
equivalent 

CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics. (3) 
Three lectures per week Prerequisite. CHEM 
482 or equivalent 

CHEM 685 Molecular Structure. (3) Three 
lectures per week 

CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography. (3) 
Three lectures per week Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor A detailed treatment of single- 
crystal x-ray methods 

CHEM 687 Statistical mechanics and Chemis- 
try. (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. 
CHEM 684 or equivalent. 
CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical Chem- 
istry. (2) Two lectures per week 
CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical Chemis- 
try. (3) Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 485. 
CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 690 or 
PHYS622 

CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chemistry. 
(3) Prerequisite— one semester of graduate 
study in chemistry. Laboratory experience in 
a research environment Restricted to students 
in the non-thesis M.S. option Repeatable for a 
maximum of 6 credits. 

CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory. (1-2) 

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, 
CHEM 403 (or concurrent registration therein). 
and consent of instructor 
CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry. (2) 
Two lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 
403 and CHEM 462 Utilization of 
radioisotopes with special emphasis on ap- 
plications to problems in the life sciences 
CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry 
Laboratory. (1-2) One or two four-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 702 and consent of instructor. 
Latxjratory training in the utilization of 
radioisotopes with special emphasis on ap- 
plications to problems in the life sciences 
CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry. (2) Two lec- 
tures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482 An 
introduction to nuclear chemistry The more im- 
portant nuclear decay phenomena; nuclear 



models; nuclear spin; reactions in complex 
nuclei; interactions of radiation with matter 
Emphasis is placed on the behavior of heavy 
elements and nuclear systematics. 
CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear 
Chemistry. (1-3) One to three lectures per 
week A discussion of current research 
problems Subtitles will be given at each of- 
fering Repeatable for credit to a maximum of 
six hours. 

CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 201 or 
equivalent. A discussion of the fate of natural 
organic products in the geological environment. 
The influence of diagenetic factors, such as 
hydrolysis, heat, pressure, etc., on such com- 
pounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids 
Detailed consideration of the origin of soil 
organic matter, carbonaceous shales, coal, and 
crude oil. 

CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry. (3) Three lee 
tures per week Prerequisite. CHEM 482 or 
equivalent. Current theories of origin and 
evolution of the solar system with emphasis on 
the experimental data available to chemists 
from examination of meteorites, the moon, and 
the earth. 

CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry. (3) Three 
lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 481 or 
equivalent The geochemical evolution of the 
ocean; composition of sea water, density- 
chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon 
dioxide system The geochemistry of sedimen- 
tation with emphasis on the chemical stability 
and inorganic and biological production of car- 
bonate, silicate and phosphate containing 
minerals 

CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation. (3) 
Distribution of the chemical elements in the 
earth and the mechanisms by which the 
distributions came about. 
CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical 
Geochemistry. (2-3) One or two lectures per 
week and one laboratory per week 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor This course 
will be subtitled each time it is offered to in- 
dicate the analytical method discussed. 
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine 
hours Enrollment will be limited. 
CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochemistry. 
(1-3) One to three lectures per week A 
discussion of current research problems Sub- 
titles will be given at each offenng Repeatable 
for credit to a maximum of six hours 
CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution. (3)- 
Prerequisite, CHEM 441, or 721 ; or ZOOL 
446; or BOTN 616; or consent of instructor. 
The chemical processes leading to the ap- 
pearances of life on earth Theoretical and ex- 
perimental considerations related to the 
geochemical, organic, and biochemical 
phenomena of chemical evolution. 
CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
CHEM 898 Seminar. (1) 
CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Civil Engineering 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Carter 

Lepper. Otts, Ragan. 

Sternberg 
Associate Professors: Birkner, Colville, 

Cookson, Cournyn, Garber, Hall, Heins, 

Israel, McCven, Piper,' Wedding, Witczak 
Assistant Professors: Albrecht, 

Loutzenheiser. Mulinazzi, Yoo 

'joint appointment with Meteorology 



The Department of Civil Engineering offers 
graduate work leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. 
All programs are planned on an individual basis 
by the student and his advisor to consider the 
student's background and special interests 
Courses and research opportunities are 
available in the general areas of transportation 
and urban systems, environmental engineering 
and water resources, structural engineering, 
and soil mechanics. In general, emphasis is on 
learning sound engineering principals and ap- 
plying them to the solution of the problems of 
man in his environment. 

Applicants for admission should hold a B.S. 
degree in Civil Engineering. However, ap- 
plicants with undergraduate degrees in other 
disciplines have been accepted with the 
stipulation that deficiencies in prerequisite un- 
dergraduate course work be corrected before 
enrolling in graduate courses. There are no en- 
trance examinations required to enter the 
program 

Two options are available for the Master of 
Science degree; thesis and non-thesis. The 
thesis option requires 24 credit hours plus a 
thesis, while the non-thesis option is 30 credit 
hours of course work. The department s 
policies are the same as the requirements of 
the Graduate School. 

The requirements for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree are the same as those im- 
posed by the Graduate School. An individual 
program of study to suit the needs of the 
student is developed by the student and his 
advisor The equivalent of two years of full-time 
study beyond the Master of Science degree is 
the minimum requirement. The student must 
pass a qualifying examination before being ad- 
mitted to candidacy. Normally, the qualifying 
exam is taken one year after the completion of 
the MS degree. No language requirement 
exists for the Ph D degree 

Almost all full-time graduate students 
receive financial assistance which, as a 
minimum, includes tuition remission plus $290. 
per month for master students 

The research facilities of the department are 
available to graduate students These include 
laboratories in the following areas; trans- 
portation, systems analysis, environmental, 
hydraulics, structures, and soil mechanics. A 
UNIVAC 1106 and a UNIVAC 1108, com- 
plemented by remote access units located in 
the engineering building, are available. 

The Washington and Baltimore Metropolitan 
Areas are easily accessible for data, field 
studies, library access, contacts with national 
organizations and attendance at national 
meetings. The location of the University of 
Maryland offers a unique opportunity to obtain 
an advanced degree in Civil Engineering. 



60 / Graduate Programs 



ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Materials. 

(3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
ENES 220 Strength and deformation of deform- 
able bodies, plane stress and strain, torsion 
theory, unsymmetncal bending, curved beams 
Behavior of beams, columns, slabs, plates and 
composite members unload. Elastic and 
inelastic stability, 

ENCE 411 Experimental Stress Analysis. (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, ENES 220. Application of ex- 
perimental data on materials to design 
problems Correlation of analytical and ex- 
perimental methods of analysis with design. 
Electric strain gauges, photoelasticity, brittle 
laquer methods and various analogies. 
ENCE 420 Basic Civil Engineering Planning 
I. (3) Prerequisites, senior standing or consent 
of the instructor. Urban-regional physical plan- 
ning from the civil engineering viewpoint. In- 
tegration of the planning aspects of 
engineering— environmental, structural, tran- 
sportation and water resources— into a 
systems approach to the practice of civil 
engineering. Also included: site, construction, 
and engineering materials planning; 
engineering economics and evaluation; current 
topics, 

ENCE 430 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics. (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, ENCE 330 Application of basic 
principles to the solution of engineering 
problems: ideal fluid flow, mechanics of fluid 
resistance, open channel flow under uniform, 
gradually varied and rapidly varied conditions, 
sediment transport, role of model studies in 
analysis and design. 

ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology. (3) 
Prerequisites, ENCE 330 and 360 Concurrent 
registration in ENCE 460 or permission of in- 
structor. Study of the physical processes of 
the hydrologic cycle. Hydrometology, concepts 
of weather modification, evaporation and trans- 
piration infiltration studies, run off com- 
putations, flood routing, reservoir requirements, 
emphasis on process simukuion as a tool in 
water resource development 
ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology. (3) 
Prerequisites, ENCE 330, 460 or permission 
of instructor Concepts related to the develop- 
ment of the ground water resource, 
hydrogeology, hydrodynamics of flow through 
porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial 
recharge, sea water intrusion, basin-wide 
ground water development 
ENCE 433 Environmental Health Engineering 
Analysis. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
per week. The theory and analytical techniques 
used In evaluating man's environment. Em- 
phasis is given to the areas of quantitative, 
physical, electroanalytical and organic 
chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of 
water 

ENCE 434 Air Pollution. (3) Three lectures 
per week. Classification of atmospheric 
pollutants and their effects on visibility. 
Inanimate and animate receptors. Evaluation of 
source emissions and principles of air pollution 
control; meteorological factors governing the 
distribution and removal of air pollutants; air 
quality measurements and air pollution control 
legislation 

ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis 
and Design. (4) Three lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 221 
and ENCE 330 The application of sanitary 



analysis and fundamental principles to the 
design and operation of water and waste water 
treatment plants and the control of stream 
pollution. 

ENCE 440 Advanced Soil Mechanics. (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory per week 
Prerequisite, ENCE 340 Theories of strength, 
compressibility, capillanty and permeability. 
Critical review of theories and methods of 
measunng essential properties. Planning, 
execution and interpretation of soil testing 
programs 

ENCE 441 Soil-Foundation Systems. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 
340. Soil mechanics and foundation analysis 
are integrated in a systems approach to the 
analysis and design of soil foundation- 
structural systems Interaction of bearing 
capacity, settlements, lateral pressures, 
drainage, vibrations, stress distributions, etc., 
are included for a variety of structural systems. 

ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures. (3) 

Prerequisites, ENCE 350 and concurrent 
registration in ENCE 351 Analyses for 
stresses and deflections in structures by 
methods of consistent deformations, virtual 
work and internal strain energy. Application to 
design of plate girders, indeterminate and con- 
tinuous trusses, two hinged arches and other 
structures. Elements of plastic analysis and 
design of steel structures. 

ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures. 

(4) Prerequisites, ENCE 340 and ENCE 351 
Three lecture hours and one laboratory per 
week Design of reinforced concrete struc- 
tures, including slabs, footings, composite 
members, building frames, and retaining walls 
Approximate methods of analysis; code 
requirements; influence of concrete properties 
on strength and deflection; optimum design. In- 
troduction to prestressed concrete design 

ENCE 460 Modern Techniques for Structural 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites, ENCE 351, and 
ENCE 360. Two lecture hours and one 
laboratory per week Application of computer 
oriented methods and numerical techniques to 
analysis and design of structural systems. 
fVlatrix formulation of the stiffness and flexibility 
methods for framed structures. Introduction of 
numerical techniques to the solution of selec- 
ted problems in such topics as plates, struc- 
tural stability, and vibrations. 

ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering 
Systems I. (3) Prerequisite, senior standing or 
consent of instructor. Application of the prin- 
ciples of engineering economy and statistics to 
the solution of civil engineehng problems 
Economic comparison of alternatives using 
present worth, annual cost, rate of return and 
cost, rate of return and cost benefit analyses 
Development and use of simple and multiple 
regression models, and statistical decision 
theory. 

ENCE 470 Highway Engineering. (4) Three 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, ENCE 340. Location, 
design, construction and maintenance of roads 
and pavements. Introduction to traffic 
engineering. 

ENCE 471 Transportation Engineering. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENCE 
370. A study of the principles of transportation 
engineering as applied to the various modes of 
transport. Consideration is given to cost 
analysis, economic aspects of route and site 



selection and layout. The organization and ad- 
ministration of engineering functions 
ENCE 472 Highway and Airfield Pavement 
Design. (3) Prerequisites, ENCE 340 and 370 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week 
Principles of pavement analysis and design. 
Analysis of moving loads and pavement 
response. Subgrade evaluation and 
beneficiation Flexible and rigid pavement 
design; related materials specifications and 
tests 

ENCE 489 Special Problems. (3) Prerequisite, 
senior standing A course arranged to meet the 
needs of exceptionally well prepared students 
for study in a particular field of civil 
engineering. 

ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials 
Laboratory. (3) Prerequisites, ENES 220, 221 
and ENCE 300 or equivalent. Critical 
examination of the methods for testing 
engineering materials and structures under 
static, repeated, sustained and impact forces. 
Laboratory experiments for the determination 
of strength and stiffness of structural alloys, 
concrete and other construction materials. 
Critical examination of the effects of test fac- 
tors on the determination of engineering 
properties. 

ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENCE 410 and 41 1 or con- 
sent of instructor. Relation of structural 
analysis, properties of materials and laboratory 
study of the behavior of members to structural 
design methods, codes and specifications. Ef- 
fects of temperature, loading rates and state of 
combined stress on behavior of construction 
materials. 

ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and 
Granular Materials. (3) Prerequisites, ENCE 
600, or consent of instructor. Critical reviews 
of analytical and experimental investigations of 
the behavior of concretes under diverse con- 
ditions of loading and environment Ivlechanics 
of granular aggregates and the chemistry of 
cements. Theones of the design of Portland 
cement and field experience 
ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials. 
(3) Prerequisites, ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 
300, or equivalent Analysis for stress and 
deformation in engineering members by the 
methods of mechanics of materials and 
elementary theories of elasticity and plasticity. 
Problems in flexure, torsion plates and shells, 
stress concentrations, indeterminate com- 
binations, residual stresses, stability. 
ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and 
Model Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 450 
and ENCE 451 or equivalent. Instrumentation, 
data analysis; states of stress; structural 
models, structural similitude; analogies; non- 
destructive testing techniques; planning 
research projects, lab studies and reports. 
ENCE 620 Urban-Regional Civil Engineering 
Planning. (3) First semester Prerequisite, 
degree in civil engineering or consent of In- 
structor. Theory and methodology for the syn- 
thesis of general civil engineering aspects of 
urban and regional planning. Integration of land 
use conditions and capabilities, population fac- 
tors and needs, engineering economics and 
engineehng technologies Application to 
special problems in urban-regional develop- 
ment. Preparation of engineering reports. 
Presentation methods 

ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning. (3) 
Second semester. Prerequisite, ENCE 620 or 



Graduate Programs / 61 



equivalent General to comprehensive planning 
or complex engineering facilities such as in- 
dustrial plants, bridges, utilities and tran- 
sportation projects Planning based on the syn- 
thesis of all applicable factors Emphasis on 
general civil engineering planning including 
site, structural and construction planning. Plan 
evaluation and feasibility 

ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite or corequisite. 
ENCE 46 1 or consent of instructor Current ap- 
plications and research approaches in land-use 
forecasting, land-use evaluation, urban trans- 
portation, land-use interrelationships, and the 
planning implementation process in a systems 
analytic framework 

ENCE 630 Analysis and Design of Water 
Resource Systems. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 
461 or equivalent Use of advanced 
techniques for the design and analysis of com- 
plex, multi-purpose Viiater resource systems; 
Identification of the objectives of design and 
translation of the obiectives into design critena; 
evaluation of alternate designs and the selec- 
tion of the best design: special emphasis on 
optimization and simulation techniques which 
are applicable to water resource systems. 
ENCE 631 Advanced Hydrologic Analysis. 

(3) Emphasis is on the analysis of hydrologic 
data for the development of information 
necessary for design or for the identification of 
important processes; eigenvalue and eigen- 
vector analysis of linear hydrologic systems; 
application of multivanant statistical methods; 
non-linear least squares 

ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow. (3) 
Prerequisite. ENCE 330 or equivalent Ap- 
plication of fundamentals of fluid mechanics to 
problems of free surface flow; computation of 
steady and transient water surface profiles; 
stratified flows in reservoirs and estuanes; dif- 
fusion; transition structures; sediment tran- 
sport 
ENCE 633 Tfie Chemistry of Natural Waters. 

(4) Prerequisite, ENCE 433 or consent of in- 
structor Three lectures, one lab a week. Ap- 
plication of principles from chemical ther- 
modynamics and kinetics to the study and in- 
terpretation of the chemical characteristics of 
natural water systems The chemical com- 
position of natural waters is rationalized by 
considenng metal ion soluability controls, pH, 
carbonate equilibria, absorption reactions redox 
reactions, and the kinetics of oxygenation 
reactions which occur in natural water en- 
vironments 

ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 434 or consent of in- 
structor. Two lectures and one laboratory a 
week The theory and techniques used in the 
determination and measurement of chemical, 
radiological, and biological pollutants in the at- 
mosphere. Discussion of air sampling equip- 
ment, analytical methods and data evaluation 
ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification 
Facilities. (3) Corequisite. ENCE 636 or 
equivalent One lecture and two laboratory 
penods a week. Application of basic science 
and engineehng science to design of water 
supply and purification processes; design and 
economics of unit operations as applied to en- 
vironmental systems 

ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental 
Health Engineering. (3) Prerequisite, ENCE 
221 or consent of instructor Properties and 
quality criteria of drinking wafer as related to 

62 / Graduate Programs 



health are interpretated by a chemical and 
biological approach. Legal aspects of water 
use and handling are considered. Theory and 
application of aeration, sedimentation, filtration, 
centhfugation, desalinization. corrosion and 
corrosion control are among topics to be con- 
sidered. 

ENCE 637 Biological Principles of En- 
vironmental Health Engineering. (4) 
Prerequisite, MICB 440 or equivalent. Three 
lectures and one lab period a week. An ex- 
position of biological principles directly af- 
fecting man and his environment; assay, con- 
trol and treatment of biological and virological 
agents in water, sewage, and air; microbiology 
and biochemistry aerobic and anerobic treat- 
ment processes for aqueous wastes 
ENCE 640 Soil Mechanics. (3) Prerequisites, 
ENCE 340, 440 or equivalent. Identification 
properties tests and classification methods for 
earth materials. Strength and deformation 
characteristics, hydraulic properties and per- 
meability, sheanng resistance, compressibility 
and consolidation, with laboratory tests for 
these properties. Study of the basic theohes 
involved and the development of test 
procedures, 

ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations. (3) 
Prerequisites, ENCE 340. 450 and 451 or 
equivalent, Pnnciples of mechanics applied to 
engineenng problems in foundation, earth 
pressure theories, seepage and drainage 
phenomena, stability of footings and slopes, 
stresses and deformation in soils, consolidation 
theory and application to foundation settle- 
ments 

ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural 
Analysis. (3) Review of basic structural and 
matrix theory. Development of force and 
displacement methods with emphasis on the 
latter Discussion of special topics such as 
geometnc non-linearity, automated and op- 
timum design non-prismatic members and thin- 
walled open sections and sub-division of large 
structures. Emphasis on applications to civil 
engineehng structures 

ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Struc- 
tures. (3)Prerequisites, ENCE 410 and ENCE 
381 or equivalent. Review of theory of elasticity 
and in-plane forces; theory of orthotropic 
plates; approximate methods; large deflection 
theory, buckling; general theory of shells, cylin- 
drical shells, domes. 

ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of 
Structures. (3) Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor The study of the factors effecting the 
plastic behavior of steel structures and the 
criteria necessary for design The design of 
beams, rigid frames and multi-story braced 
frames using current specifications, A review 
of current research and practice. 
ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or 
equivalent interpretation of specifications and 
codes for the design of steel buildings and 
bridges Discussion of the behavior of steel 
connections, members and structures; the 
relationship between behavior and design 
specifications 

ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design. (3) 
Prerequisite. ENCE 656 Correlation of theory, 
experience, and expenments in study of struc- 
tural behavior, proportioning, and preliminary 
design Special design problems of fatigue, 
buckling, vibrations, and impact. 
ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis. (3) 



ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in 
Engineering Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor Basic principles and fun- 
damental concepts of the finite element 
method. Consideration of geometric and 
matenal nonlinearities, convergence, mesh 
gradation and computational procedures in 
analysis. Applications to plane stress and plane 
strain, plates and shells, eigenvalue problems, 
axi-symmethc stress analysis, and other 
problems in civil engineehng, 

ENCE 670 Highw/ay Traffic Characteristics 
and Measurements. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE 
470 or consent of instructor. The study of the 
fundamental traits and behavior patterns of the 
road user and his vehicle in traffic. The basic 
characteristics of the pedesthan, the driver, the 
vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow, 
and intersection operation, parking, and ac- 
cidents. 

ENCE 671 HighvKay Traffic Operations. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 470, ENCE 670 or con- 
sent of instructor A survey of traffic laws and 
ordinances. The design, application and 
operation of traffic control devices and aids, in- 
cluding traffic signs and signals, pavement 
markings, and hazard delineation. Capacity, ac- 
cident, and parking analyses 

ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENCE 471 or consent of in- 
structor Factors involved and the components 
of the process for planning statewide and 
regional transportation systems, encompassing 
all modes. Transportation planning studies, 
statewide traffic models, investment models, 
programming and scheduling. 

ENCE 673 Urban Transportation. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 672 or consent of in- 
structor Relationship of transportation to the 
total urban complex, the urban transportation 
planning process, the models used to achieve 
the vahous steps in the process and the 
relationship of private and public transportation. 
Consideration of the factors influencing the 
demand for transportation and the socio- 
economic consequences of transportation. 

ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail 
Transportation Engineering. (3) Prerequisite. 
ENCE 471 or consent of instructor Basic 
engineering components of conventional and 
high speed railroads and of air cushion and 
other high speed new technology. The study 
of urban rail and bus transit. The charac- 
tenstics of the vehicle, the supporting way, and 
the terminal requirements will be evaluated with 
respect to system performance, capacity cost, 
and level of service. 

ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 471 or consent of in- 
structor The planning and design of airports in- 
cluding site selection, runway configuration, 
geometnc and structural design of the landing 
area, and terminal facilities. l\/lethods of financ- 
ing airports, estimates of aeronautical 
demand, air traffic control, and airport lighting 
are also studied 

ENCE 676 Highwiay Traffic Flow Theory. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 461. ENCE 462 or con- 
sent of the instructor. An examination of 
physical and statistical laws that are used to 
represent traffic flow phenomena. Deterministic 
models including heat flow, fluid flow, and 
energy-momentum analogies, car following 
models, and acceleration noise Stochastic ap- 
proaches using independent and t^/larkov 



processes, queuing models, and probability 
distnbutions 

ENCE 677 Quantitative Methods in Trans- 
portation Engineering. (3) Prerequisite 
ENCE 461 or consent of instructor Theory, 
methods and applications relevant to the study 
of micro- and macro-scale transportatiot, 
systems, in terms of their behavior, design and 
evaluation A selected overview of optimization, 
multivanate statistics, stochastic processes and 
the general science of systems decision 
processes will form the basis for a selected 
study of pertinent examples 

ENCE 6S8 Advanced Topics in Civil 
Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of 
instructor Advanced topics selected by the 
faculty from the current literature of civil 
engineering to suit the needs and background 
of students May be taken for repeated credit 
when identified by topic title. 
ENCE 689 Seminar. (1-16) 

ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water 
Hydrology. (3) Prerequisite ENCE 432 or 
equivalent Theory and application of unsteady 
flow in porous media Analysis of one and two 
dimensional unsteady flow Solutions of non- 
linear equation of unsteady flow with a free 
surface Development and use of approximate 
numerical and graphical methods in the study 
of ground water movement. 

ENCE 732 Deterministic Models In Surface 
Water Hydrology. (3) A detained examination 
of the processes controlling the quantity and 
quality of watershed runoff: emphasis is on the 
development of deterministic mathematical 
models for process simulation; role of land- 
phase processes in flood hydrology; 
evaporation and transpiration; models for urban 
watersheds; linkage for hydrograph synthesis 

ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry. (4) 

Prerequisite, ENCE 633 or consent of in- 
structor Three lectures, one lab a week A 
study of the chemistry of both municipal and 
industnal water treatment processes Among 
the topics to be considered are water soften- 
ing, stabilization, chemical destabilization of 
colloidal materials, ion exchange, disinfection, 
chemical oxidation and oxygenation reactions. 
ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Technology. 
(3) Three lectures per week Prerequisite. EN- 
CE 430 or equivalent Physical properties of 
air-borne particles. Theories of particle motion 
under the action of external forces; 
coagulation; brownian motion and diffusion Ap- 
plication of aerosols in atmosphenc sciences 
and industnal processes, 
ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and In- 
dustrial Wastes Treatment Facilities. (3) 
Corequisite. ENCE 736 or equivalent One lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week Ap- 
plication of basic science and engineering 
science to design of municipal and industnal 
waste treatment processes; design and 
economics of unit operations as applied to en- 
vironmental systems 

ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid 
Waste Treatment and Disposal. (3) 
Prerequisites. ENCE 221 and fundamentals of 
microbiology or consent of instructor Theory 
and basic pnnciples of treating and handling 
waste products; hydraulics of sewers: 
biological oxidation: principles and design 
criteria of biological and physical treatment 
processes; disposal of waste sludges and 
solids 



ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes. (3) Corequisite. 
ENCE 736 or equivalent A study of the 
charactenstics of liquid wastes from major in- 
dustnes, and the processes producing the 
wastes. The theory and methods of eliminating 
or treating the wastes, and their effects upon 
municipal sewage-treatment plants, and 
receiving waters. 

ENCE 738 Selected Topics in Porous Media 
Flow. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE 731 Analysis of 
two-liquid flows for immiscible fluids, 
simultaneous flow of two immiscible fluids and 
miscible fluids Hydrodynamic dispersion 
theones. parameters of dispersion and 
solutions of some dispersion problems with 
emphasis on migration of pollutants A 
maximum of six hours may be earned in this 
course 

ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Structural 
Systems. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE 450 and EN- 
CE 451 or equivalent. Review of classical 
determinate and indeterminate analysis 
techniques: numerical technique: multistory 
buildings: space structures; suspension 
bndges and cables structures: arches; long 
span bndges 

ENCE 751 Advanced Problems in Structural 
Behavior. (3) Prerequisite. ENCE 750 or 
equivalent Elastic and inelastic behavior of 
structural members and frames; problems in 
torsion, stability and bending; open and closed 
thin-walled sections: curved girders. 
ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Structures. 
(3) Prerequisite. ENCE 450 and 451 or 
equivalent Trie behavior and strength of rein- 
forced concrete members under combined 
loadings, including the effects of creep, shrink- 
age and temperature Mechanisms of shear 
resistance and design procedures for bond, 
shear and diagonal tension Elastic and ultimate 
strength analysis and design of slabs. Columns 
in multistory frames. Applications to reinforced 
concrete structures. 

ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Structures. 
(3) Prerequisite ENCE 450 and 451 or- 
equivalent Fundamental concepts of 
prestressed concrete Analysis and design of 
ftexural members including composite and ocn- 
tinuous beams with emphasis on load balan- 
cing technique Ultimate strength design for 
shear design of post tensioned flat slabs. 
Vanous applications of prestressing including 
tension members, compression members, cir- 
cular prestressing, frames and folded plates. 
ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Classical Language 
and Literature Courses 

Greek 

GREK 400 Level course prerequisite, the 

status of advanced undergraduate or graduate 

and consent of the instructor 

GREK 401 Thucydides. (3) 

GREK 402 Greek Philosophers. (3) 

GREK 403 Greek Tragedy. (3) 

GREK 404 Greek Comedy. (3) 

GREK 405 Greek Oratory. (3) 

GREK 406 Greek Epigraphy. (3) 



GREK 499 Greek Readings. (3) Prerequisite, 
consent of the instructor. The reading of one 
or more selected Greek authors Reports. May 
be repeated with different content. 

Latin 

LATN 400 Level course prerequisite. LATN 
361 

LATN 401 Catullus and the Roman Elegiac 
Poets. (3) 

LATN 402 Tacitus. (3) 
LATN 403 Roman Satire. (3) 
LATN 404 Roman Comedy. (3) 
LATN 405 Lucretius. (3) 
LATN 411 Advanced Latin Grammar. (3) 
Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or 
equivalent An intensive study of the mor- 
phology and syntax of the Latin language sup- 
plemented by rapid reading 
LATN 499 Latin Readings. (3) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. The reading of one or 
more selected Latin authors from antiquity 
through the Renaissance Reports May be 
repeated with different content, 
LATN 610 Vulgar Latin Readings. (3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive 
review of the phonology, morphology, and syn- 
tax of classical Latin, followed by the study of 
the deviations of vulgar Latin from the classical 
norms, with the reading of selections from the 
Peregrinatio Ad Loca Sancta and the study of 
divergences from classical usage therein, with 
special emphasis of those which anticipate 
subsequent developments in the romance 
languages. Reports, 



Comparative 
Literature Program 

Professor and Chairman: Kenny 
Assistant Professor 

and Executive Secretary: Swigger 
Professors: Freedman, Goodwyn, Jones, 

Perioff. Panichas, Salamanca 
Associate Professors: Coogan, Greenwood 
Assistant Professor: Lebreton-Savigny 

The Program in Comparative Literature offers 
graduate work leading to the degrees of 
Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy, 

The CMLT Program emphasizes work in 
medieval. Renaissance, Romantic, and modem 
literature, in the standard European languages. 
The focus of courses and seminars tends to 
be specifically literary, but interdisciplinary 
work is by no means precluded. 

Applicants should have a strong background 
in literary and humanistic studies. Since ad- 
vanced work in Comparative Literature is 
biased on the premise that literature should be 
read in the original whenever possible, students 
are expected to be able to read at least one 
language other than English (preferably French, 
German, or Spanish), with a high degree of 
aesthetic appreciation Ph D students are ex- 
pected to use at least two foreign languages 
actively in their work, and it is assumed that 
they will have or develop an acquaintance with 
one or two additional languages. Entrance 
examinations are not required, but high scores 



Graduate Programs / 63 



on GRE literature and language examinations 
will add weight to applications. 

Financial aid: about one fourth of CMLT 
graduate students receive financial aid Or- 
dinarily applicants compete for assistantships 
in the Freshman English program. In ex- 
ceptional cases, applicants have been able to 
obtain positions in foreign language depart- 
ments 

Students take courses in CMLT and two 
other departments of literature. The MA. 
degree requires thirty hours, either 24 hours of 
course work and a thesis, or thirty hours of 
course work and a comprehensive 
examination No specific number of hours is 
required for the Ph.D., as the number will vary 
according to the preparation and goals of the 
individual student; the average has been eight 
courses beyond the M.A. A Master's degree is 
a required step toward the Ph D The Ph D 
comprehensive examinations cover three major 
areas, determined tin consultation with the 
graduate advisers. 

Departments cooperating in the Program; 
English, French and Italian. German and 
Russian, Spanish and Portuguese, Classics 

CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Compara- 
tive Literature. (3) Survey of the background 
of European Literature through study of Greek 
and Latin literature in English translations, dis- 
cussing the debt of modern literature to the 
ancients. 

CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Com- 
parative Literature. (3) Study of the medieval 
and modern continental literature. 

CMLT 411 The Greek Drama. (3) The Chief 

works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripedes, and 
Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis 
on the historic background, on dramatic struc- 
ture, and on the effect of the Attic drama upon 
the mind of the civilized world. 

CMLT 415 The Old Testament as Literature. 

(3) A study of sources, development and 
literary types. 

CMLT 416 New Testament as Literature. (3) 

A study of the books of the New Testament, 
with attention to the relevant historical 
background and to the transmission of the text 
A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not 
essential. 

CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and its In- 
fluence in the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major writers 
Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 

CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and its In- 
fluence in the Middle Ages and the 
Renaissance. (3) Emphasis on major writers 
Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 

CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages. (3) 

Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the 
Middle Ages studied in translation. 

CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance 
Tradition. (3) A reading of the Divine Comedy 
to enlighten the discovery of reality in western 
literature 

CMLT 461 Romanticism— Early Stages. (3) 
Emphasis on England, France and Germany. 
Reading knowledge of French or German 
required 

CMLT 462 Romanticism— Flowering and In- 
fluence. (3) Emphasis on England, France and 
Germany Reading knowledge of French or 
German required 



CMLT 469 The Continental Novel. (3) The 

novel in translation from Stendhal through the 
Existentialists, selected from literatures of 
France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain. 
CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama. 
(3) Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with 
some attention given to selected 
predecessors, contemporaries and successors. 
CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors. (3) 
CMLT 488 Genres. (3) A study of a 
recognized literary form, such as tragedy, epic, 
satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragicomedy, 
etc The course may be repeated for 
cumulative credit up to six hours when dif- 
ferent material is presented. 
CMLT 489 Major Writers. (3) Each semester 
two major writers from different cultures and 
languages will be studied. Authors will be 
chosen on the basis of significant relationships 
of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies 
between their respective works, and the im- 
portance of each writer to his literary tradition. 
CMLT 496 Conference Course in Com- 
parative Literature. (3) Second semester A 
tutorial type discussion course, correlating the 
courses in various literatures which the student 
has previously taken with the pnmary themes 
and masterpieces of world literature. This course 
is required of undergraduate majors in com- 
parative literature, but must not be taken until 
the final year of the student's program. 
CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative 
Literature. (3) 

CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative 
Literature. (3) 

CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature. (3) 
CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic. (3) 
CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance. (3) 
CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance. (3) 
Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours 
CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and its 
Influence. (3) 

CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in 
Literature. (3) 

CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century 
Literature. (3) Studies in eighteenth century 
literature as announced. Repeatable to a 
maximum of 9 hours 
CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism. (3) 
Studies in Romanticism; As announced. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours 
CMLT 679 Seminar in Modern and Con- 
temporary Literature. (3) Seminar in modern 
and contemporary literature; As announced 
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 
CMLT 681 Literary Criticism— Ancient and 
Medieval. (3) 

CMLT 682 Literary Criticism— Renaissance 
and Modern. (3) 

CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and Types. 
(3) 

CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Computer Science 
Program 



Professor ar\d Acting Chairman: Atchison 
Professors: Chu^ Edmundson^, Glasser*, 

Kanal, Minker 
Associate Professors: Austing, Stewart*, 

Vandergraft 
Assistant Professors: Agrawala, Basili, 

Feldman, Hagerty'. Hamlet, Hecht, Lay, 

McClellan, Mills, Noonan, Rieger, 

Zelkowitz 
Research Professors: Rheinboldt',^, 

Rosenfield' 



joint appointment with Computer Science Center 
joint appointment with Eiectncal Engineering 
loint appointment witti Mathematics 

appointment with Physics 
lOint appointment with College of Library and Information Ser- 

appointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 



The Department of Computer Science offers 
graduate programs leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in 
the following areas; applications, computer 
systems, language and information processing, 
numerical analysis, and theory of computing 

Admission and degree requirements 
specific to the graduate programs in computer 
science are described in a brochure available 
through the Departmental Education Office 
There are two options for the master's degree 
24 hours of course work plus the completion 
of a thesis; or 33 hours of course work plus 
the completion of a scholarly paper. There is 
no minimum course requirement in the doctoral 
program. The number and variety of courses 
offered each semester enables a student and 
his advisor to plan an individualized degree 
program 

The Department maintains a POP 1 1 /45 
computer system and utilizes the UNIVAC 
1 108/ 11 06 computer system maintained by 
the Computer Science Center. 

CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer 
Languages and Systems. (3) Prerequisite, 
MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course 
suitable for non-CMSC majors with no 
programming background Organization and 
characteristics of computers Procedure onen- 
ted and assembly languages Representation of 
data, characters and instructions. Introduction 
to logic design and systems organization. 
Macro definition and generation Program 
segmentation and linkage. Extensive use of the 
computer to complete projects illustrating 
programming techniques and machine struc- 
ture (CMSC 400 may not be counted for credit 
in the graduate program in computer science.). 
CMSC 410 Computer Organization. (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 210 or equivalent. This is 
the same course as ENEE 440 Introduction 
Computer elements. Parallel adders and sub- 
tracters. Micro-operations, Sequences. Com- 
puter simulation. Organization of a com- 
mercially available stored program computer. 
Microprogrammed computers A large-scale 
batch-processing system. 
CMSC 415 Systems Programming. (3) 
Prerequisites, CMSC 220. 4 1 Basic algor- 
ithms of operating system software Memory 
management using linkage editors and loaders, 
dynamic relocation with base registers, paging. 



64 / Graduate Programs 



File systems and Input/output control 
Processor allocation for multiprogramming, 
timeshanng The emphasis of the course is on 
practical systems programming, including 
projects such as a simple linkage editor, a 
stand-alone executive, a file system, etc. 
CMSC 420 Data Structures. (3) Prerequisite, 
Cr^^SA 220 or equivalent. Description, proper- 
ties, and storage allocation of data structures 
including lists and trees. Algorithms for 
manipulating structures Applications from 
areas such as data processing, information 
retrieval, symbol manipulation, and operating 
systems 

CMSC 440 Structure of Programming 
Languages. (3) Prerequisite. Cfi/ISC 210 or 
equivalent Formal definition of languages in- 
cluding specification of syntax and semantics 
Syntactic structure and semantics of simple 
statements including precedence, infix, prefix. 
and postfix notation Global structure and 
semantics of algorithmic languages including 
declarations and storage allocation, grouping of 
statements and binding time of constituents, 
subroutines, coroutines, tasks and parameters 
List processing and data description 
languages 

CMSC 445 Compiler Writing. (3) 
Prerequisites. CfvISC 220, 440 A detailed 
examination of a compiler for an algebraic 
language designed around the writing of a 
compiler as the major part of the course 
Topics covered in the course include a review 
of scanning and parsing, the examination of 
code generation, optimization and error 
recovery, and compiler-writing techniques such 
as bootstrapping and translator writing 
systems 

CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorittims. 

(3) Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of 
instructor. This is the same course as MATH 
444. An elementary development of 
prepositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, 
and boolean algebra, with a discussion of 
Markov algohthms. turing machines and recur- 
sive functions. Topics include post produc- 
tions, word problems, and formal languages 
CMSC 452 Elementary Ttieory of Com- 
putation. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC 120. 250 
This course is intended to serve two purposes; 
(1) an introduction to the theory of com- 
putation, and (2) a tie between many abstract 
results and their concrete counterparts. This 
course establishes a theoretical foundation for 
the proper understanding of the inherent 
limitations and actual power of digital com- 
puters. Also, it provides a relatively uniform 
way of stating and investigating problems that 
arise in connection with the computation of 
particular functions and certain classes of func- 
tions. Topics covered include an introductory 
treatment of classes of computable functions, 
computability of register machines, com- 
putability by turing machines, unsolvable 
decision problems, concrete computational 
complexity, and complexity of loop programs 

CMSC 455 Elementary Formal Language 
Theory. (3) Prerequisites CMSC 120. 250 
This course is intended to serve as an in- 
troduction to the theory of formal languages. 
This theory is encountered in the study of both 
programming languages and natural languages, 
and consequently will be useful in numerous 
other courses in computer science at the un- 
dergraduate and graduate levels. Topics 
covered include the highlights of Chomsky's 



hierarchy of grammars and Chomsky's hierar- 
chy of languages, a summary treatment of ac- 
ceptors related to these languages, and a brief 
introduction to the theory of transformational 
grammars 

CMSC 460 Computational Methods. (3) 
Prerequisite. MATH 241 and CMSC 1 10. or 
equivalent. Study of the basic computational 
methods for interpolation, least squares, ap- 
proximation, numerical quadrature, numerical 
solution of polynominal and transcendental 
equations, systems of linear equations and 
initial value problems for ordinary differential 
equations The emphasis is placed on a 
discussion of the methods and their com- 
putational properties rather than on their 
analytic aspects. Intended pnmanly for students 
in the physical and engineenng sciences. 
(Credit will be given for only one course. 
MATH CMSC 470 or MATH CMSC 460.) 
CMSC 470 Introduction to Numerical 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 241. and 
CMSC 1 1 or elementary knowledge of com- 
puter programming or equivalent Introduction 
to the analysis of numerical methods for 
solving linear systems of equations, nonlinear 
equations in one variable, interpolation and ap- 
proximation problems and the solution of initial 
value problems for ordinary differential 
equations. Emphasis on the theoretical foun- 
dations. Intended pnmanly for students in 
mathematics, applied mathematics, and com- 
puter science. Not open to students who have 
passed MATH /CMSC 460 (Listed also as 
MATH 470). 

CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory. 
(3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 or equivalent 
General enumeration methods, difference 
equations, generating functions. Elements or 
graph theory to transport networks, matching 
theory and graphical algorithms (Listed also as 
MATH 475). 

CMSC 477 Optimization. (3) Prerequisite. 
CMSC 1 1 0, and MATH 405 or MATH 474. 
Linear programming including the simplex 
algorithm and dual linear programs, convex 
sets and elements of convex programming, 
combinatohal optimization, integer programming 
(Listed also as MATH 477 and STAT 477) 
CMSC 480 Simulation of Continuous 
Systems. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 280 or 
equivalent. Introduction to digital simulation; 
simulation by mimic programming; simulation by 
FORTRAN programming; simulation by 
DSL /'90 (or CSMP) programming; logic and 
construction of a simulation processor; 
similarity between digital simulations of con- 
tinuous and discrete systems 

CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer 
Science. (1-3) Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor An individualized course designed to 
allow a student or students to pursue a 
specialized topic or project under the super- 
vision of the senior staff Credit according to 
work done. 

CMSC 600 Programming Systems. (3) 
Prerequisites, CMSC 410. 420 and 440 
Review of batch-process programming 
systems, their components, operating charac- 
teristics, services and limitations. Concurrent 
processing of input-output and interrupt hand- 
ling Structure of multiprogramming systems 
for large-scale multiprocessor computers. Ad- 
dressing techniques, storage allocation, file 
management, systems accounting, and user- 
related services; command languages and the 



embedding of subsystems. Operating charac- 
teristics of large-scale systems. 
CMSC 610 Computer Systems. (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 410 or equivalent Com- 
puter organization Memory logic Control logic 
Numerical precessors. Non-numerical 
processors Computer architecture. On-line 
computer systems Time-sharing computer 
systems Computer networks. Analog and 
hybrid computer systems. 
CMSC 620 Information Processing. (3) 
Prerequisites. CMSC 420 and 440. Computers 
as devices for information processing 
Definition, representation, and transformation of 
information Complex information processing 
systems, techniques for studying information 
processing systems Models of information 
processing systems. Processing of numeric 
data, formula processing Processing of 
natural-language text. Picture processing. 
Machine intelligence. Applications to cognitive 
processes and problem-solving. 
CMSC 630 Theory of Programming 
Languages. (3) Prerequisite. CMSC 440 Syn- 
tactic and semantic models of programming 
languages. Finite state processors and their 
application to lexical analysis. Context free 
languages, LR(K), precedence languages as 
models of programming languages. Extensions 
to context free grammars such as property 
grammars, inherited and synthesized attributes, 
VanWijngaarden grammars (ALGOL 68). ab- 
stract syntax, the Vienna definition language, 
graph models, translator writing systems 

CMSC 640 Computability and Automata. (3) 

Prerequisite. CMSC 450. or equivalent In- 
troduction to the theories of computability and 
automata. This basic course establishes the 
foundation for all courses in the area of 
metatheory. mathematical models of com- 
puters, abstract machines, and formal 
languages. Topics covered include finite-state 
automata, neural networks, computability, ef- 
fective procedures, algorithms, turing 
machines, unsolvability results, recursive func- 
tions, post productions and canonical systems. 
CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis. 
(3) Prerequisites. MATH/CMSC 460 or 470. 
and CMSC 1 10 Detailed study of problems 
arising in the implementation of numerical 
algorithms on a computer Typical problems in- 
clude rounding errors, their estimation and con- 
trol; numerical stability considerations; stopping 
criteria tor converging processes; parallel 
methods. Examples from linear algebra, dif- 
ferential equations, minimization (Also listed as 
MATH 684) 

CMSC 670 Numerical Analysis. (3) 
Prerequisite. MATH/CMSC 460 or 470, MATH 
405, and MATH 410. Perturbation theorems 
for linear equations and eigenvalue problems 
Stability of solutions of ordinary differential 
equations. Discretization errors for ordinary dif- 
ferential equations. Rounding error for linear 
equations. Convergence theorems for iterative 
methods for linear and nonlinear equations 
(Listed also as MATH 638) 

CMSC 700 Translation of Programming 
Languages. (3) Prerequisites, CMSC 420 and 
441 . Application of theoretical concepts 
developed in formal language and automata 
theory to the analytic design of programming 
languages and their processors. Theory of 
push-down automata, precedence analysis, and 
bounded-context syntactic analysis as models 
of syntactic portion of translator design. Design 



Graduate Programs / 65 



criteria underlying compiler techniques, such 
as backtracking and lookahead Methods for 
analyzing translator operation in terms of 
estimating storage space and translation time 
requirements- Current version of Backus-Naur 
form Associated semanic notations for 
specifying the operation of programming 
language translators. 

CMSC 710 Simulation of Computers and 
Software. (3) Prerequisite, CI^SC 410 or 
equivalent Computer simulation language, mar- 
co and micro simulation. Boolean translation, 
software-hardware transformation, description 
and simulation of a microprogrammed com- 
puter, construction and simulation of an assem- 
bler, project for unified hardware-software 
design 

CMSC 720 Information Retrieval. (3) 
Prerequisite. CI\/ISC 620 Designed to in- 
troduce the student to computer techniques 
for information organization and retrieval of 
natural language data Techniques of statistical, 
syntactic and logical analysis of natural 
language for retrieval, and the extent of their 
success Methods of designing systems tor 
use in operational environments Applications 
to both data and document systems, 
CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics. (3) 
Prerequisite, CMSC 620 Introductory course 
on applications of computional techniques to 
linguistics and natural-language processing. 
Research cycle of corpus selection, pre- 
editing, keypunching, processing, post-editing, 
and evaluation. General-purpose input 
Processing, and output routines Special- 
purpose input Processing, and output routines 
Special- purpose programs for sentence par- 
sing and generation, segmentation, idiom 
recognition, paraphrasing, and stylistic and 
discourse analysis Programs for dictionary, 
thesaurus, and concordance compilation, and 
editing Systems for automatic abstracting, 
translation, and question-answering 
CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics. (3) 
Prerequisites, CMSC 640 and STAT 400 In- 
troductory course on applications of 
mathematics to linguistics Elementary ideas in 
phonology, grammar, and semantics Automata, 
formal grammars and languages Chomsky's 
theory of transformational grammars, Yngve's 
depthhypothesis and syntactic complexity. 
Markov-chain models of word and sentence 
generation. Shannon's information theory. Car- 
nap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory, 
lexicostatistics and stylostatistics. Zopf's law of 
frequency and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis 
Mathematical models as theoretical foundation 
for computational linguistics 

CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence. (3) 

Prerequisites, CMSC 620 and STAT 401 
Heuristic programming; tree search 
procedures Programs for game playing, 
theorem finding and proving, problem solving, 
multiple-purpose programs, conversation with 
computers; question-answering programs. 
Trainable pattern classifiers-linear, piecewise 
linear, quadratic, "O," and multilayer machines, 
statistical decision theory, decision functions, 
likelihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster 
detection. Neural models, computational 
properties of neural nets, processing of sen- 
sory information, representative conceptual 
models of the brain 

CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial 
Information. (3) Prerequisite, CMSC 620 In- 
put, output, and storage of pictorial information 



Pictures as information sources, efficient en- 
coding, sampling, quantization, approximation 
Position-invanant operations on pictures, digital 
and optical implementations, the PAX language, 
applications to matched and spatial frequency 
filtering. Picture quality, "image enhancement" 
and "image restoration " Picture properties and 
pictorial pattern recognition. Processing of 
complex pictures, "figure" extraction, proper- 
ties of figures Data structures for picture 
descnption and manipulation; "picture 
languages "" Graphics systems for alpha- 
numenc and other symbols, line drawings of 
two- and three-dimensional objects, cartoons 
and movies 

CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science. 
(3) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor 
This IS the same course as LBSC 721 
Definition of information science. Relation to 
cybernetics and other sciences, systems 
analysis, information, basic constraints on in- 
formation systems, processes of com- 
munication, classes and their use, op- 
timalization and mechanization. 
CMSC 740 Automata Tfieory. (3) Prerequisite, 
CMSC 640. This is the same course as ENEE 
652. Introduction to the theory of abstract 
mathematical machines. Structural and 
behavioral classification of automata. Finite- 
state automata; theory of regular sets Push- 
down automata. Linear-bounded automata. 
Finite transducers. Turing machines; universal 
tunng machines. 

CMSC 745 Theory of Formal Languages. (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 640. Formal grammars; 
syntax and semantics. Post productions; 
Markov algorithms. Finite-state languages, par- 
sing, trees, and ambiguity Theory of regular 
sets Context-free languages; pushdown 
automata Context-sensitive languages; linear- 
bounded automata Unrestncted rewriting 
systems; tunng machines. Closure properties 
of languages under opertions. Undecidability 
theorems, 

CMSC 750 Theory of Computability. (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 640 Algorithms; Churchs 
thesis Primitive recursive functions; Godel 
numbering General and partial recursive func- 
tions Turing machines; Turings' thesis. Markov 
algorithms Churchs lamda calculus. Grze- 
gorczyk hierarch; Peter hierarchy Relative 
recursiveness. Word problems, Post"s 
correspondence problem. 
CMSC 755 Theories of Information. (3) 
Prerequisites, CMSC 620 and STAT 401. 
Mathematical and logical foundations of 
existing theones of information Topics include 
Fishers theory of statistical information, 
Kullback and Leibler"s theory of statistical in- 
formation. Shannon's theory of selective in- 
formation, and Carnap and Bar-Hillers theory of 
semantic information The similanties and dif- 
ferences of these and other theories are 
treated 

CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, MATH.'CMSC 470, 
Methods for the solution of linear systems of 
equations; in particular, iterative methods and 
their convergence theory. The numerical 
solution of the algebraic eigenvalue problem 
(Also listed as MATH 694). 

CMSC 772 Advanced Nonlinear Numerical 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisites. MATH/CMSC 670 
and MATH 441 , Iterative solution of nonlinear 
operator equations; in particular, nonlinear 
systems of equations. Existence question. 



Minimization methods and applications to ap- 
proximation problems (Also listed as MATH 
696). 

CMSC 780 Computer Applications to the 
Physical Sciences. (3) Prerequisite, CMSC 
21 , STAT 400, and a graduate course in 
physical science Applications of computers to 
numerical calculation, data reduction, and 
modeling in the physical sciences. Stress will 
be laid on the features of the applications _ 
which have required techniques not usually 
considered in more general contexts. 
CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of 
Physical Systems. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC 
210 and STAT 401 Monte-Carlo and other 
methods of investigating models of interest to 
physical scientists Generation and testing of 
random numbers. Probabilistic, deterministic 
and incomplete models. 
CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Computer 
Science. (1-3) 

CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer 
Systems. (3) 

CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Information 
Processing. 

CMSC 840 Advanced Automata Theory. 
(3) Prerequisite CMSC 740 Advances and 
innovations in automata theory. Vanants of 
elementary automata; multitape, multihead, 
and multidimensional machines. Counters and 
stack automata. Wang machines; Shepherd- 
son-Sturgis machines. Recursive hierarchies. 
Effective computability; relative uncomput- 
ability Probabilistic automata. 
CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory and 
Metatheory. (3) 

CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numerical 
Methods. (3) 

CMSC 898 Advanced Topics in Applications. 
(3) 

CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Cooperative Education 
Engineering Courses 

ENCO 408 Co-op Internship. (0) Professional 
internship in industry or government agency 
provides the practical work experiences which 
supplement and enhance the theories, prin- 
ciples and practices in the normal educational 
program The student should register for ENCO 
408 for each summer internship. He should 
register for both ENCO 408 and ENCO 409 
for each semester internship 
ENCO 409 Co-op Internship. (0) Professional 
internship in industry or government agency 
provides the practical work experiences which 
supplement and enhance the theories, pnn- 
ciples and practices studied in the normal 
educational program. The student should 
register for ENCO 408 for each summer in- 
ternship He should register for both ENCO 
408 and 409 for each summer internship. 



66 / Graduate Programs 



Counseling 
and Personnel 
Services Program 

Professor and Chairman: Marx 

Professors: Byrne, Hoyt, Magoon,' ' 
Pumroy,' 

Associate Professors: Allan, Birk,' Green- 
berg, Lawrence, Martin, Medvene,' Ray, 
Rhoads, Stern 

Assistant Professors: Brooks, Carlson, 
Chasnotf, Colby, Gump, Hardwick, 
Kafka, Knetelkamp, Krieger, Leonard 
Levine, Magrab, McMullan, 
Spielblchiler, Westbrock^ 



'loint appointment with Psyctiology 

'loinl appointment with Counseling Center 



Historically, the programs of ttie Department of 
Counseling and Personnel Services tiave been 
responsive to societal needs in providing 
leaderstiip in tfie training of specialized per- 
sonnel service workers. The programs are 
designed for the preparation of professionals 
who serve in a variety of social settings in- 
cluding schools, colleges, rehabilitative agen- 
cies, government agencies and other com- 
munity agencies. These professionals may serve 
one of several roles either at the prac- 
titioner's level or at an advanced level of 
leadership, supervision and research. Programs 
of preparation for practitioners are offered at 
the master's and advanced Graduate Specialist 
level while the advanced offenngs for research- 
ers, supervisors, and personnel admin- 
istrators are conducted at the doctoral 
level. The master's and advanced Graduate 
Specialist programs are offered among the 
following six specialty programs within the 
department. The Elementary School Coun- 
seling Specialty Program prepares the student 
as a child development consultant, individual 
and group counselor and coordinator of pupil 
services The Secondary School Counseling 
Program prepares the student to serve as a 
member of a human resources team in in- 
dividual and group counseling, information 
specialist regarding personnel, social, 
educational and vocational matters, and pupil 
personnel program coordination The 
Psychological Services in Schools Program 
prepares the student to be certified as a 
school psychologist where his principal func- 
tions are to assess psychological conditions 
and devise intervention strategies to enhance 
the learning of pupils. The College Student 
Personnel Specialty Program prepares 
specialists at the higher education level in two 
areas of concentration: college counseling and 
Student Personnel Administration which in- 
cludes areas such as Student Development, 
Student Union, Housing, Admissions, 
Placement, Deans of Students and Vice 
Presidents of Student Affairs. The Community 
Counseling Specialty Program provides two 
emphases within the program. Career develop- 
ment and vocational counseling is one con- 
centration and the other concentration is per- 
sonal-social counseling and community mental 
health consultation The Rehabilitation Coun- 
seling Specialty Program prepares counselors 
to work wtih mentally, emotionally, socially and 
physically handicapped persons in public and 
pnvate agencies 



The doctoral programs in Counseling and 
Personnel Services are designed to prepare 
students to achieve exceptional competence in 
the areas of research, theory, and practice 
related to personnel services. Graduates 
typically assume positions of leadership, 
research or supervision of personnel services 
in public units such as large school systems, 
universities, or state rehabilitation and com- 
munity agencies: as professors in personnel 
service programs; as counselors in higher 
education institutions. The doctoral program, 
leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree, 
has as its major emphasis research in the 
behavioral sciences and applied fields. The 
pnmary thrust at the master's and Advanced 
Graduate Specialist levels is upon excellence 
in practice: the major emphasis at the Doctoral 
level is upon theory and research 

Admission to these programs is based not 
only on meeting minimum requirements, but 
competitively based on staff resources 
available. 



EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and 
Personnel Services. (3) Presents principles 
and procedures, and examines the function of 
counselors, psychologists in schools, school 
social workers, and other personnel service 
workers. 

EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene. (3) The practical 
application of the principles of mental hygiene 
to classroom problems. 
EDCP 413 Behavior Modification. (3) 
Knowledge and techniques of intervention in a 
variety of social situations, including con- 
tingency contracting and time out will be 
acquired 

EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior. (3) 
Development of student proficiency in 
analyzing complex patterns of behavior on the 
basis of empirical evidence. 
EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation. (3) 
Prerequisite, EDCP 414. Basic principles of 
human behavior will be reviewed and ap- 
plication of these principles will be im- 
plemented under supervision. 
EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership. 
(3) The nature and property of groups, in- 
teraction analysis, developmental phases, 
leadership dynamics and styles, roles of mem- 
bers and interpersonal communications. Two 
hours of lecture-discussion and two hours of 
laboratory per week: laboratory involves ex- 
perimental based learning. 
EDCP 420 Education and Racism. (3) 
Strategy development for counselors and 
educators to deal with problems of racism 
EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation 
Counseling. (3) Introductory course for majors 
in rehabilitation counseling, social work, 
psychology, or education who desire to work 
professionally with physically or emotionally 
handicapped persons 
EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Per- 
sonnel. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor 
A systematic analysis of research and 
theoretical literature on a variety of major 
problems in the organization and administration 
of student personnel services in higher 
education Included will be discussion of such 
topics as the student personnel philosophy in 
education, counseling services, discipline, 
housing, student activities, financial aid, health, 
remedial services, etc. 



EDCP 489 Field Experience in Counseling 
and Personnel Services. (1-4) Prerequisites, 
at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland plus such other 
prerequisites as may be set by the major area 
in which the experience is to be taken. Plan- 
ned field experience may be provided for 
selected students who have had teaching ex- 
pehence and whose application for such field 
experience has been approved by the 
education faculty. Field experience is offered 
in a given area to both major and nonmajor 
students. Note; the total number of credits 
which a student may earn in EDCP 489, 888, 
and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 
semester hours. 

EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling 
and Personnel Services. (1-3) Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. Available only to major 
students who have formal plans for individual 
study of approved problems 
EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes. (1- 
6) The maximum number of credits that may be 
earned under this course symbol toward any 
degree is six semester hours; the symbol may 
be used two or more times until six semester 
hours have been reached. The following type 
of educational enterprise may be scheduled 
under this course heading; workshops con- 
ducted by the department of counseling and 
personnel services (or developed cooperatively 
with other departments, colleges and univer- 
sities) and not otherwise covered in the 
present listing; clinical experiences in coun- 
seling and testing centers, reading clinics, 
speech therapy laboratohes, and special 
education centers: institutes developed around 
specific topics or problems and intended for 
designated groups. 

EDCP 611 Occupational Choice Theory and 
Information. (3) Research and theory related 
to occupational and educational decisions; 
programs of related information and other ac- 
tivities in occupational decision 
EDCP 614 Personality Theories in Coun- 
seling and Personnel Services. (3) 
Examination of constructs and research 
relating to major personality theohes with em- 
phasis on their significance for working with 
the behaviors of individuals. 
EDCP 615 Cases in Appraisal. (3) 
Prerequisite, EDMS 446 or EDMS 451. Collec- 
ting and interpreting nonsfandardized pupil ap- 
praisal data; synthesis of all types of data 
through case study procedures 
EDCP 616 Counseling— Theoretical Foun- 
dations and Practice. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 
615. Exploration of learning theohes as applied 
to counseling in school, and practices which 
stem from such theories. 
EDCP 617 Group Counseling. (3) 
Prerequisite, EDCP 616. A survey of theory, 
research and practice of group counseling and 
psychotherapy with an introduction to growth 
groups and the laboratory approach, 
therapeutic factors in groups, composition of 
therapeutic groups, problem clients, 
therapeutic techniques, research methods, 
theories, ethics and training of group coun- 
selors and therapists. 

EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling. (2-6) 
Prerequisites, EDCP 616 and permission of in- 
structor. Sequence of supervised counseling 
experiences of increasing complexity Limited 
to eight applicants in advance Two hours class 
plus laboratory. 



Graduate Programs / 67 



EOCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum. (3) 

Prerequisite, EDCP 617. EDCP 619. and con- 
sent of instructor A supervised field ex- 
penence in group counseling 
EDCP 627 Process Consultation. (3) 
Prerequisite, graduate course in group 
process. Study of case consultation, systems 
consultation, mental tiealth consultation and ttie 
professionals role in systems intervention 
strategies, 
EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children 

I. (4) Assessment of development, emotional 
and learning problems of cfiildren in scfiools, 
practicum experience. 

EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children 

II. (4) Prerequisite, EDCP 633. Assessment of 
development, emotional, and learning problems 
of adolescents in schools Practicum ex- 
perience 

EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and 
Classroom Management. (3) Prerequisite. ED- 
CP 414 Diagnosis and treatment of problems 
presented by teachers and parents Practicum 
experience 

EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and 
Classroom Management II. (3) Prerequisite, 
EDCP 635 The objective of this course is to 
understand and to treat children's problems. 
The focus is primarily on the older child in 
secondary school and the orientation is essen- 
tially behavioral Practicum experience will be 
provided 

EDCP 645 Counseling in Elementary 
Schools. (3) Prerequisite. EDCP 615 or con- 
sent of instructor. Counseling theory and prac- 
tices as related to children. Emphasis will be 
placed on an awareness of the child's total 
behavior as well as on specific methods of 
communications with the child through 
techniques of play interviews, observations, 
and the use of non-parametric data, 

EDCP 655 Organization and Administration 
of Personnel Services. (2) Prerequisite. EDCP 
619 or permission of instructor. Exploration of 
personnel services programs and implementing 
personnel services practices 

EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Ser- 
vices Seminar. (2) Prerequisite, advanced 
standing. Examination of issues that bear on 
professional issues such as ethics, in- 
terprofessional relationships and research 

EDCP 661 Psycho-Social Aspects of 
Disability. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 460 or con- 
sent of instructor. This course is part of the 
core curriculum for rehabilitation counselors If 
is designed to develop an understanding of the 
nature and importance of the personal and 
psycho-social aspects of adult disability 

EDCP 662 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability I. 

(3) Prerequisite. EDCP 460 or equivalent and 
consent of instructor Part of core curriculum in 
rehabilitation counseling It is designed to 
develop an understanding of the rehabilitation 
process, clients served, and skills and attitudes 
necessary for working effectively with the 
physically disabled. 

EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability 

II. (3) Prerequisite, EDCP 460 or equivalent 
and consent of instructor Part of Core 
curriculum in rehabilitation counseling The 
psychiatric rehabilitation client: understanding 
his needs, treatment approaches available, and 
society's reaction to the client 



EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilitation. 
(1-6) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours 
EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group 
Processes. (2-6) Prerequisites. EDCP 626 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
EDCP 735 Seminar in Rehabilitation Coun- 
seling. (2) This course is part of the Core 
curnculum for rehabilitation counselors. It is 
designed to provide the advanced rehabilitation 
counseling student with a formal seminar to 
discuss, evaluate and attempt to reach per- 
sonal resolution regarding pertinent 
professional problems and issues in the field. 
EDCP 771 The College Student. (3) A 
demographic study of the characteristics of 
college students as well as a study of their 
aspirations, values, and purposes. 
EDCP 776 Modification of Human 
Behavior— Laboratory and Practicum. (3) 
Prerequisite. Permission of instructor. In- 
dividual and group supervised introduction to 
intake and counseling relationships, 
EDCP 777 Modification of l-luman 
Behavior— Laboratory and Practicum. (3) 
Prerequisite. EDCP 776 and permission of in- 
structor Continuation of EDCP 776 Further 
experience under direct supervision of more 
vaned forms of counseling relationships 
EDCP 778 Seminar in Student Personnel. (2- 
6) An intensive study of the various student 
personnel functions. A means to integrate the 
knowledge from various fields as they relate to 
student personnel administration 
EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum in Coun- 
seling. (1-6) Prerequisite, permission of in- 
structor. Previous practicum experience. In- 
dividual supervision of counseling, and group 
consultation Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits. 

EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling 
and Personnel Services. (1-6) Repeatable to 
a maximum of 6 credits, 
EDCP 798 Special Problems in Counseling 
and Personnel Services. (1-6) Master's AGS. 
or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue 
special research problems under the direction 
of their advisers may register for credit under 
this number. 

EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of six hours 
for master's thesis. 

EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and 
Personnel Services. (1-9) Apprenticeships in 
the major area of study are available to selec- 
ted students whose application for an ap- 
prenticeship has been approved by the 
education faculty Each apprentice is assigned 
to work for at least a semester full-time or the 
equivalent with an appropriate staff member of 
a cooperating school, school system, or 
educational institution or agency The sponsor 
of the apprentice maintains a close working 
relationship with the apprentice and the other 
persons involved. Prerequisites, teaching ex- 
perience, a master's degree in education, and 
at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Note. The total number 
of credits which a student may earn in EDCP 
489. 888. and 889 is limited to a maximum of 
twenty (20) semester hours 
EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and Per- 
sonnel Services. (3-16) Internships in the 
major area of study are available to selected 
students who have teaching experience. The 



following groups of students are eligible: (A) 
any student who has been advanced to can- 
didacy for the doctor's degree: and (B) any 
student who receives special approval by the 
education faculty for an internship, provided 
that prior to taking an internship, such student 
shall have completed at least 60 semester 
hours of graduate work, including at least six 
semester hours in education at the University 
of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work 
on a full-time basis for at least a semester with 
an appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational in- 
stitution or agency. The internship must be 
taken in a school situation different from the 
one where the student is regularly employed. 
The intern's sponsor maintains a close working 
relationship with the intern and the other per- 
sons involved Note: The total number of 
credits which a student may earn in EDCP 
489. 888 IS limited to a maximum of twenty 
(20) semester hours 

EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-16) Registration required to the extent of 6- 
9 hours for an Ed.D project and 12-18 hours 
for a Ph.D. dissertation. 



Criminal Justice and 
Criminology Program 

Professor and Director: Lejins 
Associate Professors: Maida. Tennyson. 

Wheeler 
i4ss/s/an( Professors: Ingraham. Johnson 

The Program of graduate study leading to a 
Master of Arts and PhD degree in the area of 
Criminal Justice and Criminology is intended to 
prepare students for research, teaching and 
professional employment in the operational 
agencies in the field of chminal justice. This 
program combines an intensive background in 
a social science discipline such as 
sociology, psychology, public administration, 
etc . with graduate-level study of selected 
aspects of the criminal justice field. 

Students enrolled in the MA. program have 
two options a Criminology option and a 
Criminal Justice option. The general plan of 
study for both options is as follows: 

1 Three social science courses on an ap- 
propriate level in theory, methodology 
and statistics. 

2 Three appropriate-level courses in 
Chminology or Law Enforcement depend- 
ing on the option One of these should 
be a general seminar dealing with the 
over-all field of cnminal justice. 

3 Two elective courses. 

4 The student has a choice between: 

a an MA. degree with an MA, thesis. 

b an MA. degree without thesis, but 

with some additional requirements. 

In addition to the general Graduate School 
requirements, special admission requirements 
include the Graduate Record Examination Ap- 
titude Test, a major in a social science 
discipline, and 9 hours of course work in the 
appropriate area of cnminal justice. The un- 
dergraduate social science major must have in- 
cluded at least one course each in theory, 
statistics and research methods At the 



68 / Graduate Programs 



discretion of the Graduate Admissions Com- 
mittee of tfie Institute, deficiencies in some of 
the above areas may be made up by non- 
credit work at the beginning of the program 

Admission to the Ph D program in Cnminal 
Justice and Criminology depends on meeting 
the general Graduate School requirements and 
IS determined by the Graduate Admissions 
Committee of the Institute Admission presup- 
poses completion of the MA degree For 
completion of the PhD degree, in addition to 
the general Graduate School Ph D require- 
ments, competence in the theory of at least one 
social science discipline, in research 
methodology and in quantitative techniques is 
expected, as well as competence in the 
general theory of the criminal justice field and 
in the specialization area selected by the 
student The necessary coursework is deter- 
mined on the basis of the students previous 
preparation, needs, and interests. The can- 
didate is required to pass Ph D comprehensive 
examinations, acquire at least 1 2 hours of 
Ph.D research credits, and prepare and 
defend a doctoral dissertation under the 
guidance of his Ph.D. dissertation committee. 

GRIM 432 Law of Corrections. (3) 

Prerequisite. LENF 230 or 234 and CRIM 220 
A review of the law of criminal corrections from 
sentencing to final release or release on 
parole Probation, punishments, special treat- 
ments for special offenders, parole and pardon. 
and the prisoners civil rights are also 
examined 

GRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency. (3) 
Prerequisite. SOCY 100 Juvenile delinquency 
in relation to the general problem of chme: 
analysis of factors underlying juvenile 
delinquency; treatment and prevention. 
GRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Preven- 
tion. (3) Prerequisites. GRIM 220 or CRItvl 
450 or consent of instructor. Methods and 
programs in prevention of crime and delinquen- 
cy, 

CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and 
Delinquents in the Community. (3) 
Prerequisite. CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or con- 
sent of instructor Analysis of the processes 
and methods in the modification of cnminal pat- 
terns of behavior in a community setting. 
CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of 
Criminals and Delinquents. (3) Prerequisite. 
CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of in- 
structor History, organization and functions of 
penal and correctional institutions for adults 
and juveniles, 

CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological 
Theory. (3) Prerequisite. CRIM 220. CRIM 
450. and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM 
453. Bnef histoncal overview of criminological 
theory up to the 50's. Deviance, labeling, 
typologies. Most recent research in 
cnminalistic subcultures and middle class 
delinquency Recent proposals for 
"decnminalization," 

CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology. 
(3) Topics of special interest to advanced un- 
dergraduates in criminology Such courses will 
be offered in response to student request and 
faculty interest No more than six credits may 
be taken by a student in selected topics. 
CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology. (3) First 
semester. Survey of the principal issues in 
contemporary criminological theory and re- 
search. 



CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology. (3) 

Second semester. 

CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency. 

(3) First Semester 

CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency as a Com- 
munity Problem. (3) Second semester An in- 
tensive study of selected problems in adult 
crime and juvenile delinquency in Maryland 
CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems. 
(3) 

CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (3) 
CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) Doctoral dissertation research in criminal 
justice and criminology 

Institute of 
Criminal Justice 
and Criminology 

LENF 444 Advanced Law Enforcement Ad- 
ministration. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 340 or 
consent of instructor. The structunng of man- 
power, material, and systems to accomplish the 
major goals of social control Personnel and 
systems management. Political controls and 
limitations on authority and jurisdiction, 
LENF 462 Special Problems in Security Ad- 
ministration. (3) Prerequisites. LENF 360 and 
consent of instructor An advanced course for 
students desinng to focus on specific con- 
cerns in the study of private security 
organizations; business intelligence and 
espionage; vulnerability and criticality analyses 
in physical security; transportation, banking, 
hospital and military security problems; uni- 
formed security forces; national defense in- 
formation: and others, 
LENF 498 Selected Topics in Criminal 
Justice. (1-6) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. Supervised study of a selected topic 
to be announced in the field of criminal justice 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
LENF 600 Criminal Justice. (3) Prerequisites, 
admission to the graduate program in criminal 
justice or consent of instructor. Cun-ent con- 
cept of criminal justice in relationship to other 
concepts in the field. Historical perspective. 
Criminal justice and social control Operational 
implications. Systemic aspects. Issues of 
evaluation 

LENF 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and 
Society. (3) Prerequisite. LENF 230 or its 
equivalent and a course in introductory 
cnminology. The cnminal law is studied in the 
context of general studies in the area of the 
sociology of law. The evolution and social and 
psychological factors affecting the formulation 
and administration of cnminal laws are 
discussed Also examined is the impact of 
Criminal laws and their sanctions on behavior in 
the light of recent empirical evidence. 
LENF 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice Ad- 
ministration. (3) Prerequisites, one course in 
the theory of groups or organizations, one 
course in administration; or consent of in- 
structor. Examination of external and internal 
factors that currently impact on police ad- 
ministration Intra-organizational relationships 
and policy formulation; the conversion of inputs 
into decisions and policies. Strategies for form- 
ulating, implementing and assessing ad- 
ministrative decisions. 
LENF 699 Special Problems in Criminal 
Justice. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 



structor Supervised study of a selected 
problem in the field of criminal justice 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits 
LENF 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

Dairy Science 
Program 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Maffick 
Professors: Cairns. Bull. Davis. King. 

Vandersall. Williams 
.4ssoc/a(e Professor: Douglass 
Assistant Professors: Westhoff 

The Department of Dairy Science offers 
programs leading to the degrees of Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy Candidates 
for degrees have the option of studying in one 
of two major areas: dairy production which is 
concerned with the management, breeding, 
nutntion and physiology of dairy animals; or 
dairy technology which is concerned with the 
chemical, microbiological and nutritional aspects 
of dairy products, as well as the industrial 
phases of milk products processing Dairy 
Science faculty are active participants in the in- 
terdepartmental graduate programs in Animal 
Science. Food Science and Nutritional Scien- 
ces Through such participation. Dairy Science 
graduate students are provided a wide range 
of options for graduate program development. 
Both thesis and non thesis Master of Science 
options are offered 

The Department has two dairy herds that 
are utilized in its research programs One is 
located on the College Park Campus and the 
other approximately 30 miles from campus at 
the Dairy and Agronomy Forage Research 
Farm. A dairy processing facility is also 
available for dairy products research In ad- 
dition, the Department participates in a 
cooperatii/e research agreement with the 
USDA Research Center that is located at Belt- 
sville. Maryland This agreement enables 
students to work with dairy animals in 
cooperative research with departmental faculty 
as well as research personnel at this federal 
facility. 

Financial assistance is available for graduate 
students on a basis of need, previous 
academic performance and research and 
teaching requirements of the Department. 
Sources of funds are departmental assistant- 
ships and research grants. Approximately 50 
percent of the graduate students receive finan- 
cial assistance 

A B S degree in dairy science is not 
required; however, applicants must have a 
strong background in the biological 
sciences. Students without such background 
will be required to take course work to eliminate 
appropriate deficiencies. Normally on a full 
time basis, the time required for completion 
of the Master of Science degree is 2 years. 
The Doctor of Philosophy usually requires a 
minimum of an additional 3 years. On 
recommendation of the Departmental 
Graduate Program Advisory Committee, a 
student may proceed in a program that 
leads directly to the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. There is no language requirement 
in the program 

A Doctor of Philosophy applicant must 
successfully pass a departmental com- 
prehensive examination prior to ad- 
vancement to candidacy. This examination 

Graduate Programs / 69 



is taken at least two semesters prior to the 
completion of all degree requirements In 
the final examination, the candidate must 
successfully defend a research thesis 

Students interested in food science may 
undertake graduate study in the dairy tech- 
nology phase of Dairy Science, or in the food 
science curnculum Courses in these programs 
are listed under the headings Animal Science 
and Food Science respectively. 

Dance Courses 

DANC 400 Advanced Choreographic Forms. 

(3) Prerequisite. DANC 208 or equivalent and 
adequate dance technique Lectures and 
studio work in modern sources as they apply 
to dance. Solo and group choreography. 
DANC 458 Group Forms. (3) Prerequisite. 
DANC 400 or equivalent. Choreography for 
small groups; duets, thos, quartets, etc 
DANC 465 Advanced Notation. (3) 
Prerequisite, DANC 365 or equivalent Con- 
tinuation of materials in DANC 365 in more in- 
tensive work. The translation, writing, and per- 
forming of advanced scores in the various 
forms of dance 

DANC 468 Repertory. (3) The learning of dan- 
ces to be chosen from notated scores, works 
of visiting artists, or selected faculty 
choreography to be performed on at least one 
concert. Audition required The course may be 
repeated for credit, as different works will be 
chosen each semester, 
DANC 470 Creative Dance for Children. (3) 
Prerequisite. DANC 208 and 305 or 
equivalent. Directing the essential elements of 
dance to the level of the child's experience 
and facilitating the creative response. The 
development of movement into simple forms to 
serve as a symbol of individual expression. 
DANC 478 Dance Production. (3) 
Prerequisite, DANC 388 or equivalent and an 
adequate understanding of dance techniques. 
Advanced choreography. Independent work 
with periodic criticism. 

DANC 482 History of Dance. (3) The develop- 
ment of dance from primitive to the Middle 
Ages and the relationship of dance forms to 
patterns of culture, 

DNAC 483 History of Dance. (3) The develop- 
ment of dance from the Renaissance period to 
the present times and the relationship of dance 
forms to patterns of culture, 
DANC 484 Theory and Philosophy of Dance. 
(3) The study of the theories, philosophies and 
aesthetics of dance Investigation of form, con- 
tent and structure. Interrelationships of the arts, 
and their role in man's world. 
DANC 488 Practlcum In Dance. (1-6) 
Advanced workshop in dance presentation in- 
cluding performing, production, and planned 
field experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six credits. 

DANC 489 Ethnic Styles. (3) Prerequisite. 
DANC 104 Lecture and activity in styles ex- 
pressive of various cultures, f^ay be repeated 
for credit by permission of instructor. 
DANC 492 Percussion and Music Sources 
for Dance. (3) Prerequisite, DANC 102 or 
equivalent or permission. Techniques of per- 
cussion playing, and its use as dance ac- 
companiment Learning to use the instruments 
In composition and improvisation Study of 
music sources for dance. 



DANC 498 Directed Studies In Dance. (1-6) 

Hours arranged For advanced students who 
have the permission of the Chairman of the 
Department of Dance. 

DANC 499 Advanced Dance Technique. (2) 
Prerequisite, DANC 389 or equivalent. Con- 
tinuation of DANC 389 in further advanced 
form. 



Early 

Childhood-Elementary 
Education Program 

Professor and Chairman: Sublette 
Professors: Ashlock, Duffey, Goff, Leeper, 

O'Neill, Weaver, J. Wilson, R. Wilson 
Associate Professors: Amershek, Church, 

Dietz, Eley, Ganft, Heidelbach, 

Herman, Roderick, Sullivan, Williams 
Assistant Professors: Hutchings, Jantz, 

Johnson, McCuaig, Paserba, Schumacher, 

Seefeldt, Sunal 

Graduate programs leading to M.A., tyi.E.D. and 
Ph.D. degrees in the Department of Early 
Childhood-Elementary Education are designed 
to prepare teachers, curriculum specialists, 
supervisors, administrators, and higher 
education instructors to function effectively in 
leadership positions involving programs for 
young children. 

Masters Degree programs average 30-36 
semester hours. Ph.D. programs average 90 
semester hours, including work at the master's 
level. All applicants must submit the Miller 
Analogy Test score as prerequisite to ad- 
mission 

Students have opportunities to specialize in 
any of the following areas; early childhood 
education, elementary education, corrective- 
remedial reading instruction, science 
education, mathematics education, language 
arts, social studies education, or nursery- 
kindergarten education. 

Special facilities for graduate study include 
the Reading Center, the Science Teaching 
Center, the Teacher Education Centers in local 
schools, the Center for Young Children. 

Programs, particularly at the doctoral level, 
are individualized to reflect the student's 
background and to meet his particular career 
goals. Regular counseling with an advisor is an 
important aspect of each program. An effort is 
made to ascertain that graduate programs in- 
clude both theory and practicum, professional 
work and academic courses. 

The department is able to give financial aid, 
in the form of graduate assistantships, to 
students of proven ability who have had public 
school teaching experience. 

There is a comprehensive examination near 
the completion of work at the master's level 
The PhD program includes a preliminary 
examination after approximately 1 2 semester 
hours of work and a comprehensive 
examination near the completion of the pro- 
gram. 

EDEL 401 Science in Early Childhood 
Education. (3) Designed primahly to help in- 
service teachers, nursery school through grade 
3, to acquire general science understandings 
and to develop teaching materials for practical 
use in classrooms Includes experiments, 
demonstrations, constructions, observations, 



field thps and use of audio-visual materials. The 
emphasis in on content and method related to 
science units in common use in nursery 
school through grade 3, Offered during sum- 
mer sessions and in off-campus programs 
taught through University College, Ordinarily 
there is no field placement 

EDEL 402 Science in the Elementary School. 

(3) Designed phmarily to help in-service 
teachers, grades 1 -6, to acquire general 
science understandings and to develop teach- 
ing materials for practical use in classrooms. In- 
cludes experiments, demonstrations, con- 
structions, observations, field trips and use of 
audio-visual materials. The emphasis is on con- 
tent and method related to science units in 
common use in grades 1-5. Offered during 
summer sessions and in off-campus programs 
taught through University College. Ordinarily 
there is no field placement. 
EDEL 404 Language Arts in Early Childhood 
Education. (3) Teaching of spelling, hand- 
writing, oral and wntten expression and 
creative expression. Designed phmahly for in- 
service teachers, nursery school through grade 
3. Offered duhng summer sessions and in off- 
campus programs taught through University 
College. Ordinarily, there is no field placement. 

EDEL 405 Language Arts In the Elementary 
School. (3) Teaching of spelling, handwriting, 
oral and written expression and creative ex- 
pression Designed primarily for in-service 
teachers, grades 1-6. Offered duhng summer 
sessions and in off-campus programs taught 
through University College. Ordinahly there is 
no field placement. 

EDEL 406 Social Studies in Early Childhood 
Education. (3) Consideration given to 
curriculum, organization and methods of 
teaching, evaluation of newer materials and 
utilization of environmental resources. 
Designed for in-service teachers, nursery 
school through grade 3. Offered during sum- 
mer sessions and in off-campus programs 
taught through University College Ordinahly 
there is no field placement. 

EDEL 407 Social Studies in the Elementary 
School. (3) Consideration given to curnculum. 
Organization and methods of teaching, 
evaluation of newer materials and utilization of 
environmental resources. Designed for in- 
service teachers, grades 1-6. Offered during 
summer sessions and in off-campus programs 
taught through University College. Ordinanly 
there is no field placement. 

EDEL 410 The Child and the 
Curriculum— Early Childhood. (3) 

Relationship of the school curriculum, nursery 
school through grade 3, to child growth and 
development. Recent trends in curriculum 
organization; the effect of environment on lear- 
ning; readiness to learn; and adapting 
curnculum content and methods to maturity 
levels of children. Designed for in-service 
teachers, nursery school through grade 3. Of- 
fered duhng summer sessions and in off- 
campus programs taught through University 
College. Ordinahly there is no field placement, 
EDEL 411 The Child and the 
Curriculum— Elementary. (3) Relationship of 
the school curnculum. grades 1 -6, to child 
growth and development Recent trends in curn- 
culum organization/ the effect of environment 
on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting 
curnculum content and methods to matuhty 



70 / Graduate Programs 



levels of children Designed for in-service 
teachers, grades 1 -5 Offered during summer 
sessions and in off-campus programs taught 
through University College Ordinarily there is 
no field placement 

EOEL 412 Art in the Elementary School. (3) 
Concerned with art methods and materials for 
elementary schools Includes lat>oratory ex- 
periences with matenals appropnate for 
elementary schools 

EDEL 413 Mathematics In Early Childhood 
Education. (3) Prerequisite MATH 210 or 
equivalent. Emphasis on materials and 
procedures which help pupils sense arithmetic 
meanings and relationships Designed to help 
in-service teachers, nursery school through 
grade 3. gain a better understanding of the 
number system and anthmetical processes, of- 
fered during summer sessions and in off- 
campus programs taught through University 
College Ordinarily there is no field placement 

EDEL 414 Mathematics in the Elementary 
School. (3) Prerequisiste. MATH 210 or 
equivalent Emphasis on matenals and 
procedures which help pupils sense arithmetic 
meanings and relationships Designed to help 
in-service teachers, grades 1 -6. gam a better 
understanding of the number system and anth- 
metical processes Offered during summer 
sessions and in off-campus programs taught 
through University College Ordinarily there is 
no field placement 

EDEL 41 5 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learn- 
ing Disabilities in Mathematics. (3) 
Prerequisite. EDEL 314 or equivalent and ap- 
proval of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of 
disabilities in mathematics, techniques and 
materials useful for working with children in 
both clinical and classroom settings Case 
studies with children previously diagnosed as 
primarily corrective rather than severely 
disabled Laboratory hours to be arranged 
EOEL 424 Literature for Children and Young 
People. Advanced. (3) Development of literary 
matenals for children and young people. 
Timeless and ageless books, and outstanding 
examples of contemporary publishing 
Evaluation of the contributions of individual 
authors and illustrators and children's book 
awards 

EDEL 425 The Teaching of Reading— Early 
Childhood. (3) Concerned with the funda- 
mentals of developmental reading instruction, 
including reading readiness, use of experience 
stones, procedures in using Basal readers, the 
improvement of comprehension, teaching 
reading in all areas of the curriculum, uses of 
children's literature the program in word 
analysis, and procedures for determining in- 
dividual needs Designed for in-service 
teachers, nursery school through grade 3 Of- 
fered dunng summer sessions and in off- 
campus programs taught through University 
College Ordinarily, there is no field placement 

EDEL 426 The Teaching of 
Reading— Elementary. (3) Concerned with 
the fundamentals of developmental reading in- 
struction including reading readiness, use of 
experience stones, procedures in using Basal 
readers, the improvement of comprehension, 
teaching reading in all areas of the cumculum, 
uses of children's literature, the program in 
word analysis, and procedures for determining 
individual needs Designed for in-service 
teachers, grades 1 -6 Offered during summer 



sessions and in off-campus programs taught 
through University College Ordinarily, there is 
no field placement 

EDEL 430 Corrective-Remedial Reading In- 
struction. (3) Prerequisite EDEL 326 or 
equivalent For teachers, supervisors, and ad- 
ministrators who wish to identify and assist 
pupils with reading difficulties Concerned with 
diagnostic techniques, instructional materials 
and teaching procedures useful in the regular 
classroom 

EDEL 431 Laboratory Practices in Reading. 
(3) Prerequisite. EDEL 430 A laboratory 
course in which each student has one or more 
pupils tor analysis and instruction At least one 
class meeting per week to diagnose individual 
cases and to plan instruction. 
EDEL 488 Special Topics in Elementary 
Education. (1-3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor Special treatment of current topics 
and issues in elementary education 
Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided 
content is different 

EDEL 489 Field Experience in Education. (1- 
4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours in 
education at the University of Maryland plus 
such other prerequisites as may be set by the 
major area in which the experience is to be 
taken Planned field experience may be 
provided for selected students who have had 
teaching experience and whose application for 
such field expenence has been approved by 
the education faculty Field expenence is of- 
fered in a given area to both major and non- 
major students Note: The total number of 
credits which a student may earn in EDEL 489. 
888. and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 
semester hours 

EOEL 498 Special Problems In Education. (1- 

3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor Available 
only to mature students who have definite 
plans for individual study of approved 
problems 

EDEL 499 Workshops. Clinics, and In- 
stitutes. (1-6) The maximum number of credits 
that may be earned under this course symbol 
toward any degree is six semester hours; the 
symtK)! may be used two or more times until 
six semester hours have been reached The 
following types of educational enterprise may 
be scheduled under this course heading 
workshops conducted by the College of 
Education (or developed cooperatively with 
other colleges and universities) and not other- 
wise covered in the present course listing; 
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, 
reading clinics, speech therapy laboratones. 
and special education centers; institutes 
developed around specific topics or problems 
and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, pnncipals and super- 
visors. 

EDEL 600 Seminar in Elementary Education. 
(3) Primarily for individuals who wish to write 
seminar papers Prerequisite, at least 1 2 hours 
of graduate work in education. 
EDEL 601 Problems in Teaching Science in 
Elementary Schools. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 
401 or approval of instructor. Provides op- 
portunity for students to analyze the teaching 
of science in the elementary school through 

(1) the identification of problems of teaching. 

(2) the investigation and study of reported 
research related to the stated problems; and 

(3) the hypothesizing of methods for improving 



the effectiveness of elementary school science 
programs Students will also have the op- 
portunity to study and evaluate newer 
programs and practices in the teaching of 
science in the elementary school 
EDEL 605 Problems of Teaching Language 
Arts in Elementary Schools. (3) Prerequisite. 
EDEL 404 or approval of instructor This 
course is designed to allow each student an op- 
portunity (1 ) to analyze current issues, trends, 
and problems in language-arts instruction in 
terms of research in fundamental educational 
theory and the language arts, and (2) to use 
this analysis in effecting changes in methods 
and materials for classroom instruction 
EOEL 607 Problems of Teaching Social 
Studies in Elementary Schools. (3) 
Prerequisite EDEL 406 or approval of in- 
structor An examination of current literature 
and research reports in the social sciences 
and in social studies cumculum design and in- 
struction, with an emphasis on federally- 
sponsored projects as well as programs 
designed for urban children. 
EOEL 614 Elementary School Mathematics 
Curricula. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 314 or 
equivalent and approval of instructor. Cntical 
evaluation of past and present curricular 
projects, experimental programs, and in- 
structional materials Design and im- 
plementation of elementary school mathematics 
cumcula. 

EOEL 615 Diagnosis and Treatment of Lear- 
ning Disabilities in Mathematics. (3) 

Prerequisite. EDEL 415 or equivalent and ap- 
proval of instructor Diagnosis and treatment of 
severe learning disabilities in elementary 
school mathematics Theoretical models, 
relevant research and specific techniques ap- 
propnate for accessing the interaction of sub- 
ject matter, organismic. and instructional 
vanables will be developed Laboratory hours 
for case study work to be arranged 
EOEL 618 Practicum in Diagnosis and Treat- 
ment of Learning Disabilities in 
Mathematics. (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 615 or 
equivalent and approval of instructor Case 
studies under supervision with children ex- 
periencing learning difficulties in mathematics. 
Diagnostic treatment, and reporting procedures 
developed in EDEL 415 and 615 are ex- 
tended Course may be repeated to a 
maximum of 6 hours 

EDEL 626 Problems in the Teaching of Read- 
ing in the Elementary School. (3) Implications 
of current theory and the results of research for 
the teaching of reading in the elementary school. 
Attention is given to all areas of developmental 
reading instruction, with special emphasis on 
persistent problems. 

EDEL 630 Diagnosis and Remediation of 
Reading Disabilities. (3) Prerequisites, mini- 
mum of 1 5 hours including EDEL 430, EDEL 
626, EDMS 446 and 622 For those who wish 
to become concerned with clinical diagnostic 
techniques, instructional materials, and remedial 
procedures useful to the reading specialist in 

(1 ) diagnosing senous reading difficulties, and 

(2) planning programs of individual and small 
group instruction. 

EDEL 631 Advanced Laboratory Practices 
(Diagnosis). (3) Prerequisite EDEL 630 Diag- 
nostic work with children in clinic and school 
situations Administration, scoring, interpretation, 
and prescription via diagnostic instruments is 



Graduate Programs / 71 



stressed Case report writing and conferences 
are also stressed EDEL631 is taken witti EDEL 
632 

EDEL 632 Advanced Laboratory Practices 
(Instruction). (3) Prerequisite, EDEL 630 
Remedial instruction witti ctiildren in clinic and 
school situations Develop competency in vari- 
ous remedial techniques, diagnostic teaching 
and evaluation Development of the reading 
resource role is stressed EDEL 632 is taken 
with EDEL 631 

EDEL 640 Curriculum Planning in Nursery- 
Kindergarten Education. (3) An examination 
of significant new developments in curriculum 
theory and practice 

EDEL 641 The Young Child in the Community. 
(3) Planned otiservation. related research, and 
analysis of the experiences of young children 
in such community centers as foster homes, 
orphanages, day care centers, Sunday schools, 
etc One-half day a week observation required 
EDEL 642 The Young Child in School. (3) 
An examination of Significant theory and re- 
search on the characteristics of young children 
which have special implications for teaching chil- 
dren in nursery-kindergarten groups 
EDEL 643 Teacher-Parent Relationships. 
(3) A study of the methods and materials, trends. 
and problems in establishing close home-school 
relationships 

EDEL 644 Intellectual and Creative Experi- 
ences of the Nursery-Kindergarten Child. (3) 
A critical examination of materials, methods and 
programs in such areas as reading, literature, 
science, mathematics, the social studies, art, 
music, dance, etc 

EDEL 650 Seminar in Early Childhood Educa- 
tion. (3) A problem seminar in early childhood 
education Prerequisites at least 1 2 hours of 
graduate work in early childhood education 
EDEL 651 Problems of Staffing in Early Child- 
hood Education. (3) Prerequisite— Doctoral 
study in early childhood education or adminis- 
tration administrative expenence or consent of 
the instructor 

EDEL 71 9 Research Seminar in Teaching and 
Learning of Elementary School Mathematics. 
(3) Prerequisite, EDMS 446 and EDEL 61 4 or 
equivalents Critical evaluation of past and cur- 
rent research, formulation of researchable 
questions, design and conduct of research in 
the teaching and learning of elementary school 
mathematics Course may be repeated to a maxi- 
mum of 6 hours 

EDEL 788 Special Topics in Elementary 
Education . (1 -3) Prequisite. consent of in- 
structor Special and intensive treatment of cur- 
rent topics and issues in elementary education 
Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits 
EDEL 798 Special Problems in Education. 
(1 -6) Ivlasters AGS, or doctoral candidates who 
desire to pursue special research problems 
under the direction of their advisers may regis- 
ter for credit under this number Course card 
must have the title of the problem and the name 
of the faculty member under whom the work 
will be done. 

EDEL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours 
for Master s thesis 

EDEL 888 Apprenticeship in Education. (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose application 
for an apprenticeship has been approved by 

72 / Graduate Programs 



the education faculty Each apprentice is as- 
signed to work for at least a semester full-time 
or the equivalent with an appropriate staff mem- 
ber of a cooperating school, school system, or 
educational institution or agency The sponsor 
of the apprentice maintains a close working 
relationship with the apprentice and the other 
persons involved Prerequisites, teaching ex- 
perience, a master's degree in education, and 
at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland, 
NOTE: The total number of credits which a 
student may earn in EDEL 489, 888 and 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours 

EDEL 889 Internship in Education. (3-16) 
Internships in the major area of study are avail- 
able to selected students who have teaching 
expenence. The following groups of students 
are eligible: (a) any student who has been ad- 
vanced to candidacy for the doctor's degree: 
and (b| any student who receives special ap- 
proval by the education faculty for an internship, 
provided that prior to taking an internship, such 
student shall have completed at least 60 semes- 
ter hours of graduate work, including at least 
SIX semester hours in education at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland, Each intern is assigned to work 
on a full-time basis for at least a semester with 
an appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institution 
or agency The internship must be taken in a 
school situation different from the one where the 
student is regulariy employed The intern's 
sponsor maintains a close working relationship 
with the intern and the other persons involved. 
NOTE The total number of credits which a stu- 
dent may earn in EDEL 489, 888. and 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours. 

EDEL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 6- 
9 hours for an Ed D project and 12-18 hours for 
aPh D dissertation. 



Economics Program 

Professor and Chairman: Dillard 

Professors: Adelman. Almon. Bergmann, Cum- 
berland. Gruchy, Harris, Kelegian, 
McGuire. O'Connell, Olson. Schultze, Ulmer. 
Wonnacott 

Assoc/a(e Professors: Aaron. Adams. Bennett. 
Betancart, Clague, Dodge, Dorsey, Knight. 
Meyer, Singer, Straszheim, Weinstein 

Assistant Professors: Christensen, Clotfelter, 
King, Layher, Lieberman, MacRae, Madan. 
Morton. Peterson, Schiller 

Lecturers: Hinrichs, Measday, Pierce, Quails 

Programs are offered leading to the Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees Areas of 
specialization include: economic theory, com- 
parative economic systems and planning, eco- 
nomic development, economic history, history of 
economic thought, industrial organization, in- 
stitutional economics, international economics, 
labor economics, mathematical economics and 
econometrics, monetary economics, public 
finance, regional and urban economics, and 
social policy 

Applicants should have taken (or should plan 
to take immediately) at least one undergraduate 
course in each of micro-economics, macro- 



economics, statistics, and calculus. In addition, 
the Aptitude Test section of the Graduate Rec- 
ord Examination is required, and the Advanced 
Economics Test is recommended. Letters of 
recommendation from three persons competent 
to judge the probability of the applicant's suc- 
cess in graduate school should be sent directly 
to the Director of Graduate Studies in Eco- 
nomics. While part-time graduate study cer- 
tainly IS possible, few courses are taught at 
night. 

The Master of Arts degree in Economics may 
be taken under either ( 1 ) the thesis option (24 
hours plus a thesis) or (2) the non-thesis option 
(30 hours, including Economics 62 1 -622 plus 
a written examination in Economic Theory). 
The requirements for the non-thesis option for 
the MA, are met automatically in the course of 
the Ph D. program in Economics. 

The main requirements of the Ph.D. program 
are ( 1 ) a written examination in economic theory, 
normally taken at the beginning of the second 
year of full-time graduate study: (2) written ex- 
aminations in two approved optional fields: (3) a 
comprehensive oral examination covering 
economic theory and the two optional fields: 
(4) two courses (Econ 621-622) in Quantita- 
tive Methods in Economics: (5) two courses 
(Econ 606-607) in the History of Economic 
Thought: (6) foreign language or one of several 
options: (7) a seminar paper to be available to 
the faculty at the time of the oral comprehen- 
sive examination, (8) a dissertation and its suc- 
cessful oral defense 

The graduate program in Economics is a 
comprehensive one The department possesses 
special strength in the Economics of the Public 
Sector. Special research projects under the 
supervision of faculty members are being ear- 
ned on in the Economics of Discrimination 
(by race and sex), the Economics of Environ- 
mental Management, and Intenr.dustry Fore- 
casting Research assistantships are available 
in each of these projects. Numerous teaching 
assistantships are also available. The depart- 
ment can usually help graduate students find 
half-time employment in nearby Federal agen- 
cies engaged in economic research. 

A complete description of the requirements 
of the degrees in economics and the admission 
process is available on request from: Director 
of Graduate Studies in Economics, Department 
of Economics, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland 20742, 

ECON 401 National Income Analysis. (3) 

Prerequisite— ECON 201 , 203 Required for 
economics majors. Analysis of the determina- 
tion of national income, employment, and price 
levels. Discussion of consumption, investment, 
inflation, and government fiscal and monetary 
policy 

ECON 402 Business Cycles. (3) First semester 
Prerequisite, ECON 430 A study of the causes 
of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and 
secular instability, theories of business cycles, 
and the problem of controlling economic insta- 
bility. 

ECON 403 Intermediate Price Theory. (3) 
Prerequisite— ECON 201 , 203 Required for 
economics majors An analysis of the theories 
of consumer behavior and of the firm, and of 
general pnce and distnbution theory, with ap- 
plications to current economic issues, 
ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought. 
(3) Prerequisites— ECON 201 , 203, and sen- 



lor standing Graduate students stiould take 
ECON 705. A survey of the development of 
economic tlnougfit since 1 900 witfi special 
reference to Thorstein Veblin and other pre- 
1 939 institutionaliste and to post- 1 945 neo- 
institutionalists such as J,K. Galbraith and Gun- 
nar Myrdal. 

ECON 411 American Economic Development. 
(3) Prerequisites— ECON 201 , 203. or 205 
Long-term trends in the American economy and 
analysis of the sources of output growth Tech- 
nological changes and the diffusion of new 
technologies These subjects are discussed 
in the context of theoretical models, 
ECON 41 5 Introduction to Economic Develop- 
ment of Underdeveloped Areas. (3) Prerequi- 
site, ECON 201 . 203, or 205 An analysis of the 
economic and social characteristics of under- 
developed areas Recent theories of economic 
development, obstacles to development, poli- 
cies and planning for development, 
ECON 418 Economic Development of Selected 
Areas. (3) A— Latin America; B— Asia; C— 
Africa. Prerequisite, ECON 415 Institutional 
characteristics of a specific area are discussed 
and alternate strategies and policies for de- 
velopment are analyzed 
ECON 421 Economic Statistics. (3) Prerequi- 
site IvIATH 1 1 or equivalent Not open to stu- 
dents who have taken BSAD 230 or BSAD 231 
An introduction to the use of statistics in eco- 
nomics. Topics include: probability, random 
vanables and their distributions, sampling theory, 
estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of vari- 
ance, regression analysis, correlation 

ECON 422 Quantitative Metliods in Eco- 
nomics. (3) Prerequisites; ECON 201 , 203, 
421 (or BSAD 230), or permission of instructor. 
Emphasizes the interaction between the eco- 
nomic problems posed by economists and the 
assumptions employed in statistical theory 
Deals with the formulation, estimation and test- 
ing of economic models. Topics include single 
vahable and multiple vanable regression tech- 
niques, theory of identification, autocorrelation 
and simultaneous equations Independent work 
relating the matenal in the course to an eco- 
nomic problem chosen by the student is re- 
quired. 

ECON 425 Mathematical Economics. (3) 
Prerequisites, ECON 401 and 403 and one year 
of college mathematics A course designed to 
enable economics majors to understand the 
simpler aspects of mathematical economics. 
Those parts of the calculus and algebra required 
for economic analysis will be presented. 

ECON 430 Money and Banking. (3) Prerequi- 
site, ECON 201 . 203 Relation of money and 
credit to economic activity and prices; impact 
of public policy in financial markets and for 
goods and services; policies, structure, and 
functions of the Federal Reserve System; or- 
ganization, operation, and functions of the com- 
mercial banking system, as related particularly 
to questions of economic stability and public 
policy. 

ECON 431 Tfieory of Money, Prices and Eco- 
nomic Activity. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 430 A 
theoretical treatment of the influence of money 
and financial markets on economic activity and 
prices, and of the effects of monetary policy on 
the markets for goods and services; the role of 
money in the classical and keynesian macro- 
systems; topics of theoretical interest in mone- 
tary policy formation and implementation. 



ECON 440 International Economics. (3) Pre- 
requisite, ECON 201 . 203 A descriptive and 
theoretical analysis of international trade, bal- 
ance of payments accounts, the mechanism 
of international economic adjustment, com- 
parative costs, economics of customs unions 
ECON 441 International Economic Policies. 
(3) Prerequisites, ECON 401 , 403, and 440 
Contemporary balance of payments problems, 
the international liquidity controversy invest- 
ment, trade and economic development; eval- 
uation of arguments for protection 
ECON 450 Introduction to Public Finance. 
(3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203; or ECON 
205 The role of federal, state, and local govern- 
ments in meeting public wants Analysis of tax 
theory and policy, expenditure theory, govern- 
ment budgeting, benefit-cost analysis, and in- 
come redistribution 

ECON 451 Ttieory of Public Finance. (3) 
Prerequisite. ECON 403 and 450, or consent of 
instructor. Advanced analysis of government 
economic policy Tax shifting and incidence, 
pollution control, anti-poverty policies, public 
goods theory Applications to problems of in- 
dividual interest to students. 
ECON 454 State and Local Public Finance. 
(3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203, or 205. 
Pnnciples and problems of governmental finance 
with special reference to state and local juns- 
dictions Topics to be covered include taxation, 
expenditures and intergovernmental fiscal re- 
lations 

ECON 460 Industrial Organization. (3) Pre- 
requisite, ECON 201 , 203. or 205. Changing 
structure of the Amencan economy; price poli- 
cies in different industhal classifications of 
monopoly and competition in relation to prob- 
lems of public policy 

ECON 461 Economics of American Industries. 
(3) Prerequisite. ECON 201 . 203, or 205 A 
study of the technology, economics and geog- 
raphy of representative American industries 
ECON 470 Labor Economics. (3) Prerequisites 
— ECON 201 , 203, or ECON 205 A survey of 
labor force growth and composition, problems of 
unemployment and labor market operations, 
theones of wage determination, the wage-price 
spiral, collective bargaining, governmental reg- 
ulation of employment and labor relations, and 
the history and characteristics of the American 
labor movement. 

ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor Eco- 
nomics. (3) Prerequisite. ECON 470 For stu- 
dents who wish to pursue, in depth, selected 
topics in the labor field. Issues and topics sel- 
ected for detailed examination may include; 
manpower training and development, unemploy- 
ment compensation and social secuhty. race 
and sex discrimination in employment, wage 
theory, productivity analysis, the problems of 
collective bargaining in public employment, 
wage-phce controls and incomes policy. 
ECON 475 Economics of Poverty and Discrim- 
ination. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203, or 
205. Topics include the causes of the persis- 
tence of low income groups; the relation of 
poverty to technological change, to economic 
growth, and to education and training; eco- 
nomic motivations for discrimination; the eco- 
nomic results of discrimination; proposed reme- 
dies for poverty and discrimination 
ECON 480 Comparative Economic Systems. 
(3) Prerequisite, 201 , 203, or 205 An inves- 
tigation of the theory and practice of vahous 



types of economic systems An examination 
and evaluation of the capitalistic system followed 
by an analysis of alternative types of economic 
systems such as fascism, socialism and commu- 
nism 

ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union. (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203. or 205 An anal- 
ysis of the organization, operating principles and 
performance of the soviet economy with atten- 
tion to the historical and ideological background, 
planning, resources, industry, agnculture, do- 
mestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the 
structure and growth of national income 
ECON 484 The Economy of China. (3) 
Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203, or 205 Policies 
and performances of the Chinese economy 
since 1 949 Will begin with a survey of modern 
China's economic history. Emphasizes the 
strategies and institutional innovations that the 
Chinese have adopted to overcome the prob- 
lems of economic development. Some economic 
controversies raised during the "cultural revolu- 
tion " will be covered in review of the problems 
and prospects of the present Chinese economy. 

ECON 486 The Economics of National Plan- 
ning. (3) Prerequisite, ECON 201 , 203, or 205 
An analysis of the principles and practice of 
economic planning with special reference to the 
planning problems of West European countries 
and the United States. 

ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic Prob- 
lems and Policies. (3) Prerequisites, ECON 
201 , 203 or 205 An introduction to the study of 
urban economics through the examination of 
current policy issues. Topics may include subur- 
banization of jobs and residences, housing and 
urban renewal, urban transportation, develop- 
ment of new towns, ghetto economic develop- 
ment, problems in services such as education 
and police 

ECON 491 Regional and Urban Economics. 
(3) Prerequisite, ECON 401 , or consent of the 
instructor Study of the theones, problems and 
policies or urban and regional economic devel- 
opment. 

ECON 601 Macro-Economic Analysis. (3) 
First semester of a two-semester sequence, 
601-602. Topics normally include general 
equilibnum theory in classical, keynesian, and 
post-keynesian treatments; the demand for 
money; theories of consumption behavior and 
of inflation. 

ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability. 

(3) Second semester A continuation of ECON 
601 fvlajor topics include growth and techno- 
logical change, investment, business cycles, and 
large empirial macroeconomic models Also in- 
cluded are material on wages and employment 
and on international and domestic stability 
ECON 603 Micro-Economic Analysis. (3) 
This course and its sequel. ECON 604. analyze 
the usefulness and shortcomings of pnces in 
solving the basic economic problem of allocat- 
ing scarce resources among alternative uses. 
The central problem of welfare economics and 
general equilibrium provides the framework for 
a detailed analysis of consumption and produc- 
tion theories including linear programming with 
decisions under uncertainty. An acquaintance 
with calculus or concurrent enrollment in ECON 
621 IS presumed. 

ECON 604 Advanced Micro-Economic Analy- 
sis. (3) Second semester Prerequisite. ECON 
603. A continuation of ECON 603. Theory of 
capital, interest and wages. Qualifications of the 



Graduate Programs / 73 



basic welfare theorem caused by noncompeti- 
tive marl<et structures, external economies and 
diseconomies and secondary constraints Ap- 
plication of pnce ttieory to public expenditure 
decisions, investment in tiuman capital, interna- 
tional trade, and ottier areas of economies 
ECON 605 Welfare Economics. (3) First 
semester. Prerequisite, ECON 603, Ttie topics 
covered include pareto optimality. social welfare 
functions, indivisibilities, consumer surplus, out- 
put and price policy in public enterprise, and wel- 
fare aspects of tfie ttneory of public expendi- 
tures. 

ECON 606 History of Economic Thought. (3) 
First semester Prerequisite, ECON 403 or 
consent of ttie instructor A study of ftie develop- 
ment of economic thought and theories includ- 
ing the Greeks, Romans, Canonists, mercantil- 
ists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus. Ricardo, 
Relation of ideas to economic policy, 
ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nineteenth 
Century. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite, 
ECON 606 or consent of the instructor, A study 
of nineteenth-century and twentieth-century 
schools of economic thought, particularly the 
classicists, neo-classists, Austnans, German 
historical school, American economic thought. 
the socialists, and Keynes 
ECON 61 1 Seminar in American Economic 
Development. (3) 

ECON 61 3 Origins and Development of Capit- 
alism. (3) Second semester Studies the transi- 
tion from feudalism to modern capitalistic econ- 
omies in Western Europe, Whenever possible, 
this economic history is analyzed with the aid of 
tools of modern economics, and in the light of 
comparisons and contrasts with the less de- 
veloped areas of the present day 
ECON 61 5 Economic Development of Under- 
developed Areas. (3) First semester Prerequi- 
site, ECON 401 and 403, An analysis of the 
forces contributing to and retarding economic 
progress in underdeveloped areas, l\/lacro- 
and micro-economic aspects of development 
planning and strategy are emphasized 
ECON 61 6 Seminar in Economic Develop- 
ment. (3) Second semester Prerequisite, 
ECON 6 1 5 or consent of instructor, A continu- 
ation of ECON 615 Special emphasis is on the 
application of economic theory in the institutional 
setting of a country or area of particular interest 
to the student 

ECON 61 7 Money and Finance in Economic 
Development. (3) First semester Economic 
theory, strategy and tactics for mobilizing real 
and financial resources to finance and accel- 
erate economic development. l\/lonefary, fiscal, 
and tax reform policy and practice by the gov- 
ernment sector to design and implement national 
development plans 

ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I. (3) 
First semester. An introduction to the theory and 
practice of statistical inference Elements of 
computer programming and a review of mathe- 
matics germane to this and other graduate 
economics courses are included, 
ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II. (3) 
Second semester Prerequisite, ECON 62 1 
Techniques of estimating relationships among 
economic variables, l^ultiple regression, the 
analysis of vanance and covariance, and tech- 
niques for dealing in time series. Further topics 
in mathematics, 

ECON 655 Case Studies in Government Re- 
source Allocation. (3) Case studies in cost- 



benefit analysis of government programs and 
projects as a basis for the program budget sys- 
tem; an analysis of resource management in 
the public sector of the economy. 
ECON 656 Public Sector Workshop. (3) Sec- 
ond semester. Representative problems in an- 
alysis tor public decision making: measurement 
of benefits and costs: in commensurabilities in 
benefits, and ambiguities in cost: critena for 
program and project selection; effects of un- 
certainty; time horizon considerations; joint 
costs and multiple benefits; non-quantifiable 
factors in decision analysis. Examples will be 
taken from current government programs. 
ECON 661 Advanced Industrial Organization. 
(3) First semester Prerequisite. ECON 401 and 
403 or consent of instructor Analysis of mar- 
ket structure and its relation to market perform- 
ance. 

ECON 662 Industrial Organization and Public 
Policy. (3) Second semester Prerequisite, 
ECON 661 or consent of instructor. Analysis 
of the problems of public policy in regard to the 
structure, conduct, and performance of industry. 
Examination of anti-trust policy from the point of 
view of economic theory, 
ECON 671 Seminar in Labor Economics. (3) 
First semester. Formal models of labor demand, 
supply, utilization and price formation. Factors 
affecting labor supply; the determination of fac- 
tor shares in an open economy; bargaining 
models, labor resources, trade union theories 
as they affect resource allocation. 
ECON 672 Selected Topics in Labor Eco- 
nomics. (3) Second semester The wage-price 
issue: public policy with respect to unions, 
labor-management relations, and the labor 
market; institutional aspects of the American 
labor movement; manpower development and 
training. 

ECON 682 Seminar in Economic Development 
of the Soviet Union. (3) Second semester 
Prerequisite. ECON 482 or consent of instruc- 
tor Ivleasurement and evaluation of Soviet 
economic growth including interpretation and 
use of Soviet statistics, measurement of national 
income, fiscal policies, investment and tech- 
nological change, planning and economic admin- 
istration, manpower and wage policies, foreign 
trade and aid. Selected topics in bloc develop- 
ment and reform, 

ECON 686 Economic Growth in Mature Econ- 
omies. (3) First semester Analysis of policies 
and problems for achieving stable economic 
growth in mature economics such as the United 
States, and the major West European counthes, 

ECON 698 Selected Topics in Economics. (3) 
ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional Economic 
Theory. (3) Second semester A study of the re- 
cent developments in the field of institutional 
economic theory in the United States and 
abroad, 

ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional Economic 
Theory. (3) 

ECON 721 Econometrics I. (3) First semester 
Special topics in mathematical statistics neces- 
sary for understanding economethc theory, 
with particular emphasis on multivariate analy- 
sis The estimation of simultaneous equation 
systems, problems involving errors in vahables, 
distributed lags, and spectral analysis, 
ECON 722 Seminar in Quantitative Eco- 
nomics. (3) Second semester Prerequisite, 
ECON 622 or consent of instructor. Analysis 



of data sources for economic research: critical 
evaluation of previous and current quantitative 
economic studies: and class discussion and crit- 
icism of student research projects. 

ECON 725 Advanced Mathematical Eco- 
nomics. (3) First semester Optimization tech- 
niques such as lagrangian multipliers and linear 
programming, l^/lathematical treatment of general 
equilibrium, including intehndustry analysis, 
the theory of production, consumption, and 
welfare. The course assumes a background in 
calculus and mathx algebra such as provided by 
ECON 621 and 622 

ECON 726 Seminar in Mathematical Eco- 
nomics. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite, 
ECON 725 

ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy. (3) 
First semester An adequate knowledge of 
micro- and macro-economics is assumed. 
Theory of money, financial assets, and economic 
activity: review of classical, neo-classical and 
Keynesian contribution: emphasis on post- 
Keynesian contnbutions, including those of 
Tobin, Patinkin. Gurley-Shaw, Friedman, and 
others. 

ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary theory and 
Policy. (3) Second semester Prerequisite, 
ECON 731 or consent of instructor. Theory of 
the mechanisms through which central banking 
affects economic activity and prices; formation 
and implementation of monetary policy; theoreti- 
cal topics in monetary policy. 

ECON 741 Advanced International Economic 
Relations. (3) First semester The international 
mechanism of adjustment; price, exchange rate, 
and income changes. Comparative costs, factor 
endowments, and the gains from trade. Com- 
mercial policy and the theory of customs unions. 

ECON 742 Seminar in International Economic 
Relations. (3) Second semester 

ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Fi- 
nance. (3) Review of utility analysis to include 
the theory of individual consumer resource allo- 
cation and exchange and welfare implications. 
Effects of alternative tax and subsidy techniques 
upon allocation, exchange, and welfare out- 
comes. Theories of public goods, their produc- 
tion, exchange and consumption. Phnciples of 
benefit-cost analysis for government decisions. 
ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance. (3) 
Second semester Theory of taxation and tax 
policy, with particular emphasis on income 
taxation; empincal studies; the burden of the 
public debt. Research paper by each student to 
be presented to seminar. 
ECON 761 The Economics of Technical 
Change. (3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor 
Determinants and impact of inventions and in- 
novations. Qualitative and quantitative aspects 
of technical change both at the micro- and 
macro-economic levels and under different 
conditions of economic development. 
ECON 775 Seminar on the Economics of 
Poverty and Discrimination. (3) Prerequisites. 
ECON 621 and 622 A review of the economic 
literature in poverty and discrimination. The 
course will also function as a workshop in which 
research of the staff and students is presented 
ECON 776 Seminar in the Economics of Hu- 
man Resources. (3) Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor, 

ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics. (3) 
IVIarket processes and public policies as related 
to urban problems and metropolitan change. 



74 / Graduate Programs 



Employment, housing, discnmination, trans- 
portation and the local public sector 
ECON 791 Advanced Regional and Urban 
Economics. (3) First semester Location theory 
and spatial distribution of economic activity; 
application of analytic methods, such as social 
accounting systems, economic base theory, 
input-output techniques, and industnal complex 
analysis to problems of regional development, 
environmental quality, and natural resource 
management 

ECON 792 Seminar in Regional and Urban 
Economics. (3) Second semester Selected 
topics and techniques in regional and urban 
economic analysis, including models for eco- 
nomic projections, urban growrth, and regional 
development 

ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Electrical Engineering 
Program 

Acting Chairman: Gross 

Professors: Caceres.' DeClaris, Hochuli. 

Ligomenides, Newcomb, Reiser,' Taylor, 

Wagner, Weiss^ 
Associate Professors: Basham. Emad, 

Ephremides, Harger, Kim,' Lee, W Levine. 

Pugsley, Rao. Rhee, Simons, Torres, Tretter, 

Zajac, Zaki 
Assistant Professors. Baras. Boston. Eden, 

Gallman, O'Grady. Paez. Silio. Striffler 
f^esearch Instructor (visiting): Lin 
'joint appointment witti Computer Science 
'joint appointment with Ptiysics 
^joint appointment with Institute for Fluid Dynamics and 
Applied Mathematics 

The Electncal Engineenng Department offers 
graduate work leading to the Master of Science 
with or without thesis and the Doctor of Philo- 
sophy degrees with specialization in; a) applied 
mathematics, b) biomedical engineering, c) cir- 
cuits, d) communication, e) computers, f) control 
and g) electrophysics Each graduate student 
pursues an individual study program planned 
in conjunction with his Graduate Advisor and 
which includes an appropriate sequence of 
courses and a thesis or scholarly paper 

The Applied Mathematics option is part of 
the University-wide interdisciplinary applied 
mathematics curriculum This includes studies 
on algebraic systems, infinite dimensional sys- 
tems, statistical estimation and the operator 
theory of networks 

In Biomedical Engineering, areas of study 
include neural electrophysiology, transduction 
and neural coding of sensory events, neural 
control of movement, muscle contraction and 
mechanics, instrumental techniques and proc- 
essing in health care delivery systems. 

Areas of study in Circuits emphasize the an- 
alysis and synthesis of passive and active. 
linear and nonlinear networks including the de- 
sign of digital data acquisition systems, opti- 
mized FM signal detectors, microwave active 
circuit synthesis, digital computer circuit de- 
sign, microminiature integrated circuits and de- 
vices, biomedical transductors. computer aided 
designs and scattenng formalisms 

Areas of study in computers are involved in 
computer structures, the theory and applica- 



tion of anthmetic coding and self-checking pro- 
cesses, stochastic automata theory, and the 
design of digital, analog, and hybnd systems for 
both general and special purposes 

Areas of study in Communication apply the 
mathematics of random processes and statis- 
tical inference, to analysis, and design of com- 
munication systems, including investigations 
of theory and applications in coding theory, 
optical communications, radar systems, and 
Walsh function applications. 

In Control, areas of study apply the mathe- 
matics of dynamical systems, optimization, and 
random processes to the synthesis and analysis 
of control systems Topics included are state 
realizations, power system optimization, optimal 
control of large scale systems, control systems 
with time delay, nonlinear systems, control of 
stochastic, and microminiature systems, eco- 
logical systems, control of distnbuted parameter 
systems and system identification 

Areas of study in Electrophysics include 
electromagnetic theory and applications (micro- 
waves and optics, stochastic media, plasma 
propagation); charged particle dynamics and 
accelerator design, including high-power micro- 
wave engineering applications of relativistic 
beams, controlled thermonuclear fusion and 
cyclotron design, quantum electronics (laser 
technology and non-linear optics); integrated 
circuits and solid state devices (semiconductor 
devices and technology); scattering systems. 

There are up-to-date research laboratories 
and computational facilities within the depart- 
ment The Biomedical Laboratory is equipped 
with instrumentation for studying the motor 
control mechanisms of man and animals. The 
Laboratory for Charged Particle Studies con- 
tains an ton beam facility for source develop- 
ment and ion implantation. The Computer Ar- 
chitecture Design Laboratory includes a PDP 
1 1 40 for studies on computer structures 
The System Simulation Laboratory contains a 
digital processor core and drum memory with 
analog hardware and graphics The Gas Laser 
Laboratory is devoted to He-Ne and CO' lasers 
while the Solid State Laser Laboratory features 
a mode-locked Nd glass laser and an injection 
GaAs laser. The integrated Circuits Laboratory 
contains a full-line facility capable of producing 
monolithic, thin-film and MOS structures. The 
Computational Facility contains conversational 
and remote-batch terminals to the University's 
IBM 7094 and UNIVAC 1 1 08 digital computers 

Further details and information on admission, 
financial aid. and degree requirements can be 
obtained from the Electncal Engineenng Office 
of Graduate Studies. Area Code 30 1 . 454- 
4173. 

(See ENEE for optional related laboratory 
course.) Prerequisite, ENEE 314 or 410 or 
equivalent. Bistable, monostable. and astable 
circuits, sweep circuits, synchronization, 
counting, gates, comparators Magnetic core 
circuits, semi-conductor and vacuum-tube 
circuits 

ENEE 403 Pulse Techniques Laboratory. (1) 

Two hours of laboratory per week Corequisite; 
ENEE 402 and permission of the instructor 
Experiments in switching circuits, bistable, 
monostable, and a stable circuits, sweep cir- 
cuits, gates, comparators. 
ENEE 404 Radio Engineering. (3) 
Prerequisite; ENEE 314 Tuned circuit am- 
plifiers, single, double, and stagger tuned cir- 
cuits: class amplifiers; frequency multipliers; 



amplitude modulation; modulators and detec- 
tors; receiver design and characteristics; 
frequency modulation; FM transmitters and 
receivers. 

ENEE 405 Advanced Radio Engineering 
Laboratory. (1) Two hours of laboratory per 
week Corequisite ENEE 404 Experiments on 
multiple tuned amplifiers, noise figure 
measurements, classic amplifiers, varactors, 
modulators, projects 

ENEE 406 Mathematical Foundations of Cir- 
cuit Theory. (3) Prerequisites ENEE 304 and 
MATH 241, or equivalent Review of deter- 
minants, linear equations, matrix theory, eigen- 
values, theory complex variables, inverse La 
Place transforms Applications are drawn 
primarily from circuit analysis 

ENEE 407 Microwave-Circuits Laboratory. (2) 

Prerequisite, senior standing in electrical 
engineering or consent of instructor One lec- 
ture and three lab hours per week Ex- 
penments concerned with circuits constructed 
from microwave components providing prac- 
tical experience in the design, construction and 
testing of such circuits. Projects include 
microwave filters and S-parameter design with 
applications of current technology. 

ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 300 or equivalent 
knowledge of circuit theory or consent of the 
instructor This course is intended for students 
in the physical sciences, and for engineenng 
students requiring additional study of electron 
circuits. Credit not normally given for this course 
in an electrical engineenng major program 
(ENEE 413 may optionally be taken as an 
associated laboratory). P-N junctions, tran- 
sistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and operating 
point stability, switches, large-signal analysis, 
models, small-signal analysis, frequency 
response, feedback and multistage amplifiers, 
pulse and digital circuits 

ENEE 412 Telemetry Systems. (3) 

Prerequisite ENEE 314. Selected digital cir- 
cuits; frequency division multiplexing; FM AM 
systems, SSB- FM systems: time division 
multiplexed systems; pulse amplitude 
modulation; pulse duration modulation; pulse 
code modulation: analog to digital converters; 
multiplexers and DC-commutators. 

ENEE 413 Electronics Laboratory. (2) 

Corequisite, ENEE 314 One lecture and three 
lab hours per week. Provides experience in the 
specification, design, and testing of basic elec- 
tronic circuits and practical interconnections. 
Emphasis on design with discrete solid state 
and integrated circuit components for t)oth 
analog and pulse circuits. 

ENEE 414 Network Analysis. (3) Prerequisite; 
ENEE 304. Network properties: linearity, 
reciprocity, etc.; 2-part descriptions and 
generalization: Y, S. hybrid matrices, descrip- 
tion properties: symmetry, para-unity, etc.; 
basic topological analysis; state-space 
techniques: computer-aided analysis: sen- 
sitivity analysis: approximation theory. 

ENEE 416 Network Synthesis. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 304 Active and passive 
components, passivity, bounded and positive 
real. RC properties and synthesis. Brune and 
Darlington synthesis, transfer-voltage and Y21 
synthesis, active feedback configurations, 
image parameter design, computer-aided op- 
timization synthesis via the embedding con- 
cept. 

Graduate Programs / 75 



ENEE 417 Advanced Network Theory. (3) 

Corequisite. ENEE 414 (or consent of In- 
structor) A study of network descriptions for 
analysis and basic active syntfiesis. Indefinite 
and topological formulations, N-port structures 
and Interconnections, active components and 
descriptions, synthesis using controlled sour- 
ces, synttiesis and analysis via state charac- 
terizations. Additional topics from non-linear, 
distributed parameter, and digital filters. 
ENEE 418 Projects in Electrical Engineering. 
(1-3) Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites, 
senior standing and permission of the In- 
structor, fvlay be taken for repeated credit up 
to a total of 4 credits, with the permission of 
the student's advisor and the Instructor. 
Theoretical and experimental projects 
ENEE 419 Apprenticeship in Electrical 
Engineering. (2-3) Hours to be arranged 
Prerequisite, completion of sophomore courses 
and permission of an apprenticeship director. 
May be taken for repeated credit up to a total 
of nine credits. A unique opportunity for ex- 
perience in experimental research and 
engineering design. A few highly qualified 
students will be selected as apprentices in one 
of the research facilities of the Electrical 
Engineering Department and will participate in 
the current research under the supervision of 
the laboratory director In the past, ap- 
prenticeships have been available in the 
following laboratories: biomedical, electron ring 
accelerator, gas laser, integrated circuits, 
simulation and computer, and solid state laser. 
ENEE 420 Communication Theory. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 324. Random signals 
elements of random processes, noise, 
Gaussian process, correlation functions and 
power spectra, linear operations: optimum 
receivers, vector waveform channels, receiver 
implementation, probability of error per- 
formance: efficient signaling: sources, en- 
coding, dimensionality, channel capacity; wave 
form communication, linear, angle, and pulse 
modulation. 

ENEE 421 Introduction to Information 
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 324 Definition 
of information and entropy; characterization of 
sources; Kraft and tVlacfVlillan inequalities: 
coding information sources: noiseless coding 
theorem: channels and mutual information: 
Shannon's coding theorem for noisy channels. 
ENEE 425 Signal Analysis, Modulation and 
Noise. (3) Prerequisites: ENEE 314 and ENEE 
324. Signal transmission through networks, 
transmission in the presence of noise, 
statistical methods of determining error and 
transmission effects, modulation schemes. 
ENEE 432 Electronics for Life Scientists. (4) 
Three hours of lecture and two hours of 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites, college 
algebra and a physics course, including basic 
electricity and magnetism. Not accepted for 
credit In an electrical engineering major 
program. The concept of an instrumentation 
system with emphasis upon requirements for 
transducers, amplifiers, and recording devices, 
design criteria and circuitry of power supplies 
amplifiers, and pulse equipment, specific In- 
struments used for biological research, 
problems of shielding against hum and noise 
pickup and other Interference problems 
characteristic of biological systems. 
ENEE 433 Electronic Instrumentation for 
Physical Science. (3) Two hours of lecture 
and two hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites, ENEE 300 or 308, PHYS 271 



or equivalent, or consent of instructor. The 
concept of instrumentation systems from sen- 
sor to readout; discussions of transducers, 
system dynamics, precision and accuracy: 
measurement of electrical parameters: direct, 
differential, and potentlometnc measurements: 
bridge measurements, time and frequency 
measurements, waveform generation and 
display. 

ENEE 434 Introduction to Neural Networks 
and Signals. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 204 or 
300 Introduction in the generation and 
processing of bioelectric signals Including 
structure and function of the neuron, mem- 
brane theory, generation and propagation of 
nerve impulses, synaptic mechanisms, trans- 
duction and neural coding of sensory events, 
central nervous system processing of sensory 
information and correlated electrical signals, 
control of effector organs, muscle contraction 
and mechanics, and models of neurons and 
neural networks. 

ENEE 435 Electrodes and Electrical 
Processes in Biology and Medicine. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 204 or 300. Techniques 
for recording biological signals such as brain, 
muscle and cardial electrical potentials; mem- 
brane theory; half-cell potentials, liquid junction 
potentials, polahzatlon of electrodes; biological 
and medical instrumentation: and applications 
In the design of cardial pacemakers, or a 
similar case study 

ENEE 438 Topics in Biomedical Engineering. 
(1-3) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor 
l\/lay be taken for repeated credit The content 
may vary from semester to semester. Selected 
topics of current interest from such areas as 
bioelectric systems modeling instrumentation, 
automated diagnostic, health-care delivery, etc 
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours 
ENEE 440. Digital Computer Organization. 
(3) Prerequisite, CIVISC 210 or ENES 243 or 
equivalent. Same as CIvISC 410. Introduction: 
computer elements; parallel adders and sub- 
tracters: micro-operations: sequences: com- 
puter simulation; organization of a commercially 
available stored program computer; 
microprogrammed computers: a large scale 
batch processing system (optional). (Intended 
for those minoring In computers and for those 
majoring In computer science.) 

ENEE 442 Software Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENES 240; ENEE 250 or 
equivalent. Architectural aspects of software 
engineering. f\/lachine language and machine 
structure; assembly language and assemblers; 
macro-language and macro-processors; 
loaders and linkers: programming languages 
and language structure: compilers and in- 
terpreters; operating systems. 

ENEE 443 Introduction to Computers and 
Computation. (3) Prerequisite, ENES 243 or 
equivalent. Basic structure and organization of 
digital systems; representation of data, in- 
troduction to software systems; assembly 
language; application of computers In 
engineering and physical systems. Not open 
for students who have credit in ENEE 250 

ENEE 444 Logic Design of Digital Systems. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 250 Review of switch- 
ing algebra; gates and logic modules; map 
simplification techniques: multiple-output 
systems; memory elements and sequential 
systems; large switching systems; Iterative net- 
works; sample designs; computer oriented sim- 
plification algorithms; state assignment; par- 



tition techniques; sequential system decom- 
positions. 

ENEE 445 Computer Laboratory. (2) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 444 One lecture and three 
lab hours per week. Hardware oriented ex- 
periments providing practical experience In the 
design, construction, and checkout of com- 
ponents and interfaces for digital computers 
and data transmission systems. Projects In- 
clude classical design techniques and ap- 
plications of current technology. 
ENEE 446 Computer Architecture. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 250. Digital computer 
organization; arithmetic hardware; primary and 
secondary storage organization; read-only and 
associative memories; introduction to multi- 
processor and multi-programming computer 
systems; Interaction of hardware and software 
ENEE 450 Introduction to Discrete Struc- 
tures. (3) Prerequisite, ENES 243 or 
equivalent. Review of set algebra including 
relations, partial ordering and mappings. 
Algebraic structures including semigroups and 
groups. Graph theory including trees and 
weighted graphs. Boolean algebra and 
prepositional logic. Applications of these struc- 
tures to various areas of computer science and 
computer engineering. 

ENEE 451 Introduction to Automata Theory. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 450 or permission of 
the Instructor. An Introduction to finite state 
machines and their properties; properties of 
regular sets; elementary decomposition 
results: Introduction to turing machines and 
computabillty theory: undecldablllty 
propositions; introduction to finite semigroups 
with application to the decomposition of finite 
state machines. 

ENEE 456 Analog and Hybrid Computers. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 310 Programming the 
analog computer; analog computing com- 
ponents; error analysis, repetitive operation; 
synthesis of systems using the computer; 
hybrid computer systems. 
ENEE 460 Control Systems. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENEE 322. Review of transform analysis and 
linear algebra. Mathematical models for control 
system components, transient response 
design, error analysis and design, root locus, 
frequency response, system design and com- 
pensation. 

ENEE 461 Control Systems Laboratory. (2) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 460. One lecture and three 
lab hours per week. Projects to enhance the 
student's understanding of feedback control 
systems and to familiarize him with the charac- 
teristics and limitations of real control devices 
Students will design, build, and test ser- 
vomechanisms, and will conduct analog and 
hybrid computer simulations of control 
systems. 

ENEE 462 Systems, Control and Com- 
putation. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 322 or con- 
sent of instructor. Mathematical background, 
state space analysis, phase plane methods, 
discrete-time systems, controllability and ob- 
servability, realization theory, computation and 
simulation. 

ENEE 464 Linear System Theory. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 322 An introduction to the 
state space theory of linear engineering 
systems; state variables, matrix exponential 
and impulse response Linear sampled-data 
systems, discrete systems. Reliability, stability 
and equivalence. Relation to LaPlace transform. 
Application to circuits, controls, com- 
munications and computers. 



76 / Graduate Programs 



ENEE 472 Transducers and Electrical 
Machinery. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 304 Elec- 
tromechanical transducers, ttieory of elec- 
tromechanical systems, power and wideband 
transformers, rotating electncal machinery from 
the theoretical and performance points of view 
ENEE 473 Transducers and Electrical 
Machinery Laboratory. (1) Corequisite, ENEE 
472 Experiments in transformers, syn- 
chronous machines, induction motors, syn- 
chros, loudspeakers, other transducers 
ENEE 480 Fundamentals of Solid State Elec- 
tronics. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 381 Review 
of (Maxwell's equation, electromagnetic proper- 
ties of dielectrics: introduction to quantum 
mechanics and quantum statistics; classical 
and quantum theory of metals: theory of 
semiconductors and semiconductor devices: 
principle of magnetic devices and selected 
topics 

ENEE 481 Antennas. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 
381 Introduction to the concepts of radiation, 
generalized far field formulas, antenna 
theorems and fundamentals: antenna arrays, 
linear and planar arrays: aperature antennas: 
terminal impedance, propagation 
ENEE 483 Electromagnetic Measurements 
Latxjratory. (2) Prerequisites. ENEE 305 and 
ENEE 380 One lecture and three lab hours 
per week Experiments designed to provide 
familiarity with a large class of micro-wave and 
optical components, techniques for in- 
terconnecting them into useful systems, and 
techniques of high frequency and optical 
measurements. 

ENEE 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical 
and Engineering Principles. (3) Three hours 
of lecture per week Prerequisites. ENEE 380. 
and PHYS 420. or consent of the instructor 
Sources of charged particles: methods of ac- 
celeration and focusing of ion beams in elec- 
tromagnetic fields: basic theory, design, and 
engineering principles of particle accelerators 

ENEE 488 Topics In Electrical Engineering. 

(3) Prerequisite, permission of the instructor 
May be taken for repeated credit up to a total 
of six credits, with the permission of the 
students advisor and the instructor 

ENEE 496 Physical Electronics of Devices. 

(3) Pre- or corequisite. ENEE 381 Three lec- 
ture hours per week Optical resonators. 
Fabry-Perot etalon Theory of laser oscillation. 
rate equations Gaseous, solid state, semicon- 
ductor and dye laser systems Electro-optic ef- 
fects and aparametnc oscillators Holography. 
ENEE 601 Active Network Analysis. (3) 
Prerequisite. ENEE 406 or equivalent The 
complex frequency plane, conventional feed- 
tack and sensitivity theorems for feedback cir- 
cuits, stability and physical realiability of elec- 
trical networks. Nyquist s and Rouths cnteria 
for stability, activity and passivity cnteria 
ENEE 602 Transients in Linear Systems. (3) 
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electncal 
or mechanical engineering or physics 
Operational circuit analysis, the Fourier integral, 
transient analysis of electrical and mechanical 
systems and electronic circuits by the LaPlace 
transfonn method. 

ENEE 603 Transients in Linear Systems. (3) 
Prerequisite, undergraduate major in electrical 
or mechanical engineering or physics Con- 
tinuation of ENEE 602, 
ENEE 604 Advanced Electronic Circuit 
Design. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 312 or con- 
sent of the instructor Comparison of bipolar 



and field effect transistors, detailed frequency 
response of single and multistage amplifiers, 
design of feedback amplifiers. DC coupling 
techniques, design of multistage tuned am- 
plifiers 

ENEE 605 Graph Theory and Network 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 600 Linear 
graph theory as applied to electrical networks, 
cut sets and tie sets, incidence matrices, trees, 
branches, and mazes, development of network 
equations by matrix and index notation, net- 
work characteristic equations for natural circuit 
behavior, signal-flow-graph theory and Mason-S 
rule, stability of active two-part networks 
ENEE 608 Graduate Seminar. (1-3) 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor Every 
semester regular seminars are held in elec- 
trical science and in the six areas of 
specialization offered by the Electrical 
Engineering Department. They may be taken, 
by arrangement with the student's advisor, for 
repeated credit 

ENEE 609 Projects in Microwave-Circuits. (1- 

3) Prerequisite. ENEE 407 or consent of in- 
structor Individual projects on microwave cir- 
cuits Repeatable up to a maximum of six 
credits 

ENEE 610 Electrical Network Theory. (3) 
Undergraduate circuit theory or consent of the 
instructor fvlatrix algebra, network elements, 
ports, passivity and activity, geometrical and 
analytical descnptions of networks, state 
vanable characterizations, scattering matrices, 
signal flow graphs, sensitivity 

ENEE 620 Random Processes in Com- 
munication and Control. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENEE 324 or equivalent. Introduction to ran- 
dom processes: characterization, classification, 
representation: Gaussian and other examples. 
Linear operations on random processes, 
stationary processes: covanance function and 
spectral density Linear least-square waveform 
estimation: Wiener-Kolmogoroff filtering. 
Kalman-Bucy recursive filtering; function space 
characterization, non-linear operations in ran- 
dom processes. 

ENEE 621 Estimation and Detection Theory. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 620 Estimation of 
unknown parameters. Cramer-Rao lower 
bound: optimum (map) demodulation: filtering, 
amplitude and angle modulation, comparison 
with conventional systems; statistical decision 
theory: criteria (Bayes. Minimac. Neyman- 
Pearson. and Map) Simple and composite 
hypotheses, applications to coherent and in- 
coherent signal detection; M-ary hypotheses, 
application to uncoded and coded digital com- 
munication systems. 

ENEE 630 Advanced Topics— Radar Signals 
and Systems. (3) Corequisite, ENEE 620 
Review of linear systems and signals Fourier 
transform representation time— bandwidth 
product, resolution, complex representation; 
maximum signal-to-noise ratio criterion receiver 
and signal design, radar range equation: 
statistical detection theory: probability of error 
performance: statistical estimation theory 
unknown parameters. Range-Doppler radar, 
ambiguity problem, asymptotic maximum 
likelihood estimation and Cramer-Rao lower 
bound: resolution of multiple objects 

ENEE 633 Modeling of Nerves and Muscles 
with Applications to Prosthetic Devices. (3) 

Prerequisite, undergraduate degree in 
engineering or physics, or permission of the in- 
structor. Principles and circuit models for 



resting and active membrane potentials of 
nerves and muscles: synaptic mechanisms in- 
cluding probabilistic models of neuromuscular 
transmission; electrode potentials and reac- 
tions; propagation of biopotentials in a volume 
conductor: properties, mechanical models, and 
circuit analogs for muscles and propnoceptors; 
spinal reflexes in the control of posture; ap- 
plications of the akxjve in the design of 
prosthetic and orthotic devices 
ENEE 634 Models of Transduction and 
Signal Processing in Sensory Systems. (3) 
Prerequisite. ENEE 633 or ENEE 435 or per- 
mission of the instructor General organization 
of sensory systems; receptor mechanisms; 
receptor and neural models; statistics of neural 
spike trains, peripheral signal processing in 
sensory systems, with emphasis on vision and 
audition; introduction to signal processing in 
the central nervous system; applications to 
development of sensory protheses 
ENEE 640 Arithmetic and Coding Aspects of 
Digital Computers. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 
440 or 445 or permission of the instructor. 
Digital logic design aspects; sequential circuits; 
computer number systems; arithmetic codes 
for error correction: residue number theory: 
arithmetic unit design; fault detection and 
correction circuits, 

ENEE 642 Software System Implementation. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 442 or equivalent Im- 
plementation aspects of software engineering. 
Programming languages; architectural design; 
program design; structured programming; 
peripheral storage devices; I programming; 
debugging and evaluation. 

ENEE 646 Digital Computer Design. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 446 Introduction to design 
techniques for digital computers: digital arith- 
metic: logic circuits; digital memories: design 
of computer elements; anthmetic unit; and 
control unit A simple digital computer will be 
designed, 

ENEE 648 Advanced Topics in Electrical 
Engineering. (3) Every semester courses in- 
tended for high degree of specialization are of- 
fered by visiting or regular electrical 
engineenng faculty members in two or more of 
the areas listed in 488 The student should 
check with the Electncal Engineering office of 
Graduate Studies for a list and the description 
of the topics offered currently, 
ENEE 651 Coding Theory and Applications. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENEE 450 and some 
knowledge of logic of switching systems. In- 
troduction to coding and brief review of 
modem algebra; theory of linear codes: 
decoding; hamming, cyclic, and Bose- 
Chaudhun codes; error-checking codes for 
arithmetic; an -i- B type codes; residue 
checks; practical self checking arithmetic 
units: simple automatic fault diagnosing 
techniques- 

ENEE 652 Automata Theory. (3) Prerequisite. 
ENEE 421 or CMSC 640. This is the same 
course as CMSC 740 Introduction to the 
theory of abstract mathematical machines; 
structural and behavioral classification of 
automata: finite-state automata: theory of 
regular sets; pushdown automata: linear- 
bounded automata: finite transducers; turing 
machines; universal turing machines. 
ENEE 654 Combinatorial Switching Theory. 
(3) Prerequisites. ENEE 450 and ENEE 444 
Application of algebraic techniques to com- 
binatorial switching networks: multi-valued 



Graduate Programs / 77 



systems; symmetries and ttieir use; op- 
timization algorittims; tieuristic tectiniques; 
majority and ttireshoid logic; function decom- 
position; cellular cascades. 
ENEE 655 Structure Theory of Macfiines. (3) 
Prerequisites, ENEE 450 and ENEE 444 
Mactiine realizations; partitions and the sub- 
stitution property: pair algebras and ap- 
plications; variable dependence; decom- 
position; loop-free structures; set system 
decompositions; semigroup realizations 
ENEE 657 Simulation of Dynamic Systems. 
(3) Prerequisite. ENEE 443, Mectianistic 
mettiods for differential equation solution; ap- 
plication of analog for hybrid computers and 
digital differential analyzers for that purpose; 
design and structure of languages for digital- 
analog simulation on a general purpose digital 
computer; mimic language and examples of its 
use. Class will run simulation programs on a 
large-scale computer, 

ENEE 660 Control System Analysis and Syn- 
tfiesis. (3) Prerequisite. Undergraduate 
automatic control theory bacl<ground or con- 
sent of instructor. The linear regulator problem 
(finite and infinite time), optimal regulation with 
a prescribed degree of stability, relation of the 
optimal regulator to classical control 
specifications, sensitivity of optimal regulators, 
state estimators and their use in system 
design, optimal regulators with input distur- 
bances, tracking systems. Course includes a 
bhef review of classical design techniques, 
signal flow graphs, error coefficients and an in- 
troduction to sampled-data systems. 

ENEE 661 Non-Linear and Adaptive Control 
Systems. (3) Prerequisite, undergraduate 
background in linear control theory or consent 
of instructor. Bhef review of the state space, 
state plane and phase plane. Lineahzation and 
stability in the small, equivalent linearization 
and the deschbing function, systems with 
stochastic inputs, exact methods of analysis, 
stability in the large and the second method of 
lyapono v, frequency domain stability criteria, 
Povos method and its extensions, introduction 
to optimum switched systems, stability of 
systems with input. 

ENEE 662 Sampled-Data Control Systems. 

(3) Prerequisite, preparations in linear feed- 
back control theory or consent or instructor. Z- 
transform and modified Z-transform method of 
analysis, root locus and frequency response 
methods of analysis, ideal and finite width sam- 
pling, discrete and continuous compensation of 
digital control systems, state space equations, 
controllability and observability of discrete 
systems, stability, minimum time and minimum 
energy control, statistical design and the 
discrete Kalman filter 

ENEE 663 System Theory. (3) Modelling of 
systems, abstract definition of state, lineahty 
and its implications, linear differential systems, 
controllability and observability, impulse 
response, transfer functions, realization theory, 
nonlinear differential systems, definitions of 
stability, Lyapunov stability theory, the Lure 
problem and Popov condition, input/output 
stability 

ENEE 664 Optimization and Control. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 760 Calculus of variations, 
direct methods of optimization, LaGrange 
equations, inequality constraint, maximum prin- 
ciple, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, dynamic 
programming, adaptive and stochastic control, 
filtering theory. 



ENEE 680 Electromagnetic Theory I. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 381 or equivalent. 
Theoretical analysis and engineering ap- 
plications of Maxwells equations. Boundary 
value problems of electrostatics and 
magnetostatics. 

ENEE 681 Electromagnetic Theory II. (3) 
Prerequisite. ENEE 381 or equivalent. Con- 
tinuation of ENEE 680. Theoretical analysis 
and engineering applications of Maxwell's 
equations. The homogeneous wave equation- 
Plane wave propagation. The interaction of 
plane waves and material media. Retarded 
potentials. The Hertz potential. Simple radiating 
systems. Relativisitic covanance of Maxwell's 
equations. 

ENEE 683 tMathematics for Elec- 
tromagnetism. (3) Prerequisite, undergraduate 
preparation in electromagnetic theory and ad- 
vanced calculus. Tensors and curvilinear coor- 
dinates, partial differential equations of elec- 
trostatics and electrodynamics, functionals. in- 
tegral equations, and calculus of variations as 
applied to electromagnetism. 
ENEE 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Elec- 
tron and Ion Beams. (3) Three hours per 
week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor 
General principles of single-particle dynamics; 
mapping of the electric and magnetic fields; 
equation of motion and methods of solution; 
production and control of charge particle 
beams; electron optics; Liouville's theorem; 
space charge effects in high current beams; 
design principles of special electron and ion 
beam devices 

ENEE 690 Quantum and Wave Phenomena 
with Electrical Application. (3) Two lectures 
per week Prerequisite, ENEE 381 and ENEE 
382 or equivalent Introduction of quantum and 
wave phenomena from electncal engineering 
point of view. Topics included: general prin- 
ciples of quantum mechanics, operator algebra, 
the microwave resonant cavity and the 
analagous potential well problem, harmonic os- 
cillator, hydrogenic atom. Perturbation method 
applied to the transmission line and potential 
well problems. Penodically loaded transmission 
line and Kronig-Penny model of band theory. 
ENEE 696 Integrated and Microwave Elec- 
tronics. (3) Prerequisite, ENEE 310 
Registration in ENEE 793 recommended Ac- 
tive and passive elements used in semicon- 
ductor structures. Design application of linear 
and digital integrated circuits. 
ENEE 697 Semiconductor Devices and 
Technology. (3) Prerequisite ENEE 496 or 
equivalent Registration in ENEE 793 recom- 
mended. The principles, structures and charac- 
tehstics of semiconductor devices. Technology 
and fabrication of semiconductor devices. 

ENEE 700 Network Synthesis. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 605 or equivalent Design 
of driving-point and transfer impedance func- 
tions with emphasis of the transfer loss and 
phase of minimum-phase networks, flow 
diagrams, physical network characteristics, in- 
cluding relations existing between the real and 
imaginary components of network functions, 
modern methods of network synthesis. 
ENEE 701 Network Synthesis. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 700 or equivalent Design 
of driving-point and transfer impedance func- 
tions with emphasis of the transfer loss and 
phase of minimum-phase networks, flow 
diagrams, physical network characteristics, in- 
cluding relations existing between the real and 



imaginary components of network functions, 

modern methods of network synthesis. 

ENEE 703 Semiconductor Device Models. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENEE 605 or equivalent. Single- 
frequency models for transistors: small-signal 
and wide-band models for general non- 
reciprocal devices, hybrid-pi and tee models 
for transistors: relationship of models to tran- 
sistor physics; synthesis of wide-band models 
from terminal behavior, computer utilization of 
models for other semiconductor devices. 

ENEE 707 Applications of Tensor Analysis. 

(3) Prerequisite. ENEE 600 or 602 The 
mathematical background of tensor notation, 
which is applicable to electrical engineering 
problems. Applications of tensor analysis to 
electric circuit theory and to field theory. 

ENEE 721 Information Theory. (3) 

Corequisite, ENEE 620, Prerequisite, STAT 
400 or equivalent- Information measure, en- 
tropy, mutual information: source encoding; 
noiseless coding theorem: noisy coding 
theorem; exponential error bounds: in- 
troduction to probabilistic error correcting 
codes, block and convolutional codes and 
error bounds: channels with memory; con- 
tinuous channels; rate distortion function. 

ENEE 722 Coding Theory. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENEE 721 . Algebraic burst and random error 
correcting codes, convolutional encoding and 
sequential decoding, threshold decoding, con- 
catenated codes, P-N sequences, arithmetic 
codes 

ENEE 724 Digital Signal Processing. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 620 or consent of in- 
structor. Review of Z transfonms: correlation 
functions and power spectral densities for 
discrete time stochastic processes; discrete 
time Wiener filters; methods for designing 
digital filters to meet precise frequency domain 
specification; effects of truncation, round-off 
and finite word length arithmetic on the ac- 
curacy and stability of digital filters; adaptive 
equalizers for narrow band data channels; 
discrete Fourier transform and fast Fourier 
transform: homomorphic filtering; Gauss- 
Markov estimates; spectral density estimation 

ENEE 728 Advanced Topics in Com- 
munication Theory. (3) Topics selected, as 
announced, from advanced communication 
theory and its applications. 

ENEE 730 Advanced Topics— Radar Signals 
and Systems. (3) Prerequisite. ENEE 620 or 
equivalent. The theory of imaging radar 
systems Classiciations. resolution 
mechanisms, and principles. System design for 
additive noise; effects of ambiguity, 
multiplicative noise, motion errors, 
nonlinearities. and scattering mechanism. 
System design for ambiguity and multiplicative 
noise Optical processing Application to syn- 
thetic aperture, astronomical, and hologram 
radar, 

ENEE 746 Digital Systems Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENEE 646, Systems aspects of 
digital-computer-based systems: data flow 
analysis; system organization: control 
languages: consoles and displays: remote ter- 
minals; software-hardware tradeoff; system 
evaluation; case studies from selected ap- 
plications areas such as data acquisition and 
reduction information storage, or the like. 

ENEE 748 Topics in Computer Design. (1-3) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Such 
topics as computer arithmetic, computer 



78 / Graduate Programs 



reliability, and threshold logic will be con- 
sidered May be taken for repeated credit. 
ENEE 760 Mathematics of Optimization. (3) 
Prerequisite, course in advanced calculus or 
real analysis. Introduction to functional analysis 
with emphasis on applications to system theory 
and optimization. Topics covered are linear 
spaces and operators, Hilbert and Banach 
spaces Baire category theorem, Hahn-Banach 
theorem, principle of uniform boundedness, 
duality. 

ENEE 769 Advanced Topics in Control 
Theory. (3) Topics selected, as announced, 
from advanced control theory and its ap- 
plications 

ENEE 772 Mathematical Models in 
Estimation Theory. (3) Abstract measures, 
probability measures on function spaces, in- 
tegration; Markov processes, stochastic dif- 
ferential equations, Ito's rule; Kalman-Bucy 
model; duality of estimation and control, 
singular detection, point processes; RKHS, 
linear theory, multiplicity representations; ad- 
ditional models and applications. Required 
background; functional analysis, real analysis, 
random processes 

ENEE 774 Mathematics of Continuous Net- 
works. (3) Nonoriented systems, ports, linear 
orientations, theory of distributions, scattering 
matrices, operator theory of networks, activity, 
invariant embedding, multivariable PR and BR 
state-determined systems, synthesis, interval 
functions, tolerance analysis, neuron networks 
and models, Manley-Rowe relations, oscillators 
and nonlinear subharmonic generation 
ENEE 780 Microwave Engineering. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENEE 681 Mathematical methods 
for the solution of the wave equation. Trans- 
mission lines and waveguides, selected topics 
in the theory of waveguide structures, surface 
guidesand artificial dielectrics, 
ENEE 781 Optical Engineering. (3) Fourier 
analysis in two dimensions, diffraction theory, 
optical imaging systems, spatial filtehng, 
holography 

ENEE 782 Radio Wave Propagation. (3) Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 681 
General solutions of Maxwell's equations, 
geometrical optics approximations, propagation 
above a plane earth, effects of surface 
irregularities and stratified atmospheres, scat- 
tering by turbulence 

ENEE 783 Radio Wave Propagation. (3) Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 782. 
Continuation of ENEE 782 
ENEE 784 Antenna Theory. (3) Two lectures 
per week. Prerequisite, ENEE 681 or 
equivalent. Review of Maxwell's equations; 
radiative networks; linear antennas; antenna 
arrays; aperture antennas; advanced topics. 
ENEE 790 Quantum Electronics I. (3) Two 
lectures per week Prerequisite, a knowledge 
of quantum mechanics and electromagnetic 
theory Spontaneous emission, interaction of 
radiation and matter, masers, optical 
resonators, the gas, solid and semi-conductor 
lasers, electro-optical effect, propagation in 
aniso tropic media and light modulation. 
ENEE 791 Quantum Electronics II. (3) 
Nonlinear optical effects and devices, tunable 
coherent light sources— optical parametric 
oscillator, frequency conversion and dye laser. 
Ultrashort pulse generation and measurement, 
stimulated Raman effect, and applications, in- 
teraction of acoustic and optical waves, and 
holography. 



ENEE 793 Solid State Electronics. (3) 

Prerequisite, a graduate course in quantum 
mechanics or consent of instructor Properties 
of crystals; energy bands electron transport 
theory; conductivity and Hall effect; statistical 
distributions; Fermi level; impurities; non- 
equilibnum carrier distributions; normal modes 
of vibration; effects of high electric fields; P-N 
junction theory, avalanche breakdown; tun- 
neling phenomena; surface properties 
ENEE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
ENEE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Engineering 
IVIaterials Program 

Professors: Armstrong (Mech Eng ), Arsenault, 
(Chem. Eng ), Bolsatis (Chem. Eng), 
Marcmkowski; (Mech. Eng), Skolmck (Chem. 
Eng), Spam (Chem. Eng.) 

The Engineering Materials program is in- 
terdisciplinary between Chemical and 
Mechanical Engineering. Special areas of con- 
centration include diffraction, dislocation and 
mechanical behavior of materials, x-ray and 
electron microscopic techniques, electronic 
and magnetic behavior of materials, and the 
chemical physics of materials. 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. 
degrees are open to qualified students holding 
the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to 
students with degrees in any of the 
engineehng and science areas from accredited 
programs. In some cases it may be necessary 
to require courses to fulfill the background. 
The general regulations of the Graduate 
School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the t^S. degree has the 
choice of following a plan of study with thesis 
or without thesis. The equivalent of at least 
three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. 
degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All 
students seeking graduate degrees in 
Engineering Materials must enroll in ENMA 
650, 660 and 671 . In addition to the general 
rules of the Graduate School certain special 
degree requirements are set forth by the 
Departments in their departmental publications. 

Special facilities available for graduate study 
in Engineering Materials are coordinated 
through the Center for Materials Research, the 
Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science, 
the Laboratory for High Pressure Science and 
various central facilities. Special equipment 
available includes a scanning electron 
microscope, x-ray diffraction equipment, crystal 
growing, sample preparation and mechanical 
testing facilities and high pressure and 
cryogenic equipment. 

Information is available from the Director, 
Engineering Materials Program, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

ENMA 462 Deformation of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisites, ENES 230 or 
consent of instructor. Relationship of structure 
to the mechanical properties of materials. 
Elastic and plastic deformation, microscopic 
yield chteria, state of stress and ductility. 
Elements of dislocation theory, work hardening, 
alloy strengthening, creep, and fracture in terms 
of dislocation theory. 



ENMA 463 Chemical, Liquid and Powder 
Processing of Engineering Materials. (3) 

Prerequisites. ENES 230 or consent of in- 
structor Methods and processes used in the 
production of primary metals The detailed 
basic pnnciples of beneficiation processes, 
pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy, elec- 
trometallurgy, vapor phase processing and 
electroplating. Liquid metal processing in- 
cluding casting, welding, brazing and soldering. 
Powder processing and sintering Shapes and 
structures produced in the above processes, 
ENMA 464 Environmental Effects on 
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisites, 
ENES 230 or consent of instructor. In- 
troduction to the phenomena associated with 
the resistance of matenals to damage under 
severe environmental conditions. Oxidation, 
corrosion, stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue 
and radiation damage are examined from the 
point of view of mechanism and influence on 
the properties of materials Methods of 
corrosion protection and criteria for selection 
of materials for use in radiation environments 
ENMA 470 Structure and Properties of 
Engineering Materials. (3) A comprehensive 
survey of the atomic and electronic structure 
of solids with emphasis on the relationship of 
structure to the physical and mechanical 
properties. 

ENMA 471 Physical Chemistry of 
Engineering Materials. (3) Equilbrium 
multicomponent systems and relationship to 
the phase diagram. Thermodynamics of 
polycrystalline and polyphase materials Dif- 
fusion in solids, kinetics of reactions in solids, 
ENMA 472 Technology of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Relationship of properties of 
solids to their engineering applications. Cnteria 
for the choice of materials for electronic, 
mechanical and chemical properties. Particular 
emphasis on the relationships between struc- 
ture of the solid and its potential engineering 
application. 

ENMA 473 Processing of Engineering 
Materials. (3) The effect of processing on the 
structure of engineering materials. Processes 
considered include refining, melting and 
solidification, punfication by zone refining, 
vapor phase processing, mechanical working 
and heat treatments. 
ENMA 650 Structure of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENMA 470 or 
equivalent (3) The structural aspects of 
crystalline and amorphous solids and relation- 
ships to bonding types. Point and space 
groups. Summary of diffraction theory and 
practice. The reciprocal lattice. Relationships of 
the microscopically measured properties to 
crystal symmetry. Structural aspects of defects 
in crystalline solids. 
ENMA 651 Electronic Structure of 
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite, EN- 
MA 650 Description of electronic behavior in 
engineenng solids. Behavior of conductors, 
semiconductors and insulators in electrical 
fields. Thermal, magnetic and optional proper- 
ties of engineering solids 
ENMA 659 Special Topics in Structure of 
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor. 

ENMA 660 Chemical Physics of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite. Thermodynamics 
and statistical mechanics of engineering solids. 
Cohesion, thermodynamic properties, theory of 
solid solutions. Thermodynamics of mechanical. 

Graduate Programs / 79 



electrical, and magnetic phenomena in solids. 
Chemical thermodynamics, phase transitions 
and thermodynamic properties of 
polycrystalline and polyphase materials Ther- 
modynamics of defects in solids 
ENUA 661 Kinetics of Reactions in 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite. ENMA 660 The 
theory of thermally activated processes in 
solids as applied to diffusion, nucleation and in- 
terface motion Cooperative and diffusionless 
transformations Applications selected from 
processes such as allotropic transformations, 
precipation, martensite formation, solidification, 
ordenng. and corrosion 
ENMA 669 Special Topics in the Chemical 
Physics of Materials. (3) Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor 

ENMA 670 Rheology of Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite. ENCH 620 
fvlechanical behavior with emphasis on the 
continuum point of view and its relationship to 
structural types Elasticity, viscoelasticity, 
anelasticity and plasticity in single phase and 
multiphase materials 
ENMA 671 Dislocations In Crystalline 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, ENI^A 650 The 
nature and interactions of defects in crystalline 
solids, with primary emphasis on dislocations, 
The elastic and electnc fields associated with 
dislocations Effects of imperfections on 
mechanical and physical properties 
ENMA 672 Mechanical Properties of 
Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisite, EN- 
MA 671 The mechanical properties of single 
crystals, polycrystalline and polyphase 
materials Yield strength, work hardening, frac- 
ture, fatigue and creep are considered in terms 
of fundamental material properties. 
ENMA 679 Special Topics in the Mechanical 
Behavior of Materials. (3) Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor 

ENMA 680 Experimental Methods In 
Materials Science. (3) IVIethods of measuring 
the structural aspects of matenals. Optical and 
electron microscopy N/licroscopic analytical 
techniques Resonance methods. Electrical, 
optical and magnetic measurement techniques 
Thermodynamic methods 

ENMA 681 Diffraction Techniques in 
Materials Science. (3) Prerequisite, ENCH 
620. Theory of diffraction of electrons, 
neutrons and X-rays. Strong emphasis on dif- 
fraction methods as applied to the study of 
defects in solids. Short range order, thermal 
vibrations, stacl<ing faults, microstrain 

ENMA 689 Special Topics in Experimental 
Techniques in Materials Science. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

ENMA 690 Polymeric Engineering Materials. 

(3) Prerequisite, ENMA 650 or consent of in- 
structor A comprehensive summary of the fun- 
damentals of particular interest in the science 
and applications of polymers Polymer single 
crystals, transformations in polymers, 
fabrication of polymers as to shape and in- 
ternal structure 

ENMA 691 Special Topics in Engineering 
Materials. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor 

ENMA 697 Seminar in Engineering 
Materials. (1) 

ENMA 698 Special Problems in Engineering 
Materials. (1-16) 

ENMA 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 



ENMA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Engineering 
Science Courses 

ENES 401 Technological Assessment. (3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing or consent of in- 
structor Analysis of assessing technology in 
terms of goals and resources Public and 
private constraints, changes in objectives and 
organization Applications to engineering 
technology 

ENES 405 Power and the Environment. (3) 
Prerequisite, junior standing or consent of the 
instructor An introduction to the power needs 
of society. The interrelationship between man's 
use of energy and the effect on the eco- 
system. Introduction to the techniques of 
power production with special emphasis on 
nuclear fueled power plants. 
ENES 473 Principles of Highway and Traffic 
Engineering. (3) Prerequisites, permission of 
instructor. Designed to assist the non-engineer 
in understanding highway transportation 
systems. A survey of the fundamentals of traf- 
fic charactenstics and operations Study of the 
methods and implementation of traffic control 
and regulation. An examination of highway 
design procedures, and the role of traffic 
engineenng in transportation systems safety 
improvements. 



English Language and 
Literature Program 

Professor and Chairman: Kenny 

Professors: Bode. Bryer. Freedman, Hovey. 
Isaacs, Lawson, Lutwack, Manning, 
McManaway, Mish, Murphy, 
Myers, Panichas, Perloff, Russell, 
Salamanca, Schoeck, Schornhorn, 
Whitlemore 

Associate Professors: Barnes, Barry. 
Birdsall, Brown, Coogan, Cooper, 
Fry, Greenwood, Hamilton, Holton, Houpert, 
Howard, Jellema, Kinnaird, Kleine, 
Mack, Miller, Peterson, Portz, Smith, 
Thorberg, Vitzthum, Ward, Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Cate, Gallick, 

Hamilton, James, Rutherford. Steinberg. 
Swigger, Van Egmond, Weigant 

The Department of English offers graduate 
work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts 
and Doctor of Philosophy Areas of 
specialization for the MA and PhD include: 
Engish literature, American literature, and 
folklore In addition, candidates for the MA 
degree may specialize in creative writing, in 
linguistics, and In teaching English as a foreign 
language. 

Departmental requirements for the degree 
of Master of Arts include; (1 ) ENGL 601 ; (2) 
three credits from the following: ENGL 482, 
483, 484, 485, 486: (3) six credits in the 
ENGL 620 series: and (4) six credits of 
seminars. Candidates have a non-thesis option 
under which they take 30 credits, submit a 
substantial seminar paper for deposit, and pass 
a three-hour comprehensive examination 

Departmental requirements for the degree 
of Doctor of Philosophy include: (1) a foreign 



language requirement: (2) at least three hours 
of linguistics: (3) a comprehensive wntten 
examination on three fields (dissertation field 
and those immediately before and after it) 
which may be taken with permission after nine 
hours beyond the Master of Arts and must be 
taken upon the completion of 30 hours. 

ENGL 300 and 400 Level course prerequisites. 
any two freshman or sophomore English cour- 
ses, with the exception of ENGL 293 and 
ENGL 294 

ENGL 401 English Medieval Literature In 
Translation. (3) 
ENGL 402 Chaucer. (3) 
ENGL 403 Shakespeare. (3) Early period: 
histones and comedies 
ENGL 404 Shakespeare. (3) Late periods: 
tragedies and romances. 
ENGL 405 The Major Works of Shakespeare. 
(3) Students who have credit for ENGL 403 or 
404 cannot receive credit for ENGL 405 
ENGL 407 Literature of the Renaissance. (3) 
ENGL 410 Edmund Spenser. (3) 
ENGL 411 Literature of the Renaissance. (3) 
ENGL 412 Literature of the Seventeenth 
Century. 1600-1660. (3) 
ENGL 414 Milton. (3) 
ENGL 415 Literature of the Seventeenth 
Century. 1660-1700. (3) 
ENGL 416 Literature of the Eighteenth Cen- 
tury. (3) Age of Pope and Swift. 
ENGL 417 Literature of the Eighteenth Cen- 
tury. (3) Age of Johnson and the Preroman- 
tics 

ENGL 418 Major British Writers. (3) Two 
writers studied intensively each semester. 
ENGL 419 Major British Writers. (3) Two 
writers studied intensively each semester. 
ENGL 420 Literature of the Romantic Period. 
(3) First generation: Blake. Wordsworth. 
Colendge. et al 

ENGL 421 Literature of the Romantic Period. 
(3) Second generation: Keats. Shelly. Byron, 
et al 

ENGL 422 Literature of the Victorian Period. 
(3) Early years 

ENGL 423 Literature of the Victorian period. 
(3) Middle years 

ENGL 424 Late Victorian and Edwardian 
Literature. (3) A study of the literary 
movements and techniques which effected the 
transition from Victorian to modern literature. 
ENGL 425 Modern British Literature. (3) An 
historical survey of the major writers and 
literary movements in English prose and poetry 
since 1900 

ENGL 430 American Literature, Beginning to 

1810, the Colonial and Federal Periods. (3) 

ENGL 431 American Literature, 1810 to 

1865. the American Renaissance. 

ENGL 432 American Literature, 1865 to 

1914, Realism and Naturalism. (3) 

ENGL 433 American Literature, 1914 to the 

Present, The Modern Period. (3) 

ENGL 434 American Drama. (3) 

ENGL 435 American Poetry— Beginning to 

the Present. (3) 

ENGL 436 The Literature of American 

Democracy. (3) 

ENGL 437 Contemporary American 

Literature. (3) A survey of the poetry, prose. 



80 / Graduate Programs 



and drama written in America in the last 
decade 

ENGL 438 Major American Writers. (3) Two 
writers studied intensively each semester 
ENGL 439 Major American Writers. (3) Two 
wnters studied intensively each semester 
ENGL 440 The Novel in America to 1910. (3) 
ENGL 441 The Novel in America Since 1910. 
(3) 

ENGL 442 Literature of the South. (3) A 
historical survey, from eighteenth-century 
beginnings to the present- 
ENGL 443 Afro-American Literature. (3) An 
examination of the literary expression of the 
Negro in the United States, from its beginning 
to the present 

ENGL 444 Experimental Approaches to 
Literature— Emerson to Thoreau. (3) Variable 
subject matter presented in expenmental 
methods and approaches. Grading in satisfac- 
tory fail only Consent of instructor required 
for admission. 

ENGL 445 Modern Poetry. (3) 
ENGL 449 Playvi/riting. (3) 
ENGL 450 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama. 
(3) Beginnings to Marlowe. 
ENGL 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama. 
(3) Jonson to Webster 

ENGL 452 English Drama from 1660 to 1800. 
(3) 

ENGL 453 Literary Criticism. (3) 
ENGL 454 Modern Drama. (3) 
ENGL 455 The English Novel. (3) Eighteenth 
Century 

ENGL 456 The English Novel. (3) Nineteenth 
Century. 

ENGL 457 The Modern Novel. (3) 
ENGL 460 Introduction to Folklore. (3) 
ENGL 461 Folk Narrative. (3) Studies in 
legend, tale and myth Prerequisite, ENGL 460. 
ENGL 462 Folksong and Ballad. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENGL 460. 
ENGL 463 American Folklore. (3) 
Prerequisite, ENGL 460. An examination of 
Amencan folklore in terms of history and 
regional folk cultures. Exploration of collections 
of folklore from various areas to reveal the dif- 
ference in regional and ethnic groups as wit- 
nessed in their oral and literary traditions. 
ENGL 464 Afro-American Folklore and 
Culture. (3) An examination of the culture of 
the Negro in the United States in terms of 
history (antebellum to the present) and social 
changes (rural to urban) Exploration of aspects 
of Negro culture and history via oral and 
literary traditions and life histories 
ENGL 465 Urban Folklore. (3) Prerequisite, 
ENGL 460. An examination of the folklore 
currently originating in white, urban, American 
culture 

ENGL 470 Honors Conference and Reading. 
(1 ) Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in 
English. Candidates will take ENGL 470 in their 
junior year and ENGL 471 in their senior year. 
ENGL 471 Honors Conference and Reading. 
(1) Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in 
English. Candidates will take ENGL 470 in their 
junior year and ENGL 471 in their senior year. 
ENGL 473 Senior Proseminar in Literature. 
(3) Open only to seniors. Required of can- 
didates for honors and strongly recommended 
to those who plan to do graduate work. In- 
dividual reading assignments; term paper 



ENGL 479 Selected Topics in English and 

American Literature. (3) 

ENGL 481 Introduction to English Grammar. 

(3) A brief review of traditional English gram- 
mar and an introduction to structural grammar, 
including phonology, morphology and syntax 
ENGL 482 History of the English Language. 
(3) 

ENGL 483 American English. (3) 
ENGL 484 Advanced English Grammar. (3) 
Credit may not be granted in both ENGL 484 
and LING 402 

ENGL 485 Advanced English Structure. (3) 
ENGL 486 Introduction to Old English. (3) 
An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and 
phonology of Old English. Selected readings 
from Old English prose and poetry. 
ENGL 489 Special Topics in English 
Language. (3) Studies in topics of current in- 
terest; repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 
ENGL 493 Advanced Expository Writing. (3) 
ENGL 498 Creative Writing. (3) 
ENGL 499 Advanced Creative Writing. (3) 
ENGL 601 Bibliography and Methods. (3) 
ENGL 602 Middle English. (3) 
ENGL 603 English Language— Old English to 
Early Modern English. (3) 
ENGL 604 Old English. (3) Grammar, syntax, 
phonology and prosody of Old English 
Designed to give graduate students a working 
knowledge of Old English and to introduce 
them to the major Old English texts in the 
original. 

ENGL 611 Approaches to College Com- 
position. (3) A seminar emphasizing rhetorical 
and linguistic foundations for the handling of a 
course in freshman composition. For graduate 
assistants (optional to other graduate students). 

Special Studies in English Literature— The 
Medieval Period to 1500. (3) 
ENGL 621 Special Studies in English 
Literature— Renaissance Literature. (3) 

ENGL 622 Special Studies in English 
Literature— 17th Century Literature. (3) 

ENGL 623 Special Studies in English 
Literature— 18th Century Literature. (3) 
ENGL 624 Special Studies in English 
Literature— Romantic Literature. (3) 

ENGL 625 Special Studies in English 
Literature— Victorian Literature. (3) 

ENGL 626 Special Studies in American 

Literature— American Literature Before 1865. 

(3) 

ENGL 627 Special Studies in American 

Literature— American Literature Since 1865. 

(3) 

ENGL 718 Seminar in Medieval Literature. 

(3) 

ENGL 719 Seminar in Renaissance 

Literature. (3) 

ENGL 728 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century 

Literature. (3) 

ENGL 729 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century 

Literature. (3) 

ENGL 738 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century 

Literature. (3) 

ENGL 739 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century 

Literature. (3) 

ENGL 748 Seminar in American Literature. 

(3) 



ENGL 749 Studies in Twentieth-Century 

Literature. (3) 

ENGL 758 Literary Criticism. (3) 

ENGL 759 Seminar in Literature and the 

Other Arts. (3) 

ENGL 768 Studies in Drama. (3) 

ENGL 769 Studies in Fiction. (3) 

ENGL 778 Seminar in Folklore. (3) 

ENGL 788 Studies in the English Language. 

(3) May be repeated for credit to a maximum 

of 9 hours 

ENGL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

ENGL 819 Seminar in Themes and Types in 

English Literature. (3) 

ENGL 828 Seminar in Themes and Types in 

American Literature. (3) 

ENGL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 

(1-8) 



Entomology Program 

Professor and Chairman: Bay 
Professors: Bickley, Caron, Harrison, Jones, 
Menzer, Messersmith, Steinhauer, Wirth 
Associate Professor: Davidson, Reichelderfer 
Assistant Professors: Miller 
Lecturers: Heimpel, Spangler 

The Department of Entomology offers both the 
M.S. and the Ph.D. degrees Graduate students 
may specialize in physiology and morphology, 
toxicology, biosystemafics, ecology and 
behavior, medical entomology, apiculture, in- 
sect pathology, and economic entomology Nor- 
mally, students must acquire the master's de- 
gree before being admitted to the doctoral pro- 
gram. The M.S. degree is awarded following the 
successful completion of the course require- 
ments and a satisfactory thesis. A non-thesis 
MS option is available for those interested in 
qualifying as pest management specialists 
In this program a field experience course includ- 
ing a comprehensive report is substituted for 
the thesis. 

Students applying for graduate work in ento- 
mology are expected to have strong back- 
grounds in the biological sciences, chemistry 
and mathematics Since the department is par- 
ticularly anxious to find strong basic prepara- 
tion, an undergraduate major in entomology is 
not required for admission to the program. It 
should be understood, however, that the lack 
of certain specific courses taken in the under- 
graduate program will extend the period of time 
required for the MS degree Students in ento- 
mology are frequently employed as Graduate 
Assistants, or find part-time employment in 
laboratories in the area. 

The student is given great latitude in the sel- 
ection of the advisory study committee, choice 
of the major study areas and supporting course 
work, and choice of the research problem. The 
demonstration of competence in one foreign lan- 
guage IS required for the Ph.D. Upon admission 
to the Ph.D. program, the student is given a pre- 
liminary interview (which may be combined with 
the M.S. final oral examination) in which the pro- 
gram of course work and collateral reading, the 
plan for demonstration of competence in the for- 
eign language chosen, and the general outline 
of the proposed research area are established 
and approved. Following the completion of most 
course work and the demonstration of foreign 
language competency, the oral qualifying exam- 



Graduate Programs / 81 



ination is administered before the student 
applies for admission to candidacy 

Facilities are maintained in ttie department tor 
researcfi in all areas of specialization offered, 
and in addition, cooperative programs with other 
departments in Agncultural and Life Sciences 
are possible Cooperative research programs 
are often maintained by the department with 
several government agencies, such as the Belts- 
ville Agricultural Research Center, the U.S 
National Museum of Natural History, and the 
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. Special- 
ized facilities are frequently made available to 
graduate students in these programs. In many 
instances graduates of the programs in ento- 
mology find employment in such government 
agencies because of the contacts made in these 
cooperative projects 

The Departments "Guidelines for Graduate 
Students' give additional information on the 
graduate program, including requirements for 
admission, course requirements, examinations, 
seminars, and research areas and facilities. 
Copies are available from the Department of 
Entomology, University of ti/laryland. College 
Park. Maryland 20742 

ENTM 407 Entomology for Science Teachers. 

(4) Summer Four lectures and four three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. This course will 
include the elements of morphology, taxonomy 
and biology of insects using examples common- 
ly available to high school teachers, it will include 
practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and 
experimenting with insects insofar as time will 
permit. 

ENTM 41 2 Advanced Apiculture (3) One lec- 
ture and two three-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, ENTM 111. The theory and 
practice of apiary management. Designed for 
the student who wishes to keep bees or requires 
a practical knowledge of bee management 
EMTM 421 Insect Taxonomy and Biology. 
(4) Two lectures ADN two three-hour laboratory 
periods a week Prerequisite, ENTM 204 Intro- 
duction to the principles of systematic ento- 
mology and the study of all orders and the 
important families of insects; immature forms 
considered. 

ENTM 432 Insect Morphology. (4) Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, ENTM 204. A basic study of in- 
sect form, structure and organization in rela- 
tion to function 

ENTM 442 Insect Physiology. (4) Prerequisites, 
ENTM 204 and CHEM 1 04 or equivalent Three 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week 
Functions of internal body systems in insects. 
ENTM 451 Economic Entomology. (4) Two 
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods 
a week Prerequisite, ENTM 204 The recogni- 
tion, biology and control of insects injurious to 
fruit and vegetable crops Field crops and stored 
products. 

ENTM 452 Insecticides. (2) Prerequisite, con- 
sent of the department The development and 
use of contact and stomach poisons, 
fumigants and other important chemicals, with 
reference to their chemistry, toxic action, com- 
patability, and host injury. Recent Research 
emphasized 

ENTM 453lnsect Pest of Ornamental Plants. 
(3) Prerequisite, ENTM 204 Two lectures and 
one 3-hour laboratory period a week The recog- 
nition, biology and control of insects and mites 
injurious to ornamental shrubs, trees and green- 



house crops. Emphasis is placed on the pests 
of woody ornamental plants 
ENTM 462 Insect Pathology. (3) Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory period per week 
Prerequisite, MICB 200 Prerequisite or core- 
quisite. ENTM 442 or consent of the instructor 
An introduction to the principal insect patho- 
gens with special reference to symptomology, 
Epizootiology, and microbial control of insect 
pests 

ENTM 472 Medical and Veterinary 
Entomology (4) Three lectures and one two- 
hour laboratory period a week Prerequisite, 
ENTM 204 or consent of the department A 
study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology and 
control of the arthropod parasites and disease 
vectors of man and animals. The ecology and 
behavior of vectors in relation to disease trans- 
mission will be emphasized. 
ENTM 498 Seminar. (1 ) Prerequisite, senior 
standing. Presentation of original work, reviews 
and abstracts of literature. 
EMTM 612 Insect Ecology. (2) Second semes- 
ter. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
period a week Prerequisite, consent of the 
department. A study of fundamental factors 
involved in the relationship of insects to their 
environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect 
as a dynamic organism adjusted to its surround- 
ings. 

ENTM 625 Experimental Honey Bee Biology. 
(2) First semester One Three-hour lab a week 
Fifteen labs during semester will include topics 
such as communication, nest construction and 
organization, behavior, insect societies and bee 
and wasp biology. 

ENTM 641 Advances In Insect Physiology. 
(2) First semester, alternate years. Two lec- 
tures a week Prerequisites, ENTM 442 or con- 
sent of instructor Lectures on current litera- 
ture with reading assignments and discussion 
ENTM 643 Aspects of Insect Biochemistry 
(2) First semester. Two lectures a week. (Alter- 
nate years.) Prerequisite, one year of bio- 
chemistry, or equivalent, or consent of the 
instructor. Lectures and group discussions on 
the energy sources of insects, intermediary 
metabolism, utilization of energy sources, 
specialized subjects of current interest, such as 
light production, insect pigment formation, 
pheromones, venoms, and chemical defense 
mechanisms 

ENTM 653 Toxicology of Insecticides. (4) First 
Semester Three lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period a week (Alternate years, 
not offered 1 975-1976) Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of the instructor A study of the physical, 
chemical, and biological properties of insecti- 
cides. Emphasis is placed on the relationship 
of chemical structures to insecticidal activity 
and mode of action Mechanisms of resistance 
are also considered 

ENTM 654 Insect Pest Population Manage- 
ment (2) Second semester, alternate years 
(offered 1 975-1 976). 2 lecture periods a week 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor A study of 
current developments in pest management 
theory and practice, with emphasis on advances 
in non-pesticide methods of insect control. 
Frequent guest lecturers will appear. The 
course will explore insect pest population sup- 
pression through the management of ecologi- 
cal factors, such as parasites, predators, micro- 
bial agents, resistant hosts, and other agents 
such as hormones, attractants and repellants, 
and integrated systems. 



ENTM 672 Culicidology. (2) Second semester 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory 
period a week. (Alternate years.) The classifi- 
cation, distribution, ecology, biology, and con- 
trol of mosquitoes 

ENTM 689 Entomological Topics. (1-2) First 
and second semesters One lecture or one two- 
hour laboratory period a week for each credit 
hour Prerequisite, consent of department. 
Lectures, group discussions or laboratory ses- 
sions on selected topics such as Aquatic in- 
sects, biological control of insects 
Entomological literature, forest entomology, 
history of entomology, insect biochemistry, 
insect embryology, immature insects, insect 
behavior, principles of economic entomology, 
insect communication, principles of entomolo- 
gical research. 

ENTM 698 Seminar. (1 ) Presentation of topics 
of current interest, including thesis and disserta- 
tion research, by faculty members, students, 
and outside speakers 
ENTM 699 Advanced Entomology. (1-6) 
Credit and Prerequisites to be determined by 
the department. First and second semesters. 
Studies of minor problems in morphology, 
physiology, taxonomy and applied entomology, 
with particular reference to the preparation 
of the student for individual research. 
ENTM 798 Field Experience in Pest Manage- 
ment. (1-6) 

ENTM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
ENTM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Family and Community 
Development Program 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Gaylin 
Associate Professors: Brabble. Lemmon', 

Myricks, Wilson 
Assistant Professors: Churaman, Rubin 

A Master of Science Degree in Family and 
Community Development is offered under a 
revised graduate program within the College of 
Human Ecology. The revised program is par- 
ticulariy responsive to the contemporary needs 
of families and the most effective ways of pro- 
viding programs and services in the community. 

The program objectives of the Department 
of Family and Community Development are 
directed toward educating professionals who are 
prepared to develop and direct a variety of pro- 
grams and services that are both family-oriented 
and community based. The areas of specializa- 
tion in the department are: family studies, com- 
munity studies with particular emphasis on pro- 
grams serving families, and management and 
consumer studies Faculty members use and 
encourage an interdisciplinary approach to the 
study of human problems related to social 
change and to helping students to become 
agents of change, through the family unit. 

An integrated practicum experience Is 
ottered which enables students to work directly 
with families and community agencies. 

The total Master's program is 30 hours. 
The student may choose either the Thesis or 
Non-thesis option. Six hours of Thesis Research 
are required for those students selecting the 
thesis option. The non-thesis option permits 
more extensive field experience in lieu of the 
research thesis. Any student selecting this 
option will complete 30 hours of course work 



82 / Graduate Programs 



with a comprehensive examination upon com- 
pletion 

The department will continue to adopt the 
policies of the Graduate School as the basic 
criteria for admission to the Master's program 
In addition, it is recommended that individuals 
take the Aptitude section of the GRE, and have 
adequate undergraduate preparation in one or 
more of the following areas: family develop- 
ment, psychology, sociology, or human ecology 
A course in elementary statistics at the under- 
graduate level is also desirable. 

Due to the limited number of available Grad- 
uate Teaching Assistantships. and the high de- 
mand, application for financial aid should be 
made prior to April 1 st, for the fall semester of 
the coming year 

Further information regarding this program 
should be obtained by contacting the depart- 
ment or the College of Human Ecology directly. 

FMCD 431 Family Crises and Rehabilitation. 

(3) Deals with various types of family crises 
situations and how families cope with the rehab- 
ilitation process. It covers issues at various 
stages of the family cycle ranging from divorce, 
teenage runaways, abortion, to the effect of 
death on a family Role playing and interview- 
ing techniques are demonstrated and ways of 
helping the family through the crises are 
emphasized, 

FMCD 443 Consumer Problems. (3) Consumer 
practices of American families, Ivlerchandising 
practices as they affect the consumer. 
Organizations and laws in the interest of the con- 
sumer 

FMCD 446 Living Experiences With Families. 
(3-6) A— Domestic Intercultural. B— Inter- 
national Intercultural. Prerequisites. FMCD 
330, ANTH 101; FMCD 250: Optional, lan- 
guage competence. An individual experience in 
living with families of a sub-culture within the 
US or with families of another country, par- 
ticipating in family and community activities A 
foreign student may participate and live with an 
American family 

FMCD 447 Home Management For the Dis- 
abled. (3) Application of home management 
concepts in the use of resources to promote 
maintenance of homemaker independence 
through physiological and psychological adjust- 
ments in the family and home environment. 
The purpose of this course is to prepare stu- 
dents for working effectively with disabled 
homemakers. 

FMCD 448 Selected Topics in Home Manage- 
ment. (3) Seminar format will be used to exam- 
ine the ways families set priorities and organize 
their efforts and resources to achieve both 
social and economic goals. Prior registration in 
FMCD 250. 341 , or other courses in manage- 
ment theory Systems analysis or research 
methods is desirable, Repeatable for a maximum 
of 6 credits provided subject matter is different 
FMCD 485 Introduction To Family Counseling. 
(3) Provides the Fundamental theoretical con- 
cepts and clinical procedures that are unique to 
marital and family therapy These techniques 
are contrasted with individually-orientated psy- 
chotherapy. Pre-marital, marital and divorce 
counseling techniques are demonstrated and 
evaluated. 

FMCD 487 Legal Aspects of Family Problems. 

(3) Laws and legal involvement that directly 
affect specific aspects of the family: adoption, 
marriage, estate planning, property rights, wills, 
etc. Emphasis will be given to the involvement 



of a professional lawyer; principles and inter- 
pretation of the law, 

FMCD 499 Special Topics. (1-3) A— Family 
Studies, B— Community Studies, C— Manage- 
ment and Consumer Studies. 
FMCD 600 Readings in Research and Theory 
of The Family (3) Emphasis is placed on sur- 
veying current research, concepts and theory 
in marital and family dynamics The relationship 
of the contemporary family to the society 
and community are discussed and family pat- 
terns within various social classes and across 
different cultures are compared. Changes in 
family functioning throughout the family life cycle 
and over the last hundred years are described 
and analyzed 

FMCD 602 Integrative Aspects of Home Eco- 
nomics (3) The philosophical foundation for the 
home economics profession are explored in this 
course An historical approach is used in part 
to indicate the growth of home economics, its 
relationship to other disciplines and its integra- 
tive function for the practitioner of the applied 
human sciences Emphasis is placed upon re- 
cent trends and future directions for the profes- 
sional as change agent and his role within so- 
ciety. 

FMCD 609 Seminar: Current Issues In Family 
and Community Development (1-4) This 
seminar will be open to all graduate students for 
non-credit or variable credit by phor arrange- 
ment. It is considered an informal vehicle to gen- 
erate communication and discussion among all 
members of the department Presentations will 
include reviews and critiques of recent articles 
and books within the field and those relevant to 
it. In addition, original informal discussion 
papers from faculty and students will be 
generated for presentation and discussion 
Guest speakers and discussants will be 
encouraged when deemed appropriate. 

FMCD 61 Familimetrics (3) Prerequisites, 
FMCD 401 and statistics. The primary focus is 
on the advantages and limitations of family 
research procedures and the degree of corres- 
pondence between these methods. Ways of 
developing and evaluating adequate research 
procedures will be emphasized and recent inno- 
vations in the field will be considered. 
FMCD 61 5 Community Interaction With 
Families (3) A study of relationships of the 
individual within the family and involvement with 
the community. Community organization and 
structure will be studied from the perspective 
of ( 1 ) individual involvement; (2) family in- 
volvement; (3) intergroup involvement, IE . 
racial, ethnic, religious and class groups. 
Theoretical frameworks are to be developed with 
effective operational approaches applied in local 
community organizations. Students will parti- 
cipate in studying available community groups 
and their effects on individuals Governmental 
agency programs and funded community pro- 
jects will be studied, with special attention given 
to the philosophy of vahous funding agencies. 
FMCD 625 Advanced Consumer Affairs. (3) 
An analysis of current consumer behavior found 
in various family life styles and of community 
processes for dealing with consumer problems. 
Emphasis is given to recent research and 
theoretical frameworks in the consumer area 
FMCD 660 Program Planning and Evaluation. 
(1-6) Consideration is given to research pro- 
gram development and.' or evaluation of an exist- 
ing research program in relation to objectives 
and need Reporting of research for publication 
in a journal and periodicals will also be stressed. 



FMCD 668 Special Topics in Family Life. (1-6) 

Individual study or arranged group study 
FMCD 678 Special Topics in Community 
Services (1-6) Individual study or arranged 
group study 

FMCD 686 Introduction To Family Counseling. 
(3) This course gives the fundamental theoreti- 
cal concepts and clinical procedures that are 
unique to family and marital therapy Family and 
marital therapy are contrasted with individually- 
oriented psycho-therapy in terms of historical 
development, assumptions and techniques. 
Various types of clinical techniques for marital 
and family therapists are presented. Premarital, 
marital and family, divorce counseling 
approaches are considered, 
FMCD 688 Special Topics in Management- 
Consumer. (1-6) Individual study or arranged 
group study. 

FMCD 691 Family-Community Consultation 
(3) The foci of this course are upon defining 
areas of behavior which can be referred to the 
family-community consultant and upon method- 
ology which can be applied by the consultant to 
family or professional situations. Roles such as 
homemaker rehabilitation consultant could re- 
ceive added emphasis through field experience 
participation which is encouraged in the course, 

FMCD 695 Practlcum in Family and 
Community Services (3) A field experience with 
provides one of the following: (1 ) direct con- 
tact with family life styles different from one's 
own (2) observation and/or (3) experience of 
a professional role in working with families 
(consulting, counseling, informal education, 
leadership training, community action, case 
work, etc ). Observation and or experience with 
services, educational programs or action pro- 
grams dealing with a particular type of family 
problem (financial, consumer, help in emergen- 
cies, health, housing, homemaker rehabilitation, 
family relationships and management) will be 
included 

FMCD 698 Special Topics in General Human 
Ecology (1-6) Individual study or arranged 
group study. 

FMCD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1 -6) 

Fire Protection, Engineering Courses, 

Fire Protection 
Engineering Courses 

ENFP 411 Systems Approach to Fire Pro- 
tection Design. (3) Two lectures and one lab- 
orabory period a week Prerequisite, senior 
standing Examination of the problem areas 
associated with manufacturing, process, labora- 
tory, and transportation systems. Design pro- 
jects will involve the total application of fire pro- 
tection engineering, with economic and cost 
benefit analysis 

ENFP 414 Life Safety Analysis. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week Prere- 
quisite. ENFP 321 , Detailed examination and 
study of the physical and psychological variables 
related to the occurrence of casulaties. Investi- 
gation of functional features of enclosures 
relative to egress, and smoke and gas fluid 
flow. Examination and analysis procedures. 
ENFP 41 5 Fire Protection Fluids II. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, ENFP 31 0,31 2, The application 
of Hydraulic and fluid theory to design calcula- 
tions for aqueous, gaseous and particle fire 



Graduate Programs / 83 



suppression systems. Problem calculation pro- 
jects based upon design layouts developed in 
ENFP310. 

ENFP 41 6 Problem Synthesis and Design. 
(3) Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week Prerequisite, senior standing. Tectiniques 
and procedures of problem orientation and solu- 
tion design utilizing logical and numerical pro- 
cedures Student development of research! pro- 
jects in selected areas. 

Food, Nutrition, and 
Institution Administration 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Prather 
Associale Professors: Ahirens, Butler. Cox 
Assistant Professors: Berdanier. 
Lecturer: Mehlman, Stewart 

Ttie department offers a program leading to a 
fi/1aster of Science degree in each of ttie fol- 
lowing major areas: food . nutrition and institu- 
tion administration, Ttie department participates 
in an interdepartmental program for Ivlaster of 
Science and Doctor of Ptiilosopfiy degrees in 
nutritional science wtiicti is described under 
ttiat title. There is also a coordinated program 
in cooperation with the U.S. Army Medical De- 
partment at Walter Reed General Hospital. 
Washington, D.C., for Dietetic Interns, leading 
to a f\/laster of Science degree. 

A satisfactory score on the aptitude portion 
of the Graduate Record Examination is required 
for admission. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available 
for the t^/lasfer of Science degree in food, nu- 
trition or institution administration, but the fi/las- 
ter of Science degree in nutritional science is 
available only through a thesis option. 

A limited number of graduate assistantships 
are available 

Copies of department requirements are 
available from the department for the information 
and guidance of graduate students 

FOOD 440 Advanced Food Science. (3) Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, food 240, 
250, CHEIvt 461 or concurrent registration. 
Chemical and physical properties of food as re- 
lated to consumer use in the home and institu- 
tions 

FOOD 445 Advanced Food Science 
Laboratory (1 ) One three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEIvl 201 and consent of 
instructor Chemical determination ot selected 
components in animal and plant foods. 
FOOD 450 Experimental Food Science. (3) 
One lecture, two laboratones per week. Prere- 
quisite, food 440 or equivalent Individual and 
group laboratory experimentation as an intro- 
duction to methods of food research 
FOOD 480 Food Additives. (3) Prerequisite, 
FOOD 440 or equivalent. Effects of intentional 
and incidental additives on food quality, nutri- 
tive value and safety FDA approved additives, 
gras substances, pesticide residues, 
mycotoxins, antibiotics, and hormones will be 
reviewed 

FOOD 490 Special Problems in Foods. (2-3) 

Special problems in foods (2-3) Prerequisite, 
FOOD 440 and consent of instructor In- 
dividual selected problems in the area of food 
science. 



FOOD 610 Readings in Food. (3) Second 
semester. Prerequisite, FOOD 440 or consent 
of instructor. A critical survey of the literature 
of recent developments in food research. 
FOOD 620 Nutritional and Quality Evaluation 
of Food. (3) First semester. Prerequisite, 
FOOD 440 or consent of instructor Effects of 
production, processing, marketing, storage, and 
preparation on nuthtive value and qualify of 
foods 

FOOD 640 Food Enzymes. (3) First semester, 
alternate years Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory Prerequisite, FOOD 440 or 
equivalent. The classification and behavior of 
naturally occurring and added enzymes in 
food; includes the effects of temperature, pH, 
radiation, moisture, etc., on enzyme activity. 
FOOD 650 Advanced Experimental Food. (3- 
5) Second semester. Two lectures and three 
laboratory periods a week. Selected readings 
of literature in experimental foods. Develop- 
ment of individual problem. 
FOOD 678 Special Topics in Foods. (1-5) 
Individual or group study in an area of foods. 
FOOD 688 Seminar. (1-2) Reports and 
discussions ot current research in foods, (1-2) 
FOOD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

Nutrition 

NUTR 415 Maternal, Infant and Child 
Nutrition. (2) Two lectures per week 
Prerequisite, course in basic nutrition. 
Nutritional needs of the mother, infant and 
child and the relation of nutrition to physical 
and mental growth. 

NUTR 425 International Nutrition. (2) Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, course in 
basic nutrition Nutritional status of world 
population and local, national and international 
programs for improvement. 
NUTR 435 History of Nutrition. (2) Two lec- 
tures per week Prerequisite, course in basic 
nutrition A study of the development of the 
knowledge of nutrition and its interrelationship 
with social and economic developments. 
NUTR 450 Advanced Human Nutrition. (3) 
Prerequisites, consent of department: NUSC 
402 or NUTR 300. CHEI^ 461 , or concurrent 
registration Two lectures and one two-hour 
laboratory. A critical study of the physiological 
and metabolic influences on nutrient utilization, 
with particular emphasis on current problems in 
human nutrition. 

NUTR 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition. (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisites, NUTR 300, 450. 
f^odifications of the normal adequate diet to 
meet human nutritional needs in patholobical 
conditions 

NUTR 470 Community Nutrition. (3) 
Prerequisites, NUTR 300, 450, 460 A study 
of different types of community nutrition 
programs, problems and projects 
NUTR 480 Applied Diet Therapy. (3) (Open 
only to students accepted into and par- 
ticipating in the US, Army dietetic internship 
program at Walter Reed General Hospital or 
the coordinated undergraduate dietetics 
program.) Application of principles of normal 
and therapeutic nutrition in total medical care 
and instruction of patients. Clinical experience 
in hospital therapeutics, pediatrics, research 
and a variety of clinics are included. For 
students in the coordinated undergraduate 



dietetics program twelve hours per week 
clinical experience is required and this course 
must be accompanied by NUTR 460, 
NUTR 485 Applied Community Nutrition. (3) 
Prerequisite, NUTR 460 and concurrent 
registration in NUTR 470 (Open only to 
students accepted into and participating in the 
coordinated undergraduate program in 
dietetics). Application of principles in com- 
munity nutntion through guided experiences in 
different aspects of nutntion programs in the 
community Twelve hours of field experience 
per week is required, 

NUTR 490 Special Problems in Nutrition. (2- 
3) Prerequisites, NUTR 300 and consent of in- 
structor Individual selected problems in the 
area of human nutrition. 
NUTR 600 Recent Progress In Human 
Nutrition. (3) First semester Recent develop- 
ments in the science of nutrition with emphasis 
on the interpretation of these findings for ap- 
plication in health and disease. 
NUTR 610 Readings in Nutrition. (1-3) First 
and second semesters. Reports and 
discussions ot significant nutritional research 
and investigation. 

NUTR 620 Nutrition for Community Services. 
(3) First semester. Application of the principles 
of nutrition to various community problems of 
specific groups of the public. Students may 
select specific problems for independent 
study 

NUTR 670 Intermediary Metabolism in 
Nutrition. (3) Second semester. Prerequisite, 
CHEIVI 461, 462 or equivalent. The major 
routes of carbohydrate, fat, and protein 
metabolism with particular emphasis on 
metabolic shifts and their detection and 
significance in nutrition. 
NUTR 678 Special Topics in Nutrition. (1-6) 
Individual or group study in an area of nutrition. 
NUTR 680 Human Nutritional Status. (3) First 
semester, alternate years. Ivlethods of ap- 
praisal of human nutritional status, to include 
dietary, biochemical and anthropometric 
techniques 

NUTR 698 Seminar in Nutrition. (1-3) A study 
in depth of a selected phase of nutrition 
NUTR 699 Problems in Nutrition. (1-4) 
Prerequisite, permission of faculty Experience 
in a phase of nutrition of interest to the 
student. Use is made of experimental animals, 
human studies and extensive, critical studies of 
research methods, techniques or data of 
specific projects. 
NUTR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

Institution Administration 

lADM 410 School Food Service. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one morning a week for field exper- 
ience in a school food service Prerequisite. 
FOOD 200. or 240 and 250, and NUTR 300, 
or consent of instructor Study of organization 
and management, menu planning, food 
purchasing, prearation, service, and cost con- 
trol in a school lunch program 
lADM 420 Quantity Food Purchasing. (3) 
Prerequisite, FOOD 240, introductory ac- 
counting recommended. Food selection and 
the development of integrated purchasing 
programs. Standards of quality; the marketing 
distribution system. 

lADM 430 Quantity Food Production. (3) Two 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory 



84 / Graduate Programs 



a week Prerequisites. FOOD 240, or consent 
of instructor. Scientific principles and 
procedures employed in food preparation in 
large quantity. Laboratory experience in 
management tecfiniques in quantity food 
production and sen/ice. 
lADM 440 Food Service Personnel Ad- 
ministration. (2) Prerequisite. lADIyt 300 Prin- 
ciples of personnel administration in food ser- 
vices, emphasis on personnel selection, super- 
vision and training, job evaluation, wage and 
payroll structure, current labor regulations, and 
interpersonal relationships and com- 
munications, 

lADM 450 Food Service Equipment and Plan- 
ning. (2) Two lectures a week Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor Equipment design selec- 
tion, maintenance and efficient layout, relation 
of the physical facility to production and ser- 
vice, 

lADM 460 Administrative Dietetics I. (3) 
(Open only to students accepted into and par- 
ticipating in the U.S. Army dietetic internship 
program at Walter Reed General Hospital or 
the coordinated undergraduate dietetics 
program ) Application of management theory 
through guided experience in all aspects of 
hospital dietary department administration. For 
students in the coordinated undergraduate 
dietetics program twelve hours per week of 
hospital food service management experience 
is required, and this course must be ac- 
companied by lADIVl 300 and 430 
lADIVI 470 Administrative Dietetics II. (3) 
(Open only to students accepted into and par- 
ticipating in the US, Army dietetic internship 
program at Walter Reed General Hospital or 
the coordinated undergraduate dietetics 
program,) Continuation of lADM 460, For 
students in the coordinated undergraduate 
program twelve hours per week hospital food 
service experience is required and this course 
must be accompanied by lADM 420 and 440 
lADM 490 Special Problems in Food Service. 
(2-3) Prerequisites, senior standing, five hours 
in lADM course and consent of instructor In- 
dividual selected problems in the area of food 
service. 

lADM 600 Food Service Administration. (3) 
First or second semester Principles of 
organization and management related to a food 
system Control of resources through the use 
of quantitative methods. Administrative 
decision-making, and personnel policies and 
practices, 

lADIVI 610 Readings in Food Administration. 
(3) Reports and discussion of significant 
research and development in the area of food 
administration, 

lADM 630 Computer Application in Food 
Service. (3) Second semester, alternate years. 
Prerequisite, lADM 600 or equivalent. The use 
of automatic data processing and programming 
for the procurement and issuing of food com- 
modities, processing of ingredients, menu 
selection, and labor allocations, 

lADM 640 Sanitation and Safety in Food Ser- 
vice. (3) Second semester, alternate years. 
Prerequisite. tvllCB 200, Principles and prac- 
tices of sanitation and safety unique to the 
production, storage and service of food in 
quantity: includes current legislation, 
lADM 650 Experimental Quantity Food 
Production. (3) First semester, alternate years. 
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory. 



Prerequisites. lADM 430 and FOOD 450 or 
equivalents. Application of experimental 
methods to quantity food production, recipe 
development and modification; relationship of 
food quality to production methods, 
lADM 678 Special Topics in Institutional 
Food. (1-6) Individual or group study in an 
area of institutional food service 
lADM 688 Seminar. (1) Reports and 
discussion of current research in institution ad- 
ministration, t^/lay be repeated to a maximum of 
three semester hours of credit, 
lADM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
First and second semesters. Credit in propor- 
tion to work done and results accomplished. 
Investigation in some phases of institution ad- 
ministration which may form the basis of a 
thesis 



Food Science 
Program 



Professor and Chairman: King 

(Dairy Science) 
Professors: Kramer. Stark. Twigg and Wiley 

(horticulture), fv/lattick (Dairy Science). 

Young (Animal Science). Keeney 

(Chemistry) 
Associate Professors: Bigbee and Thomas 

(Poultry Science), Cowan (Agricultural 

Engineering), Buric (Animal Science), 

Bender (Agricultural and Resource 

Economics) 
Assistant Professors: Heath (Poultry 

Science). Westhoff (Dairy Science) 

The Food Science Program offers the Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees 
This graduate program is interdepartmental 
with participation or support from the Depart- 
ments of Animal Science. Dairy Science, Hor- 
ticulture, Poultry Science, Agricultural 
Engineering, Chemistry, lylicrobiology, and 
Agricultural and Resource Economics and the 
Seafood Processing Laboratory of the Natural 
Resources Insitute. Areas of study encompass 
animal, plant and seafood products with 
specialization available in food chemistry, food 
microbiology, food engineering, quality control, 
nutrition, business management, and others. 

Individual programs of study are developed 
by the student and an appropriate committee, 
A non-thesis Master of Science degree is 
available. Specific regulations for the Food 
Science Program have been formulated for the 
guidance of prospective candidates for 
graduate degrees. Copies are available from 
the Program Office. 

FDSC 412 Principles of Food Processing I. 

(3) Two lectures and one laboratory per week 
A study of the basic methods by which foods 
are preserved (unit operations). Effect of raw 
product quality and the vahous types of 
processes on yield and quality of the preserved 
products 

FDSC 413 Principles of Food Processing II. 
(3) Three lectures per week, A detailed study 
of food processing with emphasis on line and 
staff operations, including physical facilities, 
utilities, pre- and post-processing operations, 
processing line development and sanitation, 
FDSC 421 Food Chemistry. (3) Three lectures 
per week. Prerequisites, CHEM 203 and 204, 



The application of basic chemical and physical 
concepts to the composition and properties of 
foods Emphasis on the relationship of 
processing technology, to the keeping quality, 
nutritional value, and acceptability of foods 
FDSC 422 Food Product Research and 
Development. (3) Two lectures, and one 
laboratory per week Prerequisites, FDSC 413, 
CHEM 461 , or permission of instructor, A 
study of the research and development func- 
tion for improvement of existing products and 
development of new, economically feasible and 
marketable food products. Application of 
chemical-physical characteristics of ingredients 
to produce optimum quality products, cost 
reduction, consumer evaluation, equipment and 
package development, 
FDSC 423 Food Chemistry Laboratory. (2) 
Pre- or corequisite. FDSC 421 , Two 
laboratories per week. Analysis of the major 
and minor constituents of food using chemical, 
physical and instrumental methods in con- 
cordance with current food industry and 
regulatory practices Laboratory exercises 
coincide with lecture subjects in FDSC 421 . 

FDSC 430 Food Microbiology. (4) Two lec- 
tures and one formal laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite. MICB 200, Additional in- 
dependent laboratory work required, time 
would be equivalent to a second laboratory 
period per week. Microorganisms of major im- 
portance to the food industry are studied with 
emphasis on their isolation, identification, bio- 
processing of foods, and public health 
significance. 

FDSC 431 Food Quality Control. (2) Two lec- 
tures per week- Definition and organization of 
the quality control function in the food industry: 
preparation of specifications: statistical 
methods for acceptance sampling, in-plant and 
processed product inspection. Instrumental 
and sensory methods for evaluating sensory 
quality, identity and wholesomeness and their 
integration into grades and standards of quality 

FDSC 432 Food Quality Control Laboratory. 

(2) Two laboratones per week. Prerequisite, 
concurrent registration in FDSC 431, 
Chemical-physical, instrumental, 
microanalytical, sensory analysis of food quality 
attributes. Using data obtained, calculate sam- 
pling plans, control charts, process capabilities, 
grades and standards 

FDSC 442 Horticultural Products Processing. 

(3) Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 
Commercial methods of canning, freezing, 
dehydrating, fermenting, and chemical preser- 
vation of fruit and vegetable crops 

FDSC 451 Dairy Products Processing. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 
Method of production of fluid milk, butter, 
cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and 
milk products and ice cream 

FDSC 461 Technology of Market Eggs and 
Poultry. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
per week. A study of the technological factors 
concerned with the processing, storage, and 
marketing of eggs and poultry and the factors 
affecting their quality. 

FDSC 471 Meat and Meat Processing. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite. CHEM 461 or permission of in- 
structor. Physical and chemical characteristics 
of meat and meat products, meat processing, 
methods of testing and product development. 



Graduate Programs / 85 



FDSC 482 Seafood Products Processing. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory a week 
Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or permission of in- 
structor The principal preservation methods for 
commercial seafood products with particular 
reference to the invertebrates Chemical and 
microbiological aspects of processing are em- 
phasized. 

FDSC 621 Systems Analysis in the Food In- 
dustry. (3) Construction and solution of 
models for optimizing feed, product for- 
mulations , nutrient-palatability costs. IVlethods 
for optimizing processes, inventories, and tran- 
sportation systems. 

FDSC 631 Advanced Food Microbiology. (2) 
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, FDSC 430 or permission of in- 
structor. An in-depth understanding and 
working knowledge of a selected number of 
problem areas and contemporary topics in food 
microbiology. 

FDSC 689 Seminar in Food Science. (1-3) 
A— lipids, B — proteins, C— carbohydrates, 
D— organoleptic properties, E — fermentation, 
F — enzymes and microorganisma, G— flavor 
and analysis, I— assays. Studies in depth of 
selected phases of food science are frequently 
best arranged by employment if a lecturer from 
outside the university to teach a specific 
phase. Flexibility in the credit offered permits 
adjustment to the nature of the course. 
FDSC 698 Colloquium in Food Science. (1) 
First and second semester. Oral reports on 
special topics or recently published research in 
food science and technology. Distinguished 
scientists are invited as guest lecturers. A 
maximum of three credits allowed for the IvI.S. 
FDSC 699 Special Problems in Food Science. 
(1-4) First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, CHEf^ 461 or permission of in- 
structor. Credit according to time scheduled 
and magnitude of problem. An experimental 
program on a topic other than the student's 
thesis problem will be conducted. Four credits 
shall be the maximum allowed toward an ad- 
vanced degree. 

FDSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
FDSC 811 Advances in Food Technology. (3) 
First semester, alternate years. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. A 
systematic review of new products, processes 
and management practices in the food in- 
dustry. 

FDSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



French and Italian 
Language and 
Literature Program 

Professor and Chairman: MacBain 
Professors: Bingham. Rosenfield 
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fink, 

Tanca 
Assistant Professors: Gilbert, Hicks, 

Lebreton-Savigny, Meijer, 

The department prepares students for the MA. 
and Ph D degrees in French language and 
literature Roughly half of the graduate students 
are offered financial support 

86 / Graduate Programs 



The composition of the Graduate faculty 
and the vahety of course offerings make it 
possible for students to specialize in any 
period or movement of French literature, or any 
aspect of the French language with the con- 
sent of their advisers. 

Entry into the MA. program is open to 
students having a solid grounding in French 
language and literature. All applicants, whether 
graduates of the University of Maryland or not, 
must take all parts of the G.R.E., including the 
Advanced Examination in French. 

Successful completion of the MA. program, 
with or without thesis, involves passing a Com- 
prehensive Examination in three parts: the 
Graduate Language Proficiency Examination 
(translation into and from French); a six-hour 
examination in French literature from the Mid- 
dle Ages to the present (a reading knowledge 
of Old French will be supposed); and a one 
hour oral examination in French literature from 
the Middle Ages to the present. The MA. 
program is generally completed in three to four 
semesters, or less if Summer Session offehngs 
are utilized. 

Entry into the PhD program is open to only 
the most highly qualified and most highly 
motivated candidates who can show that in- 
dividual research is their major interest, and 
who give evidence of strong qualifications to 
pursue that interest. 

All applicants for the Ph.D. program (except 
MA. graduates of this department) must pass a 
three-part Preliminary Examination, consisting 
of an explication de texte. an essay and an 
oral examination before being fully admitted to 
the program at the end of their first year. (The 
Preliminary Examination is administered at the 
start of the Fall Semester.) They are then 
required to complete a program of seminars 
related to their field of interest and to pass five 
Special Topic examinations and a Foreign 
Language Proficiency examination before being 
admitted to candidacy and beginning work on 
their dissertation. 

Complete information concerning the depart- 
ment's requirements are set forth in the Guide 
to Graduate Programs in Frencf), available by 
writing to the Department of French Language 
and Literature, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland 20742. 

FREN 001 Elementary French for Graudate 
Students. (3) Intensive elementary course in 
the French language designed particularly for 
graduate students who wish to acquire a 
reading knowledge This course does not carry 
credit towards any degree at the university. 
FREN 400 Applied Linguistics. (3) The nature 
of applied linguistics and its contribution to the 
effective teaching of foreign languages. Com- 
parative study of English and French, with em- 
phasis upon points of divergence. Analysis, 
evaluation and construction of related drills. 
FREN 401 Introduction to Stylistics. (3) Pre- 
requisite, FREN 302, or course chairman's con- 
sent. Comparative stylistic analysis; detailed 
grammatical analysis; translation 
FREN 405 Explication de Textes. (3) Oral and 
whtten analysis of short literary works, or of 
excerpts from longer works chosen for their 
historical, structural, or stylistic interest, with 
the purpose of training the major to understand 
literature in depth and to make mature esthetic 
evaluations of it. 

FREN 411 Introduction to Medieval 
Literature. (3) French literature from the ninth 



through the fifteenth century. La Chanson 
Epique. le Roman Courtois. le Lai; la Litterature 
Bourgeoise, le Theatre, la Poesie Lyrique 
FREN 412 Introduction to Medieval 
Literature. (3) French literature from the ninth 
through the fifteenth century. La Chanson 
Epique. le Roman Courtois. le Lai; la Litterature 
Bourgeoise, le Theatre, la Poesie Lyrique 
FREN 421 French Literature of the Sixteenth 
Century. (3) The Renaissance in France; 
Humanism, Rabelais, Calvin, the Pleiade, Mon- 
taigne, Baroque poetry. 

FREN 422 French Literature of the Sixteenth 
Century. (3) The Renaissance in France; 
Humanism, Rabelais, Calvin, the Pleiade, Mon- 
taigne, Baroque poetry. 
FREN 431 French Literature of the Seven- 
teenth Century. (3) Descartes, Pascal, Cor- 
neille. Racine; the remaining great classical 
writers, with special attention to Moliere. 
FREN 432 French Literature of the Seven- 
teenth Century. (3) Descartes. Pascal. Cor- 
neille. Racine; the remaining great classical 
wnters, with special attention to Moliere. 
FREN 441 French Literature of the Eighteen- 
th Century. (3) Development of philosophical 
and scientific movement; Montesquieu. 
Voltaire. Diderot. Rousseau. 

FREN 442 French Literature of the Eighteenth 
Century. (3) Development of philosophical 
and scientific movement; Montesquieu. 
Voltaire. Diderot. Rousseau. 
FREN 451 French Literature of the Nineteenth 
Century. )3) Drama and poetry from Roman- 
ticism to Symbolism; the major prose wnters 
of the same period. 

FREN 452 French Literature of The Nine- 
teenth Century. (3) Drama and poetry from 
Romanticism to Symbolism; the major prose 
writers of the same period. 
FREN 461 Studies in Twentieth Century 
Literature— The Early Years. (3) French 
poetry, theater and the novel during the age of 
Proust and Gide. 

FREN 462 Studies in Twentieth Century 
Literature— Mid-Century Writers. (3) Modern 
French poetry, theater and the novel, with 
special emphasis on the literature of Anxiety 
and Existentialism. 

FREN 463 Studies in Twentieth Century 
Literature— the Contemporary Scene. (3) 

French wnters and literary movements since 
about 1 950, with special emphasis on new 
forms of the novel and theater 
FREN 478 Themes and Movements of French 
Literature in Translation. (3) Studies treat- 
ments of thematic problems of literary or his- 
tohcal movements in French literature. Topic 
to be determined each semester. Given in 
English. 

FREN 479 Masterworks of French Literature 
in Translation. (3) Treats the works of one or 
more major French wnters Topic to be deter- 
mined each semester. Given in English. 
FREN 488 Pro-Seminar in a Great Literary 
Figure. (3) Each semester a specialized study 
will be made of one great French writer 
chosen from some representative literary 
pehod or movement since the Middle Ages. 
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits. 

FREN 489 Pro-Seminar in Themes or Move- 
ments of French Literature. (3) Repeatable 
for a maximum of six credits. 



FREN 491 Honors Reading Course, Poetry. 

(3) H— Honors. Poetry Supervised readings to 
be taken normally only by students admitted to 
the tionors program 

FREN 492 Honors Reading Course, Novel. 
(3) H— Honors, Novel Supervised readings to 
be taken normally only by students admitted to 
the honors program 

FREN 493 Honors Reading Course, Drama. 
(3) H— Honors. Drama, Supervised readings to 
be taken normally only by students admitted to 
the honors program 

FREN 494 Honors Independent Study. (3) 
H— Honors Honors independent study in- 
volves guided readings based on an honors 
reading list and tested by a 6 hour whtten 
examination Honors 494 and 495 are required 
to fulfill the departmental honors requirement in 
addition to two out of the following: 491 H, 
492H. 493H. Open only to students admitted 
to the departmental honors program 
FREN 495 Honors Thesis Research. (3) 
H — Honors, Honors thesis research involves 
the writing of a paper under the direction of a 
professor in this department and an oral 
examination. Honors 494 and 495 are required 
to fulfill the departmental honors requirement in 
addition to two out of the following: 491 H, 
492H, 493H, Open only to students admitted 
to the departmental honors program 
FREN 498 Special Topics in French 
Literature. (3) Repeatable for a maximum of 
six credits, 

FREN 499 Special Topics in French Studies. 
(3) An aspect of French studies, the specific 
topic to be announced each time the course is 
offered, Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits, 

FREN 600 Problems in Biblography and 
Research Methods. (3) 

FREN 601 The History of the French Lan- 
guage. (3) 

FREN 602 Comparative Romance 
Linguistics. (3) Also listed as SPAN 612. 
FREN 603 Stylistics. (3) Advanced com- 
position, translation, stylistic analysis, 
FREN 609 Special Topic in the French 
Language. 

FREN 610 La Chanson de Roland. (3) Close 
reading of the text. Study of epic formulae and 
early Medieval literary techniques: reading 
knowledge of Old French desirable 
FREN 619 Special Topic in Medieval French 
Literature. (3) 

FREN 629 Special Topic in Sixteenth Cen- 
tury French Literature. (3) 
FREN 630 Corneille. (3) 
FREN 631 Moliere. (3) 
FREN 632 Racine. (3) 
FREN 639 Special Topic in Seventeenth 
Century French Literature. (3) 
FREN 640 Voltaire. (3) 
FREN 641 Rousseau. (3) 
FREN 642 Diderot. (3) 

FREN 649 Special Topic in Eighteenth Cen- 
tury French Literature. (3) 
FREN 650 French Poetry in the Nineteenth 
Century. (3) 

FREN 651 French Poetry in the Nineteenth 
Century. (3) 

FREN 652 The French Novel in the 
Nineteenth Century. (3) 



FREN 653 The French Novel in the 
Nineteenth Century. (3) 
FREN 659 Special Topic in Nineteenth Cen- 
tury French Literature. (3) 
FREN 660 French Poetry in the Twentieth 
Century. (3) 

FREN 662 The French Novel in the Twen- 
tieth Century. (3) 

FREN 663 The French Novel in the Twen- 
tieth Century. (3) 

FREN 664 The French Theatre in the Twen- 
tieth Century. (3) 

FREN 665 The French Theatre in the Twen- 
tieth Century. (3) 

FREN 669 Special Topic in Twentieth Cen- 
tury French Literature. (3) 
FREN 679 The History of Ideas in France. (3) 
Analysis of currents of ideas as reflected in dif- 
ferent periods and authors of French literature, 
FREN 689 Seminar in a Great Literary 
Figure. (3) 

FREN 699 Seminar. (3) Topic to be deter- 
mined each semester, 

FREN 701 College Teaching of French. (3) 
Instruction, demonstration and classroom prac- 
tice under supervision of modern procedures 
IS the presentation of elementary French cour- 
ses to college age students. 
FREN 702 Structural French Linguistics. (3) 
Synchronic description of the phonology, mor- 
phology and syntax of modern spoken French: 
standard French in contrast with other 
varieties 

FREN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
FREN 801 Independent Study. (3) Designed 
to permit doctoral candidates to work in- 
dependently in areas of special interest to 
them, under the close supervision of a 
professor of their choice 
FREN 802 Independent Study. (3) Designed 
to permit doctoral candidates to work in- 
dependently in areas of special interest to 
them, under the close supervision of a 
professor of their choice. 
FREN 818 French Literary Criticism. (3) 
Analysis and evaluation of various trends in 
literary criticism as a manifestation of the French 
literary genius Topic to be determined each 
semester. 

FREN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Italian 

ITAL 410 The Italian Renaissance. (3) A 

study of major trends of thought in Renaissance 
literature, philosophy, art, and science 
ITAL 498 Special Topics in Italian Literature. 
(3) Repeatable for a maximum of six credits. 
ITAL 499 Special Topics in Italian Studies. 
(3) An aspect of Italian studies, the specific 
topic to be announced each time the course is 
offered. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits. 



Geography 
Program 



Professor and 

Acting Chairman: Fonaroff 
Professors: Ahnert, Deshler, Harper. 

Hu 
Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves. 

Groves, Mitchell, Thompson, Wiedel 
Assistant Professors: Dando, Lewis, 

Muller, Roswell 

The programs for both the Master of Arts and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the Depart- 
ment of Georgraphy are designed to provide 
the student with well-rounded competence in 
the field as well as opportunity for specilization 

Considering particular advantages inherent 
in the College Park location the department 
has built its graduate program around three 
major areas of concentration In each, the 
department has assembled a group of faculty 
members with complementary and overiapping 
interests The areas are: (1) Physical 
Georgraphy with emphasis on physical 
systems involving the inter-relationships be- 
tween geomorphology, climatology, and other 
environmental elements The University's 
meteorology program and work in agriculture 
and biology provide support for this program as 
do vanous Federal Government environmental 
programs and the special consortium studying 
Chesapeake Bay and its resources (2) Cultural 
Georgraphy. especially the historical 
geography of the United States and Canada. 
This specialty draws on the incomparable ar- 
chival material in the Washington area, in state 
historical agencies, and in Baltimore (3) the 
geography of Metropolitan Areas and urban 
systems supported by affiliation with the 
University's Institute for Urban Studies and 
regional and local planning agencies. 

Individual faculty members have other in- 
terests that enable students to work on special 
programs such as human ecology, medical 
geography, Latin America, East Asia, the Soviet 
Union and cartography. But students planning 
such programs should contact the department 
or the interested faculty member to determine 
their feasibility. 

While progress in the graduate program is 
largely an individual matter students entering 
the MA. program should consider a two-year 
program normal; those entering the Ph.D. 
should think of three years as the norm. 

Incoming MA. students are expected to 
have an undergraduate degree in the field or in 
a closely related field, with substantial work in 
georgraphy. In the latter case, remedial work 
may be required prior to admission to the 
degree program. All graduate applicants should 
submit GRE examination results. 

Because of the degree of specialization 
inherent in PhD training, the department only 
considers applicants whose interests coincide 
with departmental staff competence— in 
general, the three major areas of geography 
described above. Prospective students who 
are unsure whether their interests match those 
of the department are encouraged to submit a 
proposal for consideration. 

For admission to the doctoral program, the 
department normally requires a grade-point 
average higher than 3.0 and an MA. degree 
from a recognized geography department, or 
competence in terms of fields of study and 



Graduate Programs / 87 



level of achievement comparable to the MA. 
degree of the department 

A non MA -direct Ph D program is possible 
by petition from the student and upon approval 
of a faculty committee appointed by the depar- 
tment chairman. 

MA students have the choice of either 
thesis or non-thesis programs. The non-thesis 
option involves the preparation of tvi^o sub- 
stantial research papers. All MA students take 
an oral examination prior to work on the thesis 
or papers and in a final oral examination based 
either on the thesis or one of the tw/o research 
papers. 

After completion of formal coursew^ork 
requirements for the Ph.D., there is a two-part 
qualifying examination. Part One is a written 
examination in the student's two major fields of 
specilization. Part Two is an oral examination 
evaluating the dissertation proposal. Upon 
satisfactory completion of the dissertation 
there is a final oral examination. 

Departmental research facilities include a 
reference library with extensive journal collec- 
tion, a map collection and a cartographic 
laboratory. A remote computer console in the 
building has direct connection with the Univer- 
sity's Computer Science Center. There is close 
liaison with the Departments of Economics, 
Business Administration, Government and 
Politics, and with the Bureaus of Business and 
Economic Research, and of Government 
Research. The National Library of Agriculture is 
within two miles of the College Park Campus. 

More detailed information on the MA. and 
Ph.D. programs can be obtained from the 
department. 

GEOG 400 Geography of North America. (3) 

An examination of the contemporary patterns 
of American and Canadian life from a regional 
viewpoint. Major topics include: the significance 
of the physical environment, resource use, 
the political framework, economic activities, 
demographic and socio-cultural characteristics, 
regional identification, and regional problems. 
GEOG 402 Geography of Maryland and Ad- 
jacent Areas. (3) An analysis of the physical 
environment, natural resources, and population 
in relation to agriculture, industry, transport, 
and trade in the state of Maryland and adjacent 
areas. 

GEOG 406 Historical Geography of North 
America Before 1800. (3) An analysis of the 
changing geography of the U.S. and Canada 
from pre-Columbian times to the end of the 
18th century. Emphasis on areal vahations and 
changes in the settlements and economics of 
Indian and Colonial populations. Areal 
specialization and the changing patterns of 
agriculture, industry, trade, and transportation. 
Population growth, composition and intehor ex- 
pansion, regionalization. 
GEOG 407 Historical Geography of North 
America After 1800. (3) An analysis of the 
changing geography of the US and Canada 
from 1800 to the 1920's. Emphasis on the 
settlement expansion and socio-economic 
development of the US, and comparisons with 
Canadian experience Immigration, economic 
activities, industrialization, transportation and 
urbanization. 

GEOG 410 Geography of Europe. (3) 

Agricultural and industrial development of 
Europe and present-day problems in relation to 
the physical and cultural setting of the con- 
tinent and its natural resources. 



GEOG 411 Historical Geography of Europe. 

(3) An analysis of the changing geography of 
Europe at selected periods from prehistoric 
times until the end of the 19th century, with 
particular emphasis on Western Europe. 
Changing patterns of population, agriculture, in- 
dustry, trade and transportation. Development 
of the nation-state. Impact of overseas ex- 
pansion. Agricultural and industhal revolutions. 
GEOG 415 Economic Resources and 
Development of Africa. (3) The natural 
resources of Africa in relation to agricultural 
and mineral production; the various stages of 
economic development and the potentialities of 
the future. 

GEOG 420 Geography of Asia. (3) Lands, 
climates, natural resources, and major 
economic activities in Asia (except Soviet 
Asia). Outstanding differences between major 
regions. 

GEOG 421 Economic and Political 
Geography of Eastern Asia. (3) Study of 
China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines; physical 
geographic setting, population, economic and 
political geography. Potentialities of major 
regions and recent developments. 
GEOG 422 Cultural Geography of China and 
Japan. (3) Survey of geographical distribution 
and interpretation of cultural patterns of China 
and Japan. Emphasis on basic cultural in- 
stitutions, outlook on life, unique characteristics 
of various groups. Trends of cultural change 
and contemporary problems. 
GEOG 423 Economic and Political 
Geography of South and Southeast Asia. (3) 
Study of the Indian subcontinent. Farther India, 
Indonesia; physical geographic setting, 
population, economic and political geography. 
Potentialities of various countries and regions 
and their role in present Asia. 
GEOG 431 Economic and Cultural 
Geography of Caribbean America. (3) An 
analysis of the physical framework, broad 
economic and historical trends, cultural pat- 
terns, and regional diversification of Mexico, 
Central America, the West Indies. 

GEOG 432 Economic and Cultural 
Geography of South America. (3) A survey of 
natural environment and resources, economic 
development and cultural diversity of the South 
American republics, with emphasis upon 
problems and prospects of the countries. 

GEOG 434 Historical Geography of the 
Hispanic World. (3) An examination of the 
social, economic, political and cultural 
geography of the countries of the Iberian 
Peninsula and Latin America in the past with 
concentration on specific time pehods of 
special significance in the development of 
these countries. 

GEOG 435 Geography of the Soviet Union. 
(3) The natural environment and its regional 
diversity. Geographical factors in the expansion 
of the Russian state. The geography of 
agricultural and industrial production in relation 
to available resources, transportation problems, 
and diversity of population 
GEOG 437 Introduction to Regional 
Methods. (3) Inquiry into the evolution of 
Regional Methodology with specific reference 
to geographic problems. Critical analysis and 
evaluation of past and contemporary theories 
and a thorough examination of alternate 
regional methodologies. Application of quan- 
titative and qualitative techniques of regional 



analysis and synthesis to traditional and 
modern regional geography emphasizing prin- 
ciples of regionalization 
GEOG 440 Geomorphology. (3) Study of 
major morphological processes, the develop- 
ment of land forms and the relationships be- 
tween vahous types of land forms and land use 
problems. Examination of the physical features 
of the earth's surface and their geographic 
distributions. 

GEOG 441 Regional Geomorphology. (3) 
Regional and comparative morphology with 
special emphasis upon Anglo-America. 

GEOG 445 Climatology. (3) The geographic 
aspects of climate with emphasis on energy- 
moisture budgets, steady-state and non- 
steady-state climatology, and climatic variations 
at both macro and micro-scales. 

GEOG 446 Systematic and Regional 
Climatology. (3) Prerequisite, GEOG 445, or 
permission of instructor. Methodology and 
techniques of collecting and evaluating 
climatological information A critical examination 
of climatic classifications. Distribution of world 
climates and their geographical implications. 

GEOG 450 Cultural Geography. (3) 

Prerequisite, GEOG 201, 202, or consent of 
instructor An analysis of the impact of man 
through his ideas and technology on the 
evolution of geographic landscapes. Major 
themes in the relationships between cultures 
and environments. 

GEOG 451 Political Geography. (3) 
Geographical factors in national power and in- 
ternational relations; an analysis of the role of 
"geopolitics" and "geostrategy," with special 
reference to the current world scene. 

GEOG 452 Cultural Ecology. (3) Basic issues 
concerning the natural history of man from the 
perspective of the geographer. Basic com- 
ponents of selected behavioral and natural 
systems, their evolution and adaptation, and 
survival strategies 

GEOG 455 Urban Geography. (3) Origins of 
cities, followed by a study of elements of site 
and location with reference to cities. The pat- 
terns and functions of some major world cities 
will be analyzed. Theories of land use dif- 
ferentiation within cities will be appraised. 

GEOG 456 The Social Geography of 
Metropolitan Areas. (3) A socio-spatial ap- 
proach to man's interaction with his urban en- 
vironment; the ways people perceive, define, 
behave in, and structure their cities and 
metropolitan areas. Spatial patterns of social 
activities as formed by the distribution and in- 
teraction of people and social institutions 
GEOG 457 Historical Geography of Cities. 
(3) The course is concerned with the ur- 
banization of the United States and Canada 
phor to 1920 Both the evolution of the urban 
system across the countries and the spatial 
distribution of activities within cities will be 
considered. Special attention is given to the 
process of industrialization and the concurrent 
structuring of residential patterns among ethnic 
groups 

GEOG 459 Proseminar in Urban Geography. 
(3) A problems-oriented course for students 
with a background In urban geography using a 
discussion /lecture format. It will focus on a 
particular sub-field within urban geography 
each time it is taught, taking advantage of the 
special interests of the Instructor. 



88 / Graduate Programs 



GEOG 460 Advanced Economic Geography 
I— Agricultural Resources. (3) Prerequisite, 
GEOG 201 or 203 Ttie nature of agricultural 
resources, ttie major types of agricultural ex- 
ploitation in the world and ttie geographic con- 
ditions. Main problems of conservation, 
GEOG 461 Advanced Economic Geography 
II— Mineral Resources. (3) Prerequisite, 
GEOG 201 or 203 The nature and geographic 
distribution of the principal power, metallic and 
other minerals Economic geographic aspects 
of modes of exploitation. Consequences of 
geographic distribution and problems of con- 
servation. 

GEOG 462 Water Resources and Water 
Resource Planning. (3) GEOG 201 or 203. or 
permission of instructor Water as a component 
of the human environment. A systematic 
examination of various aspects of water, in- 
cluding problems of domestic and industrial 
water supply, irrigation, hydroelectric power, 
fisheries, navigation, flood damage, reduction 
and recreation 

GEOG 463 Geographic Aspects of Pollution. 
(3) The impact of man on his environment and 
resultant problems. Examination of the spatial 
aspects of physical and socio-economic fac- 
tors in air, water, and land pollution 
GEOG 465 Geography of Transportation. (3) 
The distribution of transport routes on the earth's 
surface, patterns of transport routes, the 
adjustment of transport routes and medja to 
conditions of the natural environment, 
population centers and their distribution. 
GEOG 466 Industrial Localization. (3) 
Factors and trends in the geographic 
distribution of the manufacturing industries of 
the world, analyzed with reference to theories 
of industrial location. 
GEOG 470 History and Theory of Car- 
tography. (3) The development of maps 
throughout history. Geographical orientation, 
coordinates and map scales. Map projections, 
their nature, use and limitations. Principles of 
representation of features on physical and 
cultural maps Modern uses of maps and 
relationships between characteristics of maps 
and use types. 

GEOG 471 Cartography and Graphics Prac- 
ticum. (3) 

GEOG 472 Problems of Cartographic 
Representation and Procedure. (3) Two 

hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 
Study of cartographic compilation methods. 
Principles and problems of symbolization, 
classification and representation of map data. 
Problems of representation of features of dif- 
ferent scales and for different purposes Place- 
name selection and lettering, stick-up and map 
composition. 

GEOG 473 Problems of IVIap Evaluation. (3) 
Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a 
week Schools of topographic concepts and 
practices. Theoretical and practical means of 
determining map reliability, map utility, and 
source matenals. Nature, status and problems 
of topographic mapping in different parts of the 
world. Non-topographic special use maps. 
Criteria of usefulness for purposes concerned 
and of reliability. 

GEOG 490 Geographic Concepts and Source 
Materials. (3) A comprehensive and 
systematic survey of geographic concepts 
designed exclusively for teachers. Stress will 
be placed upon the philosophy of geography 



in relation to the social and physical sciences, 
the use of the primary tools of geography, 
source materials, and the problems of presen- 
ting geographic principles 
GEOG 498 Topical Investigations. (1-3) 
Independent study under individual guidance. 
Restricted to advanced undergraduate students 
with credit for at least 24 hours in geography 
and to graduate students. Any exception should 
have the approval of the head of the department 
GEOG 499 Undergraduate Research. (3) 
Directed regional or systematic study involving 
several subfields of geography, including car- 
tographic presentation, and usually requiring 
field work, and leading to an undergraduate 
thesis. 

GEOG 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in 
Geography. (3) Introduces the student both to 
research procedures needed in graduate work 
and to current trends and developments in 
geographic research. Lectures by various staff 
members form basis for discussion Research 
paper required 

GEOG 601 Field Course. (3) 
GEOG 602 Proseminar in 
Cultural— Historical Geography. (3) An in- 
troductory graduate survey of the basic struc- 
ture and recent trends in the field of cultural- 
historical geography Emphasis on the 
theoretical principles and analytical procedures 
employed in researching cultural-historical 
problems and on literature which has resulted 
from this research. 

GEOG 603 Proseminar in Urban-Economic 
Geography. (3) A survey of the basic struc- 
ture and current trends in the field of urban 
geography; social and economic aspects. 
Major contributions to the literature, significant 
research frontiers, methodologies, analytical 
procedures and theories in the context of intra- 
urban and inter-urban problems and policies. 
GEOG 604 Proseminar in Physical 
Geography. (3) A survey of the basic struc- 
ture and recent trends in the fields of physical 
geography. Emphasis on general concepts in 
the field, its role as a study of the natural en- 
vironment, its function within geography as a 
whole, and its research methods 
GEOG 605 Quantitative Spatial Analysis. (3) 
This course will provide students with a 
working knowledge of various tools of 
multivariate analysis in the context of scientific 
geographic methodology rather than from the 
statistical theory viewpoint. Emphasis is on the 
application of statistical tools and a working 
knowledge of them will be a basis for 
evaluation of professional literature in the 
various field of geography using quantitative 
techniques. Students should gain a 
background suitable for using the techniques 
in research. 

GEOG 610 Seminar in Geographic 
Methodology. (3) The seminar will emphasize 
an intensive survey of the basic concepts of 
geography, a critical evaluation of major ap- 
proaches to the study of geography, and a 
detailed analysis of the principal 
methodological problems both theoretical and 
practical confronting geography today 
GEOG 615 Geomorphology. (3) 
GEOG 618 Seminar in Geomorphology. (3) 
Study and discussion of empirical and 
theoretical research methods applied to 
geomorphological problems including review of 
pertinent literature. 



GEOG 625 Advanced General Climatology. 

(3) First semester Prerequisite, GEOG 260 or 
consent of instructor Advanced study of 
elements and controls of the earth's climates. 
Principles of climatic classification. Special 
analysis of certain climatic types. 
GEOG 626 Applied Climatology. (3) Second 
semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
Study of principles, techniques, and data of 
micro-climatology, physical and regional 
climatology relating to such problems and 
fields as transportation, agriculture, industry, ur- 
ban planning, human comfort, and regional 
geographic analysis 

GEOG 628 Seminar in Meteorology and 
Climatology. (3) First and second semesters 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor Selected 
topics in meteorology and climatology chosen 
to fit the individual needs of advanced students. 
GEOG 629 Seminar in Meteorology and 
Climatology II. (3) First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
Selected topics in meteorology and climatology 
chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced 
students. 

GEOG 638 Seminar in Physical Geography. 
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor An 
examination of themes and problems in the 
field of physical geography. 
GEOG 639 Seminar in Physical Geography. 
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An 
examination of themes and problems in the 
field of physical geography. 
GEOG 648 Seminar in Cultural Geography. 
(3) Prerequisite, GEOG 450 or consent of in- 
structor. An examination of themes and 
problems in the field of economic geography. 
GEOG 649 Seminar in Cultural Geography. 
(3) Prerequisite, GEOG 450 or consent of in- 
structor. An examination of themes and 
problems in the field of economic geography. 

GEOG 658 Seminar in Historical Geography. 

(3) An examination of themes and problems in 
histoncal geography with reference to selected 
areas. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
GEOG 668 Seminar in Economic Geography. 
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An 
examination of themes and problems in the 
field of economic geography. 
GEOG 669 Seminar in Economic Geography. 
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An 
examination of themes and problems in the 
field of economic geography 
GEOG 678 Seminar in Political Geography. 
(3) Beginning with a review of contemporary 
advanced theory, the seminar will turn to 
problems such as the spatial consequences of 
political behavior, the political system and the 
organization of space including perceived 
space. The organization of political space. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six semester hours. 
GEOG 679 Seminar in Urban Geography. (3) 
Flexible in format to allow adaptation to par- 
ticular topic being considered, this seminar is 
for advanced students in the department's 
metropolitan areas specialty Students normally 
will have had the seminar in economic 
geography. Possible topics include: 
metropolitan systems, the impact of migrants 
and immigrants on the internal structure of the 
city, the development of black ghettos, the use 
of particular techniques in urban geographical 
research. 
GEOG 698 Seminar in Cartography. (1-16) 



Graduate Programs / 89 



GEOG 718 Seminar in the Geography of 
Europe and Africa. (3) First and second 
semesters Prerequisite. GEOG 410. 415 or 
consent of Instructor Analysis of special 
problems concerning the resources and 
development of Europe and Africa. 
GEOG 728 Seminar in the Geography of 
Europe and Africa. (3) First and second 
semesters Prerequisite. GEOG 410. 415 or 
consent of Instructor. Analysis of special 
problems concerning the resources and 
development of Europe and Africa 

GEOG 738 Seminar in the Geography of East 
Asia. (3) First and second semesters. Analysis 
of problems concerning the geography of East 
Asia with emphasis on special research 
methods and techniques applicable to the 
problems of this area 

GEOG 739 Seminar in the Geography of East 
Asia. (3) First and second semesters. Analysis 
of problems concerning the geography of East 
Asia with emphasis on special research 
methods and techniques applicable to the 
problems of this area. 

GEOG 748 Seminar in the Geography of 
Latin America. (3) First and second 
semesters Prerequisite. GEOG 431. 432 or 
consent of instructor. An analysis of recent 
changes and trends in industrial development, 
exploitation of mineral resources and land 
utilization 

GEOG 749 Seminar in the Geography of 
Latin America. (3) First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, GEOG 431, 432 or 
consent of instructor An analysis of recent 
charges and trends in industrial development, 
exploitation of mineral resources and land 
utilization. 

GEOG 758 Seminar in the Geography of the 
U.S.S.R. (3) First and second semesters 
Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian 
and GEOG 435 or consent of instructor In- 
vestigation of special aspects of Soviet 
geography. Emphasis on the use of Soviet 
materials 

GEOG 759 Seminar in the Geography of the 
U.S.S.R. (3) First and second semesters 
Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian 
and GEOG 435 or consent of instructor. In- 
vestigation of special aspects of Soviet 
geography. Emphasis on the use of Soviet 
materials. 

GEOG 768 Seminar in the Geography of the 
Near East. (3) 

GEOG 788 Selected Topics in Geography. 
(1-3) First and second semesters. Readings 
and discussion on selected topics in the field 
of geography. To be taken only with joint con- 
sent of advisor and head of the department of 
geography. 

GEOG 789 Selected Topics of Geography. 
(1-3) 

GEOG 798 Readings. (1-3) Individual reading 
as arranged between a graduate faculty mem- 
ber and student. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six semester hours. 

GEOG 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

GEOG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 

(1-9) 



Geology Courses 

GEOL 421 Crystallography. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite. MATH 
1 15 or consent of instructor An introduction 
to the study of crystals Stresses and 
theoretical and practical relationships between 
the internal and external properties of 
crystalline solids Encompasses morphological, 
optical and chemical crystallography 

GEOL 422 Mineralogy. (3) One lecture and 
two laboratories a week. Prerequisite. GEOL 
1 10 and 421 or consent of instructor Basic 
elementary mineralogy with emphasis on 
description, identification, formation, con- 
currence and economic significance of ap- 
proximately 150 minerals. 

GEOL 423 Optical Mineralogy. (3) (Offered 
1972-73) One lecture and two laboratories a 
week. Prerequisite, GEOL 422 or consent of 
instructor. The optical behavior of crystals with 
emphasis on the theory and application of the 
petrographic microscope 

GEOL 431 Invertebrate Paleontology. (4) Two 

lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, GEOL 102 or consent of in- 
structor ZOOL 302 or equivalent recom- 
mended A systematic review of the mor- 
phology, classification, ecology, and geologic 
range of selected invertebrate groups 
represented in the fossil record. 

GEOL 432 Stratigraphic Paleontology. (3) 

(Offered 1973-74). Two lectures and one 
laboratory a week Prerequisite, GEOL 431 
Principles o! biostratigraphy, paleoecology and 
paleogeography Laboratory study emphasizes 
significant index fossils. 

GEOL 434 Micropaleontology. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory a week Prerequisite, 
GEOL 431 or consent of instructor A 
systematic review of the morphology, 
classification, ecology and geologic ranges of 
important microfossil groups, particularly 
ostracoses and toraminifera. 

GEOL 436 Regional Geology of North 
America. (3) Prerequisite, GEOL 102 or con- 
sent of the instructor. A systematic study of 
the regional geology of North America in- 
cluding history, structure, stratigraphy and 
petrology of the physiographic provinces of the 
United States, Canada and the Caribbean. 

GEOL 441 Structural Geology. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, 
GEOL 1 10 or consent of instructor A study of 
the cause and nature of the physical stresses 
and resulting deformational responses in the 
earth. Laboratory exercises include crustal 
model studies and stereographic analysis of 
deformational structures. 

GEOL 442 Sedimentation. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory a week Prerequisite, GEOL 
1 10 or consent of instructor. A study of the 
critical vahables in sedimentation systems: 
ohgin, dispersion, accumulation, and properties 
of sediments and sedimentary rocks. 
Laboratones will include the measurement and 
statistical analysis of sediment properties and 
study of sedimentation rates. 

GEOL 443 Petrology. (3) Prerequisite, GEOL 
422 or consent of instructor Two lectures and 
one laboratory per week. A detailed study of 
rocks: petrogenesis: distributions: chemical 
and mineralogical relation: macroscopic 
descriptions and geologic significance. 



GEOL 444 Petrography. (3) One lecture and 
two laboratories a week Prerequisites. GEOL 
423. 442 or consent of instructor Microscopic 
thin-section studies of rocks stressing the 
description and classification of igneous and 
metamorphic rocks 

GEOL 445 Principles of Geochemistry. (3) 
Three lectures per week Prerequisite, CHEM 
103 or equivalent and senior standing A sur- 
vey of historical and modern theories of the 
ongin of elements and their distnbutions in 
space, on extra-terrestnal bodies and on earth 
Discussion of the origin of igneous rocks, of 
the physical and chemical factors governing 
development and distnbution of sedimentary 
rocks of the oceans and of the atmosphere. 
Organic sediments, the internal structures of 
earth and the planets, the role of isotopes in 
geothermometry and in the solution of other 
problems 

GEOL 446 Geophysics. (3) Two lectures and 
one laboratory a week Prerequisite, PHYS 
122 or consent of instructor An introduction 
to the basic theories and principles of 
geophysics stressing such important ap- 
plications as rock magnetism, gravity 
anomalies, crustal strain and earthquakes, and 
surveying 

GEOL 451 Groundwater Geology. (3) 

Prerequisite. GEOL 100 or consent of in- 
structor An introduction to the basic geologic 
parameters associated with the hydrologic 
cycle, problems in the accumulation, 
distribution and movement of groundwater will 
be analyzed 

GEOL 452 Marine Geology. (3) Prerequisite, 
GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. An in- 
troduction to the essential elements of marine 
and estuarine geology including studies of 
currents, tides, waves, coastline development, 
shore erosion and manne and bay sedimen- 
tation. 

GEOL 453 Economic Geology. (3) Two 
laboratories a week Prerequisite. 422 or con- 
sent of instructor A study of the geology of 
metallic ore deposits stressing ore-forming 
processes, configuration of important ore 
bodies, and familianzation with characteristic 
ore mineral suites. 

GEOL 456 Engineering Geology. (3) 
Prerequisite. GEOL 441 or consent of the in- 
structor Two lectures and one laboratory a 
week A study of the geological problems 
associated with the location of tunnels, 
bridges, dams and nuclear reactors, slope con- 
trol, and natural hazards. 
GEOL 460 Earth Science. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor An interdisciplinary course 
designed to show how geology, meterology. 
physical geography, soil science, astronomy 
and oceanography are interrelated in the study 
of the earth and its environment in space 
Recommended for science education 

GEOL 462 Geological Remote Sensing. (3) 

One lecture and hvo laboratories a week. 
Prerequisites. GEOL 441 and 442. or 440, or 
consent of the instructor An introduction to 
geological remote sensing including ap- 
plications of aerial photographic interpretation 
to problems in regional geology, engineering 
geology, structural geology, and stratigraphy 
Films, filters, and criteria used in selecting 
imagery are also discussed Laboratory exer- 
cises include measurements of geologic 



90 / Graduate Programs 



parameters and compilation and transference 

of data to base maps 

GEOL 489 Special Topics In Earth Science. 

(1-3) Prerequisite, GEOL 460 or equivalent 
GEOL 499 Special Problems In Geology. (1- 

3) Prerequisites, GEOL 102 and 110 or 
equivalent, and consent of Instructor. Intensive 
study of a special geologic subject or 
technique selected after consultation withi in- 
structor. Intended to provide training or In- 
struction not available In other courses vi/hlch 
will aid the students development in his field 
or major Interest. 



Germanic Language 
and Literature 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Hering 
Professors: Best, Dobert, HInderer, 

Jones 
Associate Professors: Fleck, Pflster 
Assistar)t Professors: Elder, Irwin, Knoche 

The Germanic Section of the Department of 
Germanic and Slavic Languages and 
Literatures offers programs of study leading to 
the MA. and Ph D. degrees. Specialization In- 
cludes the following areas: Language 
Pedagogy and Applied Linguistics, Germanic 
Philology, Medieval Literature and Culture, 
Literature of the German Speaking Countries 
from the Renaissance to the Present. 
In addition to the Graduate School 
requirements, candidates must have a 
bachelor's degree with an undergraduate major 
in German language and literature or the 
equivalent, and fluency in the written and 
spoken language Candidates for the doctorate 
must have a master's degree in Germanic 
Studies or in a related discipline, for example: 
German, Scandinavian Studies, Language 
Education, Medieval Studies, etc. 

Degree requirements for the MA. (thesis 
option) are: 24 hours of coursework, the 
thesis, and a written comprehensive 
examination. The MA (non-thesis option) 
requires 30 hours of coursework, a mini-thesis 
with oral defense, and a written comprehensive 
examination. For both options the com- 
prehenslves consist of five two-hour 
examinations based on the coursework and the 
MA Reading List 

Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as 
follows: 1) completion of at least 30 hours of 
coursework over a period of residency at the 
University of Maryland of at least one year, and 
a further 12 hours of dissertation research; 2) 
a reading skill examination in a language other 
than English or German related to the can- 
didate's research or in a further Germanic 
language: 3) oral presentation of the disser- 
tation topic to the Germanic Section graduate 
faculty before the topic is approved: 4) com- 
prehensive written examinations: 5) the disser- 
tation: 6) the oral dissertation defense. The 
doctoral ccmprehensives consist of seven 
three-hour examinations The candidate has 
considerable freedom In choosing the subiecf 
to be covered in four of the examinations: — the 
other three being the required fields of 
philology or applied linguistics, medieval 
literature, and modern literature. Candidates 



who opt for all four selected topics in German 
literature will choose subjects In each of the 
following periods: 16th and 17th centuries, 
18th century, 19th century, 20th century: In 
which case the required modern literature 
examination will require Interpretation of a text. 
Candidates who select topics from other fields, 
such as philology, Scandinavian studies, 
medieval studies, etc., will take a general 
examination in the modern literature required 
exam. 

In addition to Its course offerings listed 
below, the Germanic Section of the Depart- 
ment of Germanic and Slavic Languages and 
Literatures sponsors the German Club, the 
University of Maryland Chapter of Delta Phi 
Alpha (the national German language honors 
society), and a Drama Reading Circle at which 
German plays are read by students with 
assigned roles and then discussed with faculty 
assistance. The Germanic Section also invites 
a distinguished scholar to join the staff for a 
semester every few years as guest professor. 
A series of guest lectures brings interesting 
speakers to the campus almost monthly. 
College Park's closeness to Washington, DC. 
facilitates participation in the many cultural func- 
tions of the capital with its wealth of German 
and Scandinavian social groups and national 
societies. 

The Germanic Section is able to contribute 
to the financial support of its graduate students 
in the form of teaching and non-teaching 
assistantships as well as several fellowships. 
Germanic Section graduate students are 
represented with two voting seats on the 
Department's Advisory Committee as well as 
by delegates to most of the other departmental 
committees, allowing them to take an active 
part in decisions which affect the Department 
in general and the graduate student in par- 
ticular 

GERM 001 Elementary German for Graduate 
Students. (3) Intensive elementary course in 
the German language designed particularly for 
graduate students who wish to acquire a 
reading knowledge This course does not carry 
credit towards any degree at the university. 

GERM 400 Bibliography and Methods. (3) 

Introduction to the use of German 
bibliographies, catalogues, and reference 
books in order to locate both primary and 
secondary sources. Researching, composing, 
and documenting term papers and theses. In- 
struction in English. 

GERM 431 Literature of the Middle Ages. (3) 
Prerequisite, GERM 321 and 322, German 
literature from the 9th through the 1 5th cen- 
tunes in abridged modern German versions. 

GERM 432 German Literature of the Baroque 
Period. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 321 and 322 
Survey of Baroque literature as it developed 
from the Renaissance, Humanism, the Refor- 
mation 

GERM 441 Enlightment: Storm and Stress. 
(3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 322. Covers 
the time from Gottschedi's influence to 
Goethe's Italian journey (ca 1 720- 1 786). 
Shows the intellectual, ideological and literary 
influenced in enlightment and storm and stress. 

GERM 442 Classicism. (3) Prerequisites, 
GERM 321 and 322. Covers the time from 
Goethe's Italian journey to Goethe's death (ca. 
1786-1832) Intellectual, ideological and 



literary influences on the inner development 
and unity of this epoch 
GERM 451 Romanticism. (3) Prerequisites, 
Germ 321 and 322. Covers the main 
movements in German "Fruh-und Spatroman- 
tik," with reference to music, arts, science, and 
philosophy 

GERM 452 Realism. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 
321 and 322. Representative figures of Ger- 
man Realism from Hebbel to Fontane 
GERM 461 Naturalism and its Counter 
Currents. (3) Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 
322. Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart 
Hauptmann to Expressionism Modern literary 
and philosophical movements. 
GERM 462 Expressionism to the Present. (3) 
Prerequisites, GERM 321 and 322. Prose and 
dramatic writings from Expressionism to 
present. Modern literary and philosophical 
movements. 

GERM 469 Proseminar— Selected Topics in 
German Literature. (3) Specialized study of 
one great German writer or of relevant topics 
of literary criticism. 
GERM 470 Structure of the German 
Language. (3) An introduction to applied 
linguistics suited to the needs ot the advanced 
student and/or teacher of German. Structural 
analysis of the phonology, morphology and 
syntax of modern German in comparison with 
structure of modern English. Knowledge of 
German not required 

GERM 471 Introduction to Indo-European 
Philosophy. (3) Basic principles of historic 
language study. Reconstructed Indo-European 
surveys of the most important ancient Indo- 
European languages. No knowledge of German 
required 

GERM 472 Introduction to Germanic 
Philology. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 471 or per- 
mission of instructor. Reconstructed proto- 
Germanic, with surveys of Gothic, Old Norse, 
Old English, Old Saxon and Old High German. 
The high development of High German from 
the earliest documents to the modern dialects. 
GERM 473 Reading Swedish, Danish and 
Norwegian. (3) Develops reading facility in 
three languages in one semester. Texts read 
include Bergman's Seventh Seal, tales by H.C. 
Andersen, excerpts works by Ibsen and Ham- 
sun, and selected folk literature. No foreign 
language prerequisite, 
GERM 474 Reading Swedish, Danish and 
Norwegian II. (3) Prerequisite, GERM 473 or 
permission of the Instructor Further develop- 
ment of reading facility. 
GERM 479 Proseminar in Germanic 
Philology. (3) Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor Selected topics such as comparative 
Germanic studies, Old Norse language or 
readings in Old Norse literature, modern Ger- 
man dialectology. Repeatable to a maximum of 
six credits if subject matter is different. 
GERM 483 German Civilization (In English) I. 
(3) Literary, educational, artistic traditions: 
great men, customs and general culture. 
GERM 484 German Civilization II. (3) Literary, 
educational, artistic traditions, great men, 
customs and general culture. A continuation of 
GERM 483 

GERM 488 German Literature in Translation. 
(3) Different movements, genres of other 
special topics will be discussed every 
semester No knowledge of German 

Graduate Programs / 91 



necessary May not be counted in fulfillment of 
German major requirement Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits if subject matter is dif- 
ferent 

GERM 489 Proseminar in Germanic Culture. 
(3) Selected topics in the cultural and in- 
tellectual tiistory of ttie German and Germanic 
language areas In Englisti Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits if subject matter is dif- 
ferent 

GERM 499 Directed Study in German. (1-3) 
For advanced students by permission of depart- 
ment ctiairman Course may be repeated for 
credit if content differs May be repeated to a 
maximum of six credits 

Germ 600 Introduction to German Studies. 

(3) 

Germ 601 History of the German Language. 

(3) Covers ttie genenc relationstiip of the Ger- 
manic languages, chronological periods of Ger- 
man, German dialects, syntax {eg, periphrastic 
tenses, case usage, word order), influences on 
the language (eg., early ecclesiastical, courtly 
style, mystical. French, official style, Nazi 
period), punfication process, stylistic periods 
(Baroque, Classical, Romantic, etc.). special 
developments (eg . professional terminology, 
slang) 

GERM 603 Gothic. (3) An introduction to 
historical Germanic linguistics A grammatical 
analysis and reading of selections from the 
Gothic Bible 

GERM 604 Old High German. (3) A study of 
Old High German grammar, and readings from 
the literature of the period, 
GERM 60S Middle High German. (3) Grammar 
and Readings in Middle High German literature. 
GERM 606 Middle High German. (3) Grammar 
and readings in Middle High German literature 
GERM 611 College Teachings of German. (3) 
Instruction, demonstration and classroom prac- 
tice under supervision of modern procedures 
in the presentation of elementary German cour- 
ses to college age students 
GERM 711 Literature of the Sixteenth and 
Seventeenth Centuries. (3) Study of the 
Reformation. Humanism and the Baroque. The 
main vi/orks of Luther. Sachs. Wickram. 
Fischart. Opitz, Gryphlus. Grimmelshausen 
GERM 712 Literature of the Sixteenth and 
Seventeenth Centuries. (3) Study of the 
Reformation, Humanism and the Baroque. The 
main works of Luther. Sachs. Wickram, 
Fischart, Opitz. Gryphius, Gnmmelshausen 
GERM 745 Goethe and His Time. (3) The 
main works of Goethe and his contemporaries 
as reflecting the literary development from 
Rococo to Biedermeier 
GERM 746 Goethe and His Time. (3) The 
mam works of Goethe and his contemporaries 
as reflecting the literary development from 
Rococo to Biedermeier. 
GERM 747 Schiller. (3) Study of Schillers 
works with emphasis on his dramas, 
GERM 751 German Romanticism. (3) 
GERM 754 The German Drama of the 
Nineteenth Century. (3) Kleist, Grabbe, 
Buchner, Grillparzer, Hebbel, Hauptmann 
GERM 760 The German Lyric. (3) Types of 
lyncal poetry from "Minnesang" to Symbolism 
with emphasis on post-Goethean lyricists 
GERM 765 The German Novel. (3) 
GERM 766 The German Novel. (3) 



GERM 767 Seminar in the German Novelle. 
(3) 

GERM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
GERM 818 Reading Course. (3) Designed to 
give the graduate student a background of a 
survey of German literature. Extensive outside 
readings, with reports and periodic con- 
ferences 

GERM 819 Reading Course. (3) Designed to 
give the graduate student a background of a 
survey of German literature. Extensive outside 
readings, with reports and periodic con- 
ferences 

GERM 828 Seminar. (3) Topic to be Deter- 
mined. 

GERM 829 Seminar. (3) Topic to be Deter- 
mined 

GERM 838 Special Topics in German 
Literature. (3) Topic to be Determined 
GERM 839 Special Topics in German 
Literature. (3) Topic to be Determined 
GERM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Russian 

RUSS 001 Elementary Russian for Graduate 
Students. (3) Graduate Students should 
register as auditors only. Intensive elementary 
course in the Russian language designed par- 
ticularly for graduate students who wish to 
acquire a reading knowledge This course does 
not carry credit towards any degree at the 
university 

RUSS 401 Advanced Composition. (3) 
RUSS 402 Advanced Composition. (3) 
RUSS 421 Russian Civilization (In Russian) I. 
(3) An historical survey of Russian civilization, 
emphasizing architecture, painting, sculpture, 
music, ballet and the theater to the beginning 
of the 1 9th century pointing out the inter- 
relationship of all with literary movements, 
taught in Russian, 

RUSS 422 Russian Civilization (In Russian) 
II. (3) An historical survey of Russian 
civilization emphasizing architecture, painting, 
sculpture, music, ballet, and the theater, from 
the beginning of the 19th century to the 
present pointing out the inter-relationships of 
all with literary movements. Taught in Russian. 
RUSS 441 Russian Literature of the 
Eighteenth Century. (3) 
RUSS 451 Russian Literature of the 
Nineteenth Century. (3) 
RUSS 452 Russian Literature of the 
Nineteenth Century. (3) 
RUSS 461 Soviet Russian Literature. (3) 
RUSS 462 Soviet Russian Literature. (3) 
RUSS 465 Modern Russian Poetry. (3) 
RUSS 466 Modern Russian Drama. (3) 
RUSS 467 Modern Russian Fiction. (3) 
RUSS 470 Applied Linguistics. (3) The nature 
of applied linguistics and its contributions to 
the effective teaching of foreign languages. 
Comparative study of English and Russian, with 
emphasis upon points of divergence Analysis, 
evaluation and construction of related dhlls. 
RUSS 471 Comparative Slavic Linguistics. 
(3) Comparative Slavic linguistics and, 
especially, a concept of the place of the 
Russian language in the world of Slavic culture 



through the reading of selected texts 
illustrating common Slavic relationships and 
dissimilarities. 



Government and 
Politics Program 

Professor and Chairman: Bobrow 
Professors: Anderson, Burdette, Dillon, 

Harrison, Hathorn, Hsueh. Jacobs, 

NcNelly, Murphy, Piper, Plischke 
Associate Professors: Claude, Conway, 

Devine, Glendening, Heisler, Koury, 

Ranald, Reeves, Stone, Terchek, 

Wilkenfeld, Wolfe 
Assistant Professors: Bechtold, Butterworth, 

Chaples, Glass, Kapungu, Lanning, 

McCarrick, Melnick, Oliver, Strouse, 

Welin, 
Lecturer: Barber 

The Department of Government and Politics of- 
fers programs leading to the degrees of Master 
of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy, Areas of 
specialization include; American politics, com- 
parative politics, international politics, political 
behavior, political theory, public administration, 
and urban affairs 

Master's degree candidates may select a 
thesis (30 semester credit hours) or a non- 
thesis option (36 credit hours), both of which 
require a comprehensive examination in two 
fields of political science. 

The doctoral program is designed for com- 
pletion within five years and includes seminars, 
directed research, and opportunities to gain 
teaching experience Doctoral students must 
complete a minimum of 54 hours of course 
work and may take a concentration in one of 
the areas of specialization 

In consultation with an adviser each student 
will prepare, during his first semester, a plan of 
study to include six hours of political theory 
and a designation of competence in the use of 
foreign languages, quantitative research 
techniques, or a combination of both. 

The comprehensive examination encom- 
passes three fields and an oral presentation 
of the dissertation prospectus An interdis- 
ciplinary curriculum may be presented as one of 
the fields The examinations are normally taken 
after twelve seminars, thereby permitting the 
student to specialize in terms of a dissertation 
topic dunng his final semester. 

GVPT 401 Problems of World Politics. (3) 

Prefrequisite, GVPT 1 70. A study of governmen- 
tal problems of international scope, such as 
causes of war, problems of neutrality, and 
propaganda. Students are required to report 
on readings from current literature 
GVPT 402 International Law. (3) Prerequisite, 
GVPT 1 70, A study of the basic character, gen- 
eral principles and specific rules of inter- 
national law. with emphasis on recent and con- 
temporary trends in the field and its relation to 
other aspects of international affairs. 
GVPT 411 Public Personnel Administration. 
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 41 or BSAD 360. A 
survey of public personnel administration, 
including the development of merit civil service, 
the personnel agency, classification, recruit- 
ment, examination techniques, promotion, ser- 



92 / Graduate Programs 



vice ratings, training, discipline, employee re- 
lations, and retirement 

GVPT 41 2 Public Financial Administration. 
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 41 or ECON 450. 
A survey of governmental financial procedures, 
including processes of current and capital 
budgeting, the administration of public borrow- 
ing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the 
machinery of control through pre-audit and post- 
audit 

GVPT 413 Governmental organization and 
management. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 410 
A study of the theories of organization and man- 
agement in American Government with 
emphasis on new trends, experiments and re- 
organizations 

GVPT 41 4 Administrative Lav». (3) Pre- 
requisite. GVPT 1 70 A study of the Discretion 
exercised by administrative agencies, includ- 
ing analysis of their functions, their powers over 
persons and property, their procedures, and 
judicial sanctions and controls 
GVPT 417 Comparative Study of Public Ad- 
ministration. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280 or 
41 0. or consent of instructor. An introduction 
to the study of governmental administrative sys- 
tems viewed from the standpoint of compara- 
tive typologies and theoretical schemes use- 
ful in cross-national comparisons and empiri- 
cal studies of the politics of the administrative 
process in several nations Both western and 
non-western countries are included 
GVPT 422 Quantitative Political analysis. 
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 220. or consent of in- 
structor Introduction to quantitative methods 
of data analysis, including selected statistical 
methods, block analysis, content analysis, and 
scale construction 

GVPT 426 Public Opinion. (3) Prerequisite, 
GVPT 1 70. An examination of public opinion and 
its effect on political action, with emphasis on 
opinion formation and measurement, 
propaganda and pressure groups 
GVPT 427 Political Sociology. (3) Prerequisite, 
GVPT 220, or consent of msiructor. A study of 
the societal aspects of political life including 
selected aspects of the sociology of group for- 
mation and group dynamics, political sociology 
of group formation and group dynamics, poli- 
tical association, community integration and pol- 
itical behavior presented in the context of the 
societal environments of political systems 
GVPT 429 Problems in Political Behavior. (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70. The problem approach 
to political behavior with emphasis on theoreti- 
cal and empirical studies on selected aspects 
of the political process 

GVPT 431 Introduction to Constitutional Law. 
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70. A systematic in- 
quiry into the general principles of the Ameri- 
can constitutional system, with special reference 
to the role of the judiciary in the interpretation 
and enforcement of the federal constitution 
GVPT 432 Civil Rights and The Constitution. 
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 431 A study of civil 
rights in the American constitutional context, 
emphasizing freedom of religion, freedom of ex- 
pression, minonty discrimination, and the rights 
of defendants 

GVPT 433 The Judicial Process. (3) 
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 An examination of 
judicial organization in the United States at all 
levels ef government, with some emphasis 
on legal reasoning. tegal research and court 
procedures. 



GVPT 434 Race Relations and Public Law. 

(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A political and legal 
examination of the constitutionally protected 
nghts affecting racial minorities and of the con- 
stitutional power of the federal courts, congress, 
and the executive to define, protect and extend 
these rights. 

GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior. (3) A study of 
judicial decision making at the state and national 
levels, drawing primarily on the more recent 
quantitative and behavioral literature 

GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior. (3) A study of 
judicial decision making at the state and national 
levels, drawing primarily on the more recent 
quantitative and behavioral literature. 
GVPT 441 History of Political Theory- 
Ancient and Medieval . (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 
1 70. A survey of the pnncipal political theories 
set forth in the works of writers before 
f\^achiavellL 

GVPT 442 History of Political Theory— Modern 
and Recent. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. A sur- 
vey of the principal political theories set forth 
in the works of writers from l^achiavelli to J 
S Mill 

GVPT 443 Contemporary Political Theory. 
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 441 or 442 A survey of 
the principal political theories and ideologies 
from Kari Marx to the present 
GVPT 444 American Political Theory (3) 
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. A study of the develop- 
ment and growth of Amencan political concepts 
from the colonial penod to the present. 
GVPT 445 Russian Political Thought. (3) 
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A survey and analysis 
of political ideas in Russia and the Soviet Union 
from early times to the present 
GVPT 448 Non-Western Political Thought. 
(3) Political throught originating in Asia The 
Middle East, and Africa. This is not a survey of all 
non-western political thought, but a course to 
be limited by the professor with each offering 
When repeated by a student, consent of instruc- 
tor is required. 

GVPT 450 Comparative Study of Foreign 
Policy Formation (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 280 
or 300. or consent of instructor. An introduction 
to the comparative study of foreign policy forma- 
tion structures and processes followed by a sur- 
vey of the domestic sources of policy for major 
states A conspectus of substantive patterns of 
foreign policy in analytically salient types of sys- 
tems is presented Domestic and global 
systemic sources of foreign policy are com- 
pared 

GVPT 451 Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R. 
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A study of the de- 
velopment of the foreign policy of the Soviet 
Union, with attention paid to the forces and con- 
ditions that make for continuities and changes 
from Tsarist policies, 

GVPT 452 Inter-American Relations. (3) 

Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 An analytical and his- 
torical study of the Latin-American policies of the 
United States and of problems in our relations 
witti individual countries, with emphasis on re- 
cent developments. 

GVPT 453 Recent East Asian Politics. (3) 
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. The background and 
interpretation of recent political events in east 
asia and their influence on world politics 

GVPT 4S4 Contemporary African P.o(itics (3) 

Prerequisite. Gi^TI 70. A survey of 
contemporary development in the International 



Politics of Africa, with special emphasis on the 
role of an emerging Afnca in worid affairs 
GVPT 455 Contemporary Middle Eastern Poli- 
tics. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A survey of 
contemporary development in the international 
politics of the Middle East, with special emphasis 
on the role of emerging Middle East Nations in 
world affairs 

GVPT 457 American Foreign Relations. (3) 
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. The pnnciples and 
machinery of the conduct of American Foreign 
Relations, with emphasis on the Department of 
State and the Foreign Service, and an analysis 
of the major Foreign Policies of the United 
States. 

GVPT 460 State and Local Administration. 
(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A study of the ad- 
ministrative structure, procedures and policies of 
state and local governments with special 
emphasis on the state level and on intergovern- 
mental relationships, and with illustrations from 
Maryland governmental arrangements. 
GVPT 461 Metropolitan Administration. (3) 
Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. An examination of 
administrative problems relating to public ser- 
vices, planning and coordination in a metropoli- 
tan environment. 

GVPT 462 Urban Politics. (3) Urban political 
process and institutions considered in the light 
of changing social and economic conditions. 

GVPT 473 Legislatures and Legislation. (3) 

Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. A comprehensive study 
of legislative organization procedure and prob- 
lems The course includes opportunities for stu- 
dent contact with congress and with the 
legislature of Maryland 

GVPT 474 Political Parties. (3) Prerequisite. 
GVPT 1 70. A descriptive and analytical examina- 
tion of American political parties, nominations, 
elections, and political leadership. 

GVPT 475 The Presidency and the Executive 
Branch. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 An 
examination of the executive, legislative and 
party roles of the President in the political 
process 

GVPT 479 Problems of American Public 
Policy .(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 The back- 
ground and interpretation of various factors 
which affect the formation and execution of 
Amencan public policy 
GVPT 480 Comparative Political Systems. 
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280 and at least one 
other course in comparative government. A 
study, along functional lines, of major political 
institutions, such as legislatures, executives, 
courts, bureaucracies, public organizations, and 
political parties 

GVPT 481 Government and Administration 
of the Soviet Union. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 
1 70 A Study of the adoption of the communist 
philosophy by the Soviet Union, of its govern- 
mental structure and of the Administration of 
Government policy in the Soviet Union. 
GVPT 482 Government and Politics of Latin 
America. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A 
comparative study of the governmental systems 
and political processes of the Latin American 
countnes. with special emphasis on Argentina. 
Brazil, Chile, and Mexico 
GVPT 483 Government and Politics of Asia. 
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280 or 453, or HIST 
261 , or 252 or HIFN 442. or 445. A-compara- 
tive study of ttie political systems of China. 
Japan. India and olher selected Asian countries. 



Graduate Programs / 93 



GVPT 484 Government and Politics of Africa. 

(3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70 A comparative 
study of the governmental systems and poli- 
tical processes of tfie Agncan countries, with 
special emptiasis on the problems of nation- 
building in emergent countries 
GVPT 485 Government and Politics of the 
Middle East. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70 A 
comparative study of the governmental systems 
and political processes of the Middle Eastern 
countnes. with special emphasis on the prob- 
lems of nation-building in emergent countries, 
GVPT 486 Comparative Studies in European 
Politics. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280, or consent 
of instructor A comparative study of political 
processes and governmental forms in selected 
European countries 

GVPT 487 The Government and Politics of 
South Asia. (3) Political systems and govern- 
ments of such countries as India, Pakistan, 
Bangia Desh, Ceylon, and Nepal 
GVPT 492 The Comparative Politics of Race 
Relations (3) Impact of Government and Poli- 
tics on race relations in various parts of the 
world. The origins, problems, and manifesta- 
tions of such racial policies as segregation, 
apartheid, integration, assimilation, partner- 
ship, and nonracialism will be analyzed 
GVPT 600 Proseminar in Government and 
Politics. (3) Required of f^ A candidates A 
Proseminar offering a survey of major concepts. 
approaches, and research trends in political 
science. 

GVPT 700 Scope and Method of Political 
Science. (3) Required of all Ph.D candidates 
A seminar in the methodologies of political 
science, and their respective applications to dif- 
ferent research fields. Interdisciplinary 
approaches and bibliographical techniques are 
also reviewed. 

GVPT 707 Relations-Comparative Systems. 
(3) A survey from Kautilya to Kaplan of the liter- 
ature in IR theory with an emphasis on compara- 
tive historical systems. 

GVPT 708 Seminar in International Relations 
Theory. (3) An examination of the major 
approaches, concepts, and theones in the study 
of world politics with special emphasis on con- 
temporary literature, Repeatable to a maximum 
of 6 hours 

GVPT 710 Introduction To Graduate Study 
in Public Administration. (3) An examination 
of the history, background, and trends of pub- 
lic administration and the basic concepts and 
the approaches utilized in the organizational 
process of public bureaucracies. Readings 
from textual sources will include the following: 
the study of public administration, the societal 
and political environment, organization theory 
and behavior, administrative law, comparative 
and development administration, policy and sys- 
tems analysis, program planning and budgeting. 
manpower resources development, organiza- 
tional performance and accountability 
GVPT 780 Seminar in The Comparative Study 
of Politics. (3) An examination of the salient 
approaches to and conceptual frameworks for 
the comparative study of politics, followed by 
the construction of models and typologies of 
political systems 

GVPT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1 -6) 
GVPT 802 Seminar in International Law. 
(3) Reports on selected topics assigned for 
individual study and reading in substantive and 
procedural international law. 



GVPT 803 Seminar in International Political 
Organization. (3) A study of the forms and func- 
tions of various international organizations 
GVPT 808 Selected Topics in Functional 
Problems in International Relations. (3) An 
examination of the major substantive issues 
in contemporary international relations 
GVPT 810 Governmental Organization 
Theory. (3) A study of recent developments 
in the area of organizational theory with an 
emphasis on empihcal studies of organizational 
behavior, 

GVPT 812 Seminar in Public Financial 
Administration. (3) Readings and reports on 
topics assigned for individual or group study 
in the field of public financial administration 
GVPT 813 Problems of Public Personnel 
Administration. (3) Reports on topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in the field of 
public personnel administration. 
GVPT 814 Developmental Public Administra- 
tion. (3) Reports, readings and or field surveys 
on topics assigned for individual or group study 
in international, national, regional or local 
environments 

GVPT 81 5 Government Administrative Plan- 
ning and Management. (3) Reports on topics 
assigned for individual study and reading in ad- 
ministrative planning and management in govern- 
ment 

GVPT 81 6 Studies in Comparative Govern- 
mental Administration. (3) An examination of 
theoretical concepts and empirical findings in 
the field of comparative administration. Individ- 
ual readings and research dealing with the civil 
services of western and non-western nations will 
be assigned. 

GVPT 818 Problems of Public Administration. 
(3) Reports on topics assigned for individual 
study and reading in the field of public adminis- 
tration 

GVPT 822 Problems in Quantitative Political 
Analysis. (3) Prerequisite, three hours of statis- 
tics or consent of instructor Study of selected 
problems in quantitative political analysis, 
GVPT 826 Seminar in Public Opinion. (3) 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study 
and reading in the field of public opinion 
GVPT 827 Seminar in Political Sociology. (3) 
Prerequisite. GVPT 427 or equivalent, Inquines 
into the conceptual and theoretical foundations 
of and empincal data in the field of political so- 
ciology. Individual readings and research prob- 
lems will be assigned. Dealing with the social 
contexts of politics and the political aspects of 
social relationships 

GVPT 828 Selected Problems in Political 
Behavior. (3) Individual reading and research 
reports on selected problems in the study of 
political behavior. 

GVPT 830 Seminar in Public Law. (3) Reports 

on topics for individual study and reading in the 
fields of constitutional and administrative law. 

GVPT 840 Analytical Systems and Theory 
Construction. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 700 
Examination of the general theoretical tools 
available to political scientists and of the prob- 
lems of theory building Attention is given to 
communications theory, decision-making, game 
theory and other mathematical concepts, per- 
sonality theory, role theory, structural-func- 
tional analysis, and current behavioral 
approaches. 



GVPT 841 Great Political Thinkers. (3) Pre- 
requisite, GVPT 441 Intensive study of one or 
more men each semester 
GVPT 842 Man and The State. (3) Pre- 
requisite, GVPT 442 Individual reading and 
reports on such recurring concepts in political 
theory as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and 
natural rights, private property, sovereignty, 
nationalism and the organic state 
GVPT 844 American Political Theory. (3) 
Prerequisite, GVPT 444 Analytical and histon- 
cal examination of selected topics in American 
political thought, 

GVPT 845 Marxist Political Theory. (3) Prere 
quitite, GVPT 443 or consent of instructor. 
Intensive study and analysis of the leading ideas 
of Marx and Engels and their development 
in the different forms of social democracy and 
of communism. 

GVPT 846 Theories of Democracy. (3) Pre- 
requisite, GVPT 442. A survey and analysis of 
the leading theories of democratic government, 
with attention to such topics as freedom, 
equality, representation, dissent, and critics of 
democracy 

GVPT 847 Seminar in Non-Western Political 
Theory. (3) Intensive study of selected seg- 
ments of political theory outside of the western 
European tradition 

GVPT 848 Current Problems in Political 
Theory. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 443 Intensive 
examination of the development of political 
theory since the second world war 
GVPT 851 Area Problems in International 
Relations— Soviet Union. An examination of 
problems in the relations of states involving the 
Soviet Union 

GVPT 852 Area Problems in International 
Relations— Latin America. An examination of 
problems in the relations of states within Latin 
America 

GVPT 853 Area Problems in International 
Relations— ASIA. (3) An examination of prob- 
lems in the relations of states within ASIA. 
GVPT 854 Area Problems in International 
Relations— Africa. (3) An examination of prob- 
lems in the relations of states within Africa. 
GVPT 855 Area Problems in International 
Relations— Middle East. (3) An examination of 
problems in the relations of states within the 
Middle East 

GVPT 856 Area Problems in International 
Relations— Europe. (3) An examination of 
problems in the relations of states within Europe 
GVPT 857 Seminar in American Foreign Re- 
lations. (3) Reports on selected topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in American for- 
eign policy and the conduct of American foreign 
relations. 

GVPT 858 Selected Topics in Area Problems 
in International Relations (3) Special topics 
concerning regional problems in the relations 
of states 

GVPT 862 Seminar on Intergovernmental 
Relations. (3) Reports on topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in the field of 
recent intergovernmental relations 
GVPT 868 Problems of State and Local 
Government. (3) Report of topics assigned for 
individual study in the field of state local govern- 
ment throughout the United States 
GVPT 869 Seminar in Urban Administration. 
(3) Selected topics are examined by the team 
research method with students responsible for 



94 / Graduate Programs 



planning, field Investigation, and report writ- 
ing. 

GVPT 870 Seminar in American Poiitical 
Institutions. (3) Reports on topics assigned 
for individual study and reading in ttie back- 
ground and development of American Govern- 
ment 

GVPT 873 Seminar in Legislatures and Legis- 
lation. (3) Reports on topics assigned for 
individual study and reading about ttie composi- 
tion and organization of legislatures and about 
the legislative process, 
GVPT 874 Seminar in Political Parties and 
Politics. (3) Reports on topics assigned for in- 
dividual study and reading in ttie fields of poli- 
tical organization and action. 
GVPT 876 Seminar in National Security 
Policy. (3) An examination of the components of 
United States security policy. Factors, both 
internal and external, affecting national security 
will be considered. Individual reporting as 
assigned. 

GVPT 878 Problems in American Government 
and Politics. (3) An examination of contem- 
porary problems in vanous fields of govern- 
ment and politics in the United States, with re- 
ports on topics assigned for individual study. 
GVPT 881 Comparative Governmental Insti- 
tutions—Soviet Union. (3) An examination of 
Government and politics in the Soviet Union. 
GVPT 882 Comparative Governmental Insti- 
tutions—Latin America. An examination of 
Governments and politics within Latin America. 
GVPT 883 Comparative Governmental Insti- 
tutions— ASIA. (3) An examination of govern- 
ments and politics within ASIA. 
GVPT 884 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions—Africa. (3) An examination of 
governments and politics within Africa. 
GVPT 885 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions—Middle East. (3) An examination 
of governments and politics within the l^/liddle 
East 

GVPT 886 Comparative Governmental In- 
stitutions—Europe. (3) An examination of 
governments and politics within Europe. 
GVPT 887 Seminar in the Politics of 
Developing Nations. (3) An examination of the 
programs of political development in the 
emerging nations with special references to 
the newly independent nations of Asia and 
Africa, and the less developed countries of 
Latin America, Individual reporting as assigned 
GVPT 888 Selected Topics in Comparative 
Governmental Institutions. (3) An examination 
of special topics in comparative politics, 
GVPT 898 Readings in Government and 
Politics. (3) Guided readings and discussions 
on selected topics in political science, 
GVPT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Health Education 
Program 

Professor and Chairman: Burt 
Professor: Johnson, Leviton 
Associate Professors: Da Girdano. 

Do, Girdano, Miller, Tift 
Assistant Professors: Althoft, Clearwater, 

Needle, Stone 



The Department of Health Education offers a 
program designed to prepare students as 
teachers and community health workers. 
Graduates of the program have placement op- 
portunities in public school systems, colleges 
and universities, government service and com- 
munity health. 

The department offers courses of study 
leading to the degrees of Master of Arts, Doc- 
tor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy. Ad- 
mission is open to students holding the 
bachelor's degree in areas related to the 
social, psychological or biological basis of 
health education. 

Each student is required to submit a thesis, 
to present the work orally in a seminar, and to 
defend it to the satisfaction of this examining 
committee. All students must take Health 
Education 600 and 710 

The proximity of the National Institutes of 
Health and the National Library of Medicine 
render the University of Maryland unusually 
suited for graduate work in health education. 

HLTH 420 Methods and Materials in Health 
Education. (3) Prerequisites, HLTH 105 or 
1 40, 310 or consent of instructor. The pur- 
pose of this course is to present the in- 
terrelationships of curriculum planning, 
methodology, and the selection and use of 
teaching aids and materials Special problems 
associated with health teaching are discussed. 
Students will become familiar with a variety of 
resources as well as planning for and presen- 
ting demonstration lessons 
HLTH 450 Health Problems of Children and 
Youth. (3) This course involves a study of the 
health needs and problems of pupils from the 
primary grades through high school. Physical, 
mental and psychosomatic aspects of health 
are considered in relation to the developmental 
and school levels. Consideration is given to 
such topics as diet selection and control; exer- 
cise, recreation and rest: emotional upset and 
its implications; and psychosexual develop- 
ment and problems. The role of the teacher 
and parent in encouraging optimal health is em- 
phasized 

HLTH 455 Physical Fitness of the Individual. 
(3) A study of the ma|or physical fitness 
problems confronting the adult in modern 
society Consideration is given to the scientific 
appraisal, development and maintenance of fit- 
ness at all age levels Such problems as 
obesity, weight reduction, chronic fatigue, 
posture, and special exercise programs are ex- 
plored. This course is open to persons outside 
the fields of physical education and health 
HLTH 456 Health Problems of the Aging and 
the Aged. (3) Psychological, physiological, 
and socio-economic aspects of aging; 
nuthtion; sexuality; death, dying, and 
bereavement; self actualization and creativity 
health needs and cnses of the aged. 
HLTH 460 Problems in School Health 
Education in Elementary and Secondary 
Schools. (2-6) This is a workshop type course 
designed particularly for inservice teachers to 
acquaint them with the best methods of 
providing good health services, healthful en- 
vironment and health instruction. 
HLTH 470 The Health Program in the 
Elementary School. (3) Prerequisites, HLTH 
105 or 140; 310. This course, designed for 
the elementary school classroom teacher, 
analyzes biological and sociological factors 



which determine the health status and needs 
of the individual elementary school child. The 
various aspects of the school program are 
evaluated in terms of their role in health 
education. The total school health program is 
surveyed from the standpoint of organization 
and administration, and health appraisal. Em- 
phasis is placed upon modern methods and 
current materials in health instruction. (The 
State Department of Education accepts this 
course for biological science credit.) 
HLTH 471 Women's Health. (3) The women s 
health movement from the perspective of con- 
sumehsm and feminism Ths physician-patient 
relationship in the gynecological and other 
medical settings. The gynecological exam, 
gynecological problems, contraception, abor- 
tion, pregnancy, breast and cervical cancer 
and surgical procedures. Psychological aspects 
of gynecological concerns. 
HLTH 476 Death Education. (3) The course 
aims to enable students to better understand 
aspects of dying so that (1 ) the quality of their 
health and living is enhanced and (2) they are 
better able to help the bereaved and the 
dying. The genesis and development of our 
present day attitudes and behavior are 
examined using a multi-disciplinary and life 
cycle approach. A field trip and extensive 
reading and comprehensive research report 
are required. 

HLTH 477 Fundamentals of Sex Education. 
(3) This course is concerned with basic in- 
formation regarding the physical, psychological, 
social, historical, semantic and comparative 
cultural aspects of sex. The adjustment needs 
and problems of children and adults during the 
course of maturing and aging are studied; and 
special consideration is given to the sex 
education program in schools 
HLTH 480 Measurement in Health. (3) Two 
lectures and two laboratory periods per week. 
The application of the principles and 
techniques of educational measurement to the 
teaching of health and physical education; 
study of functions and techniques of 
measurements in the evaluation of student 
progress toward the objectives of health and 
physical education, and in the evaluation of the 
effectiveness of teaching. 
HLTH 487 Adults Health and Developmental 
Programs for the Aged. (3) Prerequisite, at 
least junior standing in health and special per- 
mission of the instructor Training and ex- 
perience in a clinically oriented development 
program for the aged. 
HLTH 488 Children's Physical Develop- 
mental Clinic. (1-4) Prerequisite, at least 
junior standing in health, physical education 
and recreation, or by special permission of the 
director An opportunity to acquire training and 
experience in a therapeutically oriented 
physical education-recreation program for 
children referred by various education, special 
education, medical and psychiatric groups. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 hours. 
HLTH 489 Field Laboratory Projects and 
Workshop. (1-6) A course designed to meet 
the needs of persons in the field with respect 
to workshop and research projects in special 
areas of knowledge not covered by regularly 
structured courses. Note; The maximum total 
number of credits that may be earned toward 
any degree in physical education, recreation, 
or health education under PHED, RECR, HLTH 
or EDUC 489 is six 

Graduate Programs / 95 



HLTH 600 Seminar in Health. (1) 
HLTH 650 Health Problems in Guidance. (3) 
HLTH 651 Seminar on the Health Correlates 
of the Aging and Aged. (3) Investigates the 
most recent theoretical formulations, research 
data, and clinical and therapeutic approaches 
to improving the health status of the aging. Ex- 
tensive readings and research project are 
required 

HLTH 652 Seminar in Death Education. (3) 
Prerequisite. HLTH 456 or permission of the 
instructor The advanced study and in- 
vestigation of human dying, bereavement, 
suicidal behavior, and their relationship to 
human health utilizing a multidisciplinary ap- 
proach. 

HLTH 670 Status and Trends in Health 
Education. (3) 

HLTH 687 Advanced Seminar. (1-3) 
HLTH 688 Special Problems In Health 
Education. (1-6) 

HLTH 690 Administrative Direction of Health 
Education. (3) 

HLTH 710 Methods and Techniques of 
Research. (3) 

HLTH 720 Scientific Foundations of Health 
Education. (3) 

HLTH 730 Problems in Weight Control. (3) 
Prerequisite, HLTH 720 or permission of in- 
structor. A study of the causes, health cost, 
and control of obesity through analysis of lipid- 
glucose interaction; hunger-satiety theories 
and mechanisms: psycho-social forces in 
obesity; body composition. Energy output; and 
disease states related to obesity. 

HLTH 740 ll^odern Theories of Health. (3) 
HLTH 750 Stress and Disease. (3) A study of 
the causative agents of chronic disease vifith 
particular emphasis on stress including the 
physiological response of the human organism 
to contemporary psycho-social stressors and 
mechanisms of adaptation and prophylaxis. 
HLTH 760 Public Health. (3) 

HLTH 791 Curriculum Construction in Health 
Education. (3) 

HLTH 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

HLTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Hearing and Speech 
Sciences Program 



Professor and Chairman: Newby 

Assoc/a(e Professor: Baker 

Assistant Professors: Bankson, Bernthal, 

Doudna. Hamlet, Kumin, Weiner 
Lecturer: Spuehler 
Research Professor: Causey 
Research Associate Professor: Elkins 
Research Assistant Professor: Revoile, 

Wintercorn 

The Department of Hearing and Speech Scien- 
ces offers the MA degree with either the 
thesis or the non-thesis option, and with major 
emphasis either in speech and language 
pathology or in audiology The Master's degree 



is required for individuals preparing for 
positions as speech pathologists or 
audiologists in the schools, in hospitals or 
rehabilitation facilities, in hearing and speech 
centers, or in other clinical settings Academic 
course work is combined with supervised 
clinical practice in the University Speech and 
Hearing Clinic and in selected outside clinical 
facilities, so that the graduate will meet the 
academic requirements for clinical certification 
by the American Speech and Hearing 
Association, and for licensing in the State of 
Maryland. The Master's degree program is ac- 
credited by the American Boards of Examiners 
in Speech Pathology and Audiology. Applicants 
for the MA. degree must have completed the 
equivalent of an undergraduate major in 
hearing and speech sciences. The MA. 
program usually requires three semesters and 
a summer session to complete Only full-time 
students are admitted to the program. 

The department also offers the Ph.D. 
degree with major emphasis in speech and 
language pathology, speech science, or 
heanng science. Ordinanly a Master's degree 
is required for admission to the doctoral 
program Advanced courses in statistics and 
research design are required of all doctoral 
candidates. Although no formal minor is 
required, students are encouraged to take ap- 
propriate courses in other departments. The 
department does not require proficiency in a 
foreign language Course programs for the 
doctorate are planned by the student and a 
committee of three faculty members. Qualifying 
interviews are scheduled for each candidate 
after completion of 1 2 semester hours in the 
program. Writteri and oral comprehensive 
examinations for admission to candidacy are 
scheduled at the completion of the formal 
course program. 

The department's facilities include a 
biocommunications laboratory with an anechoic 
chamber, a speech science laboratory, elec- 
tronics workshop, two 2-room audiology 
testing suites, and nine therapy rooms equipped 
for observation Additional research and 
clinical facilities are available in the Washington 
and Baltimore metropolitan areas The Library 
of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, 
and the libraries of the various medical schools 
in the Washington-Baltimore area supplement 
the University's library at College Park 

In addition to the application materials re- 
quired by the Graduate School, the department 
requires applicants to furnish scores on the apti- 
tude portions of the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion The department is able to provide some 
financial support in the form of teaching or 
clinical assistantships or traineeships to approx- 
imately 40 percent of the graduate students 
enrolled Additional information about the MA. 
and PhD programs may be obtained by writing 
to the Chairman, Department of Hearing and 
Speech Sciences. 

HESP 400 Speech and Language Develop- 
ment of Children. (3) Prerequisite. HESP 202 
Analysis of normal processes of speech and 
language development in children. 
HESP 401 Survey of Speech Disorders. (3) 
For non-majors. Prerequisite, HESP 202. Com- 
munication disorders in school children 
Graduate credit applicable only in the College 
of Education. 

HESP 403 Introduction to Phonetic Science. 
(3) Prerequisite, HESP 202. Phonetic tran- 



scription and phonetic principles. Acoustical 

and perceptual phonetics 

HESP 404 Speech Pathology II. (3) 

Prerequisite. HESP 302. 305 Etiology and 

therapeutic management of cleft palate and 

stuttering. 

HESP 406 Speech Pathology III. (3) 

Prerequisite, HESP 302. 305 Etiology and 
therapeutic management of aphasia and 
delayed language 

HESP 408 Clinical Practice. (1-2) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Ob- 
servation and participation in the hearing arid 
speech clinic Repeatable for a maximum of 
two credits 

HESP 410 Principles and Methods in Speech 
Therapy. (3) Prerequisite. HESP 404 or 406 
Comparative methods in the clinical 
management of speech problems. 

HESP 411 Introduction to Audiology. (3) 

Prerequisites, HESP 202. Physics of sound, 
anatomy and physiology of heanng, in- 
troduction to measurement and to rehabilitation 
of the heanng-handicapped. 

HESP 412 Rehabilitation of the Hearing Han- 
dicapped. (3) Prerequisite, HESP 314 
Speech reading, auditory training, and speech 
training for hard-of-hearing children and adults. 

HESP 414 Seminar. (3) Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor Individual projects in 
phonetic science, speech pathology, and 
audiology 

HESP 499 Independent Study. (1-3) 
Prerequisite, departmental approval. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 

HESP 604 Acoustical and Perceptual 
Phonetics. (3) Laboratory techniques in 
analysis of the acoustical and perceptual 
characteristics of the speech signal. 
HESP 606 Basic Hearing Measurements. (3) 
Prerequisite, HESP 314 or equivalent. Ad- 
ministration and interpretation of hearing tests 
by pure tones and by speech; screening and 
clinical test procedures. 

HESP 610 Aphasia. (3) Language Problems of 
Adults Associated with Brain Injury. 

HESP 61 2 Stuttering. (3) 

HESP 614 Orofacial Anomalies. (3) 

HESP 616 Language Disorders of Children. 

(3) 

HESP 620 Articulation Disorders. (3) 

HESP 622 Neuromotor Disorders of Speech. 

(3) 

HESP 624 Voice Disorders. (3) 

HESP 626 Differential Diagnosis of Non- 
verbal Children. (3) Evaluation of the non- 
verbal child 

HESP 634 Medical Aspects of Speech and 
Hearing Disorders. (1-3) Lectures by 
physicians on embryological, anatomical, 
physiological, and neurological bases of 
speech and heanng disorders 

HESP 638 Minor Research Problems. (1-3) 

Special projects in heanng and speech science 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits 
HESP 640 Advanced Principles of Hearing 
and Speech Therapy. (3) Analysis of the 
clinical process with emphasis on the ap- 
plication of learning theory to treatment of 
speech disorders 



96 / Graduate Programs 



HESP 642 Neurophysiology of Hearing. (3) 

Processing of stimuli by the auditory nervous 
system 

NESP 648 Clinical Practice in Speech. (1-3) 
Prerequisite, permission ol instructor Super- 
vised training in tfie application of clinical 
methods in the diagnosis and treatment of 
speech disorders Repeatable for a maximum 
of 6 credits 

HESP 649 Clinical Practice in Audiology. (1- 
3) Prerequisite, permission of instructor Super- 
vised training in the application of clinical 
methods in the diagnosis and treatment of 
hearing disorders Repeatable for a maximum 
of 6 credits 

HESP 700 Hearing-Aid Characteristics and 
Performance. (3) Electroacoustic charac- 
tenstics of hearing aids ivlethods of hearing- 
aid evaluation and selection. 
HESP 702 Diagnostic Procedures in Speech 
Pathology. (3) Diagnostic tools and methods 
in the analysis of various types of speech 
disorders Practicum required, 
HESP 704 Physiological Phonetics. (3) 
Prerequisite. HESP 604. Laboratory techniques 
in the study of the speech mechanism. 
HESP 706 Advanced Clinical Audiology. (3) 
Prerequisite, HESP 606 or equivalent. 
Techniques for evaluation of children and 
adults presenting special diagnostic problems. 
HESP 708 Independent Study. (1-6) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Individual 
research projects under guidance of a faculty 
member Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits. 

HESP 722 Experimental Audiology. (3) 
Experimental techniques in the investigation of 
problems in audiology 

HESP 724 Quantitative Methods in Hearing 
and Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite, course 
in basic statistics Analysis of current 
procedures used in quantifying phenomena ob- 
served in heanng and speech science 
HESP 728 Advanced Clinical Practice in 
Speech. (1-10) Prerequisite, previous 
enrollment in HESP 648 and permission of in- 
structor Clinical internship in selected off- 
campus facilities Repeatable for a maximum of 
10 credits 

HESP 729 Advanced Clinical Practice in 
Audiology. (1-10) Prerequisite, previous 
enrollment in HESP 649 and permission of in- 
structor. Clinical internship in selected off- 
campus facilities. Repeatable tor a maximum 
of 10 credits 

HESP 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 

HESP 804 Instrumental Phonetics. (3) 

Prerequisites, HESP 604 and 704 or per- 
mission of instructor Instrumental techniques 
in phonetic science 

HESP 806 Administration of Hearing and 
Speech Programs. (3) Problems ot staffing, 
budgeting, and operating training and clinical 
service programs 

HESP 810 Experimental Design in Hearing 
and Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite, HESP 
724 or permission of instructor. Design and 
evaluation of research projects Preparation for 
undertaking the doctoral dissertation, 
HESP 820 Bioacoustics. (3) Prerequisite per- 
mission of instructor. Functioning of the 
heanng mechanism in animals and humans 
Laboratory research methods. 



HESP 822 Psychoacoustics. (3) Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. Study of human 
response to acoustic stimulation, 
HESP 824 Industrial and Environmental 
Noise Problems. (3) Prerequisite, permission 
of instructor. Evaluation and control of noise 
hazards. Effects of noise on man. Medico-legal 
aspects of noise-induced hearing impairment, 
HESP 848 Seminar in Audiology. (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor, 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits 
HESP 858 Seminar in Speech Pathology. (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor, 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits 
HESP 868 Seminar in Speech Science. (3) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor, 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits, 
HESP 878 Seminar in Language Disorders. 
(3) Prerequisite, permission of instructor, 
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits, 
HESP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



History Program 

Professor and Chairman: Rundell 

Professors: Callcott, Carter, Cole, 
Duffy, Foust, Gilbert, Gordon, 
Haber, Harlan, Jashemski, Kent, 
Merill, A, Olson, Prange, Smith, 
Sparks 

Associate Professors: Belz, Berry, 
Breslow, Brush, Cockburn, Farrell, 
Flack, Folson, Hoffman, Giffin, Greenberg, 
Kaufman, Grimsted, Mayo, Olson, 
Schuessler, Shoufani. Stovi^asser, 
Warren, Yaney 

Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Harris, 
Holum, Lampe, Majeska, Matossian, 
McCusker, Nicklason, Perinbam, Ridgway, 
Spiegel, Williams, Wright 

'loinl appointment witti Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Appli 

Mathematics 

'loint appointment witti Secondary Education 



The Department of History offers programs 
leading to the degrees of l\/laster of Arts and 
Doctor of Philosophy, Areas of specialization 
include; United States, Ancient Medieval, Early 
Modern European, Modern European, British, 
Russian, Latin American, African, Middle 
Eastern, East Asian, Diplomatic, and Science 
and Technology, (The aptitude parts of the 
GRE are required) 

The Master of Arts degree serves both as a 
firm grounding in a field of history for teaching 
purposes and as preparation for the ex- 
peditious pursuit of the doctorate. There are no 
special admissions requirements for the 
History Department; (the aptitude parts of the 
GRE are required): it should be noted that an 
undergraduate major in history is not as such 
required for admission. Of the thirty credit 
hours required for the degree, six are in MA, 
thesis research courses (HIST 799), fifteen are 
normally in the major field of history and nine in 
a minor (which may be taken within or outside 
of the department). The historiography course 
(HIST 600) is required and may be used as 
part of the major or minor; two 800-level 
research-writing seminars are required Fifteen 
credit hours at the level of 600 or above are 



required in addition to the thesis research 
courses. 

A written examination, which is based in 
large part on a list of books pertaining to the 
thesis and its field submitted by the student 
and approved by the adivsory committee, is 
required upon completion of the coursework. 
There will also be a final oral examination 
which will be confined to the thesis and the 
field in which it lies. 

Admission to the doctoral program will be 
decided by the student's MA, examining com- 
mittee on the basis, of the student's written and 
oral examinations, thesis, and record of 
achievement in coursework. 

The MA degree in history is normally 
required for admission to the doctoral program, 
but it does not guarantee admission Students 
with MA. degrees awarded at other institutions 
will be asked to submit substantial evidence of 
their written work and will normally be ex- 
pected to have completed the equivalent of the 
work required of Maryland MA students. 
Every student must pass a written examination 
on his major field normally within eighteen 
months of entry into the doctoral program; this 
examination will test a broad, intelligent, and in- 
formed handling of the major historical 
problems and literature of that field A secon- 
dary or minor field of study, supportive of the 
major, is required of all doctoral students; it 
may be taken within or outside of the depart- 
ment The minor requirement may be fulfilled 
by either taking a certain combination of cour- 
ses, or by passing the regular general written 
examination in the appropriate field of study, or 
by having the Master's degree in a major field 
other than the student's major doctoral field. 

The Ph.D. is awarded only for demonstrated 
excellence on the part of the students as 
revealed in the written and oral examinations 
and the dissertation research and writing. 

An oral examination on the student's disser- 
tation prospectus and a bibliography on the 
dissertation field is required. The dissertation is 
to be understood as constituting the largest 
single portion of the doctoral program; it is ex- 
pected to be a distinct conthbution to historical 
knowledge and/or interpretation. 

All doctoral students must show a reading 
competence in one foreign language; the 
language examination must be passed before 
the student takes the written examination in 
the major field 

Complete descriptions of these programs 
and requirements may be obtained from the 
History Department, 

HIST 401 The Scientific Revolution— From 
Copernicus to Newton. (3) Major develop- 
ments in the history of physics and astronomy 
during the 16th and 17th centuries and critical 
evaluations of the Copernican revolution, the 
"Mechanical Philosophy" of the 17th century 
scientists, and the Newtonian synthesis and its 
impact on 18th century thought 
HIST 402 The Development of Modern 
Physical Science— From Lavoisier to Ein- 
stein. (3) Prerequisites. MATH 1 10 and PHYS 
112 or 117, History of chemistry, physics and 
geology duhng the period from about 1775 to 
about 1925 

HIST 403 History of Technology. (3) A sun/ey 
course designed for junior, senior and graduate 
students with a solid base in either engineering 
or history; it will cover the time span from 
Greek antiquity to the first world war. 

Graduate Programs / 97 



Technology will be studied as a cultural force 
controlled by laws of its own and operating 
wittiin a distinctive conceptual framework. Ttie 
course will concentrate on ttie changing 
character of technology in history and on the 
interactions between technology and other 
cultural forces such as science, philosophy, 
art. material culture, and the economy. 
HIST 404 History of Modern Biology. (3) The 
internal development of biology from about 
1750 to about 1940 will be covered, including 
evolution, cell theory, genetics, enzymes, and 
biochemistry, and the origins of anthropology 
and experimental psychology The social cir- 
cumstances under which biology arose and 
prospered The philosophical aspects of some 
debates, the technical achievements enabling 
new research, and the influences of other 
sciences on biology will also be discussed 
HIST 405 History of Early Medicine: From 
Thaumaturgy and Theurgy to the 17th Cen- 
tury Theories. (3) A historical survey of the 
development of medicine in Europe and Asia 
from earliest times to the eighteenth century 
Topics discussed include: primitive diseases, 
Egyptian. Chinese. Greek and Medieval 
medicine, epidemics, surgical developments, 
the physicial and the development of public 
health administration Enrollment limited to up- 
per division and graduate students 
HIST 406 History of the Emergence of 
Modern Medicine. (3) Prerequisite, junior 
standing Development of modern medicine 
from the eighteenth century to the present with 
emphasis on the United States, including 
American Indian medicine, growth of medical 
professions, hospitals and public health 
facilities, surgery, clinical medicine, psychiatry 
and modern medical specialization 
HIST 408 Selected Topics in Women's 
History. (3) Prerequisites, HIST 226 or HIST 
227 or permission of the instructor In depth 
study of selected topics on women in 
American society including such areas as 
women and the law, women and politics, the 
■feminine mystique. " and the "new feminism " 
May be repeated to a maximum of six 
semester hours 

HIST 440 The Eastern Orthodox Church— Its 
Cultural History. (3) A study of the develop- 
ment of the Christian Church in the Near East 
and Eastern Europe from the conversion of 
Constantine to the present Emphasis will be 
on the relations between Church and State in 
vanous periods and on the influence of Eastern 
Christianity on the cultures of traditionally 
Eastern Orthodox nations 
HIST 498 Special Topics in History. (3) May 
be repeated to a maximum of nine hours 

HIST 600 Historiography— Techniques of 
Historical Research and Writing. (3) 
HIST 685 The Teaching of History in In- 
stitutions of Higher Learning. (1) 

HIST 708 Readings in the History of Modern 
Science. (3) 

HIST 798 Special Topics in History. (3) 
HIST 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
HIST 808 Seminar in the History of Modern 
Science. (3) Prerequisite, HIST 708 or con- 
sent of instructor 

HIST 818 Seminar in Historical Editing. (3) 
An apprenticeship in the editing of documen- 
tary sources and scholarly articles for 
publication Repeatable to a maximum of six 
hours 



HIST 868 Seminar in the History of World 

War I. (3) 

HIST 869 Seminar in the History of World 

War II. (3) 

HIST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1- 

8) 



History, Foreign 

HIFN 403 Diplomatic History of Latin 
America. (3) A survey of the political, 
economic and cultural relations of the Latin 
American nations with emphasis on their 
relations with the United States and the 
development of the inter-American system. 
HIFN 404 History of Canada. (3) 
Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254 A 
history of Canada, with special emphasis on 
the nineteenth century and upon Canadian 
relations with Great Bntain and the United 
States 

HIFN 405 History of Brazil. (3) The history of 
Brazil with emphasis on the national period 
HIFN 406 The History of Mexico and the 
Caribbean to 1810. (3) The history of Mexico, 
Central Amenca and the Antilles, beginning 
with the pre-Spanish Indian cultures and con- 
tinuing through the Spanish Colonial period and 
the National penod to the present day The 
division point between the two courses is the 
year 1810, the beginning of the Mexican wars 
for independence 

HIFN 407 The History of Mexico and the 
Caribbean, 1810 to the present. (3) The 
history of Mexico, Central America and the 
Antilles, beginning with the pre-Spanish Indian 
cultures and continuing through the Spanish 
Colonial period and the National period to the 
present day The division point between the 
■two courses is the year 1810 The beginning 
of the Mexican wars for independence 
HIFN 411 History of Medieval Europe. (3) A 
study of Medieval government, society and 
thought from the collapse of Classical 
civilization to the Renaissance 
HIFN 412 History of Medieval Europe. (3) A 
study of Medieval government, society and 
thought from the collapse of Classical 
civilization to the Renaissance 
HIFN 413 The Old Regime and the French 
Revolution. 1748-1815. (3) Europe in the era 
of the French Revolution 
HIFN 414 History of European Ideas. (3) 
Prerequisites, hist 241 . 242, or 253. 254, or 
the equivalent Beginning with a review of the 
basic western intellectual traditions as a 
henfage from the ancient world, the courses 
will present selected important currents of 
thought from the scientific revolution of the six- 
teenth and seventeenth centuhes down to the 
twentieth century First semester, through the 
eighteenth century. 

HIFN 415 History of European Ideas. (3) 
Prerequisites. HIST 241, 242, or 253, 254, or 
the equivalent Beginning with a review of the 
basic western intellectual traditions as a 
heritage from the ancient world, the courses 
will present selected important currents of 
thought from the scientific revolution of the six- 
teenth and seventeenth centuries down to the 
twentieth century. Second semester, nineteenth 
and twentieth centuries. 
HIFN 416 The Renaissance. (3) City-states 
and the rise of nation-states, the culture and 



thought of the Renaissance, its impact into the 
seventeenth century 
HIFN 417 The Reformation. (3) Ma|or 
developments from the "pre-Reformation" to 
the "post-Reformation Religion is emphasized 
as the fundamental motive force resulting in 
the reformations of the 16th century The in- 
teraction between religious forces and the 
political, socio-economic, intellectual, and 
cultural trends of the period are also con- 
sidered 

HIFN 420 History of the British Empire. (3) 
An analysis of the development of the British 
Empire since the American Revolution Par- 
ticular emphasis is given to the problem of 
responsible self-government, the evolution of 
the Bntish Empire into a commonwealth of 
nations and the problems of the dependent 
empire. Recommended prerequisites. HIST 
112. 113, 141, or 254 
HIFN 421 History of the British Empire. (3) 
Prerequisite, HIST 241, 242 or 253, 254 
Second semester, the nse of the second 
British Empire and the solution to the problem 
of responsible self-government (1783-1867), 
the evolution of the British Empire into a com- 
monwealth of nations, and the development 
and problems of the dependent empire 
HIFN 422 Constitutional History of Great 
Britain. (3) Constitutional Development in 
England, with emphasis on the history of the 
royal prerogative, the growth of the common 
law, the development of parliament, and the 
emergence of systematized government. First 
semester, to 1485 

HIFN 423 Constitutional History of Great 
Britain. (3) Constitutional development in 
England, with emphasis on the history of the 
royal prerogative, the growth of the common 
law. the development of parliament, and the 
emergence of systematized government. 
Second semester, since 14'35 
HIFN 424 History of Russia to 1801. (3) A 
history of Russia from earliest times to 1917. 
HIFN 425 History of Russia from 1801-1917. 
(3) A history of Russia from earliest times to 
1917 

HIFN 426 Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 
1815-1919. (3) A study of the political, 
economic, social, and cultural development of 
Europe from the Congress of Vienna through 
the First World War. Recommended 
prerequisites, HIST 113, 1 1 4, or 254. 
HIFN 430 Europe in the World Setting of the 
Twentieth Century. (3) Recommended 
prerequisites. HIST 1 1 3, 1 42, or 254 A study 
of political, economic and cultural develop- 
ments in twentieth-century Europe with special 
emphasis on the factors involved in the two 
world wars and their global impacts and 
significance (Students enrolled in HIFN 430 
and 431 previous to fall, 1974, not admitted). 
HIFN 432 The Soviet Union. (3) A history of 
Soviet Russia and the Soviet Union from 1917 
to the present. Stress on the relationship bet- 
ween Marxist theory and practice, and the 
development of peculiarly socialist institutions 
and practices. 

HIFN 433 Modern France. (3) A survey of 
French history from 1 8 1 5 to the present The 
emphasis is upon such topics as the population 
problem, the economic and social structure of 
French society, and the changing political and 
cultural values of this society in response to 
recurrent crises through the nineteenth and 
twentieth centuries. 



98 / Graduate Programs 



HIFN 434 Tudor England. (3) An examination 
of the political, religious and social forces in 
English life. 1485-1603. with special emphasis 
on Tudor government, the English Reformation 
and the Elizabethan era 

HIFN 435 Stuart England. (3) An examination 
of the political, religious and social forces in 
English life. 1603-1714. with special emphasis 
on puntanism and the English revolutions 
HIFN 436 Britain in the 18th Century. (3) 
Developments in Great Bntain from the revolu- 
tion of 1 688 to the end of the Napoleonic wars, 
HIFN 437 Modern Britain. (3) A survey of 
Bntish history from the age of the French 
Revolution to World War I with emphasis upon 
such subjects as Britain's role in the world, the 
democratization of the state, the problems 
ahsing from industnalism and urbanism, and 
Irish and Imperial problems, 
HIFN 438 Introductory Middle Eastern 
Languages I. (3) Prerequisite, consent of the 
department An introduction to the three prin- 
cipal languages of the Islamic f\/liddle 
East— Arabic, Persian, and Turkish Only stan- 
dard written form of the three languages is 
taught May be repeated to a maximum of nine 
hours when language varies May not be used 
to satisfy arts and humanities language 
requirement. 

HIFN 439 Introductory Middle Eastern 
Languages II. (3) Prerequisite. HIFN 438 and 
consent of the department Continuation of 
HIFN 438 May be repeated to a maximum of 
nine hours when language vanes. May not be 
used to satisfy arts and humanities language 
requirement 

HIFN 442 History of China. (3) A history of 
China from earliest times to the present The 
emphasis is on the development of Chinese in- 
stitutions that have molded the life of the 
nation and its people 

HIFN 443 History of China. (3) A history of 
China from earliest times to the present. The 
emphasis is on the development of Chinese in- 
stitutions that have molded the life of the 
nation and its people 

HIFN 444 The Age of Absolutism, 1648- 
1748. (3) Europe in the Age of Louis XIV and 
the Enlightened Despots 
HIFN 445 History of Japan. (3) Japanese 
civilization from the age of Shinto mythology, 
introduction of continental learning, and rule of 
military overlords, 

HIFN 446 History of Japan. (3) Renewed con- 
tact with the western world and Japans 
emergence as a modern state 
HIFN 448 Intermediate Middle Eastern 
Languages I. (3) Prerequisite. HIFN 439 and 
consent of the department Continuation of 
HIFN 439 May be repeated to a maximum of 
nine hours when language vanes. May not be 
used to satisfy arts and humanties language 
requirement. 

HIFN 449 Intermediate Middle Eastern 
Languages II. (3) Prerequisite, HIFN 448 and 
consent of the department Continuation of 
HIFN 448 May be repeated to a maximum of 
nine hours when language varies May not be 
used to satisfy arts and humanities language 
requirement, 

HIFN 450 The Middle East. (3) A survey of 
the political, cultural and institutional history 
covering the period up to the tenth century 
HIFN 451 The Middle East. (3) A survey of 
the political, cultural and institutional history 



covering the penod up from the tenth century 
to the beginnings of the nineteenth century 
HIFN 452 The Contemporary Middle East, (3) 
This course covers the break-up of the Ot- 
toman Empire and the emergence of con- 
temporary states of the area 
HIFN 454 History of the Jews and the State 
of Israel. (3) A survey of Jewish history from 
the second century diaspora to the present 
with special attention to an analysis of Zionism, 
the creation of a Jewish home in Palestine the 
establishment of the state of Israel, and 
modern developments 

HIFN 455 History of Argentina and the An- 
dean Republics. (3) The history of the 
nationalist period of selected South American 
countries 

HIFN 456 Ancient Greece. (3) Greek history 
and culture from the bronze age to 200 B C 
Concentration on the lite and institutions of the 
city-state, poetry and society, the 
Peloponeesian war, and Alexander the Great 
HIFN 457 History of Rome. (3) A study of 
Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings 
through the Republic and down to the last cen- 
turies of the empire Students previously 
enrolled in HIFN 410 not admitted 
HIFN 458 Advanced Middle Eastern 
Languages I. (3) Prerequisite, HIFN 449 or 
equivalent and consent of the department 
Continuation of HIFN 449 May be repeated to 
a maximum of nine hours when language 
vanes May not be used to satisfy arts and 
humanties language requirement 
HIFN 459 Advanced Middle Eastern 
Languages II. (3) Prerequisite, HIFN 458 and 
consent of the department Continuation of 
HIFN 458 May be repeated to a maximum of 
nine hours when language vanes. May not be 
used to satisfy arts and humanities language 
requirement 

HIFN 460 Social and Cultural History of 
Europe. (3) An exploration of social structure, 
life styles, rituals, symbols, and myths of the 
peoples of Europe 

HIFN 462 Germany in the Nineteenth Cen- 
tury, 1819-1914. (3) Prerequisites, any one of 
the following courses HIST 242, HIFN 421. 
426, 427, 433 Junior, senior, or graduate 
standing required, or consent of instructor The 
course is intended to trace the development of 
modern Germany and provide a basis for the 
understanding of the rise of national socialism 
and Germany in the 20th century 

HIFN 463 Germany in the Twentieth Cen- 
tury, 1914-1945. (3) Prerequisites, anyone of 
the following courses HIST 242. HIFN 421, 
426, 427. 433 Junior, senior or graduate 
standing required, or consent of instructor The 
course is intended to provide an understanding 
of Germany's aims and policies during World 
War I, her condition and policies in the inter- 
war period. The rise of national socialism, and 
Germany's part in World War II 
HIFN 464 Nineteenth Century European 
Diplomatic History. (3) Prerequisite, a course 
in 1 9th century European history. The develop- 
ment and execution of European diplomacy 
from the Congress of Vienna to the outbreak 
of World War I, concentrating on Central and 
Western Europe, 

HIFN 465 Twentieth Century European 
Diplomatic History. (3) Prerequisite, a course 
in 20th century European history. The develop- 
ment and execution of European diplomacy 



from the outbreak of World War I to the con- 
clusion of World War II. concentrating on Cen- 
tral and Western Europe 
HIFN 466 Byzantine Empire. (3) Institutions 
and culture of the Byzantine empire dealing 
with the history of the East Roman empire to 
the Battle of Manzikert. 1071 
HIFN 467 Byzantine Empire. (3) History of 
Byzantium from 1071 to the fall of Con- 
stantinople, 1453 

HIFN 470 European Economic History to 
1750. (3) Economic Development of Europe 
from the manonal economy of Medieval 
feudalism through the emergence of capitalist 
institutions and overseas empires to the advent 
of the Industrial Revolution 
HIFN 471 European Economic History Since 
1 750. (3) Causes and consequences of in- 
dustrial development in Western and Eastern 
Europe 

HIFN 474 A History of West Africa. (3) HIFN 
473 IS recommended though not required. A 
regional study of the Western Sudan, forest 
and coastal regions from prehistonc times to 
the nineteenth century A discussion of 
Neolithic and Iron Age civilizations, trans- 
Saharan and other trade, introduction of Islam, 
Medieval Sudanese empires, forest kingdoms, 
nineteenth century empires and kingdoms, and 
the impact of European penetration 
HIFN 475 Economic History of West Africa. 
(3) The economic history of West Africa from 
Neolithic times to the end of the Colonial era 
Reading knowledge of French desirable. 
HIFN 476 Modern Balkan History. (3) A 
political, socio-economic, and cultural history of 
Yugoslavia, Bulgaria. Romania. Greece, and 
Albania from the breakdown of Ottoman 
domination to the present Emphasis is on 
movements for national liberation dunng the 
nineteenth century and on approaches to 
modernization in the twentieth century 
HIFN 708 Readings in Latin American 
History. (3) 

HIFN 728 Readings in Medieval History. (3) 
HIFN 729 Readings in 17th Century 
European History. |3) 

HIFN 738 Readings in Modern European In- 
tellectual History. (3) 
HIFN 739 Readings in the History of the 
Renaissance and Reformation. (3) 
HIFN 748 Readings in the History of Great 
Britain and the British Empire- 
Commonwealth. (3) 
HIFN 758 Readings in 20th Century 
European History. (3) Readings in 20th cen- 
tury European history. 1914 to the present 
Requirements, reading knowledge of some 
European language is encouraged, but not 
required May be repeated for a maximum of 
nine semester hours 

HIFN 759 Readings in Nineteenth Century 
Europe. (3) 

HIFN 768 Readings in Modern Russian 
History. (3) 

HIFN 778-*teadings in Modern French 
History. (3) 

HIFN 779 Readings in Middle Eastern 
History. (3) 

HIFN 788 Readings in Japanese History. (3) 
HIFN 789 Readings in Chinese History. (3) 
HIFN 798 Readings in German History, 1815 
to the Present. (3) Reading knowledge of 

Graduate Programs / 99 



German is encouraged, but not required. May 
be repeated for a maxinnum of nine semester 
hours 

HIFN 808 Seminar in Latin American History. 
(3) 

HIFN 818 Seminar in Greets History. (3) 
HIFN 819 Seminar in Roman History. (3) 
HIFN 828 Seminar in Medieval History. (3) 
HIFN 829 Seminar in 17th Century European 
History. (3) 

HIFN 834 Seminar in the Social and Cultural 
History of Europe. (3) Research methods for 
multi-generational family history, the com- 
parative study of folk cultures, and the study of 
creative minorities. Includes a general in- 
troduction to research in European society and 
culture. 

HIFN 838 Seminar in Modern European In- 
tellectual History. (3) 
HIFN 839 Seminar in the History of the 
Renaissance and the Reformation. (3) 
HIFN 848 Seminar in the History of Great 
Britain and the British Empire- 
Commonwealth. (3) 
HIFN 849 Seminar in Tudor and Stuart 
England. (3) 

HIFN 850 Seminar in English Law and 
Government, 1550-1760. (3) Prerequisites, 
one of the follov^^ing courses; HIFN 423, 434, 
435, 436 or consent of instructor. From the 
accession of Elizabeth to the death of George 
II 

HIFN 858 Seminar in Russian History. (3) 
HIFN 859 Seminar in Nineteenth Century 
Europe. (3) 

HIFN 868 Seminar in 20th Century European 
History. (3) Seminar in 20th century European 
history, 1914 to present. Prerequisite. HIFN 
758, or consent of instructor. 
HIFN 869 Seminar in Modern European 
Diplomatic History. (3) Prerequisite, reading 
ability of either French or German; a course in 
modern European history. IVIay be repeated for 
a maximum of nine semester hours. 
HIFN 878 Seminar in Modern French History. 
(3) 

HIFN 879 Seminar in Middle Eastern History. 
(3) 

HIFN 888 Seminar in Japanese History. (3) 
HIFN 889 Seminar in Chinese History. (3) 
HIFN 898 Seminar in German History, 1815 
to the Present. (3) Prerequisite, HIFN 798, or 
consent of instructor. Reading know/ledge of 
German is required. May be repeated to a 
maximum of six semester hours. 



History, 
United States 

HIUS 401 American Colonial History. (3) The 

settlement and development of Colonial 
America to the middle of the eighteenth cen- 
tury. 

HIUS 402 The American Revolution. (3) The 

background and course of the American 
revolution through the formation of the con- 
stitution. 

HIUS 403 The Formative Period in America, 
1783-1824. (3) The evolution of the Federal 
goverhmenf. ttve origins of political parties, 
problems of foreign relations in an era of in- 



ternational conflict, beginnings of the industrial 
revolution in America, and the birth of sec- 
tionalism. 

HIUS 404 Economic History of the United 
States. (3) The development of the American 
economy and its institutions. First semester, to 
1865 

HIUS 405 Economic History of the United 
States. (3) The development of the American 
economy and its institutions. Second semester, 
since 1865. 

HIUS 408 Topics in United States Social 
History. (3) A consideration of selected 
aspects of American society from Colonial 
times to the present. Special emphasis given to 
regionalism, immigration, nativism, minorities, 
urbanization, and social responses to 
technological changes. Since emphasis on 
topics may change from semester to semester, 
course may be repeated to a maximum of six 
credits if topics are different. 
HIUS 410 The Middle Period of American 
History, 1824-1850. (3) An examination of the 
political history of the United States from 
Jackson to Lincoln w\\h particular emphasis on 
the factors producing Jacksonian democracy, 
manifest destiny, the Whig party, the anti- 
slavery movement, the Republican party, and 
secession. 

HIUS 411 The Civil War. (3) A detailed study 
of histohcal interpretations; the political, 
economic, social, and psychological forces 
which caused the war; and the process and 
impact of the war itself. 

HIUS 412 Reconstruction and the New 
Nation, 1869-1896. (3) Prerequisite, six 
credits of American history, or permission of in- 
structor Problems of reconstruction in both 
south and north Emergence of big business 
and industrial combinations. Problems of the 
farmer and laborer. 

HIUS 413 The Progressive Period— The 
United States, 1896-1919. 

HIUS 414 Between the Wars— The United 
States, 1919-1945. (3) 

HIUS 415 The United States Since World 

War II. (3) Problems and Issues of American 
Society, foreign and domestic, of the past 
generation. 

HIUS 416. Blacks in American Life— 1865 to 
the Present. (3) The role of the black in 
America since slavery, with emphasis on twen- 
tieth century developments; the migration from 
farm to city; the growth of the civil rights 
movement; the race question as a national 
problem 

HIUS 420 History of the South. (3) 
Prerequisite, HIST 221, 222 or equivalent The 
golden age of the Chesapeake, the institution 
of slavery, the antebellum plantation society, 
the experience of defeat, the impact of In- 
dustrialization, and the modern racial ad- 
justment 

HIUS 421 History of the South. (3) 
Prerequisite, HIST 221, 222 or equivalent. The 
golden age of the Chesapeake, the institution 
of slavery, the antebellum plantation society, 
the experience of defeat, the impact of in- 
dustrialization, and the modern racial ad- 
justment 

HIUS 422 Diplomatic History of the United 
States. (3) A historical study of the diplomattc 
negotiations and toreign relations of the -United 
States. First semester, from the Revolution to 



1898 Students who have taken HIST 225 are 
admitted only by permission of instructor 

HIUS 423 Diplomatic History of the United 
States. (3) A historical study of the diplomatic 
negotiations and foreign relations of the United 
States. Second semester, from 1 898 to the 
present Students who have taken HIST 225 
are admitted only by permission of instructor. 
HIUS 424 The History of Ideas in America. 
(3) A history of basic beliefs about religion, 
man, nature, and society. 
HIUS 425 The History of Ideas in America. 
(3) A history of basic beliefs about religion, 
man, nature, and society. 
HIUS 426 Constitutional History of the United 
States. (3) A study of the historical forces 
resulting in the formation of the constitution, 
and development of American constitutionalism 
in theory and practice thereafter. 
HIUS 427 Constitutional History of the United 
States. (3) A study of the historical forces 
resulting in the formation of the constitution, 
and development of American constitutionalism 
in theory and practice thereafter. 
HIUS 430 History of Maryland. (3) Political, 
social and economic history of Maryland from 
seventeenth century to the present. 
HIUS 432 A Cultural and Social History of the 
American Worker. (3) Examines the free 
American working class in terms of its com- 
position; its myths and Utopias; its social con- 
ditions; and its impact on American institutions. 
HIUS 433 History of the American Frontier. 
(3) Major historical interpretation of the 
significance to the period of the trans- 
Allegheny West. Assesses the impact of the 
frontier experience on American history. Equal 
attention is given to political, economic, social 
and cultural problems associated with the 
development of the West. Indian culture, treat- 
ment of the Indians, and Indian-White relations 
are integrated into the course through readings 
and lectures 

HIUS 434 History of the American Frontier. 
(3) Exploration, settlement and development of 
the trans-Mississippi West. Assesses the im- 
pact of the frontier experience on American 
history. Equal attention is given to political, 
economic, social and cultural problems 
associated with the development of the West. 
Indian culture, treatment of the Indians, and In- 
dian-White relations are integrated into the 
course through readings and lectures 
HIUS 708 Readings in Colonial American 
History. (3) 

HIUS 709 Readings in the American 
Revolution and the Formative Period. (3) 

HIUS 718 Readings in American Social 
History. (3) 

HIUS 719 Readings in Southern History. (3) 

HIUS 728 Readings in the Middle Period and 
Civil War. (3) 

HIUS 729 Readings in Reconstruction and 
the New Nation. (3) 

HIUS 732 Readings in American Labor 
History. (3) Social and cultural history of the 
American working class with special attention 
to communities based on ethnicity, race, sex. 
residence and ideology; history of the labor 
movement; selected comparisons with 
working-class communities x)f other countries. 
HIUS 738 Readings in Recent American 
History. (3) 



100 / Graduate Programs 



mUS 739 Readings in the History of 
American Foreign Policy. (3) 
HIUS 748 Readings in American Intellectual 
History. (3) 

HIUS 749 Readings in American Con- 
stitutional History. (3) 

HIUS 769 Readings in the Economic History 
of the United States. (3) An examination of 
the maior issues in the history of the economy 
of the United States from the 17th century to 
the present, as these have been discussed by 
the more important economic historians 
Repeatable to a maximum of six hours 
HIUS 808 Seminar in Colonial American 
History. (3) 

HIUS 809 Seminar in the American 
Revolution and the Formative Period. (3) 
HIUS 818 Seminar in American Social 
History. (3) 

HIUS 819 Seminar in Southern History. (3) 
HIUS 828 Seminar in the Middle Period and 
Civil War. (3) 

HIUS 829 Seminar in Reconstruction and the 
NevK Nation. (3) 

HIUS 832 Seminar in American Labor 
History. (3) Advanced research and writing on 
selected topics in the history of American 
workers, their conditions, communities, 
organizations and ideas 
HIUS 838 Seminar in Recent American 
History. (3) 

HIUS 839 Seminar in the History of American 
Foreign Policy. (3) 

HIUS 848 Seminar in American Intellectual 
History. (3) 

HIUS 849 Seminar in American Con- 
stitutional History. (3) 
HIUS 858 Seminar in American Legal 
History. (3) Repeatable to a maximum of six 
semester hours 

HIUS 859 Seminar in the History of 
Maryland. (3) 

HIUS 869 Seminar in the Economic History 
of the United States. (3) A research-writing 
seminar dealing with selected topics In 
American economic development from the 
Colonial period to the present. Repeatable to a 
maximum of six semester hours. 



Horticulture 
Program 



Professor and Acting Chairman: Twigg 
Professors: Kramer, Link, Reynolds, 

Scott (Emeritus), Shanks, Stark, 

Thompson, Wiley. 
Associate Professors: Angell, Baker. 

Bouwkamp, Schales 
Assistant Professors: Besfe 
Lecturer: Koch (Visiting) 

The Department of Horticulture offers graduate 
study leading to the Ivlaster of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees The Master of 
Science degree is offered with both thesis and 
non-thesis options. Candidates place major em- 
phasis in the areas of pomology, olericulture, 
floriculture, or ornamental horticultu''e. Within 
these commodity areas, students may direct 
their studies and research efforts to mineral 
nutntion, postharvest physiology, plant 



breeding, chemical growth regulation, water 
relations, plant propagation, histochemistry, 
photoperlodism and environmental control, and 
other factors affecting production of hor- 
ticultural plants. The candidate's program may 
be directed toward a career in research, 
teaching, extension education, or industry The 
research activities required for the thesis or 
dissertation are normally carried out in con- 
lunctlon with the research programs of the 
departmental staff. 

f\/lodern laboratory and greenhouse facilities 
are located at the College Park campus. 
Laboratory instrumentation provides for 
chromatography, spectrometry, elemental 
analysis, histology, and other procedures, A 
system for automatically monitoring respiratory 
gases and volatiles is available in connection 
with controlled atmosphere chambers Con- 
trolled-temperature storages and a bank of 
growth chambers provide facilities for posthar- 
vest and environmental control studies. 
Adequate greenhouse and plot areas are 
available for research with floricultural and or- 
namental plants. Orchards for research with 
fruits are located at the Plant Research Farm 7 
miles from the campus. Other research studies 
are conducted cooperatively with fruit growers 
in the western part of the state. Field research 
wtih vegetable crops is carried on at the 
Vegetable Research Farm, Salisbury, and with 
ornamental and vegetable crops at Cheston- 
on-Wye near Grasonville. The Beltsville 
Research Center of the United States Depart- 
ment of Agriculture is located 3 miles from the 
campus. Students have the opportunity to at- 
tend seminars at the Research Center, to take 
specialized courses of the USDA graduate 
school and, in certain cases, to conduct 
research projects in cooperation with the per- 
sonnel at the USDA Research Center. In ad- 
dition to library facilities at the University, the 
National Agricultural Library is now relocated at 
the Research Center, readily available to 
graduate students of the University 

Students entering with a B S. degree in Hor- 
ticulture can normally complete all require- 
ments for the l\/I.S in 2 years on a half-time basis, 
4 years for the Ph.D. Full-time students should 
complete the requirements in a shorter time 
Students seeking admission should present un- 
dergraduate preparation in horticulture, botany, 
chemistry, and supporting agricultural 
disciplines Those without this background are 
advised to enroll as special undergraduate 
students to correct these deficiencies. The 
Graduate Record Examination is not required. 

Students entering the doctoral program 
should have, or plan on completing, a toaster 
of Science degree in Horticulture, although 
presentation of the IvI.S. in a related plant 
science field may be acceptable 

Upon admission, the student is assigned to 
a faculty advisor, and an advisory committee is 
appointed It is an early function of the com- 
mittee to work with the candidate in developing 
a program of courses and research, tailor-made 
to the goals and aspirations of the student. The 
Department requires no foreign language 
proficiency A comprehensive, oral examination 
IS given each candidate for the IvI.S.; can- 
didates for the Ph D take an oral qualifying 
examination, as well as an oral comprehensive 
examination covering the dissertation. 

Some graduate students are supported with 
financial aid Research and teaching assistant- 
ships are offered to students on full admission 
status, as available. All graduate assistants are 



expected to assist in the teaching program of 
the Department. 

HORT 41 1 Technology of Fruits. (3) Three lec- 
tures per week Prerequisite, HORT 1 12, or 
concurrent BOTN 441 A critical analysis of 
research work and application of the principles 
of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to 
practical problems in commercial production. 
HORT 417 Tree and Small Fruit Mangement. 
(1) Primarily designed for vocational agriculture 
teachers and extension agents Special em- 
phasis will be placed upon new and improved 
commercial methods of production of the 
leading tree and small fruit crops Current 
problems and their solution will receive special 
attention. 

HORT 422 Technology of Vegetables. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, HORT 
222, Prerequisite or concurrent, BOTN 441. A 
critical analysis of research work and ap- 
plication of phnciples of plant physiology, 
chemistry, and botany to practical problems in 
commercial vegetable production. 
HORT 427 Truck Crop Uangement. (1) 
Primarily designed for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and extension agents. Special em- 
phasis will be placed upon new and improved 
methods of production of the leading truck 
crops Current problems and their solutions will 
receive special attention. 
HORT 432 Fundamentals of Greenhouse 
Crop Production. (3) Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, HORT 231. This course 
deals with a study of the commercial produc- 
tion and marketing of ornamental plant crops 
under greenhouse, plastic houses and out-of- 
door conditions. 

HORT 451 Technology of Ornamentals. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, or con- 
current BOTN 441 A study of the 
physiological processes of the plant as related 
to the growth, flowering and storage of or- 
namental plants, 

HORT 453 Woody Plant Materials. (3) 
Prerequisite, BOTN 212. A field and laboratory 
study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in or- 
namental plantings. 

HORT 454 Woody Plant Materials. (3) 
Prerequisite, BOTfvJ 212 A field and laboratory 
study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in or- 
namental plantings. 

HORT 456 Production and Maintenance of 
Woody Plants. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite or 
corequisite. HORT 271 , 454 A study of the 
production methods and operation of a com- 
mercial nursery and the planting and care of 
woody plants in the landscape. 
HORT 457 Ornamental Horticulture. (1) A 
course designed for teachers of agriculture 
and extension agents to place special em- 
phasis on problems of the culture and use of 
ornamental plants. 

HORT 471 Systematic Horticulture. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week A 
study of the origin, taxonomic relationship and 
horticultural classification of fruits and 
vegetables. 

HORT 474 Physiology of Maturation and 
Storage of Horticultural Crops. (2) Two lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 441 Factors 
related to maturation and application of scien- 
tific principles to handling and storage of hor- 
ticultural crops. 



Graduate Programs / 101 



HORT 489 Special Topics In Horticulture. (1- 

3) Credit according to time scheduled and 
organization of course A lecture and or 
laboratory series organized to study in deptti a 
selected ptiase of tiorticulture not covered by 
existing courses. 

HORT 682 Methods of Horticultural Resear- 
ch. (3) Second semester One lecture and one 
four-fiour laboratory period a week. Ttie ap- 
plication of bioctnemical and biopfiysical 
methods to problems in biological research 
with emphasis on plant materials. 
HORT 689 Special Topics in Horticulture. (1- 
3) First and second semester. Credit according 
to time scheduled and organization of the 
course. Organized as a lecture series on a 
specialized advanced topic. 
HORT 699 Special Problems in Horticulture. 
(1-3) First and second semester Credit ac- 
cording to time scheduled and organization of 
the course. Organized as an experimental 
program other than the student's thesis 
problem Ivlaximum credit allowed toward an 
advanced degree shall not exceed four hours 
of experimental work 

HORT 781 Edaphic Factors and Horticultural 
Plants. (3) First semester, alternate years 
Prerequisite, BOTN 441 A critical study of 
scientific literature and current research con- 
cerning factors of the soil affecting production 
of horticultural plants Selected papers are 
studied and critically discussed. Attention is 
given to expenmental procedures, results ob- 
tained, interpretation of the data, and to 
evaluation of the contribution 

HORT 782 Chemical Regulation of Growth of 
Horticultural Plants. (3) Second semester, 
alternate years Prerequisite, BOTN 441 A 
critical review of literature and current research 
relating to the use of chemicals in controlling 
growth, and useful in the production, ripening, 
and handling of horticultural plants and 
products. Emphasis is placed on experimental 
procedures and the interpretation of results, 
current usage in the potentials for future 
research. 

HORT 783 Environmental Factors and Hor- 
ticultural Plants. (3) First semester, alternate 
years Prerequisite, BOTN 441. A study of the 
literature and a discussion of current research 
concerned with the effects of environmental 
factors on the growth and fruiting of hor- 
ticultural plants Effects of temperature, light, 
and atmospheric condidtions will be con- 
sidered 

HORT 784 Current Advances in Plant 
Breeding. (3) Second semester, alternate 
years. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
HORT 274 or permission of instructor Studies 
of the genetic and cytogenetic basis of plant 
breeding, systems of pollination control and 
their application, mutation breeding, methods of 
breeding for resistance to plant diseases and 
environmental pollutants 
HORT 798 Advanced Seminar. (1) Three 
credit hours maximum allowed toward the MS 
degree or six credit hours maximum toward the 
Ph.D. degree 

HORT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
HORT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Housing and 
Applied Design 
Courses 

HSAD 440 Interior Design III. (4) Eight hours 
studio periods Prerequisite, HSAD 344. 
Preparation of complete presentation; work 
specifications, floor plans, purchase orders, 
renderings, etc, Porttolio preparation 
HSAD 441 Interior Design IV. (4) Eight hours 
studio periods Prerequisite, HSAD 440 
Preparation of complete presentation; work 
specifications, floor plans, purchase orders, 
renderings, etc. Portfolio preparation. 
HSAD 442 Readings in Housing. (3) Seminar 
Prerequisites, SOCY 100. HSAD 241, senior 
standing. To satisfy individual interests and 
needs, opportunity afforded for concentrated 
reading on one or more facets of housing, (ur- 
ban renewal, public housing, etc.). Examination 
of completed research, needed future 
research. 

HSAD 488 Selected Topics in Housing and 
Interior Design. (1-6) Offered on Demand 
May be repeated to a maximum of six hours 
HSAD 499 Individual Study in Housing 
and/or Interior Design. (3-4) Guidance for the 
advanced student capable of independent sub- 
ject matter investigation or creative work. 
Problem chosen with consent of instructor. 
HSAD 658 Special Topics in Housing and In- 
terior Design. (3-6) Individual study or 
arranged group study. May be repeated to a 
maximum of six hours. 



Applied Design 

APDS 430 Advanced Problems in Advertising 
Design. (3) Two studio periods Prerequisite, 
APDS 331 . Advanced problems in design and 
layout planned for developing competency in 
one or more areas of advertising design. 
APDS 431 Advanced Problems in Advertising 
Design. (3) Two studio periods. Prerequisite, 
APDS 430. Advanced problems in design and 
layout planned for developing competency in 
one or more areas of advertising design. 
APDS 437 Advanced Photography. (3) Three 
studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337 
APDS 499 Individual Problems in Applied 
Design. (3-4) A— Advertising, B— Costume 
Open only to advanced students who, with 
guidance can work independently. Written con- 
sent of instructor. 



Crafts 

GRAF 420 Advanced Ceramics II. (3) Three 
studio periods Prerequisite, CRAF 330. Ex- 
perience in experimental development of body 
and textures, glazes and colors and their 
utilization in clay products of original design 
Calculation of body and glaze composition. 
CRAF 428 Individual Problems In Ceramics. 
(3) Prerequisites, CRAF 220, 320, 420 Open 
to students with demonstrated ability and with 
the potential for a high level of achievement in 
studio production or in research. Total un- 
dergraduate credit permitted in all individual 
problems courses in crafts is a maximum of 
nine hours Consent of crafts faculty No less 



than B average on prerequisites and presen- 
tation of work for evaluation 
CRAF 430 Advanced Metalry II. (3) Two 

studio periods. Prerequisite, CRAF 330. Ad- 
vanced application of skills to the design and 
fabrication of metals; jewelry, stone setting, 
metal casting, cloisonne. Hand-raised hollow. 
CRAF 438 Individual Problems in Metalry. 
(3) Prerequisites, CRAF 230, 330. 430 with at 
least a grade of B in all three courses. Open to 
students with demonstrated ability and with the 
potential for a high level of achievement in 
studio production or in research. Total un- 
dergraduate credit permitted in all individual 
problems courses in crafts is a maximum of 
nine hours. Consent of crafts faculty. No less 
than B average on prerequisites and presen- 
tation of work for evaluation. 
CRAF 448 Individual Problems in Textile 
Design. (3) Prerequisites, CRAF 240, 241, 
340, or 341 with at least a grade of B in all 
three courses. Open to students with demon- 
strated ability and with the potential for a high 
level of achievement on studio production or in 
research. Total undergraduate credit permitted 
in all individual problems courses in crafts as a 
maximum of nine hours. Consent of crafts 
faculty. No less than B average on 
prerequisites and presentation of work 
evaluation. 



Human Development 
Education Program 
(Institute for 
Child Study) 

Professor and Director: Morgan 
Professors: Chapin, Dittmann. Goering, 

Kurtz, Perkins 
>*ssoc/a(e Professors: Eliot, Flatter, 

Gardner, Hardy, Hattield, Huebner, 

Kyle, Matteson, Milhollan, Rogolsky 
Assistant Professors: Ansello, Bennett, 

Davidson, Green, Hunt. Koopman. 

Marcus, Shifflett, Svoboda, Tyler, 

Wolk 

The program of the Institute for Child Study at- 
tempts to collect, interpret, and synthesize the 
scientific findings in various fields that are con- 
cerned with human growth, development, lear- 
ning, and behavior, and to communicate this 
synthesis to persons who need such un- 
derstandings as a basis for their practice and 
planning. 

A second purpose of the instructional 
program is to assist persons in education, and 
secondarily in other professions that deal with 
human beings, to work out the implications of 
scientific knowledge for specific situations. 
Student personnel in Institute courses and 
programs include teachers: principals; superin- 
tendents; counselors; social workers; nurses; 
psychologists; psychiatric social workers; 
therapists— physical, speech, and 
psychological; college teachers of child 
development; college laboratory teachers; 
supervisors of curriculum, guidance, in-service 
projects, etc. 

The Institute for Child Study offers graduate 
programs leading to Master of Education, 
Master of Arts with thesis, Doctor of 



102 / Graduate Programs 



Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees 
and Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate 
(a planned program of 30 graduate hours 
beyond the Master's degree). The require- 
ments for these degrees and certificate for those 
majoring in human development education con- 
form to those of the Graduate School. Master's 
and doctor's degrees programs in human 
development are designed to assist the 
student in gaining competencies in the areas 
of physiological processes, cultural processes, 
personality, learning theory, and research 
methods in human development, A student's 
program is developed through consultation with 
an advisor to meet the unique needs of the 
student Knowledge of foreign languages is 
generally not required unless a need for 
foreign language is indicated in the student's 
program 

To be admitted to the master's degree 
program in human development education an 
applicant must have a B average in the last two 
years of an undergraduate program from a 
regionally accredited institution, a grade point 
average and test scores that are competitive 
with those of other applicants, and educational 
and professional goals that are compatible with 
the purposes and goals of the Institute for 
Child Study 

Admission to a doctor's degree program is 
based upon a profile using the following in- 
formation favorable recommendations from at 
least three professors and /or employers who 
are acquainted with the applicant's 
qualifications; a grade point in previous 
graduate work which is competitive with other 
applicants; compatibility of the applicant's 
educational and professional goals with the 
purposes and goals of the Institute for Child 
Study; scores on the Miller's Analogies Test 
(and other standardized tests such as Graduate 
Record Examination, if available) which are 
competitive with other applicants; and a 
master's degree or equivalent in an allied field 
from a regionally accredited institution 

The Washington, DC area and the Univer- 
sity of Maryland are rich in resources for 
graduate study in human development. The In- 
stitute has a special book collection available 
for use by faculty and students, an in-service 
program in child and youth study, and op- 
portunities tor participating in research. In- 
ternship experiences are available through 
cooperation with mental health agencies and 
schools in the area. Resources of the College 
of Education include a Center for Young 
Children, a Curriculum Materials Center, and an 
Educational Technology Center. Resources of 
the Washington metropolitan area include 
vahous schools, hospitals, the Office of 
Education, and the National Institutes of Health 
of the United States Department of Health, 
Education, and Welfare. 



EDHD 402 Child Development Laboratory I. 

(2) First of a series of courses in the direct study 
of children throughout the school year. 
Organization and report of data for group analy- 
sis. Provides opportunity for teachers in ser- 
vice to earn credit for participation in their own 
local child study group. 

EDHD 403 Child Development Laboratory II. 

(2) Prerequisite. EDHD 402 or equivalent Con- 
tinuation of EDHD 402. Provides opportunity for 
teachers in service to earn credit for participa- 
tion in their own local child study group. 



EDHD 404 Child Development Laboratory III. 

(2) Prerequisite. EDHD 403 or equivalent Con- 
tinuation of EDHD 403. Provides opportunity 
for teachers in service to earn credit for par- 
ticipation in their own local child study group. 
EDHD 41 1 Child Growth and Development. 

(3) Growth and development of the child from 
conception through the early childhood years, 
with emphasis on development sequences in 
physical, psychological and social areas Impli- 
cations for understanding and working with 
young children in the home, school, and other 
settings 

EDHD 413 Adolescent Development. (3) 
A study of the interplay of physical, cultural and 
self forces as they influence behavior, develop- 
ment, learning and adjustment during 
adolescence. Includes observation and case 
study. This course cannot be used to meet the 
psychological foundations requirements for 
teacher certification 

EDHD 416 Scientific Concepts in Human 
Development III. (3) Guided reading and obser- 
vation of pupils throughout the school year 
Emphasis on human developments concepts 
relating to impact of family, school, society, and 
peer group on the student. Collection and 
analysis of data affecting learning and behavior. 
For in-service educators. (Not open to persons 
with credit in EDHD 402, 403. 
EDHD 41 7 Laboratory in Behavior Analysis 
III. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 41 6, Guided reading 
and observation of pupils throughout the school 
year. Emphasis on analysis of intrinsic aspects 
of learning and behavior including cognitive pro- 
cesses, motivation, self -concept, attitudes, and 
values. For in-service educators. (Not open 
to persons with credit on EDHD 402, 403.) 
EDHD 420 Study of Human Development and 
Learning in School Settings I. (2) Advanced 
study of human development and learning prin- 
ciples in the continuous study and evaluation of 
several different phases of the school program 
over an extended period of time. 
EDHD 421 Study of Human Development and 
Learning in School Settings II. (2) Continua- 
tion of EDHD 420 

EDHD 422 Study of Human Development 
and Learning in School Settings III. (2) Con- 
tinuation of EDHD 42 1 . 
EDHD 445 Guidance of Young Children. (3) 
Development of an appreciation and under- 
standing of young children from different home 
and community backgrounds; study of individual 
and group problems 

EDHD 460 Educational Psychology. (3) Pre- 
requisites. PSYC 1 00 or EDUC 300 or 
equivalent. Offers an examination of research 
and problems in educational psychology. In- 
cludes consideration of measurement and the 
significance of individual differences, learning, 
motivation and emotions, transfer of learning, 
intelligence, attitudes, problem solving, under- 
standing, thinking, and communicating know- 
ledge. The course is intended to provide an 
overview of educational psychology with an 
emphasis on learning processes. It may not be 
substituted for EDUC 300 by regularly matri- 
culated students in the teacher education pro- 
program. 

EDHD 489 Field Experiences in Education. 

(1 -4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours 
in education at the University of Maryland plus 
such other prerequisites, as may be set by the 
major area in which the experience is to be 



taken. Planned field experience may be provided 
for selected students who have had teaching 
experience and whose application for such field 
experience has been approved by the educa- 
tion faculty. Field experience is offered in a given 
area to both major and nonmajor students 
Offered in a given area to both major and non- 
major students Note: The total number of 
credits which a student may earn in EDHD 489. 
888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20 
semester hours. 

EDHD 498 Special Problems in Education. 
(1-3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Avail- 
able only to mature students who have definite 
plans for individual study of approved problems 
EDHD 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes. 
(1-6) The maximum number of credits that may 
be earned under this course symbol toward any 
degree is six semester hours; the symbol may 
be used two or more times until six semester 
hours have been reached the following type of 
educational enterprise may be scheduled under 
this course heading: workshops conducted 
by the college of education (or developed 
cooperatively with other colleges and univer- 
sities) and not otherwise covered in the pre- 
sent course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers reading clinics, speech 
therapy laboratories, and special education 
centers; institutes developed around specific 
topics of problems and intended for designated 
groups such as school supenntendents, prin- 
cipals and supervisors 
EDHD 600 Introduction to Human Develop- 
ment and Child Study. (3) Offers a general 
overview of the scientific principles which des- 
cribe human development and behavior and 
makes use of these principles in the study 
of individual children Each student will 
observe and record the behavior of an individual 
child throughout the semester and must have 
one half -day a week for this purpose It is basic 
to further work in child study and serves as a 
prerequisite for advanced courses where the 
student has not had field work or at least six 
weeks of workshop expehence in child study. 
When offered during the summer intensive 
laboratory work with case records may be 
substituted for the study of an individual child. 
EDHD 601 Biological Bases of Behavior. (3) 
EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken be- 
fore EDHD 601 or concurrently. Emphasizes 
that understanding human life, growth and be- 
havior depends on understanding the ways in 
in which the body is able to capture, control and 
expend energy. Application throughout is made 
to human body processes and implications for 
understanding and working with people. 
EDHD 602 Social Bases of Behavior. (3) EDHD 
600 or its equivalent must be taken before 
EDHD 602 or concurrently. Analyzes the 
socially inhehted and transmitted patterns or 
pressures, expectations and limitations learned 
by an individual as he grows up. These are con- 
sidered in relation to the patterns of feeling and 
behaving which emerge as the result of growing 
up in one's social group. 
EDHD 603 Integrative Bases of Behavior. (3) 
EDHD 600 or its equivalent Prerequisites, are 
EDHD 601 and 602, Analyzes the organized and 
integrated pattern of feeling, thinking and behav- 
ing which emerge from the interaction of basic 
biological drives and potentials with one's 
unique experience growing up in a social group. 
EDHD 613 Advanced Laboratory In Behavior 
Analysis 1.(3) First of a three-hour sequence in 



Graduate Programs / 103 



the study of behavior. Analysis focuses upon 
the major forces which shape the development 
and learning of children and youth. Summer 
session only 

EDHD 615 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior 
Analysis II. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 61 3 or 
equivalent. Second of a three-course sequence 
in the behavior analysis of children and youth 
focusing on self -developmental and self-adjus- 
tive processes. Summer session only. 
EDHD 617 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior 
Analysis III. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 61 5 or 
equivalent Third of a three-course sequence 
in the behavioral analysis of children and youth 
which contrasts the child's concept of self and 
the world and the world's concept of the child. 
Summer session only 

EDHD 61 9 Advanced Scientific Concepts in 
Human Development. (3) A critical examination 
of concepts and issues in contemporary cul- 
ture as these relate to the development and 
learning of children and youth Summer Session 
only Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits 
EDHD 659 Direct Study of Children. (1 ) May 
not be taken concurrently with EDHD 402, 
403, or 404. Provides the opportunity to 
observe and record the behavior of an individ- 
ual child in a nearby school. These records will 
be used in conjunction with the advanced 
courses in human development and this course 
will be used in conjunction with the advanced 
courses. Teachers active in their jobs while tak- 
ing advanced courses in human development 
may use records from their own classrooms for 
this course A minimum of one year of direct 
observation of human behavior is required of all 
human development students at the master's 
level. This requirement may be satisfied by 
this course. 

EDHD 71 Aff ectional Relationships and 
Processes in Human Development. (3) EDHD 
600 or its equivalent must be taken before or 
concurrently Describes the normal develop- 
ment, expression and influence of love in infancy, 
childhood, adolescence and adulthood Deals 
with the influence of parent-child relationship 
involving normal acceptance, neglect, rejection, 
inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, 
learning, emotional behavior and personality ad- 
adjustment and development. 

EDHD 71 1 Peer-Culture and Group Processes 
in Human Development. (3) EDHD 600 or its 
equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. 
Analyzes the process of group formation, role- 
taking and status-winning, describes the emer- 
gence of the 'peer-culture' during childhood and 
the evolution of the child society at different 
maturity levels to adulthood. Analyzes the de- 
velopmental tasks and adjustment problems 
associated with winning, belonging, and playing 
roles in the peer group 

EDHD 721 Learning Theory and The Educative 
Process I. Provides a systematic review of the 
major theories and their impact on education 
Considers factors that influence learning 

EDHD 722 Learning Theory and The Educative 
Process II. (3) Prerequisite, EDUG 300 or 
equivalent. Provides an exploration in depth of 
current theoretical and research developments 
in the field of human learning, especially as re- 
lated to educational processes Considers 
factors that influence learning. 

EDHD 730 Field Program in Child Study I. 
(3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Offers 
introductory training and apprenticeship prepar- 



ing persons to become staff members in human 
development workshop D, consultants in child 
study field programs and coordinators of muni- 
cipal or regional child study programs for teach- 
ers or parents. Extensive field experience is 
provided. In general, this training is open only to 
persons who have passed their preliminary 
examinations for the doctorate with a major in 
human development or psychology. 
EDHD 731 Field Program in Child Study II. 
(3) Prerequisite, EDHD 730 or consent of in- 
structor. Offers advanced training and appren- 
ticeship preparing persons to become staff 
members in human development workshops, 
consultants to child study field programs and 
coordinators of municipal or regional child study 
programs for teachers or parents. Extensive 
field experience is provided. In general, this 
training is open only to persons who have 
passed their preliminary examinations for the 
doctorate with a major in human development 
or psychology. 

EDHD 779 Seminars in Special Topics in 
Human Development. (2-6) Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor. 

EDHD 798 Special Problems in Education. 
(1-6) Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates who 
desire to pursue special research problems 
under the direction of their advisors may register 
for credit under this number, 
EDHD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of six hours 
for master's thesis. 

EDHD 810 Physical Processes in Human 
Development I. (3) Prerequisite, admission 
to doctoral program in human development 
education Examines the physiology of homeo- 
stasis including the roles of temperature, bio- 
chemical factors, respiration , circulation, diges- 
tion, and utilization of energy as these influence 
the health, functioning, and behavior of human 
beings. 

EDHD 811 Physical Processes in Human 
Development II. (3) Prerequisite, admission to 
doctoral program in human development edu- 
cation Focuses upon the physiology of com- 
munication including a study of the roles of the 
nervous system, endocnnes, nucleic acids, and 
pheramones as these influence the health, func- 
tioning and behavior of human beings. 
EDHD 820 Socialization Processes in Human 
Development I. (3) Prerequisite, admission to 
doctoral program in human development edu- 
cation. Study of comparative cultures serve as 
a medium for analyzing the processes by which 
human beings internalize the culture of the so- 
ciety in which they live. 

EDHD 821 Socialization Processes in Human 
Development II. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 820 
or consent of instructor Study of major sub- 
cultures in the United States, their institutions, 
training procedures, and their characteristic 
human expressions in folk-knowledge, habits, 
attitudes, values, goals, and adjustment pat- 
terns as these relate to the processes in which 
human beings in our society internalize the cul- 
ture in which they live. 

EDHD 830 Self Processes in Human Develop- 
ment I. (3) Prerequisite, admission to doctoral 
program in human development education 
The personality theories of Freud, Jung, Adier, 
Horney, Fromm, Sullivan. Murray, Lewin, and 
Allport 

EDHD 831 Self Processes in Human Develop- 
ment II. (3) Prerequisite, EDHD 830 or consent 



of instructor The personality theones or Enck- 
son, Rogers, Maslow, and others Synthesis of 
the student's theory of personality. 
EDHD 860 Synthesis of Human Development 
Concepts. (3) Prerequisites, EDHD 810, 820 
and 830 A seminar wherein advanced 
students work toward a personal synthesis of 
their own concepts in human growth and de- 
velopment Emphasis is placed on seeing the dy- 
namic interrelations between all process in the 
behavior and development of an individual. 
EDHD 888 Apprenticeship in Education. 
(1-9) Apprenticeships in the major area of study 
are available to selected students whose appli- 
cation for an apprenticeship has been approved 
by the education faculty. Each apprentice is 
assigned to work for at least a semester full- 
time or the equivalent with an appropriate staff 
member of a cooperating school, school system, 
or educational institution or agency. The sponsor 
of the apprentice maintains a close working re- 
lationship with the apprentice and the other per- 
sons involved Prerequisites, teaching exper- 
ience, a master's degree in education, and at 
least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. 

NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu- 
dent may earn in EDHD 489, 888 and 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours 

EDHD 889 Internship in Education. (3-16) 
Internships in the major area of study are avail- 
able to selected students who have teaching 
experience. The following groups of students 
are eligible: (A) any student who has been ad- 
vanced to candidacy for the Doctor's degree; 
and (B) any student who receives special 
approval by the education faculty for an intern- 
ship, provided that prior to taking an internship, 
such student shall have completed at least 
60 semester hours of graduate work, including 
at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland Each intern is assigned 
to work on a full-time basis tor at least asemester 
with an approphate staff member in a cooperat- 
ing school, school system, or educational insti- 
tution or agency. The internship must be taken 
in a school situation different for the one where 
the student is regularly employed The intern's 
sponsor maintains a close working relationship 
with the intern and the other persons involved. 
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu- 
dent may earn in EDHD 489. 888, and 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours 

EDHD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research 
(1-8) Registration required to the extent of 
6-9 hours for an Ed.D. project and 12-18 hours 
for a Ph.D. dissertation. 



Industrial Education 
Program 

Associate Profess and Acting Chairman: Maley 
Professors: Harrison, Hornbake, Luetkemeyer 
Associate Professors: Anderson, Beatfy, 

Mietus, Stoush, Tierney 
Assistant Professors: Burkart, Elkins, Hersch- 
bach 

The graduate programs in Industrial Education 
are designed to prepare specialized personnel 
in all fields related to Industrial Education. These 



1 04 / Graduate Programs 



fields include programs both in education and in 
industry Programs related to education pre- 
pare personnel for teaching, administration, and 
supervisory positions in local schools or in re- 
lated state and federal agencies, as well as pre- 
parations for university teaching and research. 
Programs designed for industrial personnel 
are primarily in industrial training, supervision, 
and production. 

Every graduate program in the department is 
developed on an individual basis to meet the per- 
sonal needs of the graduate student At the 
same time, however, the graduate student is 
expected to have achieved certain specified 
objectives upon completion of his program 
The student should exhibit: competence in a 
major field of Industrial Education ; ability to 
analyze, conduct, and report research findings; 
and a broad understanding of the relationships 
of education and industry as social institutions 
in our technological culture. 

At the master's degree level (MA.— thesis 
required, and M Ed— non-thesis option) 
programs are offered in four areas: Education 
for Industry, Industrial Arts Education, Voca- 
tional-Industrial Education, and Technical Edu- 
cation The department has two separate doc- 
toral programs (Ph.D and Ed.D.) in the allied 
fields of Industrial Arts Education and Vocational- 
Industrial Education. The department also offers 
an Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate 
in both fields 

In addition to the extensive library and com- 
puter facilities available on the College Park 
Campus, other institutions located within the 
Washington area are also available for research 
and consultation services These institutions 
include the Library of Congress, Smithsonian 
Institution, US Office of Education, Ameri- 
can Industrial Arts Association, American 
Vocational Association, and the National Medi- 
cal Library. 

EDIN 409 Experimental Electricity and Elec- 
tronics (2) 

EDIN 41 5 Research and Experimentation 
in Industrial Arts. (3) This is a laboratory- 
seminar course designed to develop persons 
capable of planning, directing and evaluating 
effective research and experimentation pro- 
credures with the materials, products and pro- 
cesses of industry. 

EDIN 421 Industrial Arts in Special Education. 
(3) Four hours laboratory per week, one hour 
lecture. Prerequisite. EDSP 470 and 471 or 
consent of instructor This course provides ex- 
periences of a technical and theoretical nature 
in industrial processes applicable for classroom 
use. Emphasis is placed on individual research 
in the specific area of one major interest in 
special education 

EDIN 425 Industrial Training in Industry I. 
(3) An overview of the function of industrial 
training, including types of programs, their 
organization, development, and evaluation 
EDIN 426 Industrial Training in Industry II. 
(3) Prerequisite, EDIN 425. Studies of training 
programs in a variety of industries, including 
plant program, visitation, training program devel- 
opment, and analysis of industrial training re- 
search 

EDIN 443 Industrial Safety Education I. (2) 
This course deals bnefly with the history and 
development of effective safety programs in 
modern industry and treats causes, effects and 
values of industrial safety education inclusive 
of fire prevention and hazard controls. 



EDIN 444 Industrial Safety Education II. (2) 

In this course exemplary safety practices are 
studied through conference discussions, group 
demonstration, and organized plant visits to 
selected industrial situations. Methods of fire 
precautions and safety practices are 
emphasized. Evaluative criteria in safety pro- 
grams are formulated. 
EDIN 450 Training Aids Development. (3) 
Study of the aids in common use as to their 
source and application. Special emphasis is 
placed on principles to be observed in making 
aids useful to laboratory teachers Actual con- 
struction and application of such devices will 
be required 

EDIN 457. Tests and Measurements. (3) 
The construction of objective tests for occu- 
pational and vocational subjects. 
EDIN 460 Essentials of Design. (2) Two labora- 
tory periods a week Prerequisite, EDIN 1 1 
and basic laboratory work. A study of the basic 
principles of design and practice in their 
application to the construction of laboratory 
projects. 

EDIN 461 Principles of Vocational Guidance. 
(3) This course identifies and applies the under- 
lying principles of guidance to the problems of 
educational and vocational adjustment of stu- 
dents. 

EDIN 462 Occupational Analysis and Course 
Construction. (3) Provides a working know- 
ledge of occupational and job analysis and 
applies the techniques in building and reorgan- 
izing courses of study for effective use in voca- 
tional and occupational schools. 
EDIN 464 Laboratory Organization and 
Management. (3) This course covers the basic 
elements of organizing and managing an indus- 
trial education program including the selec- 
tion of equipment and the arrangement of the 
shop. 

EDIN 465 Modern Industry. (3) This course pro- 
vides an overview of manufacturing industry in 
the American social, economic and culture pat- 
tern. Representative basic industries are studied 
from the viewpoints of personnel and manage- 
ment organization, industrial relations, produc- 
tion procedures, distribution of products, and the 
like. 

EDIN 466 Educational Foundations of Indus- 
trial Arts. (3) A study of the factors which place 
industrial arts education in any well-rounded pro- 
gram of general education. 
EDIN 467 Problems in Occupational 
Education. (3) The purpose of this course is to 
secure, assemble, organize, and interpret data 
relative to the scope, character and effective- 
ness of occupational education. 
EDIN 471 History and Principles of Vocational 
Education. (3) An overview of the development 
of vocational education from primitive times to 
the present with special emphasis given to the 
vocational education movement with the Ameri- 
can program of public education. 
EDIN 475 Recent Technological Develop- 
ments in Products and Processes. (3) This 
course is designed to give the student an under- 
standing of recent technological developments 
as they pertain to the products and processes 
of industry. The nature of the newer products 
and processes is studied as well as their effect 
upon modern industry and /or society. 
EDIN 487 Field Experience in Education. 
(1-4) Prerequisites, at least six semester hours 
in education at the University of Maryland plus 



such other prerequisites, as may be set by the 
major area in which the expenence is to be 
taken. Planned field experience may be provided 
for selected students who have had teach- 
ing experience and whose application for such 
field experience has been approved by the edu- 
cation faculty. Field experience is offered in a 
given area to both major and nonmajor students. 
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu- 
dent may earn in EDIN 487, 888, and 889 is 
limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours. 

EDIN 488 Special Problems in Education. 

(1 -3) Prerequisite, consent of instructor Avail- 
able only to mature students who have definite 
plans for individual study of approved problems. 
EDIN 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes. 
(1-6) The maximum number of credits that may 
be earned under this course symbol toward any 
degree is six semester hours: the symbol may 
be used two or more times until six semester 
hours have been reached. The following type 
of educational enterprise may be scheduled 
under this course heading: workshops con- 
ducted by the College of Education (or 
developed cooperatively with other colleges and 
universities) and not otherwise covered in the 
present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech 
therapy laboratories, and special education 
centers; institutes developed around specific 
topics or problems and intended for designated 
groups such as school superintendents, prin- 
cipals and supervisors. 

EDIN 607 Philosophy of Industrial Arts Edu- 
cation. (3) An overview of the development 
of the industrial arts movement and the 
philosophical framework upon which it was 
founded. Special emphasis is given to the con- 
temporary movements in industrial arts and their 
theoretical foundations. 
EDIN 614 School Shop Planning and Equip- 
ment Selection . (3) Deals with the principles 
and problems of providing the physical facili- 
ties for industrial education programs. The 
selection, arrangement and placement of equip- 
ment are covered as well as the determinating 
of laboratory space requirements, utility ser- 
vices and storage requirements for various types 
of industrial education programs 
EDIN 61 6 Supervision of Industrial Arts. (3) 
Deals with the nature and function of the super- 
visory function in the industrial arts field. The 
administrative as well as the supervisory res- 
ponsibilities, techniques, practices and personal 
qualifications of the industrial arts supervisor 
are covered. 

EDIN 620 Organization, Administration and 
Supervision of Vocational Education. (3) 

EDIN 640 Research in Industrial Arts and Vo- 
cational Education. (2) Offered by arrangement 
for persons who are conducting research in the 
areas of industrial arts and vocational education. 
EDIN 641 Content and Method of Industrial 
Arts. (3) Various methods and procedures used 
in curriculum development are examined and 
those suited to the field of industrial arts edu- 
cation are applied. Methods of and devices for 
industrial arts instruction are studied and prac- 
ticed. 

EDIN 642 Coordination in Work-Experience 
Programs. (3) Surveys and evaluates the qual- 
ifications and duties of a teacher-coordinator in 
a work-experience program. Deals particularly 
with evolving patterns in city and county schools 
in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher- 



Graduate Programs / 105 



coordinators, guidance counselors, and others 
In the supervisory and administrative personnel 
concerned with the functioning relationships 
of part-time cooperative education in a compre- 
hensive educational program, 
EDIN 647 Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vo- 
cational Education. (2) 
EDIN 650 Teacher Education in Industrial 
Arts. (3) This course is intended for the indus- 
trial arts teacher educator at the college level. 
It deals with the function and historical develop- 
ment of industrial arts teacher education Other 
areas of content Include administration program 
and program development, physical facilities 
and requirements, staff organization and relation- 
ships, college-secondary school relationships, 
philosophy and evaluation 
EDIN 798 Special Problems in Education. 
(1-6) Master's AGS, or doctoral can- 
didates who desire to pursue special research 
problems under the direction of their advisers 
may register for credit under this number. 
Course card must have the title of the problem 
and the name of the faculty member under whom 
the work will be done. 

EDIN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of 6 hours for 
master's thesis. 

EDIN 888 Apprenticeship in Education. (1-9) 
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are 
available to selected students whose application 
for an apprenticeship has been approved by 
the education faculty. Each apprentice is 
assigned to work for at least a semester full- 
time or the equivalent with an appropriate staff 
member or a cooperating school, school system, 
or educational institution or agency. The sponsor 
of the apprentice maintains a close working re- 
lationship with the apprentice and the other per- 
sons involved. Prerequisites, teaching exper- 
ience, a master's degree in education, and at 
least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland 
NOTE: The total number of credits which a 
student may earn in EDIN 489,888 and 889 is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours 

EDIN 889 Internship in Education. (3-1 6) 
Internships In the major area of study are avail- 
able to selected students who have teaching ex- 
pehence The following groups of students are 
eligible: (A) any student who has been advanced 
to candidacy for the doctor's degree: and (B) 
any student who receives special approval 
by the education faculty for an internship, pro- 
vided that prior to taking an internship, such 
student shall have completed at least 60 semes- 
ter hours of graduate work, including at least 
six semester hours in education at the Univer- 
sity of Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work 
on a full-time basis for at least a semester with 
an appropriate staff member in a cooperating 
school, school system, or educational institu- 
tion or agency. The internship must be taken in 
a school situation different from the one where 
the student is regularly employed The intern's 
sponsor maintains a close working relationship 
with the intern and the other persons involved 
NOTE: The total number of credits which a stu- 
dent may earn in EDIN 489, 888 and 889 Is 
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester 
hours 

EDIN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
( 1 -8) Registration required to the extent of 6-9 
hours for an Ed D project and 12-18 hours for a 
Ph D dissertation 



Information Systems Management 
Courses 

IFSM 401 Electronic Data Processing. (3) 

Prerequisites, junior standing, MATH 1 1 1 or the 
equivalent. The electronic digital computer and 
its use as a tool in processing data. The course 
includes the following areas: ( 1 ) organization 
of data processing systems. (2) environmental 
aspects of computer systems (3) management 
control problems and potentials inherent in 
mechanized data processing systems. 
IFSM 402 Electronic Data Processing Appli- 
cations. (3) Prerequisites, IFSM 401 or consent 
of instructor. Intensive study of computer appli- 
cations using a problem-oriented language 
Introduction of computer methods for the solu- 
tion of organizational problems Laboratory 
exercises in programming and development of 
computer techniques 

IFSM 410 Information Processing Problems of 
Models of Administrative, Economic and 
Political Systems. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 
1 41 or equivalent; IFSM 402, BSAD 231 , and 
some familiarity with administrative, economic 
and or political models Prerequisites, may be 
waived with the consent of instructor. Data proc- 
essing requirements underlying the creation and 
maintenance of a data base to be used in esti- 
mating the parameters of socio-economic 
models. An aniysis of the structure and develop- 
ment of recent socio-economic models as 
relevant to data processing considerations 
Extractions and preparation of data from the data 
base to facilitate the appropriate transformation 
necessary for model construction and also to 
minimize the processing of data in-put. The 
course draws upon a knowledge of models of 
administrative, economic and political systems. 
Case studies and experience with data process- 
ing for selected models are included. 
IFSM 420 Information Processing and Compu- 
tational Problems in Operations Analysis. 
(3) Prerequisites, MATH 141 or equivalent; 
IFSM 402, and a course in statistics, such as 
BSAD 430, dealing with multivariate models 
Prerequisites may be waived with the consent of 
the instructor Implementation of applications 
requiring the integration of data processing and 
and analytical programming techniques. Such 
applications feature the calculation of various 
statistical estimates of the parameters in a multi- 
variate model within the context of a file main- 
tenance problem (e.g., the writing of a matrix 
inversion routine for revenue forecasting within 
a master updating program or sales forecasting 
and /or sales performance evaluation within a 
sales transaction-master updating program ) A 
universal, problem-oriented language such as 
Cobol will be used with strong emphasis on the 
use of the mathematical Fortran IV library sub- 
routines Class projects include case studies 
and solutions of problems using real-world 
data. 

IFSM 436 Introduction to Systems Analysis. 
(3) Prerequisites, IFSM 1 02, BSAD 330, MATH 
1 41 , or the equivalent. Prerequisites may be 
waived with consent of instructor The use of 
the computer in the management and operation 
of organizations. The course includes the follow- 
ing areas: ( 1 ) the principles of systems analy- 
sis, (2) recent applications and innovations of the 
systems concept. (3) design and implementa- 
tion of computer systems, including such tech- 
niques as mathematical programming, simula- 
tion, business games and network analysis. 



and (4) laboratory use of a digital computer in 
the application of these techniques. 
IFSM 61 Design of Large-Scale Information 
Processing Systems. (3) Prerequisites, IFSM 
410 and 435 or consent of instructor Charac- 
teristics of large-scale information processing 
systems. Relationship of model-building and 
simulation to information processing system 
design. Design elements and phases. Program- 
ming techniques for large-scale information 
processing systems, including time sharing and 
real-time. Special projects include case studies 
and the design of a large-scale information proc- 
essing system. 

IFSM 620 Management of Information Proc- 
essing Systems. (3) Prerequisite. IFSM 436 or 
consent of instructor. Administrative uses and 
limitations of high-speed computers In an infor- 
mation processing system. Limitations as re- 
lated to system structure and methods used to 
originate and process data. Planning and installa- 
tion of a total information processing system 
including conversion problems. Measures of 
information processing effectiveness Docu- 
mentation procedures. Data secuhty, legal 
considerations and auditing the information 
processing system. Personnel requirements for 
an on-going system. The broad statement of the 
system requirements is taken as given. 
IFSM 630 Application of Advanced Develop- 
ments in Information Processing Equipment. 
(3) Prerequisite, IFSM 610 or consent of in- 
structor. A study and an evaluation of the opera- 
tional and hardware characteristics of the com- 
puter and peripheral equipment available to meet 
the specification of the broad classes of in- 
formation processing systems, including 
coding systems, error-detecting and softw/are 
considerations Data communicating devices, 
including the functional charactenstics of long- 
line, telephone channel, transceiver and commu- 
nication satellites, case studies and examples. 



Journalism Program 

Professor and Dean: Hiebert 
Professors: Bryan, Crowell, Martin, Newsom 
Associate Professors: Grunig, Sommer 
Assistant Professors: Hesse, Hoyt, Lee, 
Petrick 

The Master of Arts degree in Journalism pro- 
vides academic work both for the young person 
who wants a professional career in communica- 
tion and for the student interested in mass 
communication theory and research methodol- 
ogy The first type of student usually builds on 
a journalism background, adding in-depth work 
in a substantive minor field, as preparation for 
a career in a specialized area of mass commu- 
nication The second type of student usually 
builds on a social science base coupled with 
the study of journalism or mass communication 
while preparing for a career in teaching, schol- 
arship, or applied research In mass communi- 
cation The Master's degree is a one-year pro- 
gram, with the typical student taking 1 2 hours 
of graduate work in the fall, 1 2 hours in the 
spring, and 6 hours of thesis or thesis-option 
seminars in the summer The program is best 
suited but not limited to students who have 
completed an undergraduate major in journalism, 
with a strong minor in the social sciences 



106 / Graduate Programs 



Applicants seeking admission to the mas- 
ters program should hold a bachelor's degree 
from a recognized institution of higher learning 
Undergraduate study of journalism or profes- 
sional experience in journalistic fields are help- 
ful but not required Students who have majored 
in some other field as undergraduates are re- 
quired to make up professional deficiencies by 
taking four or five selected courses in loumalism 
without graduate credit Completion of the gen- 
eral aptitude portion of the Graduate Record 
Examination is required, and three letters of 
recommendation must be submitted 

The College of Journalism offers a number of 
assistantships. varying in amounts from S2900 
to $3500, usually including exemptions from 
tuition and fees Students awarded such assist- 
antships usually pursue full-time study while 
engaged in teaching or research assistance in 
journalism for up to 20 hours per week 

The University of Maryland is in an advanta- 
geous location for the study of journalism It is 
within easy reach of five of the nations topnews- 
papers; The Baltimore Sun. Baltimore News- 
American. The Washington Post. The Washing- 
ton Star-News, and Wall Street Journal. It is also 
near the Washington press corps, the large 
Washington bureaus of the Associated Press. 
United Press International, the New York Times. 
and most important American and foreign news- 
papers: NBC. CBS. and ABC. and other broad- 
casting news bureaus: and news magazines and 
major book publishing offices It is at the door- 
step of the nation's major newsmakers in the 
executive, legislative, and judicial branches of 
the Federal Government 

Special facilities include photographic, news 
editing, and advertising laboratories, as well as 
a reading room with daily and weekly news- 
papers, magazines, and clipping and bulletin 
files 



JOUR 400 Law of Mass Communication. (3) 

Study the legal rights and constraints of mass 
media: libel, privacy, copyright, monopoly, and 
contempt, and other aspects of the law applied 
to mass communication Previous study of the 
law not required Prerequisites, JOUR 200 
and 201 

JOUR 410 [History of Mass Communication. 
(3) Study of the development of newspapers, 
magazines, radio, television, and motion pictures 
as media of mass communication Analysis of 
the influences of the media on the historical 
development of America Prerequisites. JOUR 

200 and 201. 

JOUR 420 Government and Mass Communi- 
cation. (3) Study of the relationship between the 
news media and government. Analysis of media 
coverage of government and politics Study of 
governmental and political information and per- 
suasion techniques. Prerequisites, JOUR 200 
and 201 

JOUR 430 Comparative Mass Communication 
Systems. (3) Survey of the history and status 
of the mass media throughout the world : com- 
parative analysis of the role of the press in 
different societies Prerequisites. JOUR 200 and 

201 or consent of the instructor for non-majors 
JOUR 440 Public Opinion and Mass Commu- 
nication. (3) Prerequisites; JOUR 200 and 
201 Study of publics and their interrelation- 
ships in the formation of public opinion: meas- 
urement of public opinion and media habits; 
role of the mass media in the formation of public 
opinion 



JOUR 490 Seminar in Journalism. (3) Seminar 
for journalism seniors in newsroom problems 
and policies, emphasizing ethics and responsi- 
bilities; in cooperation with the Baltimore Sun. 
Baltimore News-American, and other area news 
media Prerequisite, permission of the instruc- 
tor 

JOUR 497 Professional Seminar. (3) Prerequi- 
sites— JOUR 200. JOUR 201 and consent of 
instructor Projects and discussions relating 
professional work experience to the study of 
journalism Limited to students who participated 
in an approved summer work expenence after 
the junior year. 

JOUR 499 Independent Study. (1-3) Individual 
projects in journalism. May be repeated to a 
maximum of three hours 
JOUR 600 Research Methods In Mass 
Communication. (3) 

JOUR 610 Seminar in Mass Media and Soci- 
ety. (3) Analysis and discussion of the interre- 
lationships between the mass media and society, 
including various social and cultural elements 
of modern society: responsibilities of the mass 
media and the mass communicator. 
JOUR 61 2 Theories of Mass Communication. 
(3) 

JOUR 620 Seminar in Public Affairs Report- 
ing. (3) 

JOUR 621 Interpretation of Contemporary 
Affairs. (3) 

JOUR 630 Seminar In Corporate Communi- 
cation. (3) 

JOUR 640 Mass Culture and Mass Communi- 
cation. (3) 

JOUR 700 Seminar in Mass Media Law. (3) 
JOUR 71 Seminar in Mass Media History. 
(3) 

JOUR 720 Seminar in Government and Mass 
Communication. (3) 

JOUR 721 Seminar in Urban Mass Commu- 
nication. (3) 

JOUR 730 Seminar in Comparative Mass 
Communication. (3) 

JOUR 731 Cross-Cultural Communication. 
(3) 

JOUR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) 
JOUR 800 Seminar in Critical Analysis. (3) 
JOUR 810 Special Problems in Communica- 
tion. (3) 

JOUR 812 Seminar in Communication The- 
ories. (3) 



Library and Information 
Services Program 

Acting Dean: Dubester 

Professors: Bundy. Heilprin.' Kidd, Liesener. 

Olson, Reynolds. Wasserman 
Associate Professor: Soergel 
Assistant Professors: Bates. Kraft. Lukenbill. 

f^acLeod. Mendiville 
'loinl appointment with Computer Science 

The goal of the program in Library and Informa- 
tion Services is to provide professional educa- 
tion at the graduate level within the university 
setting. It endeavors to establish a position in 
the forefront of instructional and theoretical in- 



quiry to influence the vanguard of practice in 
librananship 

Admission as a student to the College is 
limited to individuals who hold the bachelor's 
degree from recognized colleges, universities 
or professional schools in this country or abroad 
or to those who can give evidence of success- 
ful completion of equivalent courses of study 
The individual's undergraduate academic record 
IS of primary importance as an indicator of his 
competence to pursue graduate study in li- 
brananship. but other factors are also taken in 
account in reviewing applications The potential 
student's performance in the verbal and quan- 
titative tests of the Graduate Record Examination 
administered by the Educational Testing Ser- 
vice of Princeton. New Jersey, and letter of 
personal recommendation and information 
gained from personal interviews with potential 
students are considered Reports relating to the 
applicant's intellectual and personal develop- 
ment as an undergraduate are sometimes con- 
sidered, as are such factors as employment ex- 
perience, military service and other related 
activities when they appear to be relevant in a 
particular case as part of the admissions review 
process All these factors are considered sig- 
nificant in assessing the applicant's capacity 
and motivation for graduate work in the College 
and for his later performance as a responsible 
member of the library profession The Admis- 
sions Committee will consider exceptions to and 
waiver of requirements in some cases 

Although no specific undergraudate courses 
are required for admission to the program, those 
who seek admission must have completed a ■ 
broad arts and sciences program with strength 
in the humanities, social sciences, and physical 
or biological sciences. 

Faculty advisors recommend courses they 
think most appropnate for each student The re- 
quired pro-seminar and introductory courses in 
the organization of knowledge and reference 
provide a base from which the student can build 
a purposeful program fitted to his personal 
needs and aspirations Reflecting the multi- 
disciplinary nature of librananship and its con- 
tinuing need for reliance upon insights from 
supportive intellectual disciplines, students have 
a high degree of flexibility in the elective portions 
of their work. Their courses are not restricted to 
those within the program but can include rele- 
vant courses from other parts of the University, 

The fvlaster of Library Science degree will 
be awarded to the student who successfully 
completes a program of 36 hours with an aver- 
age of B within three years from his first regis- 
tration in the program Under a full-time program 
a student normally completes 1 5 semester 
hours dunng the fall and spring semesters and 6 
hours during the summer terms A number of 
qualified part-time students are also admitted to 
the program Such students are expected to 
pursue a minimum of two courses during each 
semester No thesis or comprehensive examina- 
tion is required. 

A substantial number of fellowships and 
assistantships are available for students enrolled 
in the College. Loan funds administered by the 
University and federally insured loans are also 
available. Public libranes in the region as well 
as other local organizations offer a few stipends 
and scholarships. In addition a student in the 
College is eligible to apply for scholarships, 
fellowships and grants from national organiza- 
tions awarded for graduate study in librarian- 
ship. Information on the availability of such 



Graduate Programs / 107 



awards may be requested from the Director of 
Admissions 

The Ph.D. program requires the equivalent 
of three years of full-time work, normally divided 
into approximately two years of formal course- 
work (60 semester hours) and one year of re- 
search on the dissertation. 

LBSC 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes. 
(1-9) Workshops, clinics, and institutes de- 
veloped around specific topics or problems 
primarily for practicing librarians. Repeatable to 
a maximum of nine credit hours. 
LBSC 600 Proseminar— The Development and 
Operation of Libraries and Information Ser- 
vices. (3-6) Background and orientation needed 
for advanced study in librarianship and informa- 
tion science. Covers the major problems in the 
development and provision of information ser- 
vices; the structure, functions, and economics 
of information service organizations; and the 
processes by which change is brought about in 
the quality of information services. 
LBSC 61 Introduction to Reference and 
Information Services. (3) Information and 
reference systems, services, and tools pro- 
vided in libraries and information centers. Prob- 
lems and concepts of communication, ques- 
tion negotiation, bibliographic control, and 
search processes are considered. Major types 
of information sources and modes of information 
delivery are introduced. 
LBSC 61 3 Literature and Research in the 
Sciences. (3) Bibliographic organization, in- 
formation structure and trends in the direction of 
research in the principal scientific disciplines. 
LBSC 61 5 Literature and Research in the So- 
cial Sciences. (3) Bibliographic organization, 
information structure and trends in the direction 
of research in the principal fields of the social 
sciences. 

LBSC 617 Literature and Research in the 
Humanities. (3) Bibliographic organization, 
information structure and trends in the direction 
of research in the principal humanistic disci- 
plines 

LBSC 620 Medical Literature and Librarian- 
ship. (3) Introduction to medical literature and 
its reference sources, stressing those aspects 
of the field of medicine which lead to special 
characteristics in the organization and handling 
of its literature and innovations in medical li- 
brarianship and information services. Various 
kinds of health science library and information 
centers are discussed and biomedical library 
networks are studied. Students will find it neces- 
sary to spend considerable time at the national 
library of medicine or another medical library. 

LBSC 624 Legal Literature. (3) Survey and 
evaluation of information sources in law, with 
emphasis upon the bibliographic organization of 
the field 

LBSC 626 Literature of the Fine Arts. (3) 
Consideration and evaluation of the resources 
of the fine arts, emphasizing bibliography and 
services contained in fine arts libraries 
LBSC 627 Governmental Information Systems. 
(3) Analysis of the organization of the informa- 
tion structure and the publication and dissemina- 
tion programs of the U.S. Federal, state and mu- 
nicipal governments 

LBSC 631 Business Information Services. 
(3) Survey and analysis of information sources 
in business, finance, and economics with em- 
phasis upon their use in problem solving. 



LBSC 633 Advanced Reference Services. 

(3) Theoretical and administrative considera- 
tions, analysis of research problems, and di- 
rected activity in bibliographic method and 
search techniques in large collections. 
LBSC 635 Resources of American Libraries. 
(3) Considers distribution and extent of library 
resources, means of surveying collections, 
mechanisms of inter-institutional cooperation 
in building collections, and means of develop- 
ing research collections in special subject 
fields. 

LBSC 636 Children's Literature and Materials. 
(3) A survey of literature and other media of 
communication and the criteria in evaluating 
such materials as they relate to the needs, 
interests and capability of the child. 

LBSC 637 Storytelling Materials and Tech- 
niques. (3) Literary sources are studied and 
instruction and practice in oral techniques are 
offered. 

LBSC 641 Selection and Evaluation of Instruc- 
tional Media. (3) Development of criteria for 
selection and evaluation of instructional mater- 
ials for classroom, school and system use; 
includes measures of readability, listenabilify, 
visual difficulty and interest level. 
LBSC 642 Organization of Knowledge in Li- 
braries I. (3) Principles of the organization of 
library materials for physical and intellectual ac- 
cess. Concepts and problems involved in sub- 
ject cataloging, classification, and descriptive 
cataloging, ty/lajor systems and rules in use in 
current practice, particularly those systems pop- 
ular in the United States. 
LBSC 644 Organization of Knowledge in 
Libraries II. (3) Conceptual problems in the or- 
ganization of knowledge, specific cataloging and 
classification systems, rules of entry, applica- 
tion of the systems, choice of system to suit 
particular institutional and patron characteristics. 
LBSC 647 Special Problems in the Organiza- 
tion of Knowledge. (3) Seminar course in which 
students may take topics of special interest to 
them in the area of organization of knowledge 
and explore them in a research project/class 
discussion format. 

LBSC 650 Fundamentals of Documentation. 
(3) The macro-organization of information ser- 
vices in the framework of the overall system of 
information transfer. The information transfer 
process is discussed, as well as the fields of 
study concerned with that process. Use and 
user studies, models of communication and for- 
mal and informal communication channels, 
characteristics and behavior of the literative 
(bibliometrics), innovations in the communica- 
tion system. 

LBSC 653 Construction and Maintenance of 
Index Languages. (3) Treats the making of 
classification schedules, subject heading lists 
and thesauri and those considerations relating 
to the revision and extension of existing ones. 
LBSC 656 Introduction to Information Storage 
and Retrieval (ISAR) Systems. (3) Micro- 
organization of information services and basic 
principles underlying both manual and mechan- 
ized ISAR systems, including the conceptual 
structure of indexing languages and search 
strategies, file organization, typology of classi- 
fications, abstracting, and indexing. 
LBSC 657 Testing and Evaluation of IR Sys- 
tems. (3) A survey of recent developments in 
the processing, arrangement, and retrieval of 



information, and in the procedures used in their 
evaluation. 

LBSC 665 Problems of Nonbook Materials. 
(3) Examination of nonbook materials such as 
audiorecords, motion pictures, maps, video- 
records, machine-readable data files, and 
realia. Technical services applicable to nonbook 
materials. 

LBSC 670 Seminar in Technical Services. (3) 
Special issues in technical services in large 
libraries. Deals with such areas as exquisitions. 
cataloging, serial control, cooperative programs, 
and managerial controls. 
LBSC 674 Introduction to Reprography. (3) 
A survey of the processes and technology 
through which materials are made available in 
furthering library and information services, 
ranging from photography to microforms. 
LBSC 677 Seminar on Manuscript Collections. 
(3) Analysis of the methods and philosophy of 
handling special papers and documentary ma- 
terial in a research library. 
LBSC 700 Introduction to Data Processing 
for Libraries. (3) Basic principles of data proc- 
essing and the ways in which data processing 
systems have been applied to library problems. 
Lectures cover the application of punched card 
processing to library operations; an introduction 
to systems analysis and the methodology for es- 
tablishing systems requirements; and the appli- 
cation of electronic data processing systems to 
library operations. In the laboratory, the funda- 
mentals of computer programming are provided 
for developing and running computer programs 
designed to solve typical library problems. 
LBSC 705 Advanced Data Processing in Li- 
braries. (3) Analysis of retheval systems and in- 
tensive study of machine applications in the ac- 
quisition, analysis, coding, retrieval and display 
of information. 

LBSC 71 1 Programming Systems for Informa- 
tion Handling Applications. (3) The elements 
of programming system design and operation 
are studied with special emphasis on the influ- 
ence of information handling and library require- 
ments. 

LBSC 71 5 Library Systems Analysis. (3) In- 
troduction to the total systems approach to 
library and information problems, emphasizing 
administrative and managerial decision-making. 
Will give a scientific management framework, 
terms for defining a system, and its problems, 
and a set of tools, techniques, and methods 
to aid in analyzing and solving these problems. 
Topics to be covered include model building, 
flowcharting, motion and time study, cost analy- 
ses, systems design, management information, 
and cost-effectiveness and planning-program- 
ming-budget systems. 

LBSC 721 Seminar in Information Science. 
(3) Introduction to the fundamentals in infor- 
mation science. The nature of messages in hu- 
man and machine communication are ap- 
proached from the viewpoint of the physical, 
psychological, and logical transformations which 
they undergo in their paths from message 
sender to recipient Cybernetic variety, basic 
constraints or variety in information systems and 
classes in their uses in search and communica- 
tions are studied, as well as. models, and opti- 
mization and mechanization of access to mess- 
ages for communication of data, information, 
knowledge. 

LBSC 726 Seminar in Information Transfer. 
(3) Prerequisite. LBSC 721 . or permission of 



1 08 / Graduate Programs 



instructor Discussion of significant problems of 
information science: topics include fundamental 
concepts, ttieory, mettiodology, current re- 
search! 

LBSC 731 Library Administration. (3) An in- 
troduction to administrative ttieory and princi- 
ples and ttieir implications and applications to 
managerial activity in libraries. 
LBSC 736 Advanced Organization and Ad- 
ministration of Libraries and Information Ser- 
vices. (3) Ttie student's ttieoretical understand- 
ing of organization and administration vidll be ad- 
vanced by intensive study in ttie various sub- 
fields of contemporary library and information 
developments. 

LBSC 740 Seminar in Library and Informa- 
tion Networks. (3) Explores the inter-library 
cooperative ptienomenon and analyzes criti- 
cal issues in network planning, economics, 
organization, tectinology, and services. 
LBSC 743 Seminar in the Academic Library. 
(3) A seminar on the academic library within 
the framework of higher education, treating 
problems of programs, collections, support, 
planning and physical plant. 
LBSC 747 Seminar in the Special Library and 
Information Center. (3) A seminar on the de- 
velopment, the uses, the objectives, the philos- 
ophy and the particular systems employed in 
special library service 

LBSC 754 Seminar in the School Library. (3) 
LBSC 757 Library and Information Service 
Facilities-Objectives and Performance. (3) 
The aim of this course is to describe the context 
of demands and policies within which an IR or 
library service facility must operate. 

LBSC 804 Communication and Libraries. 

(3) Theory and research in the multi-discipline 
domain of communication. Inquiry is directed into 
such diverse matters as coding theory, linguis- 
tic analysis, decision theory, network concepts, 
etc. Connections are pointed-out between 
communication research and library practice 

LBSC 807 Science Information and tfie Organ- 
ization of Science. (3) 

LBSC 81 5 Library Systems. (3) Evolution and 
current patterns of regional library development, 
considehng the economic, legal, service and 
management problems associated with library 
systems as well as the significance of state and 
federal programs and national information net- 
works. 

LBSC 817 Public Library in the Political 
Process. (3) Seminar on the principal influences 
which affect the patterns of organization, sup- 
port and service patterns of public libraries 
based upon theoretical and case studies. 

LBSC 825 Libraries and Information Services 
in the Social Process. (3) The focus is upon 
the policy process Key elements in the societal 
political environment which influence decision- 
making in libraries and information service facil- 
ities are identified and interrelated, such as 
legislation, citizen participation, organized 
groups, mass media, professional associations, 
technological changes, financial support. The 
significance of such contemporary issues as 
censorship, manpower, community control, 
and automation are considered in this context. 

LBSC 827 History of Libraries and their Mate- 
rials. (3) The development of publication forms 
and institutions set against the historical frame- 
work and the cultural forces within which such 
advances were made 



LBSC 833 Library Service to the Disadvan- 
taged. (3) Approaches, adaptations and po- 
tentials of the public library in relation to the 
problem of poverty. Includes field experience in 
the school's laboratory library 
LBSC 837 Seminar in International and Com- 
parative Librarianship and Information Sci- 
ence. (3) Compares and contrasts bibliographi- 
cal systems, institutions, service arrangements, 
and professional patterns in developed and de- 
veloping cultures. Libranes, information organi- 
zations and international information systems are 
viewed against the backdrop of national cultures, 
and the influence of the social, political and 
economic factors upon these forms are con- 
sidered. 

LBSC 844 Research Methods in Library and 
Information Activity. (3) The techniques and 
strategies of research and their implications for 
the definition, investigation and evaluation of 
library problems. 

LBSC 852 Seminar in Researcfi Methods and 
Data Analysis. (3) 

LBSC 855 Seminar in the Analysis of the 
Library Service Process. (3) Teams of stu- 
dents, librarians, and library school faculty in- 
vestigate real problems in libraries on the basis 
of quantitative data, using analytical skills pre- 
sented in the first five weeks of the semester. 
LBSC 858 Special Topics in Library and In- 
formation Service. (3) No student may earn 
more than 9 hours under LBSC 858, more 
than 9 hours under LBSC 859, nor more than a 
total of 1 2 hours in both LBSC 858 and LBSC 
859 

LBSC 859 Independent Study. (1-3) Designed 
to permit intensive individual study, reading or 
research in an area of specialized interest under 
faculty supervision, registration is limited to the 
advanced student who has the approval of his 
advisors and of the faculty member involved. No 
student may earn more than 9 hours under 
LBSC 858, more than 9 hours under LBSC 859, 
nor more than a total of 1 2 hours in both LBSC 
858 and 859. 

LBSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. 
(1-8) 



Linguistics Courses 

LING 401 Phonetics and Phonemics. (3) 

Training in the identification, description and 
symbolization of various sounds found in 
language. Study of scientific techniques for 
classifying sounds into units which are per- 
ceptually relevant for a given language. 
LING 402 Morphology and Syntax. (3) A de- 
tailed study of language structure No student 
may receive credit for both LING 402 and ENGL 
434 

LING 403 Historical Linguistics. (3) 
Prerequisite, LING 401 and 402, or equivalent. 
A study of change in the phonological, gram- 
matical and semantic structures of natural 
languages; language typology; reconstruction 
and various allied topics will be treated 
LING 609 Seminar in Linguistics. (3) Other 
programs also offer courses in linguistics that 
may be of interest to the student Some of the 
most relevant are: ANTH 1 02, Cf^SC 723, 
725, ENGL 484, PHIL 360, PSYC 671 , and 
SPHR 604 



Mathematics Program 

Professor and Chairman: Goldhaber 

Professors: Adams, Antman, Auslander, Bene- 
detto, Brace, Chu, Correl, Douglis, Ehrlich. 
Edmundson,' Goldberg, Goldstein. Good, 
Gray, L Greenberg, Gulick, Horvath. 
Hummel, Jackson, Kirwan, Kleppner, Kubota. 
Lehner, Lipsman, Lopez-Escobar, Maltese, 
Mikulski, Ortega,' Peari, Reinhart, Rhein- 
boldt,' Schaefer, Stellmacher, Strauss. 
Syski, Vesentini, Zaicman, Zedek 

Associate Professors: Alexander, Anderson, 
Berg, Bernstein, Cook, Cooper, Dancis, 
Ellis, Fey.' Green, Helzer, Henkelman,' 
Johnson, Lay, Markley, Neri, Osborn, Ow- 
ings, Sather, Schafer, Schneider, Warner, 
Wolfe, Yang 

Assistant Professors: Berstein, Currier, David- 
son,' Fay, R Greenberg. Halperin, Harris, 
Hill, Kueker, Lee, Liu. Mucci. Nagarsenker, 
Niebur, Powell, Razar, Schmidt, Smith, 
Sweet, Winkelnkemper 

'lOinl appointment with Computer Science 
^loint appoint with Secondary Education 



The Department of Mathematics offers strong 
programs leading to the MA. and Ph D degrees 
in the fields of Algebra and Number Theory, 
Complex Analysis, Geometry and Topology, 
Mathematical Logic, Real and Functional Analy- 
sis, Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations 
(Applied Mathematics), and Probability and Sta- 
tistics Admission is granted to applicants who 
evince marked ability and promise in mathe- 
matics as demonstrated by performance in 
collegiate mathematics. Although the Graduate 
Record Examination in Mathematics is not re- 
quired for admission, applicants who have taken 
this examination are requested to supply their 
score in their application for admission. 

The MA degree can be earned by either a 
thesis or non-thesis option but the great majority 
of students are exercising the latter For this 
option a student must have 30 credit hours with 
grades of B or better in courses carrying grad- 
uate credit of which at least 1 8 are at the 600/ 
700 level. Of these, in turn, 1 2 hours must be 
in mathematics. He must have taken two full- 
year sequences at the 600 700 level and he 
must have passed written examinations in three 
mathematical fields 

The student may take the Ph.D. examination 
and be scored at a lower level or he may take 
a special MA. examination; the examination can 
be repeated once There is no language require- 
ment for the MA. degree About 30-35 MA s 
are earned each year in mathematics. 

At Maryland the MA. degree is not required 
to enter the Ph D program Here again the Ph.D. 
aspirant must take a set of three examinations 
in three separate fields of mathematics which 
can be repeated once If successful, the student 
must satisfy the particular requirements of the 
field committee in his special area of interest 
before he will be permitted to engage in thesis 
research Satisfaction of these requirements 
plus the tested ability to translate into English 
mathematical material in one of French. German, 
or Russian are conditions for admission to cand- 
idacy for the Ph.D. The dissertation must repre- 
sent an original contribution to mathematical 
knowledge and will usually be published in a 
mathematical journal Before the final oral ex- 
amination on the dissertation can be scheduled 
the candidate must pass a second language 
examination, translating mathematical French. 



Graduate Programs / 109 



German, or Russian into English so that he will 
be proficient in reading technical material in two 
foreign languages. 

The average Ph.D. student will probably 
spend five years of graduate study to obtain his 
degree From 1 to 1 5 Ph.D.'s are granted each 
year in the Department of f^athematics. 

The Department is able to offer graduate 
assistantships to 40-50 percent of its graduate 
students; the number for 1974-75 was about 
1 1 0- With very few exceptions these graduate 
assistants conduct discussion and quiz sec- 
tions associated with a large lecture class taught 
by a faculty member; the teaching load is usually 
six hours a semester. In addition they are re- 
quired to assist at registration time and to proc- 
tor the graduate written examinations. Renewals 
of assistantships are made by the Graduate 
Committee of the Department early in the spring 
semester on the basis of well-defined guide 
lines. 

The number of fellows is small and their 
funding, being largely dependent on outside 
sources, is uncertain There are, however, a few 
dissertation fellowships with a very modest 
stipend that are occasionally available for PhD 
candidates who are in the late stages of writing 
their dissertations. 

The facilities for graduate study and research 
are excellent The Engineenng and Physical 
Sciences library is located on the ground floor 
of the Mathematics Building and contains more 
than 95.000 volumes in mathematics, physics, 
and engineenng; more than 280 journals in pure 
and applied mathematics are received. The 
Library of Congress with its extensive collection 
of books and technical reports is only a half 
hour away from the campus. 

The Department cooperates closely with the 
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied fvlathe- 
matics and with the Department of Computer 
Science Faculty members of both these centers 
offer courses in the Department of fy/lathematics 
and the facilities of the computer center are 
available to serve the research needs of both 
faculty and graduate students 



Mathematics 

MATH 400 Vectors and Matrices. (3) Pre- 
requisite, MATH 141 or 22 1 Algebra of vector 
spaces and matrices. Recommended for stu- 
dents interested in the applications of mathe- 
matics. (Not open to students who have had 
MATH 240 or 405) 

MATH 401 Applications of Linear Albegra. 
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 400, or MATH 240, 
or consent of instructor. Various applications of 
linear algebra; theory of finite games, linear 
programming, matrix methods as applied to 
finite Markov chains, random walk, incidence 
matrices, graphs and directed graphs, networks, 
transportation problems 
MATH 402 Algebraic Structures. (3) Pre- 
requisite, MATH 240 or equivalent. The course 
is designed for students having only limited ex- 
perience with rigorous mathematical proofs, 
and parallels MATH 403 Students planning 
graduate work in mathematics should take 
MATH 403 Groups, rings, integral domains and 
fields; detailed study of several groups; proper- 
ties of integers and polynomials. Emphasis is 
on the origin of the mathematical ideas studied 
and the logical structure of the subject. (Not 
open to mathematics graduate students.) 



MATH 403 Introduction to Abstract Algebra. 

(3) Prerequisite. MATH 241 or equivalent. 
Integers; groups, rings, integral domains, fields. 
MATH 404 Field Theory. (3) Prerequisite. 
MATH 403, algebraic and transcendental ele- 
ments, Galois theory, constructions with straight- 
edge and compass, solutions of equations of 
low degrees, insolubility of the quintic, Sylow 
theorems, fundamental theorem of finite Abelian 
groups. 

MATH 405 Introduction to Linear Algebra. 
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 403 or consent of in- 
structor. An abstract treatment of finite dimen- 
sional vector spaces. Linear transformations 
and their invariants. 

MATH 406 Introduction to Number Theory. 
(3) Prerequisite, one year of college mathe- 
matics. Rational integers, divisibility, prime num- 
bers, modules and linear forms, unique tactoh- 
zation theorem, Euler's function, Mobius' func- 
tion, cyclotomic polynomial, congruences and 
quadratic residues, Legendre's and Jacobi's 
symbol, reciprocity law of quadratic residues, 
introductory explanation of the method of al- 
gebraic number theory. 
MATH 410 Advanced Calculus. (3) Prerequi- 
site, MATH 24 1 . First semester of a year course. 
Subjects covered during the year are; se- 
quences and series of numbers, continuity and 
differentiability of real valued functions of one 
variable, the Riemann integral, sequences of 
functions, and power series. Functions of sev- 
eral variables including partial derivatives, mul- 
tiple integrals, line and surface integrals. The im- 
plicit function theorem. 

MATH 411 Advanced Calculus. (3) Prerequi- 
site. MATH 410, and MATH 240 or MATH 400 
Continuation of MATH 410 

MATH 413 Introduction to Complex Variables. 

(3) Prerequisite, MATH 4109 the algebra of 
complex numbers, analytic functions, mapping 
properties of the elementary functions. Cauchy's 
theorem and the Cauchy integral formula Resi- 
dues (Credit will be given for only one of the 
courses MATH 4 1 3 and 463) 

MATH 414 Differential Equations. (3) Pre- 
requisite. MATH 240 and MATH 410. or equiv- 
alent. Existence and uniqueness theorems for 
initial value problems. Linear theory; fundamental 
matrix solutions, vanation of constants formula. 
Floquet theory for periodic linear systems 
Asymptotic orbital and Lyapunov stability with 
phase plane diagrams. Boundary value theory 
and series solutions are optional topics 

MATH 41 5 Introduction to Partial Differential 
Equations. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 410 
Topics will include one dimensional wave equa- 
tion; linear second order equations in two vari- 
ables, separations of variables and Fourier ser- 
ies; Sturm-Liouville theory, (Credit will be given 
for only one course, MATH 41 5 or MATH 462) 

MATH 416 Introduction to Real Variables. 

(3) Prerequisite, MATH 410. The Lebesgue in- 
tegral. Fubini's theorem. The LP spaces. Con- 
vergence theorems. 

MATH 41 7 Introduction to Fourier Analysis. 

(3) Prerequisite, MATH 410 Fourier series 
Fourier and LaPlace transforms. 

MATH 430 Geometric Transformations. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240. Recommended for 
students in mathematics education. Important 
groups of geometric transformations, including 
the isometnes and similarities of the plane. 
Geometries related to transformation groups 



MATH 431 Foundations of Geometry. (3) 

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics. 
Recommended tor students in mathematics 
education. The axiomatic foundations of geom- 
etry Attention will be given to one or more 
axiomatic developments of Euclidean geometry 
and to the relation of Euclidean geometry to 
other geometric systems 
MATH 432 Introduction to Point Set Topology. 
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 410 or 450, or equiva- 
lent. Connectedness, compactness, transforma- 
tions, homomorphisms; application of these 
concepts to various spaces, with particular 
attention to the Euclidean plane. 
MATH 433 Introduction to Algebraic Topol- 
ogy. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 403 and 432, or 
equivalent. Chains, cycles, homology groups for 
surfaces, the fundamental group. 

MATH 436 Introduction to Differential 
Geometry. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 241 or 
equivalent The differential geometry of curves 
and surfaces, curvature and torsion, moving 
frames, the fundamental differential forms, 
intrinsic geometry of a surface. 
MATH 444 Elementary Logic and Algorithms. 
(3) Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of in- 
structor. An elementary development of prepo- 
sitional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and 
Boolean algebra, with a discussion of Markov 
algorithms, turing machines and recursive func- 
tions. Topics include post productions, word 
problems, and formal languages (also listed 
asCMSC450) 

MATH 446 Axiomatic Set Theory. (3) Pre- 
requisite, MATH 403 or 450 or consent of 
instructor. Development of a system of axiomatic 
set theory, choice principles, induction princi- 
ples, ordinal arithmetic including discussion of 
cancellation laws, divisibility, canonical expan- 
sions, cardinal arithmetic including connections 
with the axiom of choice. Hartog's theorem, 
Konig's theorem, properties of regular, singular, 
and inaccessible cardinals 

MATH 447 Introduction to Mathematical 
Logic. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 403 or 41 or 
450 Formal prepositional logic, completeness, 
independence, decidability of the system, formal 
quantificational logic, first-order axiomatic fhe- 
ones. extended Godel completeness theorem. 
Lowenheim-Skolem theorem, model-theoretical 
applications 

MATH 450 Fundamental Concepts of Mathe- 
matics. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 or consent 
of instructor Sets, relations, mappings. Con- 
struction of the real number system starting with 
Peano postulates; algebraic structures associ- 
ated with the construction; Archimedean order, 
sequential completeness ar,d equivalent prop- 
erties of ordered fields. Finite and infinite sets, 
denumberable and non-denumberable sets. 
MATH 460 Computational Methods. (3) Pre- 
requisite. MATH 241 andCMSC 1 10. or equiv- 
alent Study of the basic computational methods 
for interpolation, least squares, approximation, 
numencal quadrature, numerical solution of 
polynominal and transcendental equations, sys- 
tems of linear equations and initial value prob- 
lems for ordinary differential equations The em- 
phasis is placed on a discussion of the methods 
and their computational properties rather than on 
their analytic aspects. Intended primarily for 
students in the physical and engineering sci- 
ences (Credit will be given for only one course. 
MATH/CMSC470orMATH/Cr./1SC460.) 
(Listed also as CMSC 460) 



110/ Graduate Programs 



MATH 462 Linear Analysis for Scientists and 
Engineers. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 241 and 
some knowledge of differential equations Lin- 
ear spaces and operators, orthogonality, Sturm- 
Liouville problems and Eigenfunction expansions 
for ordinary differential equations, introduction 
to partial differential equations, boundary and 
initial value problems (Credit will be given for 
only one course, MATH 462 or MATH 415.) 

MATH 463 Complex Variables for Scientists 
and Engineers. (3) Prerequisite, MATH 241 
or equivalent. The algebra of complex numbers, 
analytic functions, mapping properties of the 
elementary functions Cauchy integral formula. 
Theory of residues and application to evaluation 
of integrals. Conformal mapping. (Credit will be 
given for only one of the courses. MATH 4 1 3 or 
MATH 463.) 

MATH 464 Transform Metfiods for Scientists 
and Engineers. (3) Prerequisites, MATH 264, 
and either MATH 463 or MATH 413. Fourier 
sehes. Fouher and LaPlace transforms. Evalu- 
ation of the complex inversion integral by the 
theory of residues. Applications to ordinary and 
partial differential equations of mathematical 
physics; solutions using transforms and separa- 
tion of vanables. Additional topics such as 
Bessel functions and calculus of vahatjons may 
be included 

MATH 470 Introduction to Numerical Analy- 
sis. (3) Prerequisite. MATH 241 , Introduction 
to the analysis of numerical methods for solv- 
ing linear systems of equations, nonlinear equa- 
tions in one variable, interpolation and approxi- 
mation problems and the solution of initial value 
problems for ordinary differential equations. 
Stress is placed on providing the student with a 
good understanding of the theoretical founda- 
tions of the various methods. Intended primahly 
for students in mathematics, applied mathemat- 
ics, and computer science. This course should 
not be taken by students who have passed 
MATH 'CMSC 460 (Listed also as CMSC 470), 
MATH 472 Differential Equations and Num- 
erical Methods. (3) Prerequisites. CMSC 1 10, 
and MATH 410, and MATH 405 or MATH 474. 
A general introduction to the theory of ordinary 
differential equations emphasizing numerical 
methods for constructing approximate solutions. 
Topics included are existence and uniqueness 
theorems, Runge-Kutta method, systems of 
linear differential equations, phase plane meth- 
ods, and numerical solution of boundary value 
problems. 

MATH 474 Applied Linear Algebra. (3) Pre- 
requisite. MATH 240 and MATH 241 , or equi- 
valent. A treatment of finite dimensional linear 
spaces and linear transformations with an em- 
phasis on applications and computational as- 
pects. 

MATH 475 Combinatorics and Grapfi Tfieory. 

(3) Prerequisite. MATH 240 or equivalent. 
General enumeration methods Difference equa- 
tions, generating functions Elements of graph 
theory to transport networks, matching theory 
and graphical algorithms (Listed also as CMSC 
475) 

MATH 477 Optimization. (3) Prerequisite. 
CMSC 1 1 and MATH 409 or MATH 474 
Linear Programming including the simplex al- 
gohthm and dual linear programs, convex sets 
and elements of convex programming, combi- 
natorial optimization, integer programming 
(Listed also as STAT 477 and CMSC 477 ) 



MATH 478 Selected Topics for Teacfiers of 
Mathematics. (1-3) Prerequisite, one year of 
college mathematics or consent of instructor 
MATH 481 Introduction to Number Tfieory. 

(3) Prerequisite, one year of college mathemat- 
ics or consent of instructor Elementary number 
theory and the development of the real numbers 
for teachers (Not open to students majoring in 
mathematics or physical sciences ) 
MATH 482 Introduction to Algebra. (3) Pre- 
requisite, one year of college mathematics or 
consent of instructor. Modern ideas in algebra 
and the theory of equations for teachers, (Not 
open to students majoring in mathematics or 
physical sciences) 

MATH 483 Introduction to Geometry. (3) 
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics 
or consent of instructor. A study of basic ideas 
from Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry 
for teachers. (Not open to students majoring in 
mathematics or physical sciences) 
MATH 484 Introduction to Analysis. (3) Pre- 
requisite, one year of college mathematics or 
consent of instructor. A study of the limit con- 
cept and the calculus for teachers Previous 
knowledge of calculus is not required (Not open 
to students majoring in mathematics or physical 
sciences.) 

MATH 488 National Science Foundation Sum- 
mer Institute for Teacfiers of Science and 
Matliematics— Seminar. (1-3) Lectures and 
discussion to deepen the student's appreciation 
of mathematics as logical discipline and as a 
medium of expression. Special emphasis on 
topics relevant to current mathematical curhc- 
ulum studies and revisions. 
MATH 498 Selected Topics in Matfiematics. 
(1-16) Prerequisite, permission of the instruc- 
tor. Topics of special interest to advanced un- 
dergraduate students will be offered occasion- 
ally under the general guidance of the depart- 
mental committee on undergraduate studies. 
Honors students register for reading courses 
under this number 

MATH 600 Abstract Algebra I. (3) Prerequi- 
site, MATH 405 or equivalent. Groups with 
operators, homomorphism and isomorphism 
theorems, normal series, sylow theorems, free 
groups, Abelian groups, rings, integral domains, 
fields, modules. If time permits. HOM (A, B), 
tensor products, exterior algebra 
MATH 601 Abstract Algebra II. (3) Prerequi- 
site, MATH 600 or consent of instructor. Field 
theory. Galois theory, Multilinear algebra. Further 
topics from: Dedekind domains. Noetherian 
domains, rings with minimum condition, homo- 
logical algebra 

MATH 602 Homological Algebra. (3) Prerequi- 
site, MATH 600, Projective and injective mod- 
ules, homological dimensions, derived functors, 
spectral sequence of a composite functor. 
Applications. 

MATH 603 Commutative Algebra. (3) Prerequi- 
site, MATH 600 Ideal theory of Noetherian 
rings, valuations, localizations, complete local 
nngs, Dedekind domains. 
MATH 604 Ring Tfieory. (3) Prerequisite. 
MATH 601 or consent of instructor. Topics 
selected from the following: ideal theory, struc- 
ture theory of rings with or without minimum con- 
dition, division rings, algebras, non-associative 
rings, 

MATH 605 Group Tfieory. (3) Prerequisite. 
MATH 601 orconsentof instructor Topics 
selected from the following: finite groups, 



Abelian groups, free groups, solvable or Nipotent 
groups, groups with operators, groups with local 
properties, groups with clan conditions, exten- 
sions 

MATH 606 Algebraic Geometry I. (3) Prerequi- 
site, MATH 600-601 or consent of instructor 
Prime and primary ideals in Noethehan rings, 
Hilbert Nullstellensatz places and valuations, 
prevarieties (in the sense of Serre), dimension, 
morphisms. singularities, varieties, schemes, 
rationality. 

MATH 607 Algebraic Geometry II. (3) Pre- 
requisite, MATH 606 Topics in contemporary 
algebraic geometry chosen from among: theory 
of algebraic curves and surfaces, elliptic curves, 
abelian varieties, theory of schemes, theory 
of zeta functions, formal cohomology. algebraic 
groups, reduction theory. 

MATH 608 Selected Topics in Algebra. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor 

MATH 620 Algebraic Number Tfieory I. (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 601, or consent of in- 
structor. Algebraic numbers and albegraic in- 
tegers, algebraic number fields of finite degree, 
ideals and units, fundamental theorem of 
algebraic number theory, theory of residue 
classes. Minkowski's theorem on linear forms, 
class numbers, Dirichlet's theorem on units, 
relative algebraic number fields, decomposition 
group, inertia group and ramification group of 
phme ideals with respect to a relatively Galois 
extension 

MATH 621 Algebraic Number Tfieory II. (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 600, 620 or equivalent. 
Valuation of a field, algebraic function fields, 
completion of a valuation field, ramification ex- 
ponent and residue class degree, ramification 
theory, elements, differents, dischminants, 
product formula and characterization of fields 
by the formula. Gauss sum, class number for-